~ubuntu-branches/ubuntu/vivid/ubuntu-kylin-docs/vivid
» Revision
1
: ubuntu-kylin-help/ubuntu-kylin-help.pot
« back to all changes in this revision
Viewing changes to ubuntu-kylin-help/ubuntu-kylin-help.pot
- browse files at revision 1
- compare with another revision
- download diff
- download tarball
- view history from revision 1
- Committer: Package Import Robot
- Author(s): Lei Luo
- Date: 2014-04-10 14:58:12 UTC
- Revision ID: package-import@ubuntu.com-20140410145812-9mfgq3xleqy0l89f
Tags: 14.04.3
* Add "Replaces" field in debian control file to automatically remove
ubuntu-docs before installation.
* Merge ubuntu-docs changes.
* Update zh_CN tranlation.
- files added:
- debian
- debian/source
- html
- html/img
- libs
- ubuntu-kylin-help
- ubuntu-kylin-help/C
- ubuntu-kylin-help/C/figures
- ubuntu-kylin-help/C/templates
- ubuntu-kylin-help/C/templates/games
- ubuntu-kylin-help/C/unity-stubs
- ubuntu-kylin-help/zh_CN
- ubuntu-kylin-help/zh_CN/figures
added
removed
ubuntu-kylin-help/ubuntu-kylin-help.pot
1
msgid ""
2
msgstr ""
3
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
4
"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-04-08 11:10+0800\n"
5
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
6
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
7
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
8
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
9
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
10
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
11
12
#. (itstool) path: p/link
13
#: C/legal.xml:3
14
msgid "Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 Unported License"
15
msgstr ""
16
17
#. (itstool) path: license/p
18
#: C/legal.xml:3
19
msgid "This work is licensed under a <_:link-1/>."
20
msgstr ""
21
22
#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
23
msgctxt "_"
24
msgid "translator-credits"
25
msgstr ""
26
27
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
28
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:8
29
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:7
30
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:7
31
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:11
32
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:7
33
#: C/accounts.page:5
34
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:6
35
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:17
36
#: C/files-browse.page:24
37
#: C/files-hidden.page:13
38
#: C/files-sort.page:13
39
#: C/files-tilde.page:14
40
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:11
41
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:22
42
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:16
43
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:14
44
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:15
45
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:14
46
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:15
47
#: C/nautilus-list.page:13
48
#: C/net-default-browser.page:11
49
#: C/net-default-email.page:11
50
#: C/net-email-virus.page:13
51
#: C/net-install-flash.page:11
52
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:11
53
#: C/net-manual.page:12
54
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:12
55
#: C/net-othersedit.page:12
56
#: C/net-proxy.page:11
57
#: C/net-slow.page:11
58
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:11
59
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:17
60
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:16
61
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:11
62
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:14
63
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:15
64
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:18
65
#: C/power-batterylife.page:20
66
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:18
67
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:18
68
#: C/power-othercountry.page:17
69
#: C/printing.page:9
70
#: C/printing-2sided.page:14
71
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:15
72
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:13
73
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:15
74
#: C/printing-order.page:14
75
#: C/printing-select.page:13
76
#: C/printing-setup.page:14
77
#: C/sound-volume.page:8
78
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:11
79
msgid "Phil Bull"
80
msgstr ""
81
82
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
83
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:12
84
#: C/a11y-braille.page:6
85
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:7
86
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:11
87
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:7
88
#: C/a11y.page:7
89
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:11
90
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:6
91
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:7
92
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:11
93
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:7
94
#: C/bluetooth.page:11
95
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:25
96
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:19
97
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:14
98
#: C/clock.page:18
99
#: C/disk.page:9
100
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:25
101
#: C/display-lock.page:15
102
#: C/files-browse.page:20
103
#: C/files-delete.page:19
104
#: C/files-lost.page:19
105
#: C/files-open.page:19
106
#: C/files.page:10
107
#: C/files-preview.page:7
108
#: C/files-removedrive.page:12
109
#: C/files-rename.page:17
110
#: C/files-search.page:19
111
#: C/files-select.page:8
112
#: C/files-share.page:17
113
#: C/hardware.page:11
114
#: C/keyboard.page:19
115
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:14
116
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:13
117
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:12
118
#: C/look-background.page:26
119
#: C/media.page:11
120
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:15
121
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:20
122
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:18
123
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:20
124
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:19
125
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:18
126
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:23
127
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:13
128
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:19
129
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:16
130
#: C/nautilus-display.page:14
131
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:19
132
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:19
133
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:11
134
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:14
135
#: C/nautilus-views.page:19
136
#: C/net-findip.page:12
137
#: C/net-macaddress.page:11
138
#: C/net-nonm.page:9
139
#: C/net.page:12
140
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:15
141
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:11
142
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:10
143
#: C/prefs.page:12
144
#: C/prefs-language.page:10
145
#: C/prefs-display.page:10
146
#: C/printing-setup.page:26
147
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:20
148
#: C/session-formats.page:14
149
#: C/session-language.page:18
150
#: C/shell-exit.page:21
151
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:15
152
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:16
153
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:15
154
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:7
155
#: C/sound-alert.page:10
156
#: C/sound-usemic.page:10
157
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:9
158
#: C/sound-volume.page:13
159
#: C/tips.page:8
160
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:12
161
#: C/unity-introduction.page:13
162
#: C/user-add.page:19
163
#: C/user-changepicture.page:15
164
#: C/user-delete.page:19
165
msgid "Shaun McCance"
166
msgstr ""
167
168
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
169
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:16
170
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:11
171
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:15
172
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:11
173
#: C/a11y.page:11
174
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:16
175
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:15
176
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:15
177
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:11
178
#: C/accounts-add.page:10
179
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:16
180
#: C/accounts-remove.page:5
181
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:12
182
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:10
183
#: C/backup-how.page:21
184
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:22
185
#: C/backup-what.page:21
186
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:29
187
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:26
188
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:20
189
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:22
190
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:23
191
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:21
192
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:19
193
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:17
194
#: C/contacts-connect.page:14
195
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:18
196
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:17
197
#: C/contacts.page:13
198
#: C/contacts-search.page:18
199
#: C/contacts-setup.page:7
200
#: C/clock-calendar.page:20
201
#: C/clock-set.page:22
202
#: C/clock-timezone.page:17
203
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:21
204
#: C/disk-capacity.page:17
205
#: C/disk-check.page:18
206
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:11
207
#: C/display-lock.page:19
208
#: C/documents-collections.page:12
209
#: C/documents-filter.page:7
210
#: C/documents-formats.page:7
211
#: C/documents-info.page:13
212
#: C/documents-previews.page:12
213
#: C/documents-print.page:12
214
#: C/documents-search.page:12
215
#: C/documents-select.page:12
216
#: C/documents-tracker.page:12
217
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:13
218
#: C/documents-view.page:12
219
#: C/files-autorun.page:23
220
#: C/files-browse.page:28
221
#: C/files-copy.page:22
222
#: C/files-delete.page:28
223
#: C/files-disc-write.page:9
224
#: C/files-hidden.page:17
225
#: C/files-lost.page:23
226
#: C/files-removedrive.page:16
227
#: C/files-rename.page:25
228
#: C/files-search.page:23
229
#: C/files-share.page:21
230
#: C/files-sort.page:21
231
#: C/files-templates.page:17
232
#: C/files-tilde.page:18
233
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:26
234
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:22
235
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:12
236
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:19
237
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:24
238
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:12
239
#: C/look-background.page:34
240
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:26
241
#: C/look-resolution.page:23
242
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:19
243
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:24
244
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:22
245
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:24
246
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:23
247
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:27
248
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:17
249
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:23
250
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:18
251
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:20
252
#: C/nautilus-display.page:18
253
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:23
254
#: C/nautilus-list.page:17
255
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:18
256
#: C/nautilus-views.page:23
257
#: C/net-default-browser.page:15
258
#: C/net-default-email.page:15
259
#: C/net-findip.page:20
260
#: C/net-macaddress.page:19
261
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:16
262
#: C/net-othersedit.page:16
263
#: C/net-proxy.page:19
264
#: C/power-batterylife.page:28
265
#: C/power-nowireless.page:24
266
#: C/power-whydim.page:17
267
#: C/prefs-language.page:14
268
#: C/printing-setup.page:34
269
#: C/session-formats.page:18
270
#: C/session-language.page:26
271
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:18
272
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:16
273
#: C/user-add.page:23
274
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:19
275
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:7
276
#: C/wacom-mode.page:6
277
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:7
278
#: C/wacom.page:13
279
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:7
280
msgid "Michael Hill"
281
msgstr ""
282
283
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
284
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:19
285
msgid "Ignore quickly-repeated key presses of the same key."
286
msgstr ""
287
288
#. (itstool) path: page/title
289
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:30
290
msgid "Turn on bounce keys"
291
msgstr ""
292
293
#. (itstool) path: page/p
294
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:32
295
msgid "Turn on <em>bounce keys</em> to ignore key presses that are rapidly repeated. For example, if you have hand tremors which cause you to press a key multiple times when you only want to press it once, you should turn on bounce keys."
296
msgstr ""
297
298
#. (itstool) path: item/p
299
#. (itstool) path: when/p
300
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:41
301
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:39
302
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:51
303
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:35
304
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:43
305
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:44
306
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:49
307
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:44
308
#: C/accounts-add.page:42
309
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:45
310
#: C/accounts-remove.page:31
311
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:44
312
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:31
313
#: C/display-lock.page:36
314
#: C/files-autorun.page:41
315
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:33
316
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:38
317
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:34
318
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:39
319
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:29
320
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:64
321
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:98
322
#: C/net-default-browser.page:29
323
#: C/net-default-email.page:29
324
#: C/net-findip.page:34
325
#: C/power-closelid.page:52
326
#: C/power-whydim.page:35
327
#: C/session-formats.page:37
328
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:36
329
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:24
330
msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
331
msgstr ""
332
333
#. (itstool) path: item/p
334
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:47
335
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:50
336
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:55
337
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:36
338
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Typing</gui> tab."
339
msgstr ""
340
341
#. (itstool) path: item/p
342
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:53
343
msgid "Switch <gui>Bounce Keys</gui> on."
344
msgstr ""
345
346
#. (itstool) path: page/p
347
#: C/a11y-bouncekeys.page:59
348
msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to change how long bounce keys waits before it registers another key press after you pressed the key for the first time. Select <gui>Beep when a key is rejected</gui> if you want the computer to make a sound each time it ignores a key press because it happened too soon after the previous key press."
349
msgstr ""
350
351
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
352
#: C/a11y-braille.page:9
353
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader with a refreshable Braille display."
354
msgstr ""
355
356
#. (itstool) path: page/title
357
#: C/a11y-braille.page:18
358
msgid "Read screen in Braille"
359
msgstr ""
360
361
#. (itstool) path: page/p
362
#: C/a11y-braille.page:22
363
msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to display the user interface on a refreshable Braille display. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"apt:gnome-orca\">Install Orca</link>, then refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
364
msgstr ""
365
366
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
367
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:14
368
msgid "Make windows and buttons on the screen more (or less) vivid, so they're easier to see."
369
msgstr ""
370
371
#. (itstool) path: page/title
372
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:26
373
msgid "Adjust the contrast"
374
msgstr ""
375
376
#. (itstool) path: page/p
377
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:30
378
msgid "You can adjust the contrast of windows and buttons so that they're easier to see. This is not the same as <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">changing the brightness of the whole screen</link>; only parts of the <em>user interface</em> will change."
379
msgstr ""
380
381
#. (itstool) path: item/p
382
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:45
383
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:41
384
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
385
msgstr ""
386
387
#. (itstool) path: item/p
388
#: C/a11y-contrast.page:51
389
msgid "Switch <gui>High Contrast</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
390
msgstr ""
391
392
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
393
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:18
394
msgid "The Hover Click (Dwell Click) feature allows you to click by holding the mouse still."
395
msgstr ""
396
397
#. (itstool) path: page/title
398
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:30
399
msgid "Simulate clicking by hovering"
400
msgstr ""
401
402
#. (itstool) path: page/p
403
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:34
404
msgid "You can click or drag simply by hovering your mouse pointer over a control or object on the screen. This is useful if you find it difficult to move the mouse and click at the same time. This feature is called Hover Click or Dwell Click."
405
msgstr ""
406
407
#. (itstool) path: page/p
408
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:41
409
msgid "When Hover Click is enabled, you can move your mouse pointer over a control, let go of the mouse, and then wait for a while before the button will be clicked for you."
410
msgstr ""
411
412
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
413
#. (itstool) path: item/p
414
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:56
415
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:48
416
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:32
417
msgid "Click your name on the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
418
msgstr ""
419
420
#. (itstool) path: item/p
421
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:62
422
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:54
423
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
424
msgstr ""
425
426
#. (itstool) path: item/p
427
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:68
428
msgid "Switch <gui>Hover Click</gui> on."
429
msgstr ""
430
431
#. (itstool) path: page/p
432
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:74
433
msgid "The <gui>Hover Click</gui> window will open, and will stay above all of your other windows. You can use this to choose what sort of click should happen when you hover. For example, if you select <gui>Secondary Click</gui>, you will right-click when you hover. After you double-click, right-click, or drag, you will be automatically returned to clicking."
434
msgstr ""
435
436
#. (itstool) path: page/p
437
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:82
438
msgid "When you hover your mouse pointer over a button and don't move it, it will gradually change color. When it has fully changed color, the button will be clicked."
439
msgstr ""
440
441
#. (itstool) path: page/p
442
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:88
443
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> setting to change how long you have to hold the mouse pointer still before clicking."
444
msgstr ""
445
446
#. (itstool) path: page/p
447
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:93
448
msgid "You don't need to hold the mouse perfectly still when hovering to click. The pointer is allowed to move a little bit and will still click after a while. If it moves too much, however, the click will not happen."
449
msgstr ""
450
451
#. (itstool) path: page/p
452
#: C/a11y-dwellclick.page:99
453
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Motion threshold</gui> setting to change how much the pointer can move and still be considered to be hovering."
454
msgstr ""
455
456
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
457
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:14
458
msgid "Use larger fonts to make text easier to read."
459
msgstr ""
460
461
#. (itstool) path: page/title
462
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:24
463
msgid "Change text size on the screen"
464
msgstr ""
465
466
#. (itstool) path: page/p
467
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:28
468
msgid "If you have difficulty reading the text on your screen, you can change the size of the font."
469
msgstr ""
470
471
#. (itstool) path: item/p
472
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:46
473
msgid "Switch <gui>Large Text</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
474
msgstr ""
475
476
#. (itstool) path: note/p
477
#: C/a11y-font-size.page:53
478
msgid "In many apps, you can increase the text size at any time by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. To reduce the text size, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>-</key></keyseq>."
479
msgstr ""
480
481
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
482
#: C/a11y.page:14
483
msgid "<link xref=\"a11y#vision\">Seeing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#sound\">hearing</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">mobility</link>, <link xref=\"a11y-braille\">braille</link>…"
484
msgstr ""
485
486
#. (itstool) path: page/title
487
#. (itstool) path: links/title
488
#: C/a11y.page:26
489
#: C/keyboard.page:36
490
msgid "Universal access"
491
msgstr ""
492
493
#. (itstool) path: when/p
494
#: C/a11y.page:32
495
msgid "The Unity desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the <gui>Universal Access</gui> section of <gui>System Settings</gui>."
496
msgstr ""
497
498
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
499
#: C/a11y.page:39
500
msgid "The GNOME desktop includes assistive technologies to support users with various impairments and special needs, and to interact with common assistive devices. Many accessibility features can be accessed from the accessibility menu in the top bar."
501
msgstr ""
502
503
#. (itstool) path: section/title
504
#: C/a11y.page:48
505
msgid "Visual impairments"
506
msgstr ""
507
508
#. (itstool) path: links/title
509
#: C/a11y.page:53
510
msgid "Blindness"
511
msgstr ""
512
513
#. (itstool) path: links/title
514
#: C/a11y.page:58
515
msgid "Low vision"
516
msgstr ""
517
518
#. (itstool) path: links/title
519
#: C/a11y.page:63
520
msgid "Color-blindness"
521
msgstr ""
522
523
#. (itstool) path: links/title
524
#: C/a11y.page:68
525
#: C/a11y.page:101
526
#: C/keyboard.page:40
527
msgid "Other topics"
528
msgstr ""
529
530
#. (itstool) path: section/title
531
#: C/a11y.page:75
532
msgid "Hearing impairments"
533
msgstr ""
534
535
#. (itstool) path: section/title
536
#: C/a11y.page:82
537
msgid "Mobility impairments"
538
msgstr ""
539
540
#. (itstool) path: links/title
541
#: C/a11y.page:86
542
msgid "Mouse movement"
543
msgstr ""
544
545
#. (itstool) path: links/title
546
#: C/a11y.page:91
547
msgid "Clicking and dragging"
548
msgstr ""
549
550
#. (itstool) path: links/title
551
#: C/a11y.page:96
552
msgid "Keyboard use"
553
msgstr ""
554
555
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
556
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:13
557
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:7
558
#: C/contacts-connect.page:16
559
#: C/contacts.page:15
560
#: C/contacts-setup.page:9
561
#: C/documents-collections.page:9
562
#: C/documents-collections.page:14
563
#: C/documents-filter.page:9
564
#: C/documents-formats.page:9
565
#: C/documents-info.page:9
566
#: C/documents-info.page:15
567
#: C/documents.page:9
568
#: C/documents-previews.page:9
569
#: C/documents-previews.page:14
570
#: C/documents-print.page:9
571
#: C/documents-print.page:14
572
#: C/documents-search.page:9
573
#: C/documents-search.page:14
574
#: C/documents-select.page:9
575
#: C/documents-select.page:14
576
#: C/documents-tracker.page:9
577
#: C/documents-tracker.page:14
578
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:9
579
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:15
580
#: C/documents-view.page:9
581
#: C/documents-view.page:14
582
#: C/files-removedrive.page:18
583
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:15
584
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:22
585
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:17
586
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:17
587
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:9
588
#: C/wacom-mode.page:8
589
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:9
590
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:9
591
msgid "2012"
592
msgstr ""
593
594
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
595
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:19
596
msgid "Press and hold the left mouse button to right-click."
597
msgstr ""
598
599
#. (itstool) path: page/title
600
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:29
601
msgid "Simulate a right mouse click"
602
msgstr ""
603
604
#. (itstool) path: page/p
605
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:33
606
msgid "You can right-click by holding down the left mouse button. This is useful if you find it difficult to move your fingers individually on one hand, or if your pointing device only has a single button."
607
msgstr ""
608
609
#. (itstool) path: item/p
610
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:60
611
msgid "Switch <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui> on."
612
msgstr ""
613
614
#. (itstool) path: page/p
615
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:66
616
msgid "You can change how long you must hold down the left mouse button before it is registered as a right click. On the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab, change the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> under <gui>Simulated Secondary Click</gui>."
617
msgstr ""
618
619
#. (itstool) path: page/p
620
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:73
621
msgid "To right-click with simulated secondary click, hold down the left mouse button where you would normally right-click, then release. The pointer fills with blue as you hold down the left mouse button. Once it is entirely blue, release the mouse button to right-click."
622
msgstr ""
623
624
#. (itstool) path: page/p
625
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:80
626
msgid "Some special pointers, such as the resize pointers, do not change colors. You can still use simulated secondary click as normal, even if you don't get visual feedback from the pointer."
627
msgstr ""
628
629
#. (itstool) path: page/p
630
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:86
631
msgid "If you use <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\">Mouse Keys</link>, this also allows you to right-click by holding down the <key>5</key> key on your keypad."
632
msgstr ""
633
634
#. (itstool) path: note/p
635
#: C/a11y-right-click.page:95
636
msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, you are always able to long-press to right-click, even with this feature disabled. Long-press works slightly differently in the overview: You do not have to release the button to right-click."
637
msgstr ""
638
639
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
640
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:9
641
msgid "Use the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface."
642
msgstr ""
643
644
#. (itstool) path: page/title
645
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:17
646
msgid "Read screen aloud"
647
msgstr ""
648
649
#. (itstool) path: page/p
650
#: C/a11y-screen-reader.page:21
651
msgid "GNOME provides the <app>Orca</app> screen reader to speak the user interface. Depending on how you installed GNOME, you might not have Orca installed. <link href=\"apt:gnome-orca\">Install Orca</link>, and then refer to the <link href=\"help:gnome-orca\">Orca Help</link> for more information."
652
msgstr ""
653
654
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
655
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:18
656
msgid "Have a delay between a key being pressed and that letter appearing on the screen."
657
msgstr ""
658
659
#. (itstool) path: page/title
660
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:29
661
msgid "Turn on slow keys"
662
msgstr ""
663
664
#. (itstool) path: page/p
665
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:33
666
msgid "Turn on <em>slow keys</em> if you would like there to be a delay between pressing a key and that letter being displayed on the screen. This means that you have to hold down each key you want to type for a little while before it appears. Use slow keys if you accidentally press several keys at a time when you type, or if you find it difficult to press the right key on the keyboard first time."
667
msgstr ""
668
669
#. (itstool) path: item/p
670
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:55
671
msgid "Switch <gui>Slow Keys</gui> on."
672
msgstr ""
673
674
#. (itstool) path: note/title
675
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:62
676
msgid "Quickly turn slow keys on and off"
677
msgstr ""
678
679
#. (itstool) path: note/p
680
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:65
681
msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn slow keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press and hold <key>Shift</key> for eight seconds to enable or disable slow keys."
682
msgstr ""
683
684
#. (itstool) path: page/p
685
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:73
686
msgid "Use the <gui>Acceptance delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down for it to register."
687
msgstr ""
688
689
#. (itstool) path: page/p
690
#: C/a11y-slowkeys.page:78
691
msgid "You can have your computer make a sound when you press a key, when a key press is accepted, or when a key press is rejected because you didn't hold the key down long enough."
692
msgstr ""
693
694
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
695
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:18
696
msgid "Type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once."
697
msgstr ""
698
699
#. (itstool) path: page/title
700
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:29
701
msgid "Turn on sticky keys"
702
msgstr ""
703
704
#. (itstool) path: page/p
705
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:33
706
msgid "<em>Sticky keys</em> allows you to type keyboard shortcuts one key at a time rather than having to hold down all of the keys at once. For example, the <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> shortcut switches between windows. Without sticky keys turned on, you would have to hold down both keys at the same time; with sticky keys turned on, you would press <key>Alt</key> and then <key>Tab</key> to do the same."
707
msgstr ""
708
709
#. (itstool) path: page/p
710
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:42
711
msgid "You might want to turn on sticky keys if you find it difficult to hold down several keys at once."
712
msgstr ""
713
714
#. (itstool) path: item/p
715
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:60
716
msgid "Switch <gui>Sticky Keys</gui> on."
717
msgstr ""
718
719
#. (itstool) path: note/title
720
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:67
721
msgid "Quickly turn sticky keys on and off"
722
msgstr ""
723
724
#. (itstool) path: note/p
725
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:70
726
msgid "Under <gui>Enable by Keyboard</gui>, select <gui>Turn on accessibility features from the keyboard</gui> to turn sticky keys on and off from the keyboard. When this option is selected, you can press <key>Shift</key> five times in a row to enable or disable sticky keys."
727
msgstr ""
728
729
#. (itstool) path: page/p
730
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:78
731
msgid "If you press two keys at once, you can have sticky keys turn itself off temporarily to let you enter a keyboard shortcut in the normal way."
732
msgstr ""
733
734
#. (itstool) path: page/p
735
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:83
736
msgid "For example, if you have sticky keys turned on but press <key>Alt</key> and <key>Tab</key> simultaneously, sticky keys would not wait for you to press another key if you had this option turned on. It <em>would</em> wait if you only pressed one key, however. This is useful if you are able to press some keyboard shortcuts simultaneously (for example, keys that are close together), but not others."
737
msgstr ""
738
739
#. (itstool) path: page/p
740
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:92
741
msgid "Select <gui>Disable if two keys are pressed together</gui> to enable this."
742
msgstr ""
743
744
#. (itstool) path: page/p
745
#: C/a11y-stickykeys.page:96
746
msgid "You can have the computer make a \"beep\" sound when you start typing a keyboard shortcut with sticky keys turned on. This is useful if you want to know that sticky keys is expecting a keyboard shortcut to be typed, so the next key press will be interpreted as part of a shortcut. Select <gui>Beep when a modifier key is pressed</gui> to enable this."
747
msgstr ""
748
749
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
750
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:14
751
msgid "Enable visual alerts to flash the screen or window when an alert sound is played."
752
msgstr ""
753
754
#. (itstool) path: page/title
755
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:25
756
msgid "Flash the screen for alert sounds"
757
msgstr ""
758
759
#. (itstool) path: page/p
760
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:29
761
msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. If you have a hard time hearing these sounds, you can have either the entire screen or your current window visually flash whenever the alert sound is played."
762
msgstr ""
763
764
#. (itstool) path: page/p
765
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:36
766
msgid "This can also be useful if you're in an environment where you need your computer to be silent, such as in a library (see <link xref=\"sound-alert\"/> to learn how to mute the alert sound)."
767
msgstr ""
768
769
#. (itstool) path: item/p
770
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:50
771
msgid "Open <gui>Universal Access</gui> and select the <gui>Hearing</gui> tab."
772
msgstr ""
773
774
#. (itstool) path: item/p
775
#: C/a11y-visualalert.page:55
776
msgid "Switch <gui>Visual Alerts</gui> on. Select whether you want the entire screen or just your current window title to flash."
777
msgstr ""
778
779
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
780
#: C/about-this-guide.page:8
781
#: C/backup-check.page:12
782
#: C/backup-frequency.page:17
783
#: C/backup-how.page:17
784
#: C/backup-restore.page:16
785
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:18
786
#: C/backup-what.page:13
787
#: C/backup-where.page:14
788
#: C/backup-why.page:14
789
#: C/clock-calendar.page:16
790
#: C/clock-set.page:14
791
#: C/clock-timezone.page:13
792
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:13
793
#: C/disk-capacity.page:9
794
#: C/disk-check.page:10
795
#: C/disk-format.page:10
796
#: C/disk-partitions.page:9
797
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:17
798
#: C/files-autorun.page:19
799
#: C/files-lost.page:15
800
#: C/files-recover.page:16
801
#: C/files-rename.page:13
802
#: C/files-search.page:15
803
#: C/hardware-driver.page:13
804
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:15
805
#: C/look-background.page:14
806
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:14
807
#: C/look-resolution.page:15
808
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:13
809
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:10
810
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:10
811
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:10
812
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:11
813
#: C/net-antivirus.page:14
814
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:12
815
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:11
816
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:12
817
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:14
818
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:13
819
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:12
820
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:16
821
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:15
822
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:15
823
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:15
824
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:11
825
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:14
826
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:14
827
#: C/power-batterylife.page:16
828
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:14
829
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:13
830
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:14
831
#: C/power-closelid.page:14
832
#: C/power-constantfan.page:13
833
#: C/power-hibernate.page:16
834
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:14
835
#: C/power-lowpower.page:12
836
#: C/power-nowireless.page:16
837
#: C/power-othercountry.page:13
838
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:14
839
#: C/power-suspend.page:13
840
#: C/power-whydim.page:13
841
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:13
842
#: C/printing-streaks.page:15
843
#: C/session-language.page:14
844
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:14
845
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:21
846
#: C/shell-overview.page:20
847
#: C/shell-windows.page:14
848
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:15
849
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:17
850
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:15
851
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:16
852
#: C/sound-broken.page:13
853
#: C/sound-crackle.page:13
854
#: C/sound-nosound.page:14
855
#: C/user-accounts.page:17
856
#: C/user-add.page:15
857
#: C/user-admin-change.page:16
858
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:13
859
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:13
860
#: C/user-changepassword.page:15
861
#: C/user-changepicture.page:11
862
#: C/user-delete.page:15
863
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:10
864
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:7
865
#: C/video-dvd.page:14
866
#: C/video-sending.page:11
867
#: C/windows-key.page:10
868
msgid "GNOME Documentation Project"
869
msgstr ""
870
871
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
872
#: C/about-this-guide.page:12
873
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:7
874
#: C/addremove-install.page:7
875
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:7
876
#: C/addremove-remove.page:7
877
#: C/addremove-sources.page:7
878
#: C/addremove.page:11
879
#: C/app-cheese.page:7
880
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:11
881
#: C/documents.page:12
882
#: C/files-browse.page:32
883
#: C/files.page:14
884
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:13
885
#: C/keyboard.page:23
886
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:30
887
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:16
888
#: C/nautilus-display.page:22
889
#: C/net-antivirus.page:19
890
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:11
891
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:11
892
#: C/net-chat-social.page:10
893
#: C/net-chat-video.page:10
894
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:10
895
#: C/net-mobile.page:10
896
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:17
897
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:17
898
#: C/prefs-language.page:18
899
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:12
900
#: C/session-formats.page:22
901
#: C/session-language.page:30
902
#: C/sharing.page:21
903
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:12
904
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:15
905
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:20
906
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:10
907
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:13
908
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:15
909
#: C/unity-shopping.page:18
910
#: C/windows-key.page:14
911
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Team"
912
msgstr ""
913
914
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
915
#: C/about-this-guide.page:14
916
msgid "A few tips on using the Ubuntu Desktop Guide."
917
msgstr ""
918
919
#. (itstool) path: page/title
920
#: C/about-this-guide.page:23
921
msgid "About this guide"
922
msgstr ""
923
924
#. (itstool) path: page/p
925
#: C/about-this-guide.page:27
926
msgid "This guide gives you a tour of Ubuntu desktop features, answers your computer-related questions, and provides tips on using your computer effectively."
927
msgstr ""
928
929
#. (itstool) path: item/p
930
#: C/about-this-guide.page:35
931
msgid "The guide is divided into small, task-oriented topics - not chapters. This means that you don't need to skim through an entire manual to find answers to your questions."
932
msgstr ""
933
934
#. (itstool) path: item/p
935
#: C/about-this-guide.page:42
936
msgid "Related items are linked together. \"See Also\" links at the bottom of some pages direct you to related topics."
937
msgstr ""
938
939
#. (itstool) path: item/p
940
#: C/about-this-guide.page:48
941
msgid "The text input box at the top of this guide acts as a <em>search bar</em>, and relevant results will appear beneath it as soon as you start typing. Left-click on any result to open its page."
942
msgstr ""
943
944
#. (itstool) path: item/p
945
#: C/about-this-guide.page:55
946
msgid "The guide is constantly being improved. Although we attempt to provide you with a comprehensive collection of helpful information, we know we won't answer all of your questions here. We will keep adding more information to make things more helpful, though."
947
msgstr ""
948
949
#. (itstool) path: page/p
950
#: C/about-this-guide.page:64
951
msgid "Thank you for taking the time to read the <em>Ubuntu Desktop Guide</em>."
952
msgstr ""
953
954
#. (itstool) path: page/p
955
#: C/about-this-guide.page:68
956
msgid "-- The Ubuntu Documentation team"
957
msgstr ""
958
959
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
960
#: C/accounts.page:10
961
#: C/accounts-add.page:15
962
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:11
963
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:21
964
#: C/accounts-remove.page:10
965
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:22
966
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:15
967
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:11
968
#: C/documents-info.page:19
969
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:19
970
msgid "Greg Beam"
971
msgstr ""
972
973
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
974
#: C/accounts.page:19
975
msgid "<link xref=\"accounts-add\">Add accounts, </link> <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">Remove accounts, </link> <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">Disable services</link>"
976
msgstr ""
977
978
#. (itstool) path: page/title
979
#: C/accounts.page:26
980
msgid "Online accounts"
981
msgstr ""
982
983
#. (itstool) path: page/p
984
#: C/accounts.page:30
985
msgid "You can enter your login details for online services, such as Google and Facebook, into the <app>Online Accounts</app> application. This will let you access your calendar, mail, chat accounts, and similar applications without having to enter your account details again."
986
msgstr ""
987
988
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
989
#: C/accounts-add.page:5
990
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:17
991
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:15
992
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:18
993
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:15
994
#: C/files-delete.page:24
995
#: C/files-removedrive.page:8
996
#: C/files-rename.page:21
997
#: C/files-sort.page:17
998
#: C/more-help.page:15
999
#: C/net-findip.page:16
1000
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:12
1001
#: C/net-macaddress.page:15
1002
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:11
1003
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:12
1004
#: C/printing-2sided.page:18
1005
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:19
1006
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:17
1007
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:19
1008
#: C/printing-order.page:18
1009
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:15
1010
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:15
1011
#: C/printing-setup.page:18
1012
#: C/unity-introduction.page:18
1013
msgid "Jim Campbell"
1014
msgstr ""
1015
1016
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1017
#: C/accounts-add.page:24
1018
msgid "Connect to online accounts"
1019
msgstr ""
1020
1021
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1022
#: C/accounts-add.page:30
1023
msgid "Add an account"
1024
msgstr ""
1025
1026
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1027
#: C/accounts-add.page:34
1028
msgid "Adding an account will help link your online accounts with your Ubuntu desktop. Thus, your email, chat, and other related applications will be set up for you."
1029
msgstr ""
1030
1031
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1032
#: C/accounts-add.page:47
1033
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:50
1034
#: C/accounts-remove.page:37
1035
msgid "Select <gui>Online Accounts</gui>."
1036
msgstr ""
1037
1038
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1039
#: C/accounts-add.page:51
1040
msgid "Select an <gui>Account Type</gui> from the right hand windowpane."
1041
msgstr ""
1042
1043
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1044
#: C/accounts-add.page:55
1045
msgid "If you want to configure more accounts, you can repeat this process afterwards."
1046
msgstr ""
1047
1048
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1049
#: C/accounts-add.page:62
1050
msgid "A small web user interface will open where you can enter your online account credentials. For example, if you are setting up a Google account, enter your Google username, password and sign in."
1051
msgstr ""
1052
1053
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1054
#: C/accounts-add.page:69
1055
msgid "If you entered your credentials correctly, you will be prompted to accept the terms. Select <gui>Accept</gui> to continue. Once accepted, Ubuntu needs permission to access your account. To allow access, click on the <gui>Grant Access</gui> button. When prompted, enter the current users password."
1056
msgstr ""
1057
1058
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1059
#: C/accounts-add.page:79
1060
msgid "Now you can select the applications you want linked to your online account. For example, if you want to use an online account for chat, but do not want the calendar, turn the <gui>calendar</gui> option off."
1061
msgstr ""
1062
1063
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1064
#: C/accounts-add.page:86
1065
msgid "After you have added the accounts, each application you have selected will automatically use those credentials when you log into your account."
1066
msgstr ""
1067
1068
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1069
#: C/accounts-add.page:91
1070
msgid "For security reasons, Ubuntu will not store your password on your computer. Instead, it stores a token that is provided by the online service. If you want to fully revoke the link between your desktop and the online service, <link xref=\"accounts-remove\">remove</link> it."
1071
msgstr ""
1072
1073
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1074
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:21
1075
msgid "Some online accounts allow you to use multiple services (like calendar and email). You can control which of these services can be used by local applications."
1076
msgstr ""
1077
1078
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1079
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:28
1080
msgid "Disable account services"
1081
msgstr ""
1082
1083
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1084
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:32
1085
msgid "Some types of online accounts allow access to several services from a single user account. For example, Google accounts provide access to email, calendar, code, contacts, among others. You can choose Google for email and Yahoo! for chat, or any combination the service provider allows."
1086
msgstr ""
1087
1088
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1089
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:39
1090
msgid "To disable services:"
1091
msgstr ""
1092
1093
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1094
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:55
1095
msgid "Select the account you want to change from left windowpane."
1096
msgstr ""
1097
1098
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1099
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:60
1100
msgid "Services available for this account are listed in the right windowpane."
1101
msgstr ""
1102
1103
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1104
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:65
1105
msgid "Switch off the services you do not want used."
1106
msgstr ""
1107
1108
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1109
#: C/accounts-disable-service.page:72
1110
msgid "Once a service has been disabled, local applications no longer have access to it. To regain access, go back into <gui>Online Accounts</gui> and switch it on."
1111
msgstr ""
1112
1113
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
1114
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:6
1115
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:6
1116
#: C/net-proxy.page:15
1117
msgid "Baptiste Mille-Mathias"
1118
msgstr ""
1119
1120
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
1121
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:11
1122
msgid "Kevin M. Godby"
1123
msgstr ""
1124
1125
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1126
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:30
1127
msgid "Why aren't service providers listed?"
1128
msgstr ""
1129
1130
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1131
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:36
1132
msgid "Why is my account type not on the list?"
1133
msgstr ""
1134
1135
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1136
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:40
1137
msgid "Support for your favorite online service provider needs someone to develop it. Currently, the following types of online accounts are supported:"
1138
msgstr ""
1139
1140
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1141
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47
1142
msgid "Facebook"
1143
msgstr ""
1144
1145
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1146
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:47
1147
msgid "Flickr"
1148
msgstr ""
1149
1150
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1151
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:48
1152
msgid "Google"
1153
msgstr ""
1154
1155
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1156
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51
1157
msgid "Twitter"
1158
msgstr ""
1159
1160
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1161
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:51
1162
msgid "AIM"
1163
msgstr ""
1164
1165
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1166
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:52
1167
msgid "Windows Live"
1168
msgstr ""
1169
1170
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1171
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55
1172
msgid "Salut"
1173
msgstr ""
1174
1175
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1176
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:55
1177
msgid "Jabber"
1178
msgstr ""
1179
1180
#. (itstool) path: td/p
1181
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:56
1182
msgid "Yahoo"
1183
msgstr ""
1184
1185
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1186
#: C/accounts-provider-not-available.page:61
1187
msgid "If you're interested in adding support for other services, contact the developers on the <link href=\"https://bugzilla.gnome.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=gnome-online-accounts\"> bug tracker</link>."
1188
msgstr ""
1189
1190
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1191
#: C/accounts-remove.page:20
1192
msgid "Remove online account services"
1193
msgstr ""
1194
1195
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1196
#: C/accounts-remove.page:25
1197
msgid "Remove an account"
1198
msgstr ""
1199
1200
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1201
#: C/accounts-remove.page:42
1202
msgid "From the left windowpane, select the account you wish to remove."
1203
msgstr ""
1204
1205
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1206
#: C/accounts-remove.page:48
1207
msgid "Click the <gui>Remove Account</gui> button in the lower-right portion of the window."
1208
msgstr ""
1209
1210
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1211
#: C/accounts-remove.page:54
1212
msgid "Removing the selection from <app>Online Accounts</app> in no way affects the account from your service provider."
1213
msgstr ""
1214
1215
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1216
#: C/accounts-remove.page:62
1217
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:46
1218
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1219
msgstr ""
1220
1221
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1222
#: C/accounts-remove.page:69
1223
msgid "Instead of deleting the account completely, you can <link xref=\"accounts-disable-service\">restrict the service</link> from being accessed by your desktop."
1224
msgstr ""
1225
1226
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
1227
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:8
1228
msgid "2012-2013"
1229
msgstr ""
1230
1231
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
1232
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:17
1233
#: C/look-background.page:30
1234
#: C/session-language.page:22
1235
#: C/shell-exit.page:25
1236
msgid "Andre Klapper"
1237
msgstr ""
1238
1239
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1240
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:30
1241
msgid "Applications can use the accounts created in <app>Online Accounts</app> and the services they exploit."
1242
msgstr ""
1243
1244
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1245
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:36
1246
msgid "Which applications take advantage of online accounts?"
1247
msgstr ""
1248
1249
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1250
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:40
1251
msgid "<app>Online Accounts</app> can be used by external applications to automatically configure themselves."
1252
msgstr ""
1253
1254
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1255
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:46
1256
msgid "With a Google account"
1257
msgstr ""
1258
1259
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1260
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:52
1261
msgid "<app>Evolution</app>, the email application. Your email account will be added to <app>Evolution</app> automatically, so it will retrieve your mail, give you access to your contacts, and display your calendar items in your Google agenda."
1262
msgstr ""
1263
1264
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1265
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:60
1266
msgid "<app>Empathy</app>, the instant messaging application. Your online account will be added and you will be able to communicate with your friends."
1267
msgstr ""
1268
1269
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1270
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:67
1271
msgid "<app>Contacts</app>, which will allow to see and edit your contacts."
1272
msgstr ""
1273
1274
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1275
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:72
1276
msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents and display them."
1277
msgstr ""
1278
1279
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1280
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:81
1281
msgid "With Windows Live, Facebook or Twitter accounts"
1282
msgstr ""
1283
1284
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1285
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:85
1286
msgid "<app>Empathy</app> can use these accounts to connect you online and chat with your contacts, friends, and followers."
1287
msgstr ""
1288
1289
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1290
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:92
1291
msgid "With a SkyDrive account"
1292
msgstr ""
1293
1294
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1295
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:96
1296
msgid "<app>Documents</app> can access your online documents in Microsoft SkyDrive and display them."
1297
msgstr ""
1298
1299
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1300
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:103
1301
msgid "With a Exchange account"
1302
msgstr ""
1303
1304
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1305
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:107
1306
msgid "Once you have created an Exchange account, <app>Evolution</app> will start retrieving mails from this account."
1307
msgstr ""
1308
1309
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1310
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:114
1311
msgid "With a ownCloud account"
1312
msgstr ""
1313
1314
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1315
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:118
1316
msgid "When an ownCloud account is set up, <app>Evolution</app> is able to access and edit contacts and calendar appointments."
1317
msgstr ""
1318
1319
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1320
#: C/accounts-which-application.page:123
1321
msgid "<app>Files</app> and other applications will be able to list and access your online files stored in the ownCloud installation."
1322
msgstr ""
1323
1324
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
1325
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:5
1326
msgid "Susanna Huhtanen"
1327
msgstr ""
1328
1329
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1330
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:23
1331
msgid "Why add your email or social media accounts to your desktop?"
1332
msgstr ""
1333
1334
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1335
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:28
1336
msgid "Why should I add an account?"
1337
msgstr ""
1338
1339
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1340
#: C/accounts-whyadd.page:32
1341
msgid "Adding your accounts brings a choice of services like calendar, chat, and e-mail straight to your desktop, making services a seamless part of your user experience. By adding accounts, you can keep in touch with services of different accounts, like chats, at the same time. Just set your account once and every time you start your computer all the accounts and services you've added will be ready for you."
1342
msgstr ""
1343
1344
#. (itstool) path: license/p
1345
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:20
1346
msgid "<link href=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> Creative Commons Attribution-ShareAlike 3.0 (CC BY-SA 3.0)</link>."
1347
msgstr ""
1348
1349
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1350
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:26
1351
msgid "Synaptic is a powerful but complicated software management alternative to Ubuntu Software Center."
1352
msgstr ""
1353
1354
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1355
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:32
1356
msgid "Use Synaptic for more advanced software management"
1357
msgstr ""
1358
1359
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1360
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:36
1361
msgid "<app>Synaptic Package Manager</app> is more powerful and can do some software management tasks which <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> can't. Synaptic's interface is more complicated and doesn't support newer Software Center features like ratings and reviews and therefore isn't recommended for use by those new to Ubuntu."
1362
msgstr ""
1363
1364
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1365
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:44
1366
msgid "Synaptic isn't installed by default, but you can <link href=\"apt:synaptic\">install</link> it with Software Center."
1367
msgstr ""
1368
1369
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1370
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:50
1371
msgid "Install software with Synaptic"
1372
msgstr ""
1373
1374
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1375
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:55
1376
msgid "Open Synaptic from the <gui>Dash</gui> or the <gui>Launcher</gui>. You will need to enter your password in the <gui>Authenticate</gui> window."
1377
msgstr ""
1378
1379
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1380
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:61
1381
msgid "Click <gui>Search</gui> to search for an application, or click <gui>Sections</gui> and look through the categories to find one."
1382
msgstr ""
1383
1384
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1385
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:67
1386
msgid "Right-click the application that you want to install and select <gui>Mark for Installation</gui>."
1387
msgstr ""
1388
1389
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1390
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:73
1391
msgid "If you are asked to mark additional changes, click <gui>Mark</gui>."
1392
msgstr ""
1393
1394
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1395
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:78
1396
msgid "Select any other applications that you would like to install."
1397
msgstr ""
1398
1399
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1400
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:83
1401
msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>, and then click <gui>Apply</gui> in the window that appears. The applications that you chose will be downloaded and installed."
1402
msgstr ""
1403
1404
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1405
#: C/addremove-install-synaptic.page:91
1406
msgid "For more information about using <app>Synaptic</app>, consult the <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SynapticHowto\">Synaptic How To</link>."
1407
msgstr ""
1408
1409
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1410
#: C/addremove-install.page:9
1411
msgid "Use the Ubuntu Software Center to add programs and make Ubuntu more useful."
1412
msgstr ""
1413
1414
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1415
#: C/addremove-install.page:21
1416
msgid "Install additional software"
1417
msgstr ""
1418
1419
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1420
#: C/addremove-install.page:25
1421
msgid "The Ubuntu development team has chosen a default set of applications that we think makes Ubuntu very useful for most day-to-day tasks. However, you will certainly want to install more software to make Ubuntu more useful to you."
1422
msgstr ""
1423
1424
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1425
#: C/addremove-install.page:31
1426
msgid "To install additional software, complete the following steps:"
1427
msgstr ""
1428
1429
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1430
#: C/addremove-install.page:37
1431
msgid "Connect to the Internet using a <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wireless</link> or <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired connection</link>."
1432
msgstr ""
1433
1434
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1435
#: C/addremove-install.page:44
1436
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:51
1437
msgid "Click the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui>, or search for <input>Software Center</input> in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
1438
msgstr ""
1439
1440
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1441
#: C/addremove-install.page:51
1442
msgid "When the Software Center launches, search for an application, or select a category and find an application from the list."
1443
msgstr ""
1444
1445
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1446
#: C/addremove-install.page:57
1447
msgid "Select the application that you are interested in and click <gui>Install</gui>."
1448
msgstr ""
1449
1450
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1451
#: C/addremove-install.page:63
1452
msgid "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that the installation will begin."
1453
msgstr ""
1454
1455
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1456
#: C/addremove-install.page:69
1457
msgid "The installation usually finishes quickly, but could take a while if you have a slow Internet connection."
1458
msgstr ""
1459
1460
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1461
#: C/addremove-install.page:75
1462
msgid "A shortcut to your new app will be added to the Launcher. To disable this feature, uncheck <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>New Applications in Launcher</gui></guiseq>."
1463
msgstr ""
1464
1465
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1466
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:9
1467
msgid "Add PPAs to help test pre-release or specialty software."
1468
msgstr ""
1469
1470
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1471
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:18
1472
msgid "Add a Personal Package Archive (PPA)"
1473
msgstr ""
1474
1475
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1476
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:22
1477
msgid "<em>Personal Package Archives (PPAs)</em> are software repositories designed for Ubuntu users and are easier to install than other third-party repositories."
1478
msgstr ""
1479
1480
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1481
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:29
1482
#: C/addremove-sources.page:30
1483
msgid "Only add software repositories from sources that you trust!"
1484
msgstr ""
1485
1486
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1487
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:32
1488
#: C/addremove-sources.page:33
1489
msgid "Third-party software repositories are not checked for security or reliability by Ubuntu members, and may contain software which is harmful to your computer."
1490
msgstr ""
1491
1492
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
1493
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:40
1494
msgid "Install a PPA"
1495
msgstr ""
1496
1497
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1498
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:44
1499
msgid "On the PPA's overview page, look for the heading <gui>Adding this PPA to your system</gui>. Make a note of the PPA's location, which should look similar to: <code>ppa:mozillateam/firefox-next</code>."
1500
msgstr ""
1501
1502
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1503
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:58
1504
#: C/addremove-sources.page:52
1505
msgid "When the Software Center launches, click <guiseq><gui>Edit</gui> <gui>Software Sources</gui></guiseq>"
1506
msgstr ""
1507
1508
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1509
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:64
1510
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1511
msgstr ""
1512
1513
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1514
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:69
1515
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the <code>ppa:</code> location."
1516
msgstr ""
1517
1518
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1519
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:74
1520
msgid "Click <gui>Add Source</gui>. Enter your password in the Authenticate window."
1521
msgstr ""
1522
1523
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1524
#: C/addremove-ppa.page:80
1525
msgid "Close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new software."
1526
msgstr ""
1527
1528
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1529
#: C/addremove-remove.page:9
1530
msgid "Remove software that you no longer use."
1531
msgstr ""
1532
1533
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1534
#: C/addremove-remove.page:17
1535
msgid "Remove an application"
1536
msgstr ""
1537
1538
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1539
#: C/addremove-remove.page:21
1540
msgid "The <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> helps you to remove software that you no longer use."
1541
msgstr ""
1542
1543
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1544
#: C/addremove-remove.page:28
1545
msgid "Click the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the <gui>Launcher</gui> or search for <input>Software Center</input> in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
1546
msgstr ""
1547
1548
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1549
#: C/addremove-remove.page:35
1550
msgid "When the Software Center opens, click the <gui>Installed</gui> button at the top."
1551
msgstr ""
1552
1553
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1554
#: C/addremove-remove.page:41
1555
msgid "Find the application that you want to remove by using the search box or by looking through the list of installed applications."
1556
msgstr ""
1557
1558
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1559
#: C/addremove-remove.page:47
1560
msgid "Select the application and click <gui>Remove</gui>."
1561
msgstr ""
1562
1563
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1564
#: C/addremove-remove.page:52
1565
msgid "You may be asked to enter your password. After you have done that, the application will be removed."
1566
msgstr ""
1567
1568
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1569
#: C/addremove-remove.page:60
1570
msgid "Some applications depend on other applications to work properly. If you try to remove an application that is needed by another application, both will be removed. You will be asked to confirm whether you want this to happen before the applications are removed."
1571
msgstr ""
1572
1573
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1574
#: C/addremove-sources.page:9
1575
msgid "Add other repositories to extend the software sources Ubuntu uses for installation and upgrades."
1576
msgstr ""
1577
1578
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1579
#: C/addremove-sources.page:18
1580
msgid "Add additional software repositories"
1581
msgstr ""
1582
1583
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1584
#: C/addremove-sources.page:22
1585
msgid "Software is available from third-party sources, as well as from the default Ubuntu software repositories. If you want to install software from a third-party software repository, you must add it to Ubuntu's list of available repositories."
1586
msgstr ""
1587
1588
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
1589
#: C/addremove-sources.page:41
1590
msgid "Install other repositories"
1591
msgstr ""
1592
1593
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1594
#: C/addremove-sources.page:45
1595
msgid "Click on the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> icon in the Launcher, or search for Ubuntu Software Center in the search bar of the <app>Dash</app>."
1596
msgstr ""
1597
1598
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1599
#: C/addremove-sources.page:58
1600
msgid "You will be asked to enter your password. Once you have done that, switch to the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab."
1601
msgstr ""
1602
1603
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1604
#: C/addremove-sources.page:64
1605
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and enter the APT line for the repository. This should be available from the website of the repository, and should look similar to:"
1606
msgstr ""
1607
1608
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1609
#: C/addremove-sources.page:69
1610
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/ saucy main</code>"
1611
msgstr ""
1612
1613
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1614
#: C/addremove-sources.page:74
1615
msgid "Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Ubuntu Software Center will then check your software sources for new updates."
1616
msgstr ""
1617
1618
#. (itstool) path: section/title
1619
#: C/addremove-sources.page:83
1620
msgid "Activate the Canonical Partner repository"
1621
msgstr ""
1622
1623
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1624
#: C/addremove-sources.page:86
1625
msgid "The Canonical Partner repository offers some proprietary applications that don't cost any money to use but are closed source. They include software like <app>Skype</app>, <app>Adobe Reader</app> and <app>Adobe Flash Plugin</app>. Software in this repository will appear in Ubuntu Software Center search results but won't be installable until this repository is enabled."
1626
msgstr ""
1627
1628
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1629
#: C/addremove-sources.page:94
1630
msgid "To enable the repository, follow the steps above to open the <gui>Other Software</gui> tab in <app>Software Sources</app>. If you see the <gui>Canonical Partners</gui> repository in the list, make sure it is checked then close the Software Sources window. If you don't see it, click <gui>Add</gui> and enter:"
1631
msgstr ""
1632
1633
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1634
#: C/addremove-sources.page:101
1635
msgid "<code>deb http://archive.canonical.com/ubuntu saucy partner</code>"
1636
msgstr ""
1637
1638
#. (itstool) path: section/p
1639
#: C/addremove-sources.page:104
1640
msgid "Click <gui>Add Source</gui> then close the Software Sources window. Wait a moment for Ubuntu Software Center to download the repository information."
1641
msgstr ""
1642
1643
#. (itstool) path: info/title
1644
#: C/addremove.page:8
1645
msgctxt "link:trail"
1646
msgid "Add/remove software"
1647
msgstr ""
1648
1649
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1650
#: C/addremove.page:14
1651
msgid "<link xref=\"addremove-install\">Install</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-remove\">remove</link>, <link xref=\"addremove-sources\">extra repositories</link>…"
1652
msgstr ""
1653
1654
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1655
#: C/addremove.page:23
1656
msgid "Add & remove software"
1657
msgstr ""
1658
1659
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1660
#: C/app-cheese.page:10
1661
msgid "It is like your own personal photo booth."
1662
msgstr ""
1663
1664
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1665
#: C/app-cheese.page:18
1666
msgid "Create fun photos and videos with your webcam"
1667
msgstr ""
1668
1669
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1670
#: C/app-cheese.page:22
1671
msgid "With the <app>Cheese</app> application and your webcam, you can take photos and videos, apply fun special effects and share the fun with others."
1672
msgstr ""
1673
1674
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1675
#: C/app-cheese.page:27
1676
msgid "Cheese is not installed by default in Ubuntu. To install Cheese:"
1677
msgstr ""
1678
1679
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1680
#: C/app-cheese.page:33
1681
msgid "Click <link href=\"apt:cheese\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software Center</app>."
1682
msgstr ""
1683
1684
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1685
#: C/app-cheese.page:39
1686
msgid "Read the information and reviews about Cheese to make sure you want to install it."
1687
msgstr ""
1688
1689
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1690
#: C/app-cheese.page:45
1691
msgid "If you choose to install it, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software Center window."
1692
msgstr ""
1693
1694
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1695
#: C/app-cheese.page:52
1696
msgid "You may need to provide the administrative password to complete the installation."
1697
msgstr ""
1698
1699
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1700
#: C/app-cheese.page:57
1701
msgid "For help with using Cheese, read the <link href=\"help:cheese\">Cheese user guide</link>."
1702
msgstr ""
1703
1704
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1705
#: C/app-cheese.page:63
1706
msgid "You need to install Cheese before you can read the Cheese user guide."
1707
msgstr ""
1708
1709
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1710
#: C/backup-check.page:7
1711
msgid "Verify your backup was successful."
1712
msgstr ""
1713
1714
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1715
#: C/backup-check.page:18
1716
msgid "Check your backup"
1717
msgstr ""
1718
1719
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1720
#: C/backup-check.page:20
1721
msgid "After you have backed up your files, you should make sure that the backup was successful. If it didn't work properly, you could lose important data since some files could be missing from the backup."
1722
msgstr ""
1723
1724
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1725
#: C/backup-check.page:24
1726
msgid "When you use the file manager to copy or move files, the computer checks to make sure that all of the data transferred correctly. However, if you are transferring data that is very important to you, you may want to perform additional checks to confirm that your data has been transferred properly."
1727
msgstr ""
1728
1729
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1730
#: C/backup-check.page:30
1731
msgid "You can do an extra check by looking through the copied files and folders on the destination media. By checking to make sure that the files and folders you transferred are actually there in the backup, you can have extra confidence that the process was successful."
1732
msgstr ""
1733
1734
#. (itstool) path: note/p
1735
#: C/backup-check.page:35
1736
msgid "If you find that you do regular backups of large amounts of data, you may find it easier to use a dedicated backup program, such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>. Such a program is more powerful and more reliable than just copying and pasting files."
1737
msgstr ""
1738
1739
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1740
#: C/backup-frequency.page:7
1741
msgid "Learn how often you should backup your important files to make sure that they're safe."
1742
msgstr ""
1743
1744
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
1745
#: C/backup-frequency.page:13
1746
#: C/backup-how.page:13
1747
#: C/backup-restore.page:12
1748
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:14
1749
#: C/backup-what.page:17
1750
#: C/backup-where.page:18
1751
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:14
1752
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:13
1753
#: C/contacts-search.page:14
1754
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:7
1755
#: C/files-browse.page:16
1756
#: C/files-copy.page:18
1757
#: C/get-involved.page:14
1758
#: C/more-help.page:10
1759
#: C/mouse.page:16
1760
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:16
1761
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:19
1762
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:15
1763
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:14
1764
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:15
1765
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:15
1766
#: C/nautilus-views.page:15
1767
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:15
1768
#: C/user-delete.page:11
1769
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:15
1770
msgid "Tiffany Antopolski"
1771
msgstr ""
1772
1773
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1774
#: C/backup-frequency.page:23
1775
msgid "Frequency of backups"
1776
msgstr ""
1777
1778
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1779
#: C/backup-frequency.page:25
1780
msgid "How often you make backups will depend on the type of data to be backed up. For example, if you are running a network environment with critical data stored on your servers, then even nightly backups may not be enough."
1781
msgstr ""
1782
1783
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1784
#: C/backup-frequency.page:29
1785
msgid "On the other hand, if you are backing up the data on your home computer then hourly backups would likely be unnecessary. You may find it helpful to consider the following points when planning your backup schedule:"
1786
msgstr ""
1787
1788
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1789
#: C/backup-frequency.page:34
1790
msgid "The amount of time you spend on the computer."
1791
msgstr ""
1792
1793
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1794
#: C/backup-frequency.page:35
1795
msgid "How often and by how much the data on the computer changes."
1796
msgstr ""
1797
1798
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1799
#: C/backup-frequency.page:38
1800
msgid "If the data you want to back up is lower priority, or subject to few changes, like music, e-mails and family photos, then weekly or even monthly backups may suffice. However, if you happen to be in the middle of a tax audit, more frequent backups may be necessary."
1801
msgstr ""
1802
1803
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1804
#: C/backup-frequency.page:43
1805
msgid "As a general rule, the amount of time in between backups should be no more than the amount of time you are willing to spend re-doing any lost work. For example, if spending a week re-writing lost documents is too long for you, you should back up at least once per week."
1806
msgstr ""
1807
1808
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1809
#: C/backup-how.page:7
1810
msgid "Use Déjà Dup (or some other backup application) to make copies of your valuable files and settings to protect against loss."
1811
msgstr ""
1812
1813
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1814
#: C/backup-how.page:27
1815
msgid "How to back up"
1816
msgstr ""
1817
1818
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1819
#: C/backup-how.page:29
1820
msgid "The recommended way of backing up your files and settings is to let a backup application manage the backup process for you. A number of different backup applications are available, like <app>Déjà Dup</app>."
1821
msgstr ""
1822
1823
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1824
#: C/backup-how.page:34
1825
msgid "The help for your chosen backup application will walk you through setting your preferences for the backup, as well as how to restore your data."
1826
msgstr ""
1827
1828
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1829
#: C/backup-how.page:38
1830
msgid "An alternative option is to <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy your files</link> to a safe location, such as an external hard drive, another computer on the network, or a USB drive. Your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">personal files</link> and settings are usually in your Home folder, so you can copy them from there."
1831
msgstr ""
1832
1833
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1834
#: C/backup-how.page:44
1835
msgid "The amount of data you can back up is limited by the size of the storage device. If you have the room on your backup device, it is best to back up the entire Home folder with the following exceptions:"
1836
msgstr ""
1837
1838
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1839
#: C/backup-how.page:49
1840
msgid "Files that are already backed up somewhere else, such as to a CD, DVD, or other removable media."
1841
msgstr ""
1842
1843
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1844
#: C/backup-how.page:51
1845
msgid "Files that you can recreate easily. For example, if you are a programmer, you don't have to back up the files that get produced when you compile your programs. Instead, just make sure that you back up the original source files."
1846
msgstr ""
1847
1848
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1849
#: C/backup-how.page:55
1850
msgid "Any files in the Trash folder. Your Trash folder can be found in <file>~/.local/share/Trash</file>."
1851
msgstr ""
1852
1853
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1854
#: C/backup-restore.page:7
1855
msgid "Retrieve your files from a backup."
1856
msgstr ""
1857
1858
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1859
#: C/backup-restore.page:23
1860
msgid "Restore a backup"
1861
msgstr ""
1862
1863
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1864
#: C/backup-restore.page:25
1865
msgid "If you lost or deleted some of your files, but you have a backup of them, you can restore them from the backup:"
1866
msgstr ""
1867
1868
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1869
#: C/backup-restore.page:29
1870
msgid "To restore your backup from a device such as an external hard drive, USB drive or another computer on the network, you can <link xref=\"files-copy\">copy the files</link> back to your computer."
1871
msgstr ""
1872
1873
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1874
#: C/backup-restore.page:33
1875
msgid "If you created your backup using a backup application such as <app>Déjà Dup</app>, it is recommended that you use the same application to restore your backup. Review the application help for your backup program: it will provide specific instructions on how to restore your files."
1876
msgstr ""
1877
1878
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1879
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:7
1880
msgid "A list of folders where you can find documents, files and settings that you may want to back up."
1881
msgstr ""
1882
1883
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1884
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:29
1885
msgid "Where can I find the files I want to back up?"
1886
msgstr ""
1887
1888
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1889
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:31
1890
msgid "Listed below are the most common locations of important files and settings that you may want to back up."
1891
msgstr ""
1892
1893
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1894
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:36
1895
msgid "Personal files (documents, music, photos and videos)"
1896
msgstr ""
1897
1898
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1899
#. translators: xdg dirs are localised by package xdg-user-dirs and need
1900
#. to be translated. You can find the correct translations for your
1901
#. language here: http://translationproject.org/domain/xdg-user-dirs.html
1902
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:40
1903
msgid "These are usually stored in your home folder (<file>/home/your_name</file>). They could be in subfolders such as Desktop, Documents, Pictures, Music, and Videos."
1904
msgstr ""
1905
1906
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1907
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:43
1908
msgid "If your backup medium has sufficient space (if it's an external hard disk, for example), consider backing up the entire Home folder. You can find out how much disk space your Home folder takes up by using the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>."
1909
msgstr ""
1910
1911
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1912
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:50
1913
msgid "Hidden files"
1914
msgstr ""
1915
1916
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1917
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:51
1918
msgid "Any file or folder name that starts with a period (.) is hidden by default. To view hidden files, click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can copy these to a backup location like any other file."
1919
msgstr ""
1920
1921
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1922
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:58
1923
msgid "Personal settings (desktop preferences, themes, and software settings)"
1924
msgstr ""
1925
1926
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1927
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:59
1928
msgid "Most applications store their settings in hidden folders inside your Home folder (see above for information on hidden files)."
1929
msgstr ""
1930
1931
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1932
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:61
1933
msgid "Most of your application settings will be stored in the hidden folders <file>.config</file>, <file>.gconf</file>, <file>.gnome2</file>, and <file>.local</file> in your Home folder."
1934
msgstr ""
1935
1936
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1937
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:68
1938
msgid "System-wide settings"
1939
msgstr ""
1940
1941
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1942
#: C/backup-thinkabout.page:69
1943
msgid "Settings for important parts of the system aren't stored in your Home folder. There are a number of locations that they could be stored, but most are stored in the <file>/etc</file> folder. In general, you won't need to back up these files on a home computer. If you are running a server, however, you should back up the files for the services that it is running."
1944
msgstr ""
1945
1946
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
1947
#: C/backup-what.page:7
1948
msgid "Back up anything that you can't bear to lose if something goes wrong."
1949
msgstr ""
1950
1951
#. (itstool) path: page/title
1952
#: C/backup-what.page:28
1953
msgid "What to back up"
1954
msgstr ""
1955
1956
#. (itstool) path: page/p
1957
#: C/backup-what.page:30
1958
msgid "Your priority should be to back up your <link xref=\"backup-thinkabout\">most important files</link> as well as those that are difficult to recreate. For example, ranked from most important to least important:"
1959
msgstr ""
1960
1961
#. (itstool) path: item/title
1962
#: C/backup-what.page:37
1963
msgid "Your personal files"
1964
msgstr ""
1965
1966
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1967
#: C/backup-what.page:38
1968
msgid "This may include documents, spreadsheets, email, calendar appointments, financial data, family photos, or any other personal files that you would consider irreplaceable."
1969
msgstr ""
1970
1971
#. (itstool) path: item/title
1972
#: C/backup-what.page:44
1973
msgid "Your personal settings"
1974
msgstr ""
1975
1976
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1977
#: C/backup-what.page:45
1978
msgid "This includes changes you may have made to colors, backgrounds, screen resolution and mouse settings on your desktop. This also includes application preferences, such as settings for <app>LibreOffice</app>, your music player, and your email program. These are replaceable, but may take a while to recreate."
1979
msgstr ""
1980
1981
#. (itstool) path: item/title
1982
#: C/backup-what.page:53
1983
msgid "System settings"
1984
msgstr ""
1985
1986
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1987
#: C/backup-what.page:54
1988
msgid "Most people never change the system settings that are created during installation. If you do customize your system settings for some reason, or if you use your computer as a server, then you may wish to back up these settings."
1989
msgstr ""
1990
1991
#. (itstool) path: item/title
1992
#: C/backup-what.page:61
1993
msgid "Installed software"
1994
msgstr ""
1995
1996
#. (itstool) path: item/p
1997
#: C/backup-what.page:62
1998
msgid "The software you use can normally be restored quite quickly after a serious computer problem by reinstalling it."
1999
msgstr ""
2000
2001
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2002
#: C/backup-what.page:67
2003
msgid "In general, you will want to back up files that are irreplaceable and files that require a great time investment to replace without a backup. If things are easy to replace, on the other hand, you may not want to use up disk space by having backups of them."
2004
msgstr ""
2005
2006
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2007
#: C/backup-where.page:7
2008
msgid "Advice on where to store your backups and what type of storage device to use."
2009
msgstr ""
2010
2011
#. (itstool) path: info/title
2012
#: C/backup-where.page:9
2013
msgctxt "sort"
2014
msgid "c"
2015
msgstr ""
2016
2017
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2018
#: C/backup-where.page:24
2019
msgid "Where to store your backup"
2020
msgstr ""
2021
2022
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2023
#: C/backup-where.page:26
2024
msgid "You should store backup copies of your files somewhere separate from your computer - on an external hard disk, for example. That way, if the computer breaks, the backup will still be intact. For maximum security, you shouldn't keep the backup in the same building as your computer. If there is a fire or theft, both copies of the data could be lost if they are kept together."
2025
msgstr ""
2026
2027
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2028
#: C/backup-where.page:32
2029
msgid "It is important to choose an appropriate <em>backup medium</em>, too. You need to store your backups on a device that has sufficient disk capacity for all of the backed-up files."
2030
msgstr ""
2031
2032
#. (itstool) path: list/title
2033
#: C/backup-where.page:37
2034
msgid "Local and remote storage options"
2035
msgstr ""
2036
2037
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2038
#: C/backup-where.page:39
2039
msgid "USB memory key (low capacity)"
2040
msgstr ""
2041
2042
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2043
#: C/backup-where.page:42
2044
msgid "Writable CDs or DVDs (low/medium capacity)"
2045
msgstr ""
2046
2047
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2048
#: C/backup-where.page:45
2049
msgid "External hard disk (typically high capacity)"
2050
msgstr ""
2051
2052
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2053
#: C/backup-where.page:48
2054
msgid "Internal disk drive (high capacity)"
2055
msgstr ""
2056
2057
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2058
#: C/backup-where.page:51
2059
msgid "Network-connected drive (high capacity)"
2060
msgstr ""
2061
2062
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2063
#: C/backup-where.page:54
2064
msgid "File/backup server (high capacity)"
2065
msgstr ""
2066
2067
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2068
#: C/backup-where.page:57
2069
msgid "Online backup service (<link href=\"http://aws.amazon.com/s3/\">Amazon S3</link> or <link href=\"https://one.ubuntu.com/\">Ubuntu One</link>, for example; capacity depends on price)"
2070
msgstr ""
2071
2072
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2073
#: C/backup-where.page:63
2074
msgid "Some of these options have sufficient capacity to allow for a backup of every file on your system, which is also known as a <em>complete system backup</em>."
2075
msgstr ""
2076
2077
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2078
#: C/backup-why.page:7
2079
msgid "Why, what, where and how of backups."
2080
msgstr ""
2081
2082
#. (itstool) path: info/title
2083
#: C/backup-why.page:8
2084
msgctxt "link:trail"
2085
msgid "Backups"
2086
msgstr ""
2087
2088
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2089
#: C/backup-why.page:20
2090
msgid "Back up your important files"
2091
msgstr ""
2092
2093
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2094
#: C/backup-why.page:22
2095
msgid "<em>Backing up</em> your files simply means making a copy of them for safekeeping. This is done in case the original files become unusable due to loss or corruption. These copies can be used to restore the original data in the event of loss. Copies should be stored on a different device from the original files. For example, you may use a USB drive, an external hard drive, a CD/DVD, or an off-site service."
2096
msgstr ""
2097
2098
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2099
#: C/backup-why.page:29
2100
msgid "The best way to back up your files is to do so regularly, keeping the copies off-site and (possibly) encrypted."
2101
msgstr ""
2102
2103
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2104
#: C/bluetooth.page:15
2105
msgid "<link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">Connect</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">turn on and off</link>…"
2106
msgstr ""
2107
2108
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2109
#: C/bluetooth.page:24
2110
msgid "Bluetooth"
2111
msgstr ""
2112
2113
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2114
#: C/bluetooth.page:26
2115
msgid "Bluetooth is a wireless protocol that allows you to connect many different types of devices to your computer. Bluetooth is commonly used for headsets and input devices like mice and keyboards. You can also use Bluetooth to <link xref=\"bluetooth-send-file\">send files between devices</link>, such as from your computer to your cell phone."
2116
msgstr ""
2117
2118
#. (itstool) path: info/title
2119
#: C/bluetooth.page:48
2120
msgctxt "link"
2121
msgid "Bluetooth problems"
2122
msgstr ""
2123
2124
#. (itstool) path: section/title
2125
#: C/bluetooth.page:51
2126
#: C/color.page:34
2127
#: C/power.page:43
2128
msgid "Problems"
2129
msgstr ""
2130
2131
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2132
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:14
2133
msgid "Pair Bluetooth devices."
2134
msgstr ""
2135
2136
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
2137
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:21
2138
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:19
2139
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:22
2140
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:13
2141
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:13
2142
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:19
2143
#: C/printing-setup.page:22
2144
msgid "Paul W. Frields"
2145
msgstr ""
2146
2147
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2148
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:35
2149
msgid "Connect your computer to a Bluetooth device"
2150
msgstr ""
2151
2152
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2153
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:37
2154
msgid "Before you can use a Bluetooth device like a mouse or a headset, you first need to connect your computer to the device. This is also called pairing the Bluetooth devices."
2155
msgstr ""
2156
2157
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2158
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:42
2159
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:63
2160
msgid "Before you begin, make sure Bluetooth is enabled on your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\"/>."
2161
msgstr ""
2162
2163
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2164
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:50
2165
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Set Up New Device</gui>."
2166
msgstr ""
2167
2168
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2169
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:53
2170
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Set up a New Device</gui>."
2171
msgstr ""
2172
2173
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2174
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:58
2175
msgid "Make the other Bluetooth device <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">discoverable or visible</link> and place it within 10 meters (about 33 feet) of your computer. Click <gui>Continue</gui>. Your computer will begin searching for devices."
2176
msgstr ""
2177
2178
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2179
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:64
2180
msgid "If there are too many devices listed, use the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down to display only a single type of device in the list."
2181
msgstr ""
2182
2183
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2184
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:68
2185
msgid "Click <gui>PIN options</gui> to set how a PIN will be delivered to the other device."
2186
msgstr ""
2187
2188
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2189
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:71
2190
msgid "The automatic PIN setting will use a six-digit numerical code. A device with no input keys or screen, such as a mouse or headset, may require a specific PIN such as 0000, or no PIN at all. Check your device's manual for the proper setting."
2191
msgstr ""
2192
2193
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2194
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:76
2195
msgid "Choose an appropriate PIN setting for your device, then click <gui>Close</gui>."
2196
msgstr ""
2197
2198
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2199
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:80
2200
msgid "Click <gui>Continue</gui> to proceed. If you did not choose a preset PIN, the PIN will be displayed on the screen."
2201
msgstr ""
2202
2203
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2204
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:84
2205
msgid "If required, confirm the PIN on your other device. The device should show you the PIN you see on your computer screen, or may prompt you to enter the PIN. Confirm the PIN on the device, then click <gui>Matches</gui>."
2206
msgstr ""
2207
2208
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2209
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:88
2210
msgid "You need to finish your entry within about 20 seconds on most devices, or the connection will not be completed. If that happens, return to the device list and start again."
2211
msgstr ""
2212
2213
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2214
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:93
2215
msgid "A message appears when the connection successfully completes. Click <gui>Close</gui>."
2216
msgstr ""
2217
2218
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2219
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:98
2220
msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-remove-connection\">remove a Bluetooth connection</link> later if desired."
2221
msgstr ""
2222
2223
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2224
#: C/bluetooth-connect-device.page:102
2225
msgid "To control access to your shared files, refer to the <gui>Bluetooth Sharing</gui> settings. See <link xref=\"sharing-bluetooth\"/>."
2226
msgstr ""
2227
2228
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2229
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:13
2230
msgid "The adapter could be turned off or may not have drivers, or Bluetooth might be disabled or blocked."
2231
msgstr ""
2232
2233
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2234
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:23
2235
msgid "I can't connect my Bluetooth device"
2236
msgstr ""
2237
2238
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2239
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:25
2240
msgid "There are a number of reasons why you may not be able to connect to a Bluetooth device, such as a phone or headset."
2241
msgstr ""
2242
2243
#. (itstool) path: item/title
2244
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:30
2245
msgid "Connection blocked or untrusted"
2246
msgstr ""
2247
2248
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2249
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:31
2250
msgid "Some Bluetooth devices block connections by default, or require you to change a setting to allow connections to be made. Make sure that your device is set up to allow connections."
2251
msgstr ""
2252
2253
#. (itstool) path: item/title
2254
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:36
2255
msgid "Bluetooth hardware not recognized"
2256
msgstr ""
2257
2258
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2259
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:37
2260
msgid "Your Bluetooth adapter/dongle may not have been recognized by the computer. This could be because <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">drivers</link> for the adapter aren't installed. Some Bluetooth adapters aren't supported on Linux, so you may not be able to get the right drivers for them. In this case, you will probably have to get a different Bluetooth adapter."
2261
msgstr ""
2262
2263
#. (itstool) path: item/title
2264
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:44
2265
msgid "Adapter not switched on"
2266
msgstr ""
2267
2268
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2269
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:47
2270
msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
2271
msgstr ""
2272
2273
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2274
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:51
2275
msgid "Make sure that your Bluetooth adapter is switched on. Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and check that it's not <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">disabled</link>."
2276
msgstr ""
2277
2278
#. (itstool) path: item/title
2279
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:57
2280
msgid "Device Bluetooth connection switched off"
2281
msgstr ""
2282
2283
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2284
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:58
2285
msgid "Check that Bluetooth is turned on on the device you're trying to connect to. For example, if you're trying to connect to a phone, make sure that it's not in airplane mode."
2286
msgstr ""
2287
2288
#. (itstool) path: item/title
2289
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:64
2290
msgid "No Bluetooth adapter in your computer"
2291
msgstr ""
2292
2293
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2294
#: C/bluetooth-problem-connecting.page:65
2295
msgid "Many computers do not have Bluetooth adapters. You can buy an adapter if you want to use Bluetooth."
2296
msgstr ""
2297
2298
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2299
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:12
2300
msgid "Remove a device from the list of Bluetooth devices."
2301
msgstr ""
2302
2303
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2304
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:25
2305
msgid "Remove a connection between Bluetooth devices"
2306
msgstr ""
2307
2308
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2309
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:28
2310
msgid "If you don't want to be connected to a Bluetooth device anymore, you can remove the connection. This is useful if you no longer want to use a device like a mouse or headset, or if you no longer wish to transfer files to or from a device."
2311
msgstr ""
2312
2313
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2314
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:37
2315
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
2316
msgstr ""
2317
2318
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2319
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:40
2320
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:112
2321
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
2322
msgstr ""
2323
2324
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2325
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:45
2326
msgid "Select the device you want to disconnect in the left pane, then click the <gui>-</gui> icon underneath the list."
2327
msgstr ""
2328
2329
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2330
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:49
2331
msgid "Click <gui>Remove</gui> in the confirmation window."
2332
msgstr ""
2333
2334
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2335
#: C/bluetooth-remove-connection.page:53
2336
msgid "You can <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">reconnect a Bluetooth device</link> later if desired."
2337
msgstr ""
2338
2339
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2340
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:15
2341
msgid "Share files to Bluetooth devices such as your phone."
2342
msgstr ""
2343
2344
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2345
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:33
2346
msgid "Send a file to a Bluetooth device"
2347
msgstr ""
2348
2349
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2350
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:37
2351
msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files in one of three ways: using the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar, from the Bluetooth settings window, or directly from the file manager."
2352
msgstr ""
2353
2354
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2355
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:43
2356
msgid "You can send files to connected Bluetooth devices, such as some mobile phones or other computers. Some types of devices don't allow the transfer of files, or specific types of files. You can send files using the Bluetooth icon on the top bar, or from the Bluetooth settings window."
2357
msgstr ""
2358
2359
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2360
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:51
2361
msgid "To send files directly from the file manager, see <link xref=\"files-share\"/>."
2362
msgstr ""
2363
2364
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
2365
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:68
2366
msgid "Send files using the Bluetooth icon"
2367
msgstr ""
2368
2369
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2370
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:72
2371
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
2372
msgstr ""
2373
2374
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2375
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:75
2376
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and select <gui>Send Files to Device</gui>."
2377
msgstr ""
2378
2379
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2380
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:80
2381
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:122
2382
msgid "Choose the file you want to send and click <gui>Select</gui>."
2383
msgstr ""
2384
2385
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2386
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:81
2387
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:123
2388
msgid "To send more than one file in a folder, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> as you select each file."
2389
msgstr ""
2390
2391
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2392
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:85
2393
msgid "Select the device which you want to send the files to and click <gui>Send</gui>."
2394
msgstr ""
2395
2396
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2397
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:87
2398
msgid "The list of devices will show both <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">devices you are already connected to</link> as well as <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\">visible devices</link> within range. If you have not already connected to the selected device, you will be prompted to pair with the device after clicking <gui>Send</gui>. This will probably require confirmation on the other device."
2399
msgstr ""
2400
2401
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2402
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:94
2403
msgid "If there are many devices, you can limit the list to only specific device types using the <gui>Device type</gui> drop-down."
2404
msgstr ""
2405
2406
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2407
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:98
2408
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:127
2409
msgid "The owner of the receiving device usually has to press a button to accept the file. Once the owner accepts or declines, the result of the file transfer will be shown on your screen."
2410
msgstr ""
2411
2412
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
2413
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:105
2414
msgid "Send files from the Bluetooth settings"
2415
msgstr ""
2416
2417
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2418
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:109
2419
msgid "Click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and select <gui>Bluetooth Settings</gui>."
2420
msgstr ""
2421
2422
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2423
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:116
2424
msgid "Select the device to send files to from the list on the left. The list only shows devices you've already connected to. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
2425
msgstr ""
2426
2427
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2428
#: C/bluetooth-send-file.page:119
2429
msgid "In the device information on the right, click <gui>Send Files</gui>."
2430
msgstr ""
2431
2432
#. (itstool) path: media
2433
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2434
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2435
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2436
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2437
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:29
2438
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76
2439
msgctxt "_"
2440
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-active.svg' md5='265f0461c4f337cfe7f9ebc04b98a58f'"
2441
msgstr ""
2442
2443
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2444
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:12
2445
msgid "Enable or disable the Bluetooth device on your computer."
2446
msgstr ""
2447
2448
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2449
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:25
2450
msgid "Turn Bluetooth on or off"
2451
msgstr ""
2452
2453
#. (itstool) path: media/p
2454
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:30
2455
msgid "The Bluetooth icon in the menu bar"
2456
msgstr ""
2457
2458
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2459
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:35
2460
msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon in the menu bar and click <gui>Turn On Bluetooth</gui>."
2461
msgstr ""
2462
2463
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2464
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:40
2465
msgid "You can turn Bluetooth on to use Bluetooth devices and send and receive files, but turn it off to conserve power. To turn Bluetooth on, click the Bluetooth icon on the top bar and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> on."
2466
msgstr ""
2467
2468
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2469
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:47
2470
msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the menu bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
2471
msgstr ""
2472
2473
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2474
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:53
2475
msgid "Many laptop computers have a hardware switch or key combination to turn Bluetooth on and off. If the Bluetooth hardware is turned off, you will not see a Bluetooth icon in the top bar. Look for a switch on your computer or a key on your keyboard. The keyboard key is often accessed with the help of the <key>Fn</key> key."
2476
msgstr ""
2477
2478
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2479
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:62
2480
msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and click <gui>Turn Off Bluetooth</gui>."
2481
msgstr ""
2482
2483
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2484
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:65
2485
msgid "To turn Bluetooth off, click the Bluetooth icon and switch <gui>Bluetooth</gui> off."
2486
msgstr ""
2487
2488
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2489
#: C/bluetooth-turn-on-off.page:69
2490
msgid "You only need to switch <gui>Visibility</gui> on if you are connecting to this computer from another device. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-visibility\"/> for more information."
2491
msgstr ""
2492
2493
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2494
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:11
2495
msgid "Whether or not other devices can discover your computer."
2496
msgstr ""
2497
2498
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2499
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:20
2500
msgid "What is Bluetooth visibility?"
2501
msgstr ""
2502
2503
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2504
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:22
2505
msgid "Bluetooth visibility simply refers to whether other devices can discover your computer when searching for Bluetooth devices. When Bluetooth visibility is turned on, your computer will advertise itself to all other devices within range, allowing them to attempt to connect to you."
2506
msgstr ""
2507
2508
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2509
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:27
2510
msgid "Your computer does not need to be visible to search for other devices, but those devices need to be visible for your computer to discover them."
2511
msgstr ""
2512
2513
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2514
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:30
2515
msgid "After you have <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\">connected to a device</link>, neither your computer nor the device needs to be visible to communicate with each other."
2516
msgstr ""
2517
2518
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2519
#: C/bluetooth-visibility.page:34
2520
msgid "Unless you or someone you trust needs to connect to your computer from another device, you should leave visibility off."
2521
msgstr ""
2522
2523
#. (itstool) path: media
2524
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
2525
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
2526
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
2527
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
2528
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:55
2529
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:32
2530
msgctxt "_"
2531
msgid "external ref='figures/color-profile-default.png' md5='78403ca445191bb5f9be02fecf80968c'"
2532
msgstr ""
2533
2534
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2535
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:10
2536
msgid "Look in <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> for the option to change this."
2537
msgstr ""
2538
2539
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
2540
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:16
2541
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:14
2542
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:13
2543
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:18
2544
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:19
2545
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:13
2546
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:12
2547
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:13
2548
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:11
2549
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:14
2550
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:17
2551
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:12
2552
#: C/color-notifications.page:7
2553
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:7
2554
#: C/color.page:10
2555
#: C/color-testing.page:7
2556
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:15
2557
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:11
2558
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:12
2559
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:11
2560
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:11
2561
msgid "Richard Hughes"
2562
msgstr ""
2563
2564
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2565
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:26
2566
msgid "How do I assign profiles to devices?"
2567
msgstr ""
2568
2569
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2570
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2571
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:30
2572
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:35
2573
msgid "Open <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq>, and click the device that you wish to add a profile to."
2574
msgstr ""
2575
2576
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2577
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:40
2578
msgid "By clicking <gui>Add profile</gui> you can select an existing profile or import a new file."
2579
msgstr ""
2580
2581
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2582
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:44
2583
msgid "Each device can have multiple profiles assigned to it, but only one profile can be the <em>default</em> profile. The default profile is used when there is no extra information to allow the profile to be chosen automatically. An example of this automatic selection would be if one profile was created for glossy paper and another plain paper."
2584
msgstr ""
2585
2586
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
2587
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:54
2588
msgid "You can make a profile default by changing it with the radio button."
2589
msgstr ""
2590
2591
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2592
#: C/color-assignprofiles.page:58
2593
msgid "If calibration hardware is connected the <gui>Calibrate…</gui> button will create a new profile."
2594
msgstr ""
2595
2596
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2597
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:11
2598
msgid "Calibrating your camera is important to capture accurate colors."
2599
msgstr ""
2600
2601
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2602
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:20
2603
msgid "How do I calibrate my camera?"
2604
msgstr ""
2605
2606
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2607
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:22
2608
msgid "Camera devices are calibrated by taking a photograph of a target under the desired lighting conditions. By converting the RAW file to a TIFF file, it can be used to calibrate the camera device in the color control panel."
2609
msgstr ""
2610
2611
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2612
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:28
2613
msgid "You will need to crop the TIFF file so that just the target is visible. Ensure the white or black borders are still visible. Calibration will not work if the image is upside-down or is distorted by a large amount."
2614
msgstr ""
2615
2616
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2617
#: C/color-calibrate-camera.page:36
2618
msgid "The resulting profile is only valid under the lighting condition that you acquired the original image from. This means you might need to profile several times for <em>studio</em>, <em>bright sunlight</em> and <em>cloudy</em> lighting conditions."
2619
msgstr ""
2620
2621
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2622
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:10
2623
msgid "Calibrating your printer is important to print accurate colors."
2624
msgstr ""
2625
2626
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2627
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:19
2628
msgid "How do I calibrate my printer?"
2629
msgstr ""
2630
2631
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2632
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:21
2633
msgid "There are two ways to profile a printer device:"
2634
msgstr ""
2635
2636
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2637
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:26
2638
msgid "Using a photospectrometer device like the Pantone ColorMunki"
2639
msgstr ""
2640
2641
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2642
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:27
2643
msgid "Downloading a printing a reference file from a color company"
2644
msgstr ""
2645
2646
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2647
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:30
2648
msgid "Using a color company to generate a printer profile is usually the cheapest option if you only have one or two different paper types. By downloading the reference chart from the companies website you can then send them back the print in a padded envelope where they will scan the paper, generate the profile and email you back an accurate ICC profile."
2649
msgstr ""
2650
2651
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2652
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:38
2653
msgid "Using an expensive device such as a ColorMunki works out cheaper only if you are profiling a large number of ink sets or paper types."
2654
msgstr ""
2655
2656
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2657
#: C/color-calibrate-printer.page:44
2658
msgid "If you change your ink supplier, make sure you recalibrate the printer!"
2659
msgstr ""
2660
2661
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2662
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:12
2663
msgid "Calibrating your scanner is important to capture accurate colors."
2664
msgstr ""
2665
2666
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2667
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:28
2668
msgid "How do I calibrate my scanner?"
2669
msgstr ""
2670
2671
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2672
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2673
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:32
2674
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:39
2675
msgid "You scan in your target file and save it as an uncompressed TIFF file. You can then click <gui>Calibrate…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> to create a profile for the device."
2676
msgstr ""
2677
2678
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2679
#: C/color-calibrate-scanner.page:48
2680
msgid "Scanner devices are incredibly stable over time and temperature and do not usually need to be recalibrated."
2681
msgstr ""
2682
2683
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2684
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:11
2685
msgid "Calibrating your screen is important to display accurate colors."
2686
msgstr ""
2687
2688
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2689
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:29
2690
msgid "How do I calibrate my screen?"
2691
msgstr ""
2692
2693
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2694
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:31
2695
msgid "Calibrating your screen should be a requirement if you're involved in computer design or artwork."
2696
msgstr ""
2697
2698
#. (itstool) path: when/p
2699
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
2700
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:37
2701
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:45
2702
msgid "By using a device called colorimeter you accurately measure the different colors that your screen is able to display. By running <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> you can create a profile, and the wizard will show you how to attach the colorimeter device and what settings to adjust."
2703
msgstr ""
2704
2705
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2706
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:55
2707
msgid "Screens change all the time - the backlight in a TFT will half in brightness approximately every 18 months, and will get yellower as it gets older. This means you should recalibrate your screen when the [!] icon appears in the color control panel."
2708
msgstr ""
2709
2710
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2711
#: C/color-calibrate-screen.page:62
2712
msgid "LED screens also change over time, but a much slower rate than TFTs."
2713
msgstr ""
2714
2715
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2716
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:9
2717
msgid "Calibration and characterization are different things entirely."
2718
msgstr ""
2719
2720
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2721
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:19
2722
msgid "What's the difference between calibration and characterization?"
2723
msgstr ""
2724
2725
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2726
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:20
2727
msgid "Many people are initially confused about the difference between calibration and characterization. Calibration is the process of modifying the color behavior of a device. This is typically done using two mechanisms:"
2728
msgstr ""
2729
2730
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2731
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:27
2732
msgid "Changing controls or internal settings that it has"
2733
msgstr ""
2734
2735
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2736
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:28
2737
msgid "Applying curves to its color channels"
2738
msgstr ""
2739
2740
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2741
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:30
2742
msgid "The idea of calibration is to put a device in a defined state with regard to its color response. Often this is used as a day to day means of maintaining reproducible behavior. Typically calibration will be stored in device or systems specific file formats that record the device settings or per-channel calibration curves."
2743
msgstr ""
2744
2745
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2746
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:37
2747
msgid "Characterization (or profiling) is <em>recording</em> the way a device reproduces or responds to color. Typically the result is stored in a device ICC profile. Such a profile does not in itself modify color in any way. It allows a system such as a CMM (Color Management Module) or a color aware application to modify color when combined with another device profile. Only by knowing the characteristics of two devices, can a way of transferring color from one device representation to another be achieved."
2748
msgstr ""
2749
2750
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2751
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:48
2752
msgid "Note that a characterization (profile) will only be valid for a device if it's in the same state of calibration as it was when it was characterized."
2753
msgstr ""
2754
2755
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2756
#: C/color-calibrationcharacterization.page:54
2757
msgid "In the case of display profiles there is some additional confusion because often the calibration information is stored in the profile for convenience. By convention it is stored in a tag called the <em>vcgt</em> tag. Although it is stored in the profile, none of the normal ICC based tools or applications are aware of it, or do anything with it. Similarly, typical display calibration tools and applications will not be aware of, or do anything with the ICC characterization (profile) information."
2758
msgstr ""
2759
2760
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2761
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:9
2762
msgid "We support a large number of calibration devices."
2763
msgstr ""
2764
2765
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2766
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:20
2767
msgid "What color measuring instruments are supported?"
2768
msgstr ""
2769
2770
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2771
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:22
2772
msgid "GNOME relies on the Argyll color management system to support color instruments. Thus the following display measuring instruments are supported:"
2773
msgstr ""
2774
2775
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2776
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:29
2777
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Pro (spectrometer)"
2778
msgstr ""
2779
2780
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2781
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:30
2782
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Monitor (spectrometer)"
2783
msgstr ""
2784
2785
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2786
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:31
2787
msgid "Gretag-Macbeth i1 Display 1, 2 or LT (colorimeter)"
2788
msgstr ""
2789
2790
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2791
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:32
2792
msgid "X-Rite i1 Display Pro (colorimeter)"
2793
msgstr ""
2794
2795
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2796
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:33
2797
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Design or Photo (spectrometer)"
2798
msgstr ""
2799
2800
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2801
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:34
2802
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Create (colorimeter)"
2803
msgstr ""
2804
2805
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2806
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:35
2807
msgid "X-Rite ColorMunki Display (colorimeter)"
2808
msgstr ""
2809
2810
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2811
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:36
2812
msgid "Pantone Huey (colorimeter)"
2813
msgstr ""
2814
2815
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2816
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:37
2817
msgid "MonacoOPTIX (colorimeter)"
2818
msgstr ""
2819
2820
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2821
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:38
2822
msgid "ColorVision Spyder 2 and 3 (colorimeter)"
2823
msgstr ""
2824
2825
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2826
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:39
2827
msgid "Colorimètre HCFR (colorimeter)"
2828
msgstr ""
2829
2830
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2831
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:43
2832
msgid "The Pantone Huey is currently the cheapest and best supported hardware in Linux."
2833
msgstr ""
2834
2835
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2836
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:46
2837
msgid "Thanks to Argyll there's also a number of spot and strip reading reflective spectrometers supported to help you calibrating and characterizing your printers:"
2838
msgstr ""
2839
2840
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2841
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:53
2842
msgid "X-Rite DTP20 \"Pulse\" (\"swipe\" type reflective spectrometer)"
2843
msgstr ""
2844
2845
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2846
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:54
2847
msgid "X-Rite DTP22 Digital Swatchbook (spot type reflective spectrometer)"
2848
msgstr ""
2849
2850
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2851
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:55
2852
msgid "X-Rite DTP41 (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2853
msgstr ""
2854
2855
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2856
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:56
2857
msgid "X-Rite DTP41T (spot and strip reading reflective spectrometer)"
2858
msgstr ""
2859
2860
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2861
#: C/color-calibrationdevices.page:57
2862
msgid "X-Rite DTP51 (spot reading reflective spectrometer)"
2863
msgstr ""
2864
2865
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2866
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:9
2867
msgid "Calibration targets are needed to do scanner and camera profiling."
2868
msgstr ""
2869
2870
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2871
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:19
2872
msgid "Which target types are supported?"
2873
msgstr ""
2874
2875
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2876
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:21
2877
msgid "The following types of targets are supported:"
2878
msgstr ""
2879
2880
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2881
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:26
2882
msgid "CMP DigitalTarget"
2883
msgstr ""
2884
2885
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2886
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:27
2887
msgid "ColorChecker 24"
2888
msgstr ""
2889
2890
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2891
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:28
2892
msgid "ColorChecker DC"
2893
msgstr ""
2894
2895
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2896
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:29
2897
msgid "ColorChecker SG"
2898
msgstr ""
2899
2900
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2901
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:30
2902
msgid "i1 RGB Scan 14"
2903
msgstr ""
2904
2905
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2906
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:31
2907
msgid "LaserSoft DC Pro"
2908
msgstr ""
2909
2910
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2911
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:32
2912
msgid "QPcard 201"
2913
msgstr ""
2914
2915
#. (itstool) path: item/p
2916
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:33
2917
msgid "IT8.7/2"
2918
msgstr ""
2919
2920
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2921
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:37
2922
msgid "You can purchase targets from well-known vendors like KODAK, X-Rite and LaserSoft in various online shops."
2923
msgstr ""
2924
2925
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2926
#: C/color-calibrationtargets.page:41
2927
msgid "Alternatively you can buy targets from <link href=\"http://www.targets.coloraid.de/\">Wolf Faust</link> at a very fair price."
2928
msgstr ""
2929
2930
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2931
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:8
2932
msgid "Sharing color profiles is never a good idea as hardware changes over time."
2933
msgstr ""
2934
2935
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2936
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:17
2937
msgid "Can I share my color profile?"
2938
msgstr ""
2939
2940
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2941
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:19
2942
msgid "Color profiles that you have created yourself are specific to the hardware and lighting conditions that you calibrated for. A display that has been powered for a few hundred hours is going to have a very different color profile to a similar display with the next serial number that has been lit for a thousand hours."
2943
msgstr ""
2944
2945
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2946
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:26
2947
msgid "This means if you share your color profile with somebody, you might be getting them <em>closer</em> to calibration, but it's misleading at best to say that their display is calibrated."
2948
msgstr ""
2949
2950
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2951
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:31
2952
msgid "Similarly, unless everyone has recommended controlled lighting (no sunlight from windows, black walls, daylight bulbs etc.) in a room where viewing and editing images takes place, sharing a profile that you created in your own specific lighting conditions doesn't make a lot of sense."
2953
msgstr ""
2954
2955
#. (itstool) path: note/p
2956
#: C/color-canshareprofiles.page:40
2957
msgid "You should carefully check the redistribution conditions for profiles downloaded from vendor websites or that were created on your behalf."
2958
msgstr ""
2959
2960
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2961
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:10
2962
msgid "Color profiles are provided by vendors and can be generated yourself."
2963
msgstr ""
2964
2965
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2966
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:20
2967
msgid "Where do I get color profiles?"
2968
msgstr ""
2969
2970
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2971
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:22
2972
msgid "The best way to get profiles is to generate them yourself, although this does require some initial outlay."
2973
msgstr ""
2974
2975
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2976
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:26
2977
msgid "Many manufacturers do try to provide color profiles for devices, although sometimes they are wrapped up in <em>driver bundles</em> which you may need to download, extract and then search for the color profiles."
2978
msgstr ""
2979
2980
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2981
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:32
2982
msgid "Some manufacturers do not provide accurate profiles for the hardware and the profiles are best avoided. A good clue is to download the profile, and if the creation date is more than a year before the date you bought the device then it's likely dummy data generated that is useless."
2983
msgstr ""
2984
2985
#. (itstool) path: page/p
2986
#: C/color-gettingprofiles.page:40
2987
msgid "See <link xref=\"color-why-calibrate\"/> for information on why vendor-supplied profiles are often worse than useless."
2988
msgstr ""
2989
2990
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
2991
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:9
2992
msgid "Color profiles can be imported by opening them."
2993
msgstr ""
2994
2995
#. (itstool) path: page/title
2996
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:27
2997
msgid "How do I import color profiles?"
2998
msgstr ""
2999
3000
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3001
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:29
3002
msgid "The profile can be imported by double clicking on the <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file in the file browser."
3003
msgstr ""
3004
3005
#. (itstool) path: when/p
3006
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
3007
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:35
3008
#: C/color-howtoimport.page:41
3009
msgid "Alternatively you can select <gui>Import profile…</gui> from <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> when selecting a profile for a device."
3010
msgstr ""
3011
3012
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3013
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:8
3014
msgid "Whole-screen color correction modifies all the screen colors on all windows."
3015
msgstr ""
3016
3017
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3018
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:18
3019
msgid "Missing information for whole-screen color correction?"
3020
msgstr ""
3021
3022
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3023
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:19
3024
msgid "Unfortunately, many vendor-supplied ICC profiles do not include the information required for whole-screen color correction. These profiles can still be useful for applications that can do color compensation, but you will not see all the colors of your screen change."
3025
msgstr ""
3026
3027
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3028
#: C/color-missingvcgt.page:25
3029
msgid "In order to create a display profile, which includes both calibration and characterization data, you will need to use a special color measuring instruments called a colorimeter or a spectrometer."
3030
msgstr ""
3031
3032
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3033
#: C/color-notifications.page:10
3034
msgid "You can be notified if your color profile is old and inaccurate."
3035
msgstr ""
3036
3037
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3038
#: C/color-notifications.page:21
3039
msgid "Can I get notified when my color profile is inaccurate?"
3040
msgstr ""
3041
3042
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3043
#: C/color-notifications.page:22
3044
msgid "Unfortunately we can't tell without recalibrating whether a device profile is accurate. We can use a simple metric of the amount of time since calibration to determine if a recalibrate is recommended."
3045
msgstr ""
3046
3047
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3048
#: C/color-notifications.page:28
3049
msgid "Some companies have very specific timeout policies for profiles, as an inaccurate color profile can make a huge difference to an end product."
3050
msgstr ""
3051
3052
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3053
#: C/color-notifications.page:33
3054
msgid "If you set the timeout policy and a profile is older than the policy then a red warning triangle will be shown in the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog next to the profile. A warning notification will also be shown every time you log into your computer."
3055
msgstr ""
3056
3057
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3058
#: C/color-notifications.page:41
3059
msgid "To set the policy for display and printer devices, you specify the maximum age of the profile in days:"
3060
msgstr ""
3061
3062
#. (itstool) path: page/screen
3063
#: C/color-notifications.page:46
3064
#, no-wrap
3065
msgid ""
3066
"\n"
3067
"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-printer-threshold 180</input>\n"
3068
"<output style=\"prompt\">[rupert@gnome] </output><input>gsettings set org.gnome.settings-daemon.plugins.color recalibrate-display-threshold 180</input>\n"
3069
""
3070
msgstr ""
3071
3072
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3073
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:10
3074
msgid "Default monitor profiles do not have a calibration date."
3075
msgstr ""
3076
3077
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3078
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:20
3079
msgid "Why don't the default monitor profiles have a calibration expiry?"
3080
msgstr ""
3081
3082
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3083
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:21
3084
msgid "The default color profile used for each monitor is generated automatically based on the display EDID which is stored in a memory chip inside the monitor. The EDID only gives us a snapshot of the available colors the monitor was capable of displaying when it was manufactured, and does not contain much other information for color correction."
3085
msgstr ""
3086
3087
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
3088
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:31
3089
msgid "As the EDID cannot be updated, it has no expiry date."
3090
msgstr ""
3091
3092
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3093
#: C/color-notspecifiededid.page:36
3094
msgid "Getting a profile from the monitor vendor or creating a profile yourself would lead to more accurate color correction."
3095
msgstr ""
3096
3097
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3098
#: C/color.page:15
3099
msgid "<link xref=\"color-whyimportant\">Why is this important</link>, <link xref=\"color#profiles\">Color profiles</link>, <link xref=\"color#calibration\">How to calibrate a device</link>…"
3100
msgstr ""
3101
3102
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3103
#: C/color.page:23
3104
msgid "Color management"
3105
msgstr ""
3106
3107
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3108
#: C/color.page:26
3109
msgid "Color profiles"
3110
msgstr ""
3111
3112
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3113
#: C/color.page:30
3114
msgid "Calibration"
3115
msgstr ""
3116
3117
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3118
#: C/color-testing.page:10
3119
msgid "Testing color management isn't hard, and we even supply some test profiles."
3120
msgstr ""
3121
3122
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3123
#: C/color-testing.page:22
3124
msgid "How do I test if color management is working correctly?"
3125
msgstr ""
3126
3127
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3128
#: C/color-testing.page:23
3129
msgid "The effects of a color profile are sometimes subtle and it may be hard to see if anything much has changed."
3130
msgstr ""
3131
3132
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3133
#: C/color-testing.page:27
3134
msgid "In GNOME we ship several profiles for testing that make it very clear when the profiles are being applied:"
3135
msgstr ""
3136
3137
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3138
#: C/color-testing.page:34
3139
msgid "<em>Bluish Test</em>: This will turn the screen blue and tests if the calibration curves are being sent to the display"
3140
msgstr ""
3141
3142
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3143
#: C/color-testing.page:40
3144
msgid "<em>ADOBEGAMMA-test</em>: This will turn the screen pink and tests different features of a screen profile"
3145
msgstr ""
3146
3147
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3148
#: C/color-testing.page:46
3149
msgid "<em>FakeBRG</em>: This will not change the screen, but will swap around the RGB channels to become BGR. This will make all the colors gradients look mostly correct, and there won't be much difference on the whole screen, but images will look very different in applications that support color management."
3150
msgstr ""
3151
3152
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3153
#: C/color-testing.page:57
3154
msgid "Add one of the test profiles to your display device using the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui><gui>Color</gui></guiseq> preferences."
3155
msgstr ""
3156
3157
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3158
#: C/color-testing.page:63
3159
msgid "Using these profiles you can clearly see when an application supports color management."
3160
msgstr ""
3161
3162
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3163
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:9
3164
msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer."
3165
msgstr ""
3166
3167
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3168
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:25
3169
msgid "What's a virtual color managed device?"
3170
msgstr ""
3171
3172
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3173
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:27
3174
msgid "A virtual device is a color managed device that is not connected to the computer. Examples of this might be:"
3175
msgstr ""
3176
3177
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3178
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:34
3179
msgid "An online print-shop where photos are uploaded, printed and sent to you"
3180
msgstr ""
3181
3182
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3183
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:35
3184
msgid "Photos from a digital camera stored on a memory card"
3185
msgstr ""
3186
3187
#. (itstool) path: when/p
3188
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
3189
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:40
3190
#: C/color-virtualdevice.page:49
3191
msgid "To create a virtual profile for a digital camera just drag and drop one of the image files onto the <guiseq><gui>System Settings</gui> <gui>Color</gui></guiseq> dialog. You can then <link xref=\"color-assignprofiles\">assign profiles</link> to it like any other device or even <link xref=\"color-calibrate-camera\">calibrate</link> it."
3192
msgstr ""
3193
3194
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3195
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:7
3196
msgid "A color profile is a simple file that expresses a color space or device response."
3197
msgstr ""
3198
3199
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3200
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:17
3201
msgid "What is a color profile?"
3202
msgstr ""
3203
3204
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3205
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:19
3206
msgid "A color profile is a set of data that characterizes either a device such as a projector or a color space such as sRGB."
3207
msgstr ""
3208
3209
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3210
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:23
3211
msgid "Most color profiles are in the form of an ICC profile, which is a small file with a <input>.ICC</input> or <input>.ICM</input> file extension."
3212
msgstr ""
3213
3214
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3215
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:28
3216
msgid "Color profiles can be embedded into images to specify the gamut range of the data. This ensures that users see the same colors on different devices."
3217
msgstr ""
3218
3219
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3220
#: C/color-whatisprofile.page:33
3221
msgid "Every device that is processing color should have it's own ICC profile and when this is achieved the system is said to have an <em>end-to-end color-managed workflow</em>. With this kind of workflow you can be sure that colors are not being lost or modified."
3222
msgstr ""
3223
3224
#. (itstool) path: media
3225
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3226
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3227
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3228
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3229
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:51
3230
msgctxt "_"
3231
msgid "external ref='figures/color-space.png' md5='0417f11824ea39b7ab1e31193c19e207'"
3232
msgstr ""
3233
3234
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3235
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:8
3236
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors."
3237
msgstr ""
3238
3239
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3240
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:18
3241
msgid "What is a color space?"
3242
msgstr ""
3243
3244
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3245
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:20
3246
msgid "A color space is a defined range of colors. Well known color spaces include sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB."
3247
msgstr ""
3248
3249
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3250
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:25
3251
msgid "The human visual system is not a simple RGB sensor, but we can approximate how the eye responds with a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram that shows the human visual response as a horse-shoe shape. You can see that in human vision there are many more shades of green detected than blue or red. With a trichromatic color space like RGB we represent the colors on the computer using three values, which restricts up to encoding a <em>triangle</em> of colors."
3252
msgstr ""
3253
3254
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3255
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:37
3256
msgid "Using models such as a CIE 1931 chromaticity diagram is a huge simplification of the human visual system, and real gamuts are expressed as 3D hulls, rather than 2D projections. A 2D projection of a 3D shape can sometimes be misleading, so if you want to see the 3D hull, install <code>gnome-color-manager</code> and then run <code>gcm-viewer</code>."
3257
msgstr ""
3258
3259
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
3260
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:49
3261
msgid "sRGB, AdobeRGB and ProPhotoRGB represented by white triangles"
3262
msgstr ""
3263
3264
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3265
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:54
3266
msgid "First, looking at sRGB, which is the smallest space and can encode the least number of colors. It is an approximation of a 10 year old CRT display, and so most modern monitors can display more colors than this. sRGB is a <em>least-common-denominator</em> standard and is used in a large number of applications (including the Internet)."
3267
msgstr ""
3268
3269
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3270
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:62
3271
msgid "AdobeRGB is frequently used as an <em>editing space</em>. It can encode more colors than sRGB, which means you can change colors in a photograph without worrying too much that the most vivid colors are being clipped or the blacks crushed."
3272
msgstr ""
3273
3274
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3275
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:68
3276
msgid "ProPhoto is the largest space available and is frequently used for document archival. It can encode nearly the whole range of colors detected by the human eye, and even encode colors that the eye cannot detect!"
3277
msgstr ""
3278
3279
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3280
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:75
3281
msgid "Now, if ProPhoto is clearly better, why don't we use it for everything? The answer is to do with <em>quantization</em>. If you only have 8 bits (256 levels) to encode each channel, then a larger range is going to have bigger steps between each value."
3282
msgstr ""
3283
3284
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3285
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:81
3286
msgid "Bigger steps mean a larger error between the captured color and the stored color, and for some colors this is a big problem. It turns out that key colors, like skin colors are very important, and even small errors will make untrained viewers notice that something in a photograph looks wrong."
3287
msgstr ""
3288
3289
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3290
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:88
3291
msgid "Of course, using a 16 bit image is going to leave many more steps and a much smaller quantization error, but this doubles the size of each image file. Most content in existence today is 8bpp, i.e. 8 bits-per-pixel."
3292
msgstr ""
3293
3294
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3295
#: C/color-whatisspace.page:94
3296
msgid "Color management is a process for converting from one color space to another, where a color space can be a well known defined space like sRGB, or a custom space such as your monitor or printer profile."
3297
msgstr ""
3298
3299
#. (itstool) path: media
3300
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3301
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3302
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3303
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3304
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:25
3305
msgctxt "_"
3306
msgid "external ref='figures/color-average.png' md5='9189963fdd14f11f0685a9ef2196279b'"
3307
msgstr ""
3308
3309
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3310
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:7
3311
msgid "Calibrating is important if you care about the colors you display or print."
3312
msgstr ""
3313
3314
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3315
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:17
3316
msgid "Why do I need to do calibration myself?"
3317
msgstr ""
3318
3319
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3320
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:19
3321
msgid "Generic profiles are usually bad. When a manufacturer creates a new model, they just take a few items from the production line and average them together:"
3322
msgstr ""
3323
3324
#. (itstool) path: media/p
3325
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:26
3326
msgid "Averaged profiles"
3327
msgstr ""
3328
3329
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3330
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:29
3331
msgid "Display panels differ quite a lot from unit to unit and change substantially as the display ages. It is also more difficult for printers, as just changing the type or weight of paper can invalidate the characterization state and make the profile inaccurate."
3332
msgstr ""
3333
3334
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3335
#: C/color-why-calibrate.page:37
3336
msgid "The best way of ensuring the profile you have is accurate is by doing the calibration yourself, or by letting an external company supply you with a profile based on your exact characterization state."
3337
msgstr ""
3338
3339
#. (itstool) path: media
3340
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3341
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3342
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3343
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3344
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:31
3345
msgctxt "_"
3346
msgid "external ref='figures/color-camera.png' md5='3c7319d2fde00e55eaca8f5318667a66'"
3347
msgstr ""
3348
3349
#. (itstool) path: media
3350
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3351
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3352
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3353
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3354
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:41
3355
msgctxt "_"
3356
msgid "external ref='figures/color-display.png' md5='a4cd5c10c2fe44a82d6096963573cd8e'"
3357
msgstr ""
3358
3359
#. (itstool) path: media
3360
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
3361
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
3362
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
3363
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
3364
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:51
3365
msgctxt "_"
3366
msgid "external ref='figures/color-printer.png' md5='42cae5a5d2aac8c774b76f7b41cc921c'"
3367
msgstr ""
3368
3369
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3370
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:7
3371
msgid "Color management is important for designers, photographers and artists."
3372
msgstr ""
3373
3374
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3375
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:17
3376
msgid "Why is color management important?"
3377
msgstr ""
3378
3379
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3380
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:18
3381
msgid "Color management is the process of capturing a color using an input device, displaying it on a screen, and printing it all whilst managing the exact colors and the range of colors on each medium."
3382
msgstr ""
3383
3384
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3385
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:24
3386
msgid "The need for color management is probably explained best with a photograph of a bird on a frosty day in winter."
3387
msgstr ""
3388
3389
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
3390
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:30
3391
msgid "A bird on a frosty wall as seen on the camera view-finder"
3392
msgstr ""
3393
3394
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3395
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:34
3396
msgid "Displays typically over-saturate the blue channel, making the images look cold."
3397
msgstr ""
3398
3399
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
3400
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:40
3401
msgid "This is what the user sees on a typical business laptop screen"
3402
msgstr ""
3403
3404
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3405
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:44
3406
msgid "Notice how the white is not 'paper white' and the black of the eye is now a muddy brown."
3407
msgstr ""
3408
3409
#. (itstool) path: figure/desc
3410
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:50
3411
msgid "This is what the user sees when printing on a typical inkjet printer"
3412
msgstr ""
3413
3414
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3415
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:54
3416
msgid "The basic problem we have here is that each device is capable of handling a different range of colors. So while you might be able to take a photo of electric blue, most printers are not going to be able to reproduce it."
3417
msgstr ""
3418
3419
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3420
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:60
3421
msgid "Most image devices capture in RGB (Red, Green, Blue) and have to convert to CMYK (Cyan, Magenta, Yellow, and Black) to print. Another problem is that you can't have <em>white</em> ink, and so the whiteness can only be as good as the paper color."
3422
msgstr ""
3423
3424
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3425
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:67
3426
msgid "Another problem is units. Without specifying the scale on which a color is measured, we don't know if 100% red is near infrared or just the deepest red ink in the printer. What is 50% red on one display is probably something like 62% on another display. It's like telling a person that you've just driven 7 units of distance, without the unit you don't know if that's 7 kilometers or 7 meters."
3427
msgstr ""
3428
3429
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3430
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:77
3431
msgid "In color, we refer to the units as gamut. Gamut is essentially the range of colors that can be reproduced. A device like a DSLR camera might have a very large gamut, being able to capture all the colors in a sunset, but a projector has a very small gamut and all the colors are going to look \"washed out\"."
3432
msgstr ""
3433
3434
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3435
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:85
3436
msgid "In some cases we can <em>correct</em> the device output by altering the data we send to it, but in other cases where that's not possible (you can't print electric blue) we need to show the user what the result is going to look like."
3437
msgstr ""
3438
3439
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3440
#: C/color-whyimportant.page:92
3441
msgid "For photographs it makes sense to use the full tonal range of a color device, to be able to make smooth changes in color. For other graphics, you might want to match the color exactly, which is important if you're trying to print a custom mug with the Red Hat logo that <em>has</em> to be the exact Red Hat Red."
3442
msgstr ""
3443
3444
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
3445
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:13
3446
msgid "Lucie Hankey"
3447
msgstr ""
3448
3449
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
3450
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:21
3451
#: C/contacts-connect.page:19
3452
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:22
3453
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:21
3454
#: C/contacts-search.page:22
3455
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:29
3456
#: C/nautilus-views.page:27
3457
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:22
3458
#: C/power-batterylife.page:24
3459
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:22
3460
#: C/power-closelid.page:18
3461
#: C/power-hibernate.page:20
3462
#: C/power-lowpower.page:16
3463
#: C/power-nowireless.page:20
3464
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:18
3465
#: C/power-suspend.page:17
3466
#: C/sharing.page:17
3467
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:11
3468
msgid "Ekaterina Gerasimova"
3469
msgstr ""
3470
3471
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3472
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:27
3473
msgid "Add or remove a contact in the local address book."
3474
msgstr ""
3475
3476
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3477
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:31
3478
msgid "Add or remove a contact"
3479
msgstr ""
3480
3481
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3482
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:33
3483
msgid "To add a contact:"
3484
msgstr ""
3485
3486
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3487
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:37
3488
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">New</gui>."
3489
msgstr ""
3490
3491
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3492
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:40
3493
msgid "In the <gui>New contact</gui> window, enter the contact name and the desired information. Click on the menu next to each field to choose <gui>Work</gui>, <gui>Home</gui> or <gui>Other</gui>."
3494
msgstr ""
3495
3496
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3497
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:45
3498
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Create Contact</gui>."
3499
msgstr ""
3500
3501
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3502
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:49
3503
msgid "To remove a contact:"
3504
msgstr ""
3505
3506
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3507
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:53
3508
#: C/contacts-connect.page:39
3509
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:38
3510
msgid "Select the contact from your contact list."
3511
msgstr ""
3512
3513
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3514
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:56
3515
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:41
3516
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:67
3517
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Edit</gui> in the top-right corner of <app>Contacts</app>."
3518
msgstr ""
3519
3520
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3521
#: C/contacts-add-remove.page:60
3522
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove Contact</gui>."
3523
msgstr ""
3524
3525
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
3526
#: C/contacts-connect.page:21
3527
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:13
3528
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:26
3529
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:25
3530
msgid "2013"
3531
msgstr ""
3532
3533
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3534
#: C/contacts-connect.page:24
3535
msgid "Email, chat with, or phone a contact."
3536
msgstr ""
3537
3538
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3539
#: C/contacts-connect.page:27
3540
msgid "Connect with your contact"
3541
msgstr ""
3542
3543
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3544
#: C/contacts-connect.page:35
3545
msgid "To email, chat with, or phone someone in <app>Contacts</app>:"
3546
msgstr ""
3547
3548
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3549
#: C/contacts-connect.page:42
3550
msgid "Press on the <gui>Detail</gui> that you want to use. For example, to email your contact, press the email address."
3551
msgstr ""
3552
3553
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3554
#: C/contacts-connect.page:46
3555
msgid "The corresponding application will be launched using the contact's details."
3556
msgstr ""
3557
3558
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3559
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:28
3560
msgid "Edit the information for each contact."
3561
msgstr ""
3562
3563
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3564
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:31
3565
msgid "Edit contact details"
3566
msgstr ""
3567
3568
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3569
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:33
3570
msgid "Editing contact details helps you keep the information in your address book up to date and complete."
3571
msgstr ""
3572
3573
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3574
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:45
3575
msgid "Edit the contact details."
3576
msgstr ""
3577
3578
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3579
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:46
3580
msgid "To add a <gui>detail</gui> such as a new phone number or email address, press <gui style=\"button\">New Detail</gui> and select the field that you want to add."
3581
msgstr ""
3582
3583
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3584
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:51
3585
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:82
3586
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Done</gui> to finish editing the contact."
3587
msgstr ""
3588
3589
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3590
#: C/contacts-edit-details.page:57
3591
msgid "In the case of linked contacts, you can edit a profile by clicking on the profile's avatar."
3592
msgstr ""
3593
3594
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3595
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:27
3596
msgid "Combine information for a contact from multiple sources."
3597
msgstr ""
3598
3599
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3600
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:30
3601
msgid "Link and unlink contacts"
3602
msgstr ""
3603
3604
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3605
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:33
3606
msgid "Link contacts"
3607
msgstr ""
3608
3609
#. (itstool) path: section/p
3610
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:35
3611
msgid "You can combine duplicate contacts from your local address book and online accounts into one <app>Contacts</app> entry. This feature helps you keep your address book organized, with all details about one contact in one place."
3612
msgstr ""
3613
3614
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3615
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:41
3616
msgid "Enable <em>selection mode</em> by pressing the tick button above the contact list."
3617
msgstr ""
3618
3619
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3620
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:45
3621
msgid "A checkbox will appear next to each contact. Tick the checkboxes next to the contacts that you want to merge."
3622
msgstr ""
3623
3624
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3625
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:49
3626
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Link</gui> to link the selected contacts."
3627
msgstr ""
3628
3629
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3630
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:57
3631
msgid "Unlink contacts"
3632
msgstr ""
3633
3634
#. (itstool) path: section/p
3635
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:59
3636
msgid "You may want to unlink contacts if you accidentally linked contacts which should not be linked."
3637
msgstr ""
3638
3639
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3640
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:64
3641
msgid "Select the contact you wish to unlink from your list of contact."
3642
msgstr ""
3643
3644
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3645
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:71
3646
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Linked Contacts</gui>."
3647
msgstr ""
3648
3649
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3650
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:74
3651
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Remove</gui> to unlink the entry from the contact."
3652
msgstr ""
3653
3654
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3655
#: C/contacts-link-unlink.page:78
3656
msgid "Press <gui style=\"button\">Close</gui> once you have finished unlinking the entries."
3657
msgstr ""
3658
3659
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3660
#: C/contacts.page:18
3661
msgid "Access your contacts."
3662
msgstr ""
3663
3664
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3665
#: C/contacts.page:22
3666
msgid "Contacts"
3667
msgstr ""
3668
3669
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3670
#: C/contacts.page:24
3671
msgid "Use <app>Contacts</app> to store, access or edit information for your contacts, locally or in your <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
3672
msgstr ""
3673
3674
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3675
#: C/contacts-search.page:28
3676
msgid "Search for a contact."
3677
msgstr ""
3678
3679
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3680
#: C/contacts-search.page:31
3681
msgid "Search for a contact"
3682
msgstr ""
3683
3684
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
3685
#: C/contacts-search.page:35
3686
msgid "You can search for an online contact in one of two ways:"
3687
msgstr ""
3688
3689
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3690
#: C/contacts-search.page:39
3691
msgid "In the <gui>Activities</gui> overview, start typing the name of the contact."
3692
msgstr ""
3693
3694
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3695
#: C/contacts-search.page:43
3696
msgid "Matching contacts will appear in the overview instead of the usual list of applications."
3697
msgstr ""
3698
3699
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3700
#: C/contacts-search.page:47
3701
msgid "Press <key>Enter</key> to select the contact at the top of the list or click the contact that you want to select if they are not at the top."
3702
msgstr ""
3703
3704
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3705
#: C/contacts-search.page:54
3706
msgid "To search from inside <app>Contacts</app>:"
3707
msgstr ""
3708
3709
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3710
#: C/contacts-search.page:58
3711
msgid "Click inside the search field."
3712
msgstr ""
3713
3714
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3715
#: C/contacts-search.page:61
3716
msgid "Start typing the name of the contact."
3717
msgstr ""
3718
3719
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3720
#: C/contacts-setup.page:11
3721
msgid "Store your contacts in a local address book or in an online account."
3722
msgstr ""
3723
3724
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3725
#: C/contacts-setup.page:19
3726
msgid "Starting Contacts for the first time"
3727
msgstr ""
3728
3729
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3730
#: C/contacts-setup.page:27
3731
msgid "When you run <app>Contacts</app> for the first time, the <gui>Contacts Setup</gui> window opens."
3732
msgstr ""
3733
3734
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3735
#: C/contacts-setup.page:30
3736
msgid "If you have <link xref=\"accounts\">online accounts</link> configured, they are listed with <gui>Local Address Book</gui>. Select an item from the list and click <gui style=\"button\">Select</gui>."
3737
msgstr ""
3738
3739
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3740
#: C/contacts-setup.page:35
3741
msgid "Click the <gui style=\"button\">Online Account Settings</gui> to edit existing account settings."
3742
msgstr ""
3743
3744
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3745
#: C/contacts-setup.page:39
3746
msgid "If you have no online accounts configured, click <gui style=\"button\">Online Accounts</gui> to begin the setup. If you don't wish to set up online accounts at this time, click <gui style=\"button\">Local Address Book</gui>."
3747
msgstr ""
3748
3749
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3750
#: C/clock.page:8
3751
msgid "<link xref=\"clock-set\">Set time and date</link>, <link xref=\"clock-timezone\">timezone</link>, <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">calendar and appointments</link>…"
3752
msgstr ""
3753
3754
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3755
#: C/clock.page:25
3756
msgid "Time & date"
3757
msgstr ""
3758
3759
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3760
#: C/clock-calendar.page:10
3761
msgid "Display your appointments on the calendar at the top of the screen."
3762
msgstr ""
3763
3764
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3765
#: C/clock-calendar.page:27
3766
msgid "Calendar appointments"
3767
msgstr ""
3768
3769
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3770
#: C/clock-calendar.page:29
3771
msgid "You can organize your calendar appointments by clicking on the clock in the panel, if you're using a mail and calendar application called <app>Evolution</app>."
3772
msgstr ""
3773
3774
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3775
#: C/clock-calendar.page:32
3776
msgid "If you have already set up Evolution, click the clock on the menu bar and then click the <gui>Add Event</gui> to start adding appointments. As appointments are added, they will appear below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3777
msgstr ""
3778
3779
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3780
#: C/clock-calendar.page:36
3781
msgid "To quickly get to the full Evolution calendar, click on the clock and click the first line where today's date is."
3782
msgstr ""
3783
3784
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3785
#: C/clock-calendar.page:45
3786
msgid "This will work only if you have an existing <app>Evolution</app> account. Otherwise, a window will appear with the necessary steps for adding your first account."
3787
msgstr ""
3788
3789
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3790
#: C/clock-calendar.page:49
3791
msgid "Turn off Evolution calendar integration"
3792
msgstr ""
3793
3794
#. (itstool) path: section/p
3795
#: C/clock-calendar.page:50
3796
msgid "You can also turn off this feature if you like."
3797
msgstr ""
3798
3799
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3800
#: C/clock-calendar.page:53
3801
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Time & Date Settings</gui>."
3802
msgstr ""
3803
3804
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3805
#: C/clock-calendar.page:54
3806
msgid "Now, switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab."
3807
msgstr ""
3808
3809
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3810
#: C/clock-calendar.page:55
3811
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Coming events from Evolution Calendar</gui>."
3812
msgstr ""
3813
3814
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3815
#: C/clock-more-info.page:7
3816
msgid "Choose to show additional information such as the date or day of the week."
3817
msgstr ""
3818
3819
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
3820
#: C/clock-more-info.page:11
3821
#: C/clock-set.page:18
3822
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:25
3823
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:19
3824
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:13
3825
msgid "Ubuntu Documentation Project"
3826
msgstr ""
3827
3828
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3829
#: C/clock-more-info.page:18
3830
msgid "Change how much information is shown in the clock"
3831
msgstr ""
3832
3833
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3834
#: C/clock-more-info.page:20
3835
msgid "By default, Ubuntu only shows the time in the clock. You can set the clock to show additional information if you choose."
3836
msgstr ""
3837
3838
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3839
#: C/clock-more-info.page:23
3840
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui>. Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab. Select the time and date options you want to display."
3841
msgstr ""
3842
3843
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3844
#: C/clock-more-info.page:26
3845
msgid "You can also turn the clock off entirely by unchecking <gui>Show a clock in the menu bar</gui>."
3846
msgstr ""
3847
3848
#. (itstool) path: note/p
3849
#: C/clock-more-info.page:28
3850
msgid "If you later change your mind, you can get the clock back by clicking the icon in the very right of the menu bar and selecting <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the System section, click <gui>Time & Date</gui>."
3851
msgstr ""
3852
3853
#. (itstool) path: section/title
3854
#: C/clock-more-info.page:33
3855
msgid "Change the date format"
3856
msgstr ""
3857
3858
#. (itstool) path: section/p
3859
#: C/clock-more-info.page:34
3860
msgid "You can also change the clock's date format to match the preferred standard for your location."
3861
msgstr ""
3862
3863
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3864
#: C/clock-more-info.page:37
3865
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:72
3866
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:115
3867
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:34
3868
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:42
3869
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:41
3870
#: C/net-proxy.page:50
3871
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:43
3872
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:25
3873
#: C/session-language.page:43
3874
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:24
3875
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:49
3876
msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
3877
msgstr ""
3878
3879
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3880
#: C/clock-more-info.page:38
3881
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:29
3882
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
3883
msgstr ""
3884
3885
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3886
#: C/clock-more-info.page:39
3887
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
3888
msgstr ""
3889
3890
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3891
#: C/clock-more-info.page:40
3892
msgid "Select your preferred location in the dropdown list."
3893
msgstr ""
3894
3895
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3896
#: C/clock-more-info.page:41
3897
msgid "You will need to <link xref=\"shell-exit\">log out</link> and log back in for this change to take effect."
3898
msgstr ""
3899
3900
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3901
#: C/clock-set.page:9
3902
msgid "Update the time/date displayed at the top of the screen."
3903
msgstr ""
3904
3905
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3906
#: C/clock-set.page:29
3907
msgid "Change the date and time"
3908
msgstr ""
3909
3910
#. (itstool) path: when/p
3911
#: C/clock-set.page:33
3912
msgid "If the date and time displayed on the menu bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
3913
msgstr ""
3914
3915
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
3916
#: C/clock-set.page:36
3917
msgid "If the date and time displayed on the top bar are incorrect or in the wrong format, you can change them:"
3918
msgstr ""
3919
3920
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3921
#: C/clock-set.page:44
3922
msgid "To adjust the time and date, click on the clock located in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui>."
3923
msgstr ""
3924
3925
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3926
#: C/clock-set.page:48
3927
msgid "Change the system time zone by clicking on the map or entering your city into the <gui>Location</gui> box."
3928
msgstr ""
3929
3930
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3931
#: C/clock-set.page:51
3932
msgid "By default, Ubuntu periodically synchronizes the clock with a very accurate clock on the Internet so you don't have to set your clock manually."
3933
msgstr ""
3934
3935
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3936
#: C/clock-set.page:58
3937
msgid "Click on the clock at the right side of the top bar and select <gui>Date and Time Settings</gui>."
3938
msgstr ""
3939
3940
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3941
#: C/clock-set.page:62
3942
msgid "You may need to click <gui>Unlock</gui> and type the <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">admin password</link>."
3943
msgstr ""
3944
3945
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3946
#: C/clock-set.page:66
3947
msgid "Adjust the date and time by clicking on the arrows to choose the hour and minute. You can choose the year, month and day from the drop-down lists."
3948
msgstr ""
3949
3950
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3951
#: C/clock-set.page:70
3952
msgid "If you like, you can have the clock update itself automatically by switching <gui>Network Time</gui> on."
3953
msgstr ""
3954
3955
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3956
#: C/clock-set.page:72
3957
msgid "When <em>Network Time</em> is switched on, the computer will periodically synchronize its clock with a very accurate clock on the internet, so you don't have to do it manually. This will only work if you are connected to the internet."
3958
msgstr ""
3959
3960
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3961
#: C/clock-set.page:78
3962
msgid "You can also change how the hour is displayed by selecting <gui>24-hour</gui> or <gui>AM/PM</gui> format."
3963
msgstr ""
3964
3965
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
3966
#: C/clock-timezone.page:8
3967
msgid "Add other timezones so you can see what time it is in other cities."
3968
msgstr ""
3969
3970
#. (itstool) path: page/title
3971
#: C/clock-timezone.page:24
3972
msgid "Show other timezones"
3973
msgstr ""
3974
3975
#. (itstool) path: page/p
3976
#: C/clock-timezone.page:26
3977
msgid "If you want to know what time it is in different cities around the world, you can add additional timezones to the clock menu. These additional cities will show up below the calendar when you click on the clock."
3978
msgstr ""
3979
3980
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3981
#: C/clock-timezone.page:31
3982
msgid "Click on the clock and select <gui>Date & Time Settings</gui>."
3983
msgstr ""
3984
3985
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3986
#: C/clock-timezone.page:32
3987
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Clock</gui> tab and select <gui>Time in other locations</gui>."
3988
msgstr ""
3989
3990
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3991
#: C/clock-timezone.page:33
3992
msgid "Click <gui>Choose locations</gui>."
3993
msgstr ""
3994
3995
#. (itstool) path: item/p
3996
#: C/clock-timezone.page:34
3997
msgid "Click <gui>+</gui> to add a location."
3998
msgstr ""
3999
4000
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4001
#: C/clock-timezone.page:35
4002
msgid "Fill in the Location blank with the city name you want to add. Wait a moment for a list of possible cities to show up in the drop-down list."
4003
msgstr ""
4004
4005
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4006
#: C/clock-timezone.page:37
4007
msgid "Select the city you want and the current time in that location will fill in automatically."
4008
msgstr ""
4009
4010
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4011
#: C/clock-timezone.page:39
4012
msgid "Click <gui>-</gui> to delete a city from the list."
4013
msgstr ""
4014
4015
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4016
#: C/clock-timezone.page:40
4017
msgid "You can also drag and drop the cities in this <gui>Locations</gui> window to change the order in which they will show up in the clock menu."
4018
msgstr ""
4019
4020
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4021
#: C/disk.page:16
4022
msgid "<link xref=\"disk-capacity\">Disk space</link>, <link xref=\"disk-benchmark\">performance</link>, <link xref=\"disk-check\">problems</link>, <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">volumes and partitions</link>…"
4023
msgstr ""
4024
4025
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4026
#: C/disk.page:26
4027
msgid "Disks & storage"
4028
msgstr ""
4029
4030
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
4031
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:17
4032
#: C/disk-capacity.page:13
4033
#: C/disk-check.page:14
4034
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:21
4035
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:18
4036
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:16
4037
#: C/look-background.page:22
4038
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:18
4039
#: C/look-resolution.page:19
4040
msgid "Natalia Ruz Leiva"
4041
msgstr ""
4042
4043
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4044
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:25
4045
msgid "Run benchmarks on your hard disk to check how fast it is."
4046
msgstr ""
4047
4048
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4049
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:29
4050
msgid "Test the performance of your hard disk"
4051
msgstr ""
4052
4053
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4054
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:31
4055
msgid "To test the speed of your hard disk:"
4056
msgstr ""
4057
4058
#. (itstool) path: when/p
4059
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:38
4060
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link>."
4061
msgstr ""
4062
4063
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
4064
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:40
4065
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the activities overview."
4066
msgstr ""
4067
4068
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4069
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:45
4070
msgid "Choose the hard disk from the <gui>Disk Drives</gui> list."
4071
msgstr ""
4072
4073
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4074
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:48
4075
msgid "Click the gear button and select <gui>Benchmark Drive</gui>."
4076
msgstr ""
4077
4078
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4079
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:51
4080
msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmark</gui> and adjust the <gui>Transfer Rate</gui> and <gui>Access Time</gui> parameters as desired."
4081
msgstr ""
4082
4083
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4084
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:55
4085
msgid "Click <gui>Start Benchmarking</gui> to test how fast data can be read from the disk. <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> may be required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
4086
msgstr ""
4087
4088
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4089
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:60
4090
msgid "If <gui>Also perform write-benchmark</gui> is checked, the benchmark will test how fast data can be read from and written to the disk. This will take longer to complete."
4091
msgstr ""
4092
4093
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4094
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:68
4095
msgid "When the test is finished, the results will appear on the graph. The green points and connecting lines indicate the samples taken; these correspond to the right axis, showing access time, plotted against the bottom axis, representing percentage time elapsed during the benchmark. The blue line represents read rates, while the red line represents write rates; these are shown as access data rates on the left axis, plotted against percentage of the disk traveled, from the outside to the spindle, along the bottom axis."
4096
msgstr ""
4097
4098
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4099
#: C/disk-benchmark.page:76
4100
msgid "Below the graph, values are displayed for minimum, maximum and average read and write rates, average access time and time elapsed since the last benchmark test."
4101
msgstr ""
4102
4103
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4104
#: C/disk-capacity.page:24
4105
msgid "Use <gui>Disk Usage Analyzer</gui> or <gui>System Monitor</gui> to check space and capacity."
4106
msgstr ""
4107
4108
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4109
#: C/disk-capacity.page:29
4110
msgid "Check how much disk space is left"
4111
msgstr ""
4112
4113
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4114
#: C/disk-capacity.page:31
4115
msgid "You can check how much disk space is left with <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> or <app>System Monitor</app>."
4116
msgstr ""
4117
4118
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4119
#: C/disk-capacity.page:35
4120
msgid "Check with Disk Usage Analyzer"
4121
msgstr ""
4122
4123
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4124
#: C/disk-capacity.page:37
4125
msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity using <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app>:"
4126
msgstr ""
4127
4128
#. (itstool) path: when/p
4129
#: C/disk-capacity.page:44
4130
msgid "Open the <app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
4131
msgstr ""
4132
4133
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
4134
#: C/disk-capacity.page:48
4135
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview. The window will display the <gui>Total file system capacity</gui> and <gui>Total file system usage</gui>."
4136
msgstr ""
4137
4138
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4139
#: C/disk-capacity.page:54
4140
msgid "Click one of the toolbar buttons to choose to <gui>Scan Home</gui>, <gui>Scan filesystem</gui>, <gui>Scan a folder</gui>, or <gui>Scan a remote folder</gui>."
4141
msgstr ""
4142
4143
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4144
#: C/disk-capacity.page:59
4145
msgid "The information is displayed according to <gui>Folder</gui>, <gui>Usage</gui>, <gui>Size</gui> and <gui>Contents</gui>. See more details in <link href=\"help:baobab\"><app>Disk Usage Analyzer</app></link>."
4146
msgstr ""
4147
4148
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4149
#: C/disk-capacity.page:67
4150
msgid "Check with System Monitor"
4151
msgstr ""
4152
4153
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4154
#: C/disk-capacity.page:69
4155
msgid "To check the free disk space and disk capacity with <app>System Monitor</app>:"
4156
msgstr ""
4157
4158
#. (itstool) path: when/p
4159
#: C/disk-capacity.page:75
4160
msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
4161
msgstr ""
4162
4163
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
4164
#: C/disk-capacity.page:77
4165
msgid "Open the <app>System Monitor</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
4166
msgstr ""
4167
4168
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4169
#: C/disk-capacity.page:82
4170
msgid "Select the <gui>File Systems</gui> tab to view the system's partitions and disk space usage. The information is displayed according to <gui>Total</gui>, <gui>Free</gui>, <gui>Available</gui> and <gui>Used</gui>."
4171
msgstr ""
4172
4173
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4174
#: C/disk-capacity.page:91
4175
msgid "What if the disk is too full?"
4176
msgstr ""
4177
4178
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4179
#: C/disk-capacity.page:93
4180
msgid "If the disk is too full you should:"
4181
msgstr ""
4182
4183
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4184
#: C/disk-capacity.page:97
4185
msgid "Delete files that aren't important or that you won't use anymore."
4186
msgstr ""
4187
4188
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4189
#: C/disk-capacity.page:100
4190
msgid "Make <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> of the important files that you won't need for a while and delete them from the hard drive."
4191
msgstr ""
4192
4193
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4194
#: C/disk-check.page:25
4195
msgid "Test your hard disk for problems to make sure that it's healthy."
4196
msgstr ""
4197
4198
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4199
#: C/disk-check.page:29
4200
msgid "Check your hard disk for problems"
4201
msgstr ""
4202
4203
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4204
#: C/disk-check.page:32
4205
msgid "Checking the hard disk"
4206
msgstr ""
4207
4208
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4209
#: C/disk-check.page:33
4210
msgid "Hard disks have a built-in health-check tool called <app>SMART</app> (Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology), which continually checks the disk for potential problems. SMART also warns you if the disk is about to fail, helping you avoid loss of important data."
4211
msgstr ""
4212
4213
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4214
#: C/disk-check.page:38
4215
msgid "Although SMART runs automatically, you can also check your disk's health by running the <app>Disks</app> application:"
4216
msgstr ""
4217
4218
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
4219
#: C/disk-check.page:42
4220
msgid "Check your disk's health using the Disks application"
4221
msgstr ""
4222
4223
#. (itstool) path: when/p
4224
#: C/disk-check.page:47
4225
#: C/disk-format.page:34
4226
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
4227
msgstr ""
4228
4229
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
4230
#: C/disk-check.page:49
4231
#: C/disk-format.page:36
4232
msgid "Open the <app>Disks</app> application from the <gui>Activities</gui> overview."
4233
msgstr ""
4234
4235
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4236
#: C/disk-check.page:54
4237
msgid "Select the disk you want to check from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list. Information and status of the disk will appear under <gui>Drive</gui>."
4238
msgstr ""
4239
4240
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4241
#: C/disk-check.page:58
4242
msgid "<gui>SMART Status</gui> should say \"Disk is healthy\"."
4243
msgstr ""
4244
4245
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4246
#: C/disk-check.page:61
4247
msgid "Click the <gui>SMART Data</gui> button to view more drive information, or to run a self-test."
4248
msgstr ""
4249
4250
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4251
#: C/disk-check.page:71
4252
msgid "What if the disk isn't healthy?"
4253
msgstr ""
4254
4255
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4256
#: C/disk-check.page:73
4257
msgid "Even if the <gui>SMART Status</gui> indicates that the disk <em>isn't</em> healthy, there may be no cause for alarm. However, it's better to be prepared with a <link xref=\"backup-why\">backup</link> to prevent data loss."
4258
msgstr ""
4259
4260
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4261
#: C/disk-check.page:77
4262
msgid "If the status says \"Pre-fail\", the disk is still reasonably healthy but signs of wear have been detected which mean it might fail in the near future. If your hard disk (or computer) is a few years old, you are likely to see this message on at least some of the health checks. You should <link xref=\"backup-how\">backup your important files regularly</link> and check the disk status periodically to see if it gets worse."
4263
msgstr ""
4264
4265
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4266
#: C/disk-check.page:84
4267
msgid "If it gets worse, you may wish to take the computer/hard disk to a professional for further diagnosis or repair."
4268
msgstr ""
4269
4270
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4271
#: C/disk-format.page:17
4272
msgid "Remove all of the files and folders from an external hard disk or USB flash drive by formatting it."
4273
msgstr ""
4274
4275
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4276
#: C/disk-format.page:22
4277
msgid "Wipe everything off a removable disk"
4278
msgstr ""
4279
4280
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4281
#: C/disk-format.page:24
4282
msgid "If you have a removable disk, like a USB memory stick or an external hard disk, you may sometimes wish to completely remove all of its files and folders. You can do this by <em>formatting</em> the disk - this deletes all of the files on the disk and leaves it empty."
4283
msgstr ""
4284
4285
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
4286
#: C/disk-format.page:30
4287
msgid "Format a removable disk"
4288
msgstr ""
4289
4290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4291
#: C/disk-format.page:41
4292
msgid "Select the disk you want to wipe from the <gui>Storage Devices</gui> list."
4293
msgstr ""
4294
4295
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4296
#: C/disk-format.page:44
4297
msgid "Make sure that you have selected the correct disk! If you choose the wrong disk, all of the files on the other disk will be deleted!"
4298
msgstr ""
4299
4300
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4301
#: C/disk-format.page:49
4302
msgid "In the Volumes section, click <gui>Unmount Volume</gui>. Then click <gui>Format Volume</gui>."
4303
msgstr ""
4304
4305
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4306
#: C/disk-format.page:53
4307
msgid "In the window that pops up, choose a filesystem <gui>Type</gui> for the disk."
4308
msgstr ""
4309
4310
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4311
#: C/disk-format.page:55
4312
msgid "If you use the disk on Windows and Mac OS computers in addition to Linux computers, choose <gui>FAT</gui>. If you only use it on Windows, <gui>NTFS</gui> may be a better option. A brief description of the <gui>file system type</gui> will be presented as a label."
4313
msgstr ""
4314
4315
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4316
#: C/disk-format.page:61
4317
msgid "Give the disk a name and click <gui>Format</gui> to begin wiping the disk."
4318
msgstr ""
4319
4320
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4321
#: C/disk-format.page:64
4322
msgid "Once the formatting has finished, <gui>safely remove</gui> the disk. It should now be blank and ready to use again."
4323
msgstr ""
4324
4325
#. (itstool) path: note/title
4326
#: C/disk-format.page:70
4327
msgid "Formatting a disk does not securely delete your files"
4328
msgstr ""
4329
4330
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4331
#: C/disk-format.page:71
4332
msgid "Formatting a disk is not a completely secure way of wiping all of its data. A formatted disk will not appear to have files on it, but it is possible that special recovery software could retrieve the files. If you need to securely delete the files, you will need to use a command-line utility, such as <app>shred</app>."
4333
msgstr ""
4334
4335
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4336
#: C/disk-partitions.page:15
4337
msgid "Understand what volumes and partitions are and use the disk utility to manage them."
4338
msgstr ""
4339
4340
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4341
#: C/disk-partitions.page:20
4342
msgid "Manage volumes and partitions"
4343
msgstr ""
4344
4345
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4346
#: C/disk-partitions.page:22
4347
msgid "The word <em>volume</em> is used to describe a storage device, like a hard disk. It can also refer to a <em>part</em> of the storage on that device, because you can split the storage up into chunks. The computer makes this storage accessible via your file system in a process referred to as <em>mounting</em>. Mounted volumes may be hard drives, USB drives, DVD-RWs, SD cards, and other media. If a volume is currently mounted, you can read (and possibly write) files on it."
4348
msgstr ""
4349
4350
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4351
#: C/disk-partitions.page:30
4352
msgid "Often, a mounted volume is called a <em>partition</em>, though they are not necessarily the same thing. A “partition” refers to a <em>physical</em> area of storage on a single disk drive. Once a partition has been mounted, it can be referred to as a volume because you can access the files on it. You can think of volumes as the labeled, accessible “storefronts” to the functional “back rooms” of partitions and drives."
4353
msgstr ""
4354
4355
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4356
#: C/disk-partitions.page:38
4357
msgid "View and manage volumes and partitions using the disk utility"
4358
msgstr ""
4359
4360
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4361
#: C/disk-partitions.page:40
4362
msgid "You can check and modify your computer's storage volumes with the disk utility."
4363
msgstr ""
4364
4365
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4366
#: C/disk-partitions.page:45
4367
msgid "Open the <gui>Dash</gui> and start the <app>Disk Utility</app> application."
4368
msgstr ""
4369
4370
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4371
#: C/disk-partitions.page:48
4372
msgid "In the pane marked <gui>Storage Devices</gui>, you will find hard disks, CD/DVD drives, and other physical devices. Click the device you want to inspect."
4373
msgstr ""
4374
4375
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4376
#: C/disk-partitions.page:53
4377
msgid "In the right pane, the area labeled <gui>Volumes</gui> provides a visual breakdown of the volumes and partitions present on the selected device. It also contains a variety of tools used to manage these volumes."
4378
msgstr ""
4379
4380
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4381
#: C/disk-partitions.page:56
4382
msgid "Be careful: it is possible to completely erase the data on your disk with these utilities."
4383
msgstr ""
4384
4385
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4386
#: C/disk-partitions.page:61
4387
msgid "Your computer most likely has at least one <em>primary</em> partition and a single <em>swap</em> partition. The swap partition is used by the operating system for memory management, and is rarely mounted. The primary partition contains your operating system, applications, settings, and personal files. These files can also be distributed among multiple partitions for security or convenience."
4388
msgstr ""
4389
4390
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4391
#: C/disk-partitions.page:68
4392
msgid "One primary partition must contain information that your computer uses to start up, or <em>boot</em>. For this reason it is sometimes called a boot partition, or boot volume. To determine if a volume is bootable, look at its <gui>Partition Flags</gui> in the disk utility. External media such as USB drives and CDs may also contain a bootable volume."
4393
msgstr ""
4394
4395
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4396
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:14
4397
msgid "Dim the screen to save power or increase the brightness to make it more readable in bright light."
4398
msgstr ""
4399
4400
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4401
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:35
4402
msgid "Set screen brightness"
4403
msgstr ""
4404
4405
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4406
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:37
4407
msgid "You can change the brightness of your screen to save power or to make the screen more readable in bright light. You can also have the screen dim automatically when on battery power and have it turn off automatically when not in use."
4408
msgstr ""
4409
4410
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
4411
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:43
4412
msgid "Set the brightness"
4413
msgstr ""
4414
4415
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4416
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:45
4417
#: C/display-lock.page:37
4418
msgid "Select <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui>."
4419
msgstr ""
4420
4421
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4422
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:46
4423
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Brightness</gui> slider to a comfortable value."
4424
msgstr ""
4425
4426
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4427
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:50
4428
msgid "Many laptop keyboards have special keys to adjust the brightness. These have a picture that looks like the sun and are located on the function keys at the top. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key to use these keys."
4429
msgstr ""
4430
4431
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4432
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:55
4433
msgid "Select <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui> to have the brightness automatically lowered when you're on battery power. The backlight of your screen can take a lot of power and significantly reduce how long your battery will last before it needs to be recharged."
4434
msgstr ""
4435
4436
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4437
#: C/display-dimscreen.page:60
4438
msgid "The screen will automatically turn off after you haven't used it for a while. This only affects the display, and doesn't turn off your computer. You can adjust how long you have to be inactive with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> option."
4439
msgstr ""
4440
4441
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4442
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:15
4443
msgid "Set up dual monitors on your desktop computer."
4444
msgstr ""
4445
4446
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4447
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:24
4448
msgid "Connect an extra monitor"
4449
msgstr ""
4450
4451
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4452
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:26
4453
msgid "To set up a second monitor with your desktop computer, connect the monitor. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
4454
msgstr ""
4455
4456
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4457
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:35
4458
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:38
4459
#: C/look-resolution.page:40
4460
msgid "Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
4461
msgstr ""
4462
4463
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4464
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:38
4465
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:43
4466
msgid "Click on the image of the monitor you would like to activate or deactivate, then switch it <gui>ON/OFF</gui>."
4467
msgstr ""
4468
4469
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4470
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:42
4471
msgid "The monitor with the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">menu bar</link> is the main monitor. To change which monitor is \"main\", click on the top bar and drag it over to the monitor you want to set as the \"main\" monitor."
4472
msgstr ""
4473
4474
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4475
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:47
4476
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:65
4477
msgid "To change the \"position\" of a monitor, click on it and drag it to the desired position."
4478
msgstr ""
4479
4480
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4481
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:49
4482
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:70
4483
msgid "If you would like both monitors to display the same content, check the <gui>Mirror displays</gui> box."
4484
msgstr ""
4485
4486
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4487
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:53
4488
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:78
4489
msgid "When you are happy with your settings, click <gui>Apply</gui> and then click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
4490
msgstr ""
4491
4492
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4493
#: C/display-dual-monitors-desktop.page:57
4494
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:85
4495
msgid "To close the <gui>Displays</gui> click on the <gui>x</gui> in the top corner."
4496
msgstr ""
4497
4498
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4499
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:7
4500
msgid "Set up dual monitors on your laptop."
4501
msgstr ""
4502
4503
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4504
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:18
4505
msgid "Connect an external monitor to your laptop"
4506
msgstr ""
4507
4508
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4509
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:21
4510
msgid "Set up an external monitor"
4511
msgstr ""
4512
4513
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4514
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:24
4515
msgid "To set up an external monitor with your laptop, connect the monitor to your laptop. If your system doesn't recognize it immediately, or you would like to adjust the settings:"
4516
msgstr ""
4517
4518
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4519
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:50
4520
msgid "By default, the Launcher only shows on the primary monitor. To change which monitor is \"primary\", change the monitor in the <gui>Launcher Placement</gui> drop-down box. You could also drag the Launcher in the preview to the monitor you want to set as the \"primary\" monitor."
4521
msgstr ""
4522
4523
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4524
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:58
4525
msgid "If you want the Launcher to show on all monitors, change <gui>Launcher Placement</gui> to <gui>All Displays</gui>."
4526
msgstr ""
4527
4528
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4529
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:94
4530
msgid "Sticky Edges"
4531
msgstr ""
4532
4533
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4534
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:95
4535
msgid "A typical problem with dual monitors is that it's easy for the mouse pointer to \"slip\" to the other monitor when you don't want it to. Unity's <gui>Sticky Edges</gui> feature helps with that problem by requiring you to push a little bit harder to move the mouse pointer from one monitor to the other."
4536
msgstr ""
4537
4538
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4539
#: C/display-dual-monitors.page:99
4540
msgid "You can switch <gui>Sticky Edges</gui> off if you don't like this feature."
4541
msgstr ""
4542
4543
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4544
#: C/display-lock.page:12
4545
msgid "Prevent other people from using your desktop when you go away from your computer."
4546
msgstr ""
4547
4548
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4549
#: C/display-lock.page:25
4550
msgid "Automatically lock your screen"
4551
msgstr ""
4552
4553
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4554
#: C/display-lock.page:27
4555
msgid "When you leave your computer, you should <link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">lock the screen</link> to prevent other people from using your desktop and accessing your files. You will still be logged in and all your applications will keep running, but you will have to enter your password to use your computer again. You can lock the screen manually, but you can also have the screen lock automatically."
4556
msgstr ""
4557
4558
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4559
#: C/display-lock.page:38
4560
msgid "Make sure <gui>Lock</gui> is switched on, then select a timeout from the drop-down list below. The screen will automatically lock after you have been inactive for this long. You can also select <gui>Screen turns off</gui> to lock the screen after the screen is automatically turned off, controlled with the <gui>Turn screen off when inactive for</gui> drop-down list above."
4561
msgstr ""
4562
4563
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
4564
#: C/documents-collections.page:7
4565
#: C/documents-info.page:7
4566
#: C/documents.page:7
4567
#: C/documents-previews.page:7
4568
#: C/documents-print.page:7
4569
#: C/documents-search.page:7
4570
#: C/documents-select.page:7
4571
#: C/documents-tracker.page:7
4572
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:7
4573
#: C/documents-view.page:7
4574
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:22
4575
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:18
4576
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:15
4577
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:20
4578
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:16
4579
msgid "Julita Inca"
4580
msgstr ""
4581
4582
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4583
#: C/documents-collections.page:16
4584
msgid "Group related documents in a collection."
4585
msgstr ""
4586
4587
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4588
#: C/documents-collections.page:24
4589
msgid "Make collections of documents"
4590
msgstr ""
4591
4592
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4593
#: C/documents-collections.page:37
4594
msgid "<app>Documents</app> lets you put together documents of different types in one place called a <em>collection</em>. If you have documents that are related, you can group them to make them easier to find. For example, if you had a business trip where you made a presentation, your slides, your flight itinerary (a PDF file), your budget spreadsheet, and other hybrid PDF/ODF documents, can be grouped in one collection."
4595
msgstr ""
4596
4597
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4598
#: C/documents-collections.page:44
4599
msgid "To create or add to a collection:"
4600
msgstr ""
4601
4602
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4603
#: C/documents-collections.page:46
4604
#: C/documents-collections.page:61
4605
#: C/documents-print.page:37
4606
#: C/documents-select.page:37
4607
msgid "Click the <gui>✓</gui> button."
4608
msgstr ""
4609
4610
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4611
#: C/documents-collections.page:47
4612
msgid "In selection mode, check the documents to be collected."
4613
msgstr ""
4614
4615
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4616
#: C/documents-collections.page:48
4617
msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button in the button bar."
4618
msgstr ""
4619
4620
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4621
#: C/documents-collections.page:49
4622
msgid "In the collection list, click <gui>Add</gui> and type a new collection name, or select an existing collection. The selected documents will be added to the collection."
4623
msgstr ""
4624
4625
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4626
#: C/documents-collections.page:55
4627
msgid "Collections do not behave like folders and their hierarchy: <em>you cannot put collections inside collections.</em>"
4628
msgstr ""
4629
4630
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4631
#: C/documents-collections.page:59
4632
msgid "To delete a collection:"
4633
msgstr ""
4634
4635
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4636
#: C/documents-collections.page:62
4637
msgid "In selection mode, check the collection to be deleted."
4638
msgstr ""
4639
4640
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4641
#: C/documents-collections.page:63
4642
msgid "Click the Trash button in the button bar. The collection will be deleted, leaving the original documents."
4643
msgstr ""
4644
4645
#. (itstool) path: media
4646
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
4647
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
4648
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
4649
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
4650
#: C/documents-filter.page:21
4651
#: C/documents-search.page:45
4652
#: C/files-browse.page:80
4653
#: C/files-hidden.page:42
4654
#: C/files-hidden.page:48
4655
#: C/files-hidden.page:57
4656
#: C/files-hidden.page:64
4657
#: C/files-lost.page:52
4658
#: C/files-sort.page:45
4659
#: C/files-sort.page:61
4660
#: C/files-tilde.page:33
4661
#: C/nautilus-views.page:66
4662
#: C/nautilus-views.page:85
4663
#: C/nautilus-views.page:101
4664
#: C/nautilus-views.page:122
4665
msgctxt "_"
4666
msgid "external ref='figures/go-down.png' md5='e8c16f5ab9ed933f4a537b740506f4d4'"
4667
msgstr ""
4668
4669
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4670
#: C/documents-filter.page:11
4671
msgid "Choose which documents to display."
4672
msgstr ""
4673
4674
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4675
#: C/documents-filter.page:19
4676
msgid "Filter documents"
4677
msgstr ""
4678
4679
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4680
#: C/documents-filter.page:21
4681
msgid "Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button next to the <link xref=\"documents-search\">search</link> bar to limit the scope of the search in these categories:"
4682
msgstr ""
4683
4684
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4685
#: C/documents-filter.page:26
4686
msgid "<em>Sources</em>: Local, Google, SkyDrive, or All."
4687
msgstr ""
4688
4689
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4690
#: C/documents-filter.page:27
4691
msgid "<em>Type</em>: Collections, PDF Documents, Presentations, Spreadsheets, Text Documents, or All."
4692
msgstr ""
4693
4694
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4695
#: C/documents-filter.page:29
4696
msgid "Title, Author, or All."
4697
msgstr ""
4698
4699
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4700
#: C/documents-filter.page:32
4701
msgid "In order for <gui>Google</gui> or <gui>SkyDrive</gui> to appear in the filter list, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
4702
msgstr ""
4703
4704
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4705
#: C/documents-formats.page:11
4706
msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays a number of popular document types."
4707
msgstr ""
4708
4709
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4710
#: C/documents-formats.page:19
4711
msgid "Formats supported"
4712
msgstr ""
4713
4714
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4715
#: C/documents-formats.page:27
4716
msgid "<app>Documents</app> displays PDF, DVI, XPS, PostScript and the formats supported by <app>Document Viewer</app> (Evince), <app>Microsoft Office</app>, <app>LibreOffice</app> and <app>Google Docs</app>."
4717
msgstr ""
4718
4719
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
4720
#: C/documents-info.page:21
4721
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:21
4722
msgid "2014"
4723
msgstr ""
4724
4725
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4726
#: C/documents-info.page:24
4727
msgid "See a document's name, location, date modified, or type."
4728
msgstr ""
4729
4730
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4731
#: C/documents-info.page:34
4732
msgid "Find information about documents"
4733
msgstr ""
4734
4735
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4736
#: C/documents-info.page:44
4737
msgid "When a document is created, it comes with <em>metadata</em>. <app>Documents</app> displays the following metadata for each document:"
4738
msgstr ""
4739
4740
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4741
#: C/documents-info.page:48
4742
msgid "Title: the name of the document, which can be edited;"
4743
msgstr ""
4744
4745
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4746
#: C/documents-info.page:49
4747
msgid "Source: the path of the folder containing the document;"
4748
msgstr ""
4749
4750
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4751
#: C/documents-info.page:50
4752
msgid "Date Modified;"
4753
msgstr ""
4754
4755
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4756
#: C/documents-info.page:51
4757
msgid "Type: the <link xref=\"documents-formats\">file format</link> of the document."
4758
msgstr ""
4759
4760
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4761
#: C/documents-info.page:55
4762
msgid "To see a document's properties:"
4763
msgstr ""
4764
4765
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4766
#: C/documents-info.page:57
4767
msgid "Click the <gui>Check</gui> button to switch to selection mode."
4768
msgstr ""
4769
4770
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4771
#: C/documents-info.page:59
4772
msgid "Select a document."
4773
msgstr ""
4774
4775
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4776
#: C/documents-info.page:60
4777
msgid "Click the <gui>Properties</gui> button at the right end of the button bar."
4778
msgstr ""
4779
4780
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4781
#: C/documents-info.page:65
4782
msgid "Some types of documents (e.g. PDF files) can be password protected, preventing access to their metadata or content."
4783
msgstr ""
4784
4785
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4786
#: C/documents-info.page:68
4787
msgid "<app>Files</app> does not currently offer any mechanism to add privacy to a document. You may be able to do this from the application you used to create the document (e.g. <app>LibreOffice</app> or <app>Adobe Acrobat </app>)."
4788
msgstr ""
4789
4790
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4791
#: C/documents.page:15
4792
msgid "Organize the documents stored locally on your computer or created online."
4793
msgstr ""
4794
4795
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4796
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4797
#: C/documents.page:24
4798
#: C/files.page:57
4799
msgid "Documents"
4800
msgstr ""
4801
4802
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4803
#: C/documents.page:36
4804
msgid "<app>Documents</app> is a GNOME application that lets you display, organize, and print the documents on your computer or those created remotely using <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
4805
msgstr ""
4806
4807
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4808
#: C/documents.page:41
4809
msgid "View, Sort and Search"
4810
msgstr ""
4811
4812
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4813
#: C/documents.page:45
4814
msgid "Select, Organize, Print"
4815
msgstr ""
4816
4817
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4818
#: C/documents.page:49
4819
msgid "Questions"
4820
msgstr ""
4821
4822
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4823
#: C/documents-previews.page:16
4824
msgid "You can only preview files stored locally."
4825
msgstr ""
4826
4827
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4828
#: C/documents-previews.page:24
4829
msgid "Why don't some files have previews?"
4830
msgstr ""
4831
4832
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4833
#: C/documents-previews.page:32
4834
msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, a preview thumbnail is displayed for documents that are stored locally. Those stored on a remote server like <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> show as missing (or blank) preview thumbnails."
4835
msgstr ""
4836
4837
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4838
#: C/documents-previews.page:36
4839
msgid "If you download a <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> document to local storage, a thumbnail will be generated."
4840
msgstr ""
4841
4842
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4843
#: C/documents-previews.page:40
4844
msgid "The local copy of a document downloaded from <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> will lose its ability to be updated online. If you want to continue to edit it online, it is better not to download it."
4845
msgstr ""
4846
4847
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4848
#: C/documents-print.page:16
4849
msgid "Print documents that are stored locally or online."
4850
msgstr ""
4851
4852
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4853
#: C/documents-print.page:24
4854
msgid "Print a document"
4855
msgstr ""
4856
4857
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4858
#: C/documents-print.page:34
4859
msgid "To print a document:"
4860
msgstr ""
4861
4862
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4863
#: C/documents-print.page:38
4864
msgid "In selection mode, check the document to be printed."
4865
msgstr ""
4866
4867
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4868
#: C/documents-print.page:39
4869
msgid "Click the Print button in the button bar. The <gui>Print</gui> dialog opens."
4870
msgstr ""
4871
4872
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4873
#: C/documents-print.page:44
4874
msgid "Printing is not available when more than one document is selected, or when a collection is selected."
4875
msgstr ""
4876
4877
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4878
#: C/documents-search.page:16
4879
msgid "Find your documents by title or author."
4880
msgstr ""
4881
4882
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4883
#: C/documents-search.page:24
4884
#: C/files-search.page:29
4885
msgid "Search for files"
4886
msgstr ""
4887
4888
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4889
#: C/documents-search.page:36
4890
msgid "To start a search in <app>Documents</app>:"
4891
msgstr ""
4892
4893
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4894
#: C/documents-search.page:39
4895
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
4896
msgstr ""
4897
4898
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4899
#: C/documents-search.page:40
4900
msgid "Click the magnifying glass icon."
4901
msgstr ""
4902
4903
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4904
#: C/documents-search.page:41
4905
msgid "Start typing. Documents will match by title or author."
4906
msgstr ""
4907
4908
#. (itstool) path: note/p
4909
#: C/documents-search.page:44
4910
msgid "You can restrict or filter the search results by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button and selecting various <link xref=\"documents-filter\">filters</link>."
4911
msgstr ""
4912
4913
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4914
#: C/documents-select.page:16
4915
msgid "Use selection mode to select more than one document or collection."
4916
msgstr ""
4917
4918
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4919
#: C/documents-select.page:24
4920
msgid "Selecting documents"
4921
msgstr ""
4922
4923
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4924
#: C/documents-select.page:33
4925
msgid "From <app>Documents</app> selection mode you can open, print, view or make collections of your documents. To use selection mode:"
4926
msgstr ""
4927
4928
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4929
#: C/documents-select.page:38
4930
msgid "Select one or more documents or collections. The button bar appears with the actions that are valid for your selection."
4931
msgstr ""
4932
4933
#. (itstool) path: section/title
4934
#: C/documents-select.page:44
4935
msgid "Selection mode actions"
4936
msgstr ""
4937
4938
#. (itstool) path: section/p
4939
#: C/documents-select.page:46
4940
msgid "After selecting one or more documents you can:"
4941
msgstr ""
4942
4943
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4944
#: C/documents-select.page:49
4945
msgid "Open with Document Viewer (folder icon)."
4946
msgstr ""
4947
4948
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4949
#: C/documents-select.page:50
4950
msgid "Print (printer icon): print a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
4951
msgstr ""
4952
4953
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4954
#: C/documents-select.page:52
4955
msgid "Organize (plus icon): create a collection of documents."
4956
msgstr ""
4957
4958
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4959
#: C/documents-select.page:53
4960
msgid "Properties (wrench icon): display the properties of a document (only available when a single document is selected)."
4961
msgstr ""
4962
4963
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4964
#: C/documents-select.page:55
4965
msgid "Delete (trash icon): delete one or more collections."
4966
msgstr ""
4967
4968
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4969
#: C/documents-tracker.page:16
4970
msgid "Local or remote documents do not appear."
4971
msgstr ""
4972
4973
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4974
#: C/documents-tracker.page:24
4975
msgid "My documents cannot be seen"
4976
msgstr ""
4977
4978
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4979
#: C/documents-tracker.page:38
4980
msgid "If your documents fail to display in <app>Documents</app>, <app>Tracker</app> may not be running or properly configured. Make sure Tracker is running in your session. The default configuration, set to index files in your home directory (non-recursively) and XDG folders (recursively), should be adequate. Ensure that your documents are in one of these paths."
4981
msgstr ""
4982
4983
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
4984
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:29
4985
msgid "Change the way documents are displayed."
4986
msgstr ""
4987
4988
#. (itstool) path: page/title
4989
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:35
4990
msgid "View files in a list or grid"
4991
msgstr ""
4992
4993
#. (itstool) path: page/p
4994
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:44
4995
msgid "Documents and collections are presented in <gui>Grid</gui> format by default. To view in <gui>List</gui> format:"
4996
msgstr ""
4997
4998
#. (itstool) path: item/p
4999
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:48
5000
msgid "Go to the top bar and click <app>Documents</app> to display the app menu."
5001
msgstr ""
5002
5003
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5004
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:52
5005
msgid "Click <gui>List</gui> from the <gui>View as</gui> section."
5006
msgstr ""
5007
5008
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5009
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:56
5010
msgid "List view has columns displaying the document type and date modified, and whether it's stored locally, or in <app>Google Docs</app> or <em>SkyDrive</em>."
5011
msgstr ""
5012
5013
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5014
#: C/documents-viewgrid.page:61
5015
msgid "Click <gui>Grid</gui> in the app menu to return to the default format."
5016
msgstr ""
5017
5018
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5019
#: C/documents-view.page:16
5020
msgid "View documents full-screen."
5021
msgstr ""
5022
5023
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5024
#: C/documents-view.page:24
5025
msgid "Display documents stored locally or online"
5026
msgstr ""
5027
5028
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5029
#: C/documents-view.page:34
5030
msgid "When you open <app>Documents</app>, all of your documents, those stored locally as well as online, are displayed as thumbnails."
5031
msgstr ""
5032
5033
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5034
#: C/documents-view.page:37
5035
msgid "In order for your <em>Google Docs</em> or <em>SkyDrive</em> documents to appear, it is necessary to configure Google or Windows Live, respectively, as an <link xref=\"accounts-add\">online account</link>."
5036
msgstr ""
5037
5038
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5039
#: C/documents-view.page:42
5040
msgid "To view the contents of a document:"
5041
msgstr ""
5042
5043
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5044
#: C/documents-view.page:45
5045
msgid "Click the thumbnail. The document is displayed full-width in the <app>Documents</app> window (or full-screen if maximized)."
5046
msgstr ""
5047
5048
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5049
#: C/documents-view.page:49
5050
msgid "To exit the document, click the back arrow button."
5051
msgstr ""
5052
5053
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5054
#: C/files-autorun.page:15
5055
msgid "Automatically run applications for CDs and DVDs, cameras, audio players, and other devices and media."
5056
msgstr ""
5057
5058
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5059
#: C/files-autorun.page:30
5060
msgid "Open applications for devices or discs"
5061
msgstr ""
5062
5063
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5064
#: C/files-autorun.page:32
5065
msgid "You can have an application automatically start when you plug in a device or insert a disc or media card. For example, you might want your photo organizer to start when you plug in a digital camera. You can also turn this off, so that nothing happens when you plug something in."
5066
msgstr ""
5067
5068
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5069
#: C/files-autorun.page:37
5070
msgid "To decide which applications should start when you plug in various devices:"
5071
msgstr ""
5072
5073
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5074
#: C/files-autorun.page:43
5075
msgid "Select <guiseq><gui>Details</gui><gui>Removable Media</gui></guiseq>."
5076
msgstr ""
5077
5078
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5079
#: C/files-autorun.page:46
5080
msgid "Find your desired device or media type, and then choose an application or action for that media type. See below for a description of the different types of devices and media."
5081
msgstr ""
5082
5083
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5084
#: C/files-autorun.page:49
5085
msgid "Instead of starting an application, you can also set it so that the device will be shown in the file manager. When that happens, you will be asked what to do, or nothing will happen automatically."
5086
msgstr ""
5087
5088
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5089
#: C/files-autorun.page:54
5090
msgid "The <gui>Software</gui> option is slightly different from the others - if the computer detects that there is software on a disk that you inserted, it can try to automatically run the software if you like. This is good if you have an application installed on a CD and want it to start when the disc is inserted (for example, a slideshow)."
5091
msgstr ""
5092
5093
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5094
#: C/files-autorun.page:60
5095
msgid "If you don't see the device or media type that you want to change in the list (such as Blu-ray discs or E-book readers), click <gui>Other Media</gui> to see a more detailed list of devices. Select the type of device or media from the <gui>Type</gui> drop-down and the application or action from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down."
5096
msgstr ""
5097
5098
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5099
#: C/files-autorun.page:69
5100
msgid "If you don't want any applications to be opened automatically, whatever you plug in, select <gui>Never prompt or start programs on media insertion</gui> at the bottom of the Removable Media window."
5101
msgstr ""
5102
5103
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5104
#: C/files-autorun.page:75
5105
msgid "Types of devices and media"
5106
msgstr ""
5107
5108
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5109
#: C/files-autorun.page:78
5110
msgid "Audio discs"
5111
msgstr ""
5112
5113
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5114
#: C/files-autorun.page:79
5115
msgid "Choose your favorite music application or CD audio extractor to handle audio CDs. If you use audio DVDs (DVD-A), select how to open them under <gui>Other Media</gui>. If you open an audio disc with the file manager, the tracks will appear as WAV files that you can play in any audio player application."
5116
msgstr ""
5117
5118
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5119
#: C/files-autorun.page:86
5120
msgid "Video discs"
5121
msgstr ""
5122
5123
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5124
#: C/files-autorun.page:87
5125
msgid "Choose your favorite video application to handle video DVDs. Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to set an application for Blu-ray, HD DVD, video CD (VCD), and super video CD (SVCD). If DVDs or other video discs do not work correctly when you insert them, see <link xref=\"video-dvd\"/>."
5126
msgstr ""
5127
5128
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5129
#: C/files-autorun.page:94
5130
msgid "Blank discs"
5131
msgstr ""
5132
5133
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5134
#: C/files-autorun.page:95
5135
msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to select a disc-writing application for blank CDs, blank DVDs, blank Blu-ray discs, and blank HD DVDs."
5136
msgstr ""
5137
5138
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5139
#: C/files-autorun.page:100
5140
msgid "Cameras and photos"
5141
msgstr ""
5142
5143
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5144
#: C/files-autorun.page:101
5145
msgid "Use the <gui>Photos</gui> drop-down to choose a photo-management application to run when you plug in your digital camera, or when you insert a media card from a camera, such as a CF, SD, MMC, or MS card. You can also simply browse your photos using the file manager."
5146
msgstr ""
5147
5148
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5149
#: C/files-autorun.page:105
5150
msgid "Under <gui>Other Media</gui>, you can select an application to open Kodak picture CDs, such as those you might have made in a store. These are regular data CDs with JPEG images in a folder called <file>PICTURES</file>."
5151
msgstr ""
5152
5153
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5154
#: C/files-autorun.page:110
5155
msgid "Music players"
5156
msgstr ""
5157
5158
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5159
#: C/files-autorun.page:111
5160
msgid "Choose an application to manage the music library on your portable music player, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
5161
msgstr ""
5162
5163
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5164
#: C/files-autorun.page:115
5165
msgid "E-book readers"
5166
msgstr ""
5167
5168
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5169
#: C/files-autorun.page:116
5170
msgid "Use the <gui>Other Media</gui> button to choose an application to manage the books on your e-book reader, or manage the files yourself using the file manager."
5171
msgstr ""
5172
5173
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5174
#: C/files-autorun.page:120
5175
msgid "Software"
5176
msgstr ""
5177
5178
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5179
#: C/files-autorun.page:121
5180
msgid "Some discs and removable media contain software that is supposed to be run automatically when the media is inserted. Use the <gui>Software</gui> option to control what to do when media with autorun software is inserted. You will always be prompted for a confirmation before software is run."
5181
msgstr ""
5182
5183
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5184
#: C/files-autorun.page:126
5185
msgid "Never run software from media you don't trust."
5186
msgstr ""
5187
5188
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5189
#: C/files-browse.page:10
5190
msgid "Manage and organize files with the file manager."
5191
msgstr ""
5192
5193
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5194
#: C/files-browse.page:37
5195
msgid "Browse files and folders"
5196
msgstr ""
5197
5198
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5199
#: C/files-browse.page:47
5200
msgid "Use the <app>Files</app> file manager to browse and organize the files on your computer. You can also use it to manage files on storage devices (like external hard disks), on <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">file servers</link>, and on network shares."
5201
msgstr ""
5202
5203
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5204
#: C/files-browse.page:52
5205
msgid "To start the file manager, open <app>Files</app> in the <gui>Launcher</gui>. You can also search for files and folders with the <gui>Dash</gui> in the same way you would <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro#dash-home\">search for applications</link>. They will appear under the heading <gui>Files and Folders</gui>."
5206
msgstr ""
5207
5208
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5209
#: C/files-browse.page:59
5210
msgid "Exploring the contents of folders"
5211
msgstr ""
5212
5213
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5214
#: C/files-browse.page:61
5215
msgid "In the file manager, double-click any folder to view its contents, and double-click any file to open it with the default application for that file. You can also right-click a folder to open it in a new tab or new window."
5216
msgstr ""
5217
5218
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5219
#: C/files-browse.page:66
5220
msgid "The <em>path bar</em> above the list of files and folders shows you which folder you're viewing, including the parent folders of the current folder. Click a parent folder in the path bar to go to that folder. Right-click any folder in the path bar to open it in a new tab or window, copy or move it, or access its properties."
5221
msgstr ""
5222
5223
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5224
#: C/files-browse.page:72
5225
msgid "If you want to quickly skip to a file in the folder you're viewing, start typing its name. A search box will appear at the top of the window and the first file which matches your search will be highlighted. Press the down arrow key, or scroll with the mouse, to skip to the next file that matches your search."
5226
msgstr ""
5227
5228
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5229
#: C/files-browse.page:78
5230
msgid "You can quickly access common places from the <em>sidebar</em>. If you do not see the sidebar, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Sidebar</gui>. You can add bookmarks to folders that you use often and they will appear in the sidebar. Use the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> menu to do this, or simply drag a folder into the sidebar."
5231
msgstr ""
5232
5233
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5234
#: C/files-copy.page:8
5235
msgid "Copy or move items to a new folder."
5236
msgstr ""
5237
5238
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
5239
#: C/files-copy.page:14
5240
#: C/files-delete.page:15
5241
#: C/files-open.page:15
5242
msgid "Cristopher Thomas"
5243
msgstr ""
5244
5245
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5246
#: C/files-copy.page:28
5247
msgid "Copy or move files and folders"
5248
msgstr ""
5249
5250
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5251
#: C/files-copy.page:30
5252
msgid "A file or folder can be copied or moved to a new location by dragging and dropping with the mouse, using the copy and paste commands, or using keyboard shortcuts."
5253
msgstr ""
5254
5255
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5256
#: C/files-copy.page:34
5257
msgid "For example, you might want to copy a presentation onto a memory stick so you can take it to work with you. Or, you could make a back-up copy of a document before you make changes to it (and then use the old copy if you don't like your changes)."
5258
msgstr ""
5259
5260
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5261
#: C/files-copy.page:39
5262
msgid "These instructions apply to both files and folders. You copy and move files and folders in exactly the same way."
5263
msgstr ""
5264
5265
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5266
#: C/files-copy.page:43
5267
msgid "Copy and paste files"
5268
msgstr ""
5269
5270
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5271
#: C/files-copy.page:44
5272
msgid "Select the file you want to copy by clicking on it once."
5273
msgstr ""
5274
5275
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5276
#: C/files-copy.page:45
5277
msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Copy</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>."
5278
msgstr ""
5279
5280
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5281
#: C/files-copy.page:47
5282
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to put the copy of the file."
5283
msgstr ""
5284
5285
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5286
#: C/files-copy.page:49
5287
msgid "Click the gear icon and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish copying the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. There will now be a copy of the file in the original folder and the other folder."
5288
msgstr ""
5289
5290
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5291
#: C/files-copy.page:56
5292
msgid "Cut and paste files to move them"
5293
msgstr ""
5294
5295
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5296
#: C/files-copy.page:57
5297
msgid "Select the file you want to move by clicking on it once."
5298
msgstr ""
5299
5300
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5301
#: C/files-copy.page:58
5302
msgid "Right-click and pick <gui>Cut</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>."
5303
msgstr ""
5304
5305
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5306
#: C/files-copy.page:60
5307
msgid "Navigate to another folder, where you want to move the file."
5308
msgstr ""
5309
5310
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5311
#: C/files-copy.page:61
5312
msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Paste</gui> to finish moving the file, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>. The file will be taken out of its original folder and moved to the other folder."
5313
msgstr ""
5314
5315
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5316
#: C/files-copy.page:68
5317
msgid "Drag files to copy or move"
5318
msgstr ""
5319
5320
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5321
#: C/files-copy.page:69
5322
msgid "Open the file manager and go to the folder which contains the file you want to copy."
5323
msgstr ""
5324
5325
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5326
#: C/files-copy.page:71
5327
msgid "Click <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar, select <gui>New Window</gui> (or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>N</key></keyseq>) to open a second window. In the new window, navigate to the folder where you want to move or copy the file."
5328
msgstr ""
5329
5330
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5331
#: C/files-copy.page:76
5332
msgid "Click and drag the file from one window to another. This will <em>move it</em> if the destination is on the <em>same</em> device, or <em>copy it</em> if the destination is on a <em>different</em> device."
5333
msgstr ""
5334
5335
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5336
#: C/files-copy.page:79
5337
msgid "For example, if you drag a file from a USB memory stick to your Home folder, it will be copied because you're dragging from one device to another."
5338
msgstr ""
5339
5340
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5341
#: C/files-copy.page:81
5342
msgid "You can force the file to be copied by holding down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while dragging, or force it to be moved by holding down the <key>Shift</key> key while dragging."
5343
msgstr ""
5344
5345
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5346
#: C/files-copy.page:88
5347
msgid "You can't copy or move a file into a folder that is <em>read-only</em>. Some folders are read-only to prevent you from making changes to their contents. You can change things from being read-only by <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">changing file permissions </link>."
5348
msgstr ""
5349
5350
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5351
#: C/files-delete.page:9
5352
msgid "Remove files or folders you no longer need."
5353
msgstr ""
5354
5355
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5356
#: C/files-delete.page:33
5357
msgid "Delete files and folders"
5358
msgstr ""
5359
5360
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5361
#: C/files-delete.page:35
5362
msgid "If you don't want a file or folder any more, you can delete it. When you delete an item it is moved to the <gui>Trash</gui> folder, where it is stored until you empty the trash. You can <link xref=\"files-recover\">restore items </link> in the <gui>Trash</gui> folder to their original location if you decide you need them, or if they were accidentally deleted."
5363
msgstr ""
5364
5365
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5366
#: C/files-delete.page:42
5367
msgid "To send a file to the trash:"
5368
msgstr ""
5369
5370
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5371
#: C/files-delete.page:43
5372
msgid "Select the item you want to place in the trash by clicking it once."
5373
msgstr ""
5374
5375
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5376
#: C/files-delete.page:45
5377
msgid "Press <key>Delete</key> on your keyboard. Alternatively, drag the item to the <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar."
5378
msgstr ""
5379
5380
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5381
#: C/files-delete.page:50
5382
msgid "To delete files permanently, and free up disk space on your computer, you need to empty the trash. To empty the trash, right-click <gui>Trash</gui> in the sidebar and select <gui>Empty Trash</gui>."
5383
msgstr ""
5384
5385
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5386
#: C/files-delete.page:55
5387
msgid "Permanently delete a file"
5388
msgstr ""
5389
5390
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5391
#: C/files-delete.page:56
5392
msgid "You can immediately delete a file permanently, without having to send it to the trash first."
5393
msgstr ""
5394
5395
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5396
#: C/files-delete.page:60
5397
msgid "To permanently delete a file:"
5398
msgstr ""
5399
5400
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5401
#: C/files-delete.page:61
5402
msgid "Select the item you want to delete."
5403
msgstr ""
5404
5405
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5406
#: C/files-delete.page:62
5407
msgid "Press and hold the <key>Shift</key> key, then press the <key>Delete</key> key on your keyboard."
5408
msgstr ""
5409
5410
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5411
#: C/files-delete.page:64
5412
msgid "Because you cannot undo this, you will be asked to confirm that you want to delete the file or folder."
5413
msgstr ""
5414
5415
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5416
#: C/files-delete.page:68
5417
msgid "If you frequently need to delete files without using the trash (for example, if you often work with sensitive data), you can add a <gui>Delete</gui> entry to the right-click menu for files and folders. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the menu bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab. Select <gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>."
5418
msgstr ""
5419
5420
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5421
#: C/files-delete.page:75
5422
msgid "Deleted files on a <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable device </link> may not be visible on other operating systems, such Windows or Mac OS. The files are still there, and will be available when you plug the device back into your computer."
5423
msgstr ""
5424
5425
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5426
#: C/files-disc-write.page:16
5427
msgid "Put files and documents onto a blank CD or DVD using a CD/DVD burner."
5428
msgstr ""
5429
5430
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5431
#: C/files-disc-write.page:20
5432
msgid "Write files to a CD or DVD"
5433
msgstr ""
5434
5435
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5436
#: C/files-disc-write.page:22
5437
msgid "You can put files onto a blank disc by using <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. The option to create a CD or DVD will appear in the file manager as soon as you place the CD into your CD/DVD writer. The file manager lets you transfer files to other computers or perform <link xref=\"backup-why\">backups</link> by putting files onto a blank disc. To write files to a CD or DVD:"
5438
msgstr ""
5439
5440
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5441
#: C/files-disc-write.page:30
5442
msgid "Place an empty disc into your CD/DVD writable drive."
5443
msgstr ""
5444
5445
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5446
#: C/files-disc-write.page:32
5447
msgid "In the <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> window that appears, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> and click <gui>OK</gui>. The <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> folder window will open."
5448
msgstr ""
5449
5450
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5451
#: C/files-disc-write.page:35
5452
msgid "(You can also click on <gui>Blank CD/DVD-R Disc</gui> under <gui>Devices</gui> in the file manager sidebar.)"
5453
msgstr ""
5454
5455
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5456
#: C/files-disc-write.page:39
5457
msgid "In the <gui>Disc Name</gui> field, type a name for the disc."
5458
msgstr ""
5459
5460
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5461
#: C/files-disc-write.page:42
5462
msgid "Drag or copy the desired files into the window."
5463
msgstr ""
5464
5465
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5466
#: C/files-disc-write.page:45
5467
msgid "Click <gui>Write to Disc</gui>."
5468
msgstr ""
5469
5470
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5471
#: C/files-disc-write.page:48
5472
msgid "Under <gui>Select a disc to write to</gui>, choose the blank disc."
5473
msgstr ""
5474
5475
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5476
#: C/files-disc-write.page:49
5477
msgid "(You could choose <gui>Image file</gui> instead. This will put the files in a <em>disc image</em>, which will be saved on your computer. You can then burn that disc image onto a blank disc at a later date.)"
5478
msgstr ""
5479
5480
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5481
#: C/files-disc-write.page:54
5482
msgid "Click <gui>Properties</gui> if you want to adjust burning speed, the location of temporary files, and other options. The default options should be fine."
5483
msgstr ""
5484
5485
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5486
#: C/files-disc-write.page:59
5487
msgid "Click the <gui>Burn</gui> button to begin recording."
5488
msgstr ""
5489
5490
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5491
#: C/files-disc-write.page:60
5492
msgid "If <gui>Burn Several Copies</gui> is selected, you will be prompted for additional discs."
5493
msgstr ""
5494
5495
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5496
#: C/files-disc-write.page:64
5497
msgid "When the disc burning is complete, it will eject automatically. Choose <gui>Make More Copies</gui> or <gui>Close</gui> to exit."
5498
msgstr ""
5499
5500
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5501
#: C/files-disc-write.page:69
5502
msgid "For more advanced CD/DVD burning projects, try <app>Brasero</app>."
5503
msgstr ""
5504
5505
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5506
#: C/files-disc-write.page:70
5507
msgid "For help with using Brasero, read the <link href=\"help:brasero\">user guide</link>."
5508
msgstr ""
5509
5510
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5511
#: C/files-disc-write.page:73
5512
msgid "If the disc wasn't burned properly"
5513
msgstr ""
5514
5515
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5516
#: C/files-disc-write.page:74
5517
msgid "Sometimes the computer doesn't record the data correctly, and you won't be able to see the files you put onto the disc when you insert it into a computer."
5518
msgstr ""
5519
5520
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5521
#: C/files-disc-write.page:77
5522
msgid "In this case, try burning the disc again but use a lower burning speed, e.g. 12x rather than 48x. Burning at slower speeds is more reliable. You can choose the speed by clicking the <gui>Properties</gui> button in the <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui> window."
5523
msgstr ""
5524
5525
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5526
#: C/files-hidden.page:7
5527
msgid "Make a file invisible, so you can't see it in the file manager."
5528
msgstr ""
5529
5530
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5531
#: C/files-hidden.page:23
5532
msgid "Hide a file"
5533
msgstr ""
5534
5535
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5536
#: C/files-hidden.page:25
5537
msgid "The GNOME file manager gives you the ability to hide and unhide files at your discretion. When a file is hidden, it isn't displayed by the file manager, but it's still there in its folder."
5538
msgstr ""
5539
5540
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5541
#: C/files-hidden.page:29
5542
msgid "To hide a file, <link xref=\"files-rename\">rename it</link> with a <key>.</key> at the beginning of its name. For example, to hide a file named <file> example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>.example.txt</file>."
5543
msgstr ""
5544
5545
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5546
#: C/files-hidden.page:35
5547
msgid "You can hide folders in the same way that you can hide files. Hide a folder by placing a <key>.</key> at the beginning of the folder's name."
5548
msgstr ""
5549
5550
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5551
#: C/files-hidden.page:40
5552
msgid "Show all hidden files"
5553
msgstr ""
5554
5555
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5556
#: C/files-hidden.page:41
5557
msgid "If you want to see all hidden files in a folder, go to that folder and either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You will see all hidden files, along with regular files that are not hidden."
5558
msgstr ""
5559
5560
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5561
#: C/files-hidden.page:47
5562
msgid "To hide these files again, either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> again."
5563
msgstr ""
5564
5565
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5566
#: C/files-hidden.page:55
5567
msgid "Unhide a file"
5568
msgstr ""
5569
5570
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5571
#: C/files-hidden.page:56
5572
msgid "To unhide a file, go to the folder containing the hidden file and click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>. Then, find the hidden file and rename it so that it doesn't have a <key>.</key> in front of its name. For example, to unhide a file called <file>.example.txt</file>, you should rename it to <file>example.txt</file>."
5573
msgstr ""
5574
5575
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5576
#: C/files-hidden.page:63
5577
msgid "Once you have renamed the file, you can either click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq> to hide any other hidden files again."
5578
msgstr ""
5579
5580
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5581
#: C/files-hidden.page:69
5582
msgid "By default, you will only see hidden files in the file manager until you close the file manager. To change this setting so that the file manager will always show hidden files, see <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/>."
5583
msgstr ""
5584
5585
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5586
#: C/files-hidden.page:74
5587
msgid "Most hidden files will have a <key>.</key> at the beginning of their name, but others might have a <key>~</key> at the end of their name instead. These files are backup files. See <link xref=\"files-tilde\"/> for more information."
5588
msgstr ""
5589
5590
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5591
#: C/files-lost.page:11
5592
msgid "Follow these tips if you can't find a file you created or downloaded."
5593
msgstr ""
5594
5595
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5596
#: C/files-lost.page:30
5597
msgid "Find a lost file"
5598
msgstr ""
5599
5600
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5601
#: C/files-lost.page:32
5602
msgid "If you created or downloaded a file, but now you can't find it, follow these tips."
5603
msgstr ""
5604
5605
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5606
#: C/files-lost.page:36
5607
msgid "If you don't remember where you saved the file, but you have some idea of how you named it, you can search for the file by name. See <link xref=\"files-search\"/> to learn how."
5608
msgstr ""
5609
5610
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5611
#: C/files-lost.page:40
5612
msgid "If you just downloaded the file, your web browser might have automatically saved it to a common folder. Check the Desktop and Downloads folders in your home folder."
5613
msgstr ""
5614
5615
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5616
#: C/files-lost.page:44
5617
msgid "You might have accidentally deleted the file. When you delete a file, it gets moved to the trash, where it stays until you manually empty the trash. See <link xref=\"files-recover\"/> to learn how to recover a deleted file."
5618
msgstr ""
5619
5620
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5621
#: C/files-lost.page:49
5622
msgid "You might have renamed the file in a way that made the file hidden. Files that start with a <file>.</file> or end with a <file>~</file> are hidden in the file manager. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the file manager toolbar and pick <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> to display them. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> to learn more."
5623
msgstr ""
5624
5625
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5626
#: C/files-open.page:11
5627
msgid "Open files using an application that isn't the default one for that type of file. You can change the default too."
5628
msgstr ""
5629
5630
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5631
#: C/files-open.page:25
5632
msgid "Open files with other applications"
5633
msgstr ""
5634
5635
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5636
#: C/files-open.page:27
5637
msgid "When you double-click a file in the file manager, it will be opened with the default application for that file type. You can open it in a different application, search online for applications, or set the default application for all files of the same type."
5638
msgstr ""
5639
5640
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5641
#: C/files-open.page:32
5642
msgid "To open a file with an application other than the default, right-click the file and select the application you want from the top of the menu. If you don't see the application you want, click <gui>Open With Other Application</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
5643
msgstr ""
5644
5645
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5646
#: C/files-open.page:39
5647
msgid "If you still can't find the application you want, you can search for more applications by clicking <gui>Find applications online</gui>. The file manager will search online for packages containing applications that are known to handle files of that type."
5648
msgstr ""
5649
5650
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5651
#: C/files-open.page:45
5652
msgid "Change the default application"
5653
msgstr ""
5654
5655
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5656
#: C/files-open.page:46
5657
msgid "You can change the default application that is used to open files of a given type. This will allow you to open your preferred application when you double-click to open a file. For example, you might want your favorite music player to open when you double-click an MP3 file."
5658
msgstr ""
5659
5660
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5661
#: C/files-open.page:52
5662
msgid "Select a file of the type whose default application you want to change. For example, to change which application is used to open MP3 files, select a <file>.mp3</file> file."
5663
msgstr ""
5664
5665
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5666
#: C/files-open.page:55
5667
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
5668
msgstr ""
5669
5670
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5671
#: C/files-open.page:56
5672
msgid "Select the <gui>Open With</gui> tab."
5673
msgstr ""
5674
5675
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5676
#: C/files-open.page:57
5677
msgid "Select the application you want and click <gui>Set as default</gui>. By default, the file manager only shows applications it knows can handle the file. To look through all the applications on your computer, click <gui>Show other applications</gui>."
5678
msgstr ""
5679
5680
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5681
#: C/files-open.page:61
5682
msgid "If <gui>Other Applications</gui> contains an application you sometimes want to use, but don't want to make the default, select that application and click <gui>Add</gui>. This will add it to <gui>Recommended Applications</gui>. You will then be able to use this application by right-clicking the file and selecting it from the list."
5683
msgstr ""
5684
5685
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5686
#: C/files-open.page:68
5687
msgid "This changes the default application not just for the selected file, but for all files with the same type."
5688
msgstr ""
5689
5690
#. (itstool) path: media
5691
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
5692
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
5693
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
5694
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
5695
#: C/files.page:34
5696
msgctxt "_"
5697
msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus.png' md5='ee872fa563c3c7f46484bbab8459b909'"
5698
msgstr ""
5699
5700
#. (itstool) path: info/title
5701
#: C/files.page:18
5702
msgctxt "link:trail"
5703
msgid "Files"
5704
msgstr ""
5705
5706
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5707
#: C/files.page:21
5708
msgid "<link xref=\"files-search\">Searching</link>, <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete files</link>, <link xref=\"files#backup\">backups</link>, <link xref=\"files#removable\">removable drives</link>, <link xref=\"files#documents\">documents</link>…"
5709
msgstr ""
5710
5711
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5712
#: C/files.page:31
5713
msgid "Files, folders & search"
5714
msgstr ""
5715
5716
#. (itstool) path: media/p
5717
#: C/files.page:35
5718
msgid "<app>Nautilus</app> file manager"
5719
msgstr ""
5720
5721
#. (itstool) path: links/title
5722
#: C/files.page:39
5723
msgid "Common tasks"
5724
msgstr ""
5725
5726
#. (itstool) path: links/title
5727
#: C/files.page:43
5728
#: C/hardware.page:33
5729
msgid "More topics"
5730
msgstr ""
5731
5732
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5733
#: C/files.page:47
5734
msgid "Removable drives and external disks"
5735
msgstr ""
5736
5737
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5738
#: C/files.page:52
5739
msgid "Backing up"
5740
msgstr ""
5741
5742
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5743
#: C/files.page:62
5744
msgid "Tips and questions"
5745
msgstr ""
5746
5747
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5748
#: C/files-preview.page:10
5749
msgid "Quickly show and hide previews for documents, images, videos, and more."
5750
msgstr ""
5751
5752
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5753
#: C/files-preview.page:22
5754
msgid "Preview files and folders"
5755
msgstr ""
5756
5757
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5758
#: C/files-preview.page:24
5759
msgid "You can quickly preview files without opening them in a full-blown application. Select any file and press the space bar. The file will open in a simple preview window. Press the space bar again to dismiss the preview."
5760
msgstr ""
5761
5762
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5763
#: C/files-preview.page:28
5764
msgid "The built-in preview supports most file formats for documents, images, video, and audio. In the preview, you can scroll through your documents or seek through your video and audio."
5765
msgstr ""
5766
5767
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5768
#: C/files-preview.page:32
5769
msgid "To view a preview full-screen press <key>f</key>. Press <key>f</key> again to leave full-screen, or press the space bar to exit the preview completely."
5770
msgstr ""
5771
5772
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5773
#: C/files-recover.page:9
5774
msgid "Deleted files are normally sent to the Trash, but can be recovered."
5775
msgstr ""
5776
5777
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5778
#: C/files-recover.page:23
5779
msgid "Recover a file from the Trash"
5780
msgstr ""
5781
5782
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5783
#: C/files-recover.page:24
5784
msgid "If you delete a file with the file manager, the file is normally placed into the <gui>Trash</gui>, and should be able to be restored."
5785
msgstr ""
5786
5787
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5788
#: C/files-recover.page:27
5789
msgid "To restore a file from the Trash:"
5790
msgstr ""
5791
5792
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5793
#: C/files-recover.page:28
5794
msgid "Open the <gui>Launcher</gui> and then click the <app>Trash</app> shortcut which is located at the bottom of the Launcher."
5795
msgstr ""
5796
5797
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5798
#: C/files-recover.page:30
5799
msgid "If your deleted file is there, right-click on it and select <gui> Restore</gui>. It will be restored to the folder it was deleted from."
5800
msgstr ""
5801
5802
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5803
#: C/files-recover.page:34
5804
msgid "If you deleted the file by pressing <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Delete </key></keyseq>, or by using the command line, the file has been permanently deleted. Files that have been permanently deleted can't be recovered from the <gui>Trash</gui>."
5805
msgstr ""
5806
5807
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5808
#: C/files-recover.page:39
5809
msgid "There are a number of recovery tools available that are sometimes able to recover files that were permanently deleted. These tools are generally not very easy to use, however. If you accidentally permanently deleted a file, it's probably best to ask for advice on a support forum to see if you can recover it."
5810
msgstr ""
5811
5812
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5813
#: C/files-removedrive.page:20
5814
msgid "Eject or unmount a USB flash drive, CD, DVD, or other device."
5815
msgstr ""
5816
5817
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5818
#: C/files-removedrive.page:30
5819
msgid "Safely remove an external drive"
5820
msgstr ""
5821
5822
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5823
#: C/files-removedrive.page:32
5824
msgid "When you use external storage devices like USB flash drives, you should safely remove them before unplugging them. If you just unplug a device, you run the risk of unplugging while an application is still using it. This could result in some of your files being lost or damaged. When you use an optical disc like a CD or DVD, you can use the same steps to eject the disc from your computer."
5825
msgstr ""
5826
5827
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5828
#: C/files-removedrive.page:40
5829
msgid "To eject a removable device:"
5830
msgstr ""
5831
5832
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5833
#: C/files-removedrive.page:41
5834
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>."
5835
msgstr ""
5836
5837
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5838
#: C/files-removedrive.page:43
5839
msgid "Locate the device in the sidebar. It should have a small eject icon next to the name. Click the eject icon to safely remove or eject the device."
5840
msgstr ""
5841
5842
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5843
#: C/files-removedrive.page:46
5844
msgid "Alternately, you can right-click the name of the device in the sidebar and select <gui>Eject</gui>."
5845
msgstr ""
5846
5847
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5848
#: C/files-removedrive.page:51
5849
msgid "Safely remove a device that is in use"
5850
msgstr ""
5851
5852
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5853
#: C/files-removedrive.page:53
5854
msgid "If any of the files on the device are open and in use by an application, you will not be able to safely remove the device. You will be prompted with a window telling you that \"the volume is busy,\" and listing all the open files on the device. Once you close all the files on the device, the device will automatically be safe to remove. At that time you can unplug or eject it."
5855
msgstr ""
5856
5857
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5858
#: C/files-removedrive.page:60
5859
msgid "If you can't close one of the files, for example if the application using the file is locked up, you can right-click the file in the <gui>Volume is busy</gui> window and select <gui>End Process</gui>. This will force the entire locked up application to close, which could close other files you have open with that application."
5860
msgstr ""
5861
5862
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5863
#: C/files-removedrive.page:66
5864
msgid "You can also choose <gui>Eject Anyway</gui> to remove the device without closing the files. This may cause errors in applications that have those files open."
5865
msgstr ""
5866
5867
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5868
#: C/files-rename.page:7
5869
msgid "Change file or folder name."
5870
msgstr ""
5871
5872
#. (itstool) path: page/title
5873
#: C/files-rename.page:31
5874
msgid "Rename a file or folder"
5875
msgstr ""
5876
5877
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5878
#: C/files-rename.page:33
5879
msgid "You can use the file manager to change the name of a file or folder."
5880
msgstr ""
5881
5882
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5883
#: C/files-rename.page:36
5884
msgid "To rename a file or folder:"
5885
msgstr ""
5886
5887
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5888
#: C/files-rename.page:37
5889
msgid "Right-click on the item and select <gui>Rename</gui>, or select the file and press <key>F2</key>."
5890
msgstr ""
5891
5892
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5893
#: C/files-rename.page:39
5894
msgid "Type the new name and press <key>Enter</key>."
5895
msgstr ""
5896
5897
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5898
#: C/files-rename.page:42
5899
msgid "You can also rename a file from the <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-basic\">properties</link> window."
5900
msgstr ""
5901
5902
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5903
#: C/files-rename.page:45
5904
msgid "When you rename a file, only the first part of the name of the file is selected, not the file extension (the part after the \".\"). The extension normally denotes what type of file it is (e.g. <file>file.pdf</file> is a PDF document), and you usually do not want to change that. If you need to change the extension as well, select the entire file name and change it."
5905
msgstr ""
5906
5907
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5908
#: C/files-rename.page:52
5909
msgid "If you renamed the wrong file, or named your file improperly, you can undo the rename. To revert the action, immediately click the gear button in the toolbar and select <gui>Undo</gui> to restore the former name."
5910
msgstr ""
5911
5912
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5913
#: C/files-rename.page:58
5914
msgid "Valid characters for file names"
5915
msgstr ""
5916
5917
#. (itstool) path: section/p
5918
#: C/files-rename.page:59
5919
msgid "You can use any character except the <key>/</key> (slash) character in file names. Some devices, however, use a <em>file system</em> that has more restrictions on file names. Therefore, it is a best practice to avoid the following characters in your file names: <key>|</key>, <key>\\</key>, <key>?</key>, <key>*</key>, <key><</key>, <key>\"</key>, <key>:</key>, <key>></key>, <key>/</key>."
5920
msgstr ""
5921
5922
#. (itstool) path: note/p
5923
#: C/files-rename.page:67
5924
msgid "If you name a file with a <key>.</key> as the first character, the file will be <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden</link> when you attempt to view it in the file manager."
5925
msgstr ""
5926
5927
#. (itstool) path: section/title
5928
#: C/files-rename.page:74
5929
#: C/hardware.page:41
5930
#: C/mouse.page:36
5931
msgid "Common problems"
5932
msgstr ""
5933
5934
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5935
#: C/files-rename.page:77
5936
msgid "The file name is already in use"
5937
msgstr ""
5938
5939
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5940
#: C/files-rename.page:78
5941
msgid "You can't have two files or folders with the same name in the same folder. If you try to rename a file to a name that already exists in the folder you are working in, the file manager will not allow it."
5942
msgstr ""
5943
5944
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5945
#: C/files-rename.page:81
5946
msgid "File and folder names are case sensitive, so the file name <file>File.txt</file> is not the same as <file>FILE.txt</file>. Using different file names like this is allowed, though it is not recommended."
5947
msgstr ""
5948
5949
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5950
#: C/files-rename.page:87
5951
msgid "The file name is too long"
5952
msgstr ""
5953
5954
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5955
#: C/files-rename.page:88
5956
msgid "On some file systems, file names can have no more than 255 characters in their names. This 255 character limit includes both the file name and the path to the file (e.g., <file>/home/wanda/Documents/work/business-proposals/… </file>), so you should avoid long file and folder names where possible."
5957
msgstr ""
5958
5959
#. (itstool) path: item/title
5960
#: C/files-rename.page:95
5961
msgid "The option to rename is grayed out"
5962
msgstr ""
5963
5964
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5965
#: C/files-rename.page:96
5966
msgid "If <gui>Rename</gui> is grayed out, you do not have permission to rename the file. You should use caution with renaming such files, as renaming some protected files may cause your system to become unstable. See <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\"/> for more information."
5967
msgstr ""
5968
5969
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
5970
#: C/files-search.page:12
5971
msgid "Locate files based on file name and type. Save your searches for later use."
5972
msgstr ""
5973
5974
#. (itstool) path: page/p
5975
#: C/files-search.page:31
5976
msgid "You can search for files based on their name or file type directly within the file manager. You can even save common searches, and they will appear as special folders in your home folder."
5977
msgstr ""
5978
5979
#. (itstool) path: links/title
5980
#: C/files-search.page:36
5981
msgid "Other search applications"
5982
msgstr ""
5983
5984
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
5985
#: C/files-search.page:42
5986
msgid "Search"
5987
msgstr ""
5988
5989
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5990
#: C/files-search.page:43
5991
msgid "<link xref=\"files-browse\">Open the file manager</link>"
5992
msgstr ""
5993
5994
#. (itstool) path: item/p
5995
#: C/files-search.page:44
5996
msgid "If you know the files you want are under a particular folder, go to that folder."
5997
msgstr ""
5998
5999
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6000
#: C/files-search.page:46
6001
msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar, or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F</key></keyseq>."
6002
msgstr ""
6003
6004
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6005
#: C/files-search.page:48
6006
msgid "Type a word or words that you know appear in the file name. For example, if you name all your invoices with the word \"Invoice\", type <input>invoice</input>. Press <key>Enter</key>. Words are matched regardless of case."
6007
msgstr ""
6008
6009
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6010
#: C/files-search.page:52
6011
msgid "You can narrow your results by location and file type."
6012
msgstr ""
6013
6014
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6015
#: C/files-search.page:54
6016
msgid "Click <gui>Home</gui> to restrict the search results to your <file>Home</file> folder, or <gui>All Files</gui> to search everywhere."
6017
msgstr ""
6018
6019
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6020
#: C/files-search.page:57
6021
msgid "Click <key>+</key> and pick a <gui>File Type</gui> from the drop-down list to narrow the search results based on file type. Click the <key>x</key> button to remove this option and widen the search results."
6022
msgstr ""
6023
6024
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6025
#: C/files-search.page:63
6026
msgid "You can open, copy, delete, or otherwise work with your files from the search results, just as you would from any folder in the file manager."
6027
msgstr ""
6028
6029
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6030
#: C/files-search.page:66
6031
msgid "Click the magnifying glass in the toolbar again to exit the search and return to the folder."
6032
msgstr ""
6033
6034
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6035
#: C/files-search.page:70
6036
msgid "If you perform certain searches often, you can save them to access them quickly."
6037
msgstr ""
6038
6039
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
6040
#: C/files-search.page:74
6041
msgid "Save a search"
6042
msgstr ""
6043
6044
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6045
#: C/files-search.page:75
6046
msgid "Start a search as above."
6047
msgstr ""
6048
6049
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6050
#: C/files-search.page:76
6051
msgid "When you're happy with the search parameters, click the ⚙ gear button and select <gui>Save Search As</gui>."
6052
msgstr ""
6053
6054
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6055
#: C/files-search.page:78
6056
msgid "Give the search a name and click <gui>Save</gui>. If you like, select a different folder to save the search in. When you view that folder, you will see your saved search as an orange folder icon with a magnifying glass on it."
6057
msgstr ""
6058
6059
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6060
#: C/files-search.page:84
6061
msgid "To remove the search file when you are done with it, simply <link xref=\"files-delete\">delete</link> the search as you would any other file. When you delete a saved search, it does not delete the files that the search matched."
6062
msgstr ""
6063
6064
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6065
#: C/files-select.page:15
6066
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to select multiple files which have similar names."
6067
msgstr ""
6068
6069
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6070
#: C/files-select.page:20
6071
msgid "Select files by pattern"
6072
msgstr ""
6073
6074
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6075
#: C/files-select.page:22
6076
msgid "You can select files in a folder using a pattern on the file name. Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>S</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>Select Items Matching</gui> window. Type in a pattern using common parts of the file names plus wild card characters. There are two wild card characters available:"
6077
msgstr ""
6078
6079
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6080
#: C/files-select.page:29
6081
msgid "<file>*</file> matches any number of any characters, even no characters at all."
6082
msgstr ""
6083
6084
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6085
#: C/files-select.page:31
6086
msgid "<file>?</file> matches exactly one of any character."
6087
msgstr ""
6088
6089
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6090
#: C/files-select.page:34
6091
msgid "For example:"
6092
msgstr ""
6093
6094
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6095
#: C/files-select.page:37
6096
msgid "If you have an OpenDocument Text file, a PDF file, and an image that all have the same base name <file>Invoice</file>, select all three with the pattern"
6097
msgstr ""
6098
6099
#. (itstool) path: example/p
6100
#: C/files-select.page:40
6101
msgid "<file>Invoice.*</file>"
6102
msgstr ""
6103
6104
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6105
#: C/files-select.page:42
6106
msgid "If you have some photos that are named like <file>Vacation-001.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-002.jpg</file>, <file>Vacation-003.jpg</file>; select them all with the pattern"
6107
msgstr ""
6108
6109
#. (itstool) path: example/p
6110
#: C/files-select.page:45
6111
msgid "<file>Vacation-???.jpg</file>"
6112
msgstr ""
6113
6114
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6115
#: C/files-select.page:47
6116
msgid "If you have photos as before, but you've edited some of them and added <file>-edited</file> to the end of the file name of the photos you've edited, select the edited photos with"
6117
msgstr ""
6118
6119
#. (itstool) path: example/p
6120
#: C/files-select.page:50
6121
msgid "<file>Vacation-???-edited.jpg</file>"
6122
msgstr ""
6123
6124
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6125
#: C/files-share.page:9
6126
msgid "Transfer files to your email contacts from the file manager."
6127
msgstr ""
6128
6129
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6130
#: C/files-share.page:27
6131
msgid "Share and transfer files"
6132
msgstr ""
6133
6134
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6135
#: C/files-share.page:35
6136
msgid "You can share files with your contacts or transfer them to external devices or <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network shares</link> directly from the file manager."
6137
msgstr ""
6138
6139
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6140
#: C/files-share.page:40
6141
#: C/video-sending.page:29
6142
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"files-browse\">file manager</link>."
6143
msgstr ""
6144
6145
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6146
#: C/files-share.page:42
6147
msgid "Locate the file you want to transfer."
6148
msgstr ""
6149
6150
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6151
#: C/files-share.page:43
6152
msgid "Right-click the file and select <gui>Send To</gui>."
6153
msgstr ""
6154
6155
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6156
#: C/files-share.page:44
6157
msgid "The <gui>Send To</gui> window will appear. Choose where you want to send the file and click <gui>Send</gui>. See the list of destinations below for more information."
6158
msgstr ""
6159
6160
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6161
#: C/files-share.page:50
6162
msgid "You can send multiple files at once. Select multiple files by holding down <key>Ctrl</key>, then right-click any selected file. You can have the files automatically compressed into a zip or tar archive."
6163
msgstr ""
6164
6165
#. (itstool) path: list/title
6166
#: C/files-share.page:56
6167
msgid "Destinations"
6168
msgstr ""
6169
6170
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6171
#: C/files-share.page:57
6172
msgid "To email the file, select <gui>Email</gui> and enter the recipient's email address."
6173
msgstr ""
6174
6175
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6176
#: C/files-share.page:59
6177
msgid "To send the file to an instant messaging contact, select <gui>Instant Message</gui>, then select contact from the drop-down list. Your instant messaging application may need to be started for this to work."
6178
msgstr ""
6179
6180
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6181
#: C/files-share.page:63
6182
msgid "To write the file to a CD or DVD, select <gui>CD/DVD Creator</gui>. See <link xref=\"files-disc-write\"/> to learn more."
6183
msgstr ""
6184
6185
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6186
#: C/files-share.page:66
6187
msgid "To transfer the file to a Bluetooth device, select <gui>Bluetooth (OBEX Push)</gui> and select the device to send the file to. You will only see devices you have already paired with. See <link xref=\"bluetooth\"/> for more information."
6188
msgstr ""
6189
6190
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6191
#: C/files-share.page:71
6192
msgid "To copy a file to an external device like a USB flash drive, or to upload it to a server you've connected to, select <gui>Removable disks and shares</gui>, then select the device or server you want to copy the file to."
6193
msgstr ""
6194
6195
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6196
#: C/files-sort.page:7
6197
msgid "Arrange files by name, size, type, or when they were changed."
6198
msgstr ""
6199
6200
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6201
#: C/files-sort.page:27
6202
msgid "Sort files and folders"
6203
msgstr ""
6204
6205
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6206
#: C/files-sort.page:33
6207
msgid "You can sort files in different ways in a folder, for example by sorting them in order of date or file size. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> below for a list of common ways to sort files. See <link xref=\"nautilus-views\"/> for information on how to change the default sort order."
6208
msgstr ""
6209
6210
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6211
#: C/files-sort.page:38
6212
msgid "The way that you can sort files depends on the <em>folder view</em> that you are using. You can change the current view using the list or icon buttons in the toolbar."
6213
msgstr ""
6214
6215
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6216
#: C/files-sort.page:43
6217
msgid "Icon view"
6218
msgstr ""
6219
6220
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6221
#: C/files-sort.page:44
6222
msgid "To sort files in a different order, click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar and choose <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>."
6223
msgstr ""
6224
6225
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6226
#: C/files-sort.page:48
6227
msgid "As an example, if you select <gui>By Name</gui>, the files will be sorted by their names, in alphabetical order. See <link xref=\"#ways\"/> for other options."
6228
msgstr ""
6229
6230
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6231
#: C/files-sort.page:50
6232
msgid "You can sort in the reverse order by selecting <gui>Reversed Order</gui> from the pull-down menu."
6233
msgstr ""
6234
6235
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6236
#: C/files-sort.page:55
6237
msgid "List view"
6238
msgstr ""
6239
6240
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6241
#: C/files-sort.page:56
6242
msgid "To sort files in a different order, click one of the column headings in the file manager. For example, click <gui>Type</gui> to sort by file type. Click the column heading again to sort in the reverse order."
6243
msgstr ""
6244
6245
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6246
#: C/files-sort.page:59
6247
msgid "In list view, you can show columns with more attributes and sort on those columns. Click the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> button in the toolbar, pick <gui>Visible Columns</gui> and select the columns that you want to be visible. You will then be able to sort by those columns. See <link xref=\"nautilus-list\"/> for descriptions of available columns."
6248
msgstr ""
6249
6250
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6251
#: C/files-sort.page:77
6252
msgid "Ways of sorting files"
6253
msgstr ""
6254
6255
#. (itstool) path: item/title
6256
#: C/files-sort.page:80
6257
msgid "By Name"
6258
msgstr ""
6259
6260
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6261
#: C/files-sort.page:81
6262
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the name of the file."
6263
msgstr ""
6264
6265
#. (itstool) path: item/title
6266
#: C/files-sort.page:84
6267
msgid "By Size"
6268
msgstr ""
6269
6270
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6271
#: C/files-sort.page:85
6272
msgid "Sorts by the size of the file (how much disk space it takes up). Sorts from smallest to largest by default."
6273
msgstr ""
6274
6275
#. (itstool) path: item/title
6276
#: C/files-sort.page:89
6277
msgid "By Type"
6278
msgstr ""
6279
6280
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6281
#: C/files-sort.page:90
6282
msgid "Sorts alphabetically by the file type. Files of the same type are grouped together, then sorted by name."
6283
msgstr ""
6284
6285
#. (itstool) path: item/title
6286
#: C/files-sort.page:94
6287
msgid "By Modification Date"
6288
msgstr ""
6289
6290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6291
#: C/files-sort.page:95
6292
msgid "Sorts by the date and time that a file was last changed. Sorts from oldest to newest by default."
6293
msgstr ""
6294
6295
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6296
#: C/files-templates.page:7
6297
msgid "Quickly create new documents from custom file templates."
6298
msgstr ""
6299
6300
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
6301
#: C/files-templates.page:13
6302
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:14
6303
msgid "Anita Reitere"
6304
msgstr ""
6305
6306
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6307
#: C/files-templates.page:23
6308
msgid "Templates for commonly-used document types"
6309
msgstr ""
6310
6311
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6312
#: C/files-templates.page:25
6313
msgid "If you often create documents based on the same content, you might benefit from using file templates. A file template can be a document of any type with the formatting or content you would like to reuse. For example, you could create a template document with your letterhead."
6314
msgstr ""
6315
6316
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
6317
#: C/files-templates.page:31
6318
msgid "Make a new template"
6319
msgstr ""
6320
6321
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6322
#: C/files-templates.page:32
6323
msgid "Create a document that you are going to use as a template. For example, you could make your letterhead in a word processing application."
6324
msgstr ""
6325
6326
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6327
#: C/files-templates.page:35
6328
msgid "Save the file with the template content in the <file>Templates </file> folder in your <file>Home</file> folder. If the <file>Templates </file> folder doesn't exist, you will need to create it first."
6329
msgstr ""
6330
6331
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
6332
#: C/files-templates.page:41
6333
msgid "Use a template to create a document"
6334
msgstr ""
6335
6336
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6337
#: C/files-templates.page:42
6338
msgid "Open the folder where you want to place the new document."
6339
msgstr ""
6340
6341
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6342
#: C/files-templates.page:43
6343
msgid "Right-click anywhere in the empty space in the folder, then choose <gui style=\"menuitem\">New Document</gui>. The names of available templates will be listed in the submenu."
6344
msgstr ""
6345
6346
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6347
#: C/files-templates.page:46
6348
msgid "Choose your desired template from the list."
6349
msgstr ""
6350
6351
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6352
#: C/files-templates.page:47
6353
msgid "Enter a filename for the newly-created document."
6354
msgstr ""
6355
6356
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6357
#: C/files-templates.page:48
6358
msgid "Double-click the file to open it and start editing."
6359
msgstr ""
6360
6361
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6362
#: C/files-tilde.page:8
6363
msgid "These are backup files. They are hidden by default."
6364
msgstr ""
6365
6366
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6367
#: C/files-tilde.page:24
6368
msgid "What is a file with a \"~\" at the end of its name?"
6369
msgstr ""
6370
6371
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6372
#: C/files-tilde.page:26
6373
msgid "Files with a \"~\" at the end of their names (for example, <file>example.txt~</file>) are automatically created backup copies of documents edited in the <app>gedit</app> text editor or other applications. It is safe to delete them, but there's no harm to leave them on your computer."
6374
msgstr ""
6375
6376
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6377
#: C/files-tilde.page:31
6378
msgid "These files are hidden by default. If you are seeing them, that is because you either selected <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui> (in the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">down</media> menu of the <app>Files</app> toolbar) or pressed <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>H</key></keyseq>. You can hide them again by repeating either of these steps."
6379
msgstr ""
6380
6381
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6382
#: C/files-tilde.page:38
6383
msgid "These files are treated in the same way as normal hidden files. See <link xref=\"files-hidden\"/> for advice on dealing with hidden files."
6384
msgstr ""
6385
6386
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6387
#: C/get-involved.page:8
6388
msgid "How and where to report problems with these help topics."
6389
msgstr ""
6390
6391
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6392
#: C/get-involved.page:19
6393
msgid "Participate to improve this guide"
6394
msgstr ""
6395
6396
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6397
#: C/get-involved.page:22
6398
msgid "This help system is created by a volunteer community. You are welcome to participate. If you notice a problem with these help pages (like typos, incorrect instructions or topics that should be covered but aren't), you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
6399
msgstr ""
6400
6401
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6402
#: C/get-involved.page:25
6403
msgid "To file a bug, press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug ubuntu-docs</input>. Press <gui>Enter</gui> to begin the bug collection process."
6404
msgstr ""
6405
6406
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6407
#: C/get-involved.page:28
6408
msgid "See the <link xref=\"report-ubuntu-bug\">Ubuntu bug reporting instructions</link> for more information about how to file your bug."
6409
msgstr ""
6410
6411
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6412
#: C/get-involved.page:31
6413
msgid "Thanks for helping make the Ubuntu Help better!"
6414
msgstr ""
6415
6416
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6417
#: C/hardware-driver.page:8
6418
msgid "A hardware/device driver allows your computer to use devices that are attached to it."
6419
msgstr ""
6420
6421
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6422
#: C/hardware-driver.page:20
6423
msgid "What is a driver?"
6424
msgstr ""
6425
6426
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6427
#: C/hardware-driver.page:22
6428
msgid "Devices are the physical \"parts\" of your computer. They may be <em>external</em> like printers and monitor or <em>internal</em> like graphics and audio cards."
6429
msgstr ""
6430
6431
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6432
#: C/hardware-driver.page:24
6433
msgid "In order for your computer to be able to use these devices, it needs to know how to communicate with them. This is done by a piece of software called a <em>device driver</em>."
6434
msgstr ""
6435
6436
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6437
#: C/hardware-driver.page:26
6438
msgid "When you attach a device to your computer, you must have the correct driver installed for that device to work. For example, if you plug in a printer but the correct driver isn't available, you won't be able to use the printer. Normally, each model of device uses a driver that is not compatible with any other model."
6439
msgstr ""
6440
6441
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6442
#: C/hardware-driver.page:28
6443
msgid "On Linux, the drivers for most devices are installed by default, so everything should work when you plug it in. However, the drivers may need to be installed manually or may not be available at all."
6444
msgstr ""
6445
6446
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6447
#: C/hardware-driver.page:30
6448
msgid "In addition, some existing drivers are incomplete or partially non-functional. For example, you might find that your printer can't do double-sided printing, but is otherwise completely functional."
6449
msgstr ""
6450
6451
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6452
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:8
6453
msgid "Proprietary device drivers are not freely available or open source."
6454
msgstr ""
6455
6456
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6457
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:20
6458
msgid "What are proprietary drivers?"
6459
msgstr ""
6460
6461
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6462
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:22
6463
msgid "Most of the devices (hardware) attached to your computer should function properly in Ubuntu. These devices are likely to have open source drivers, which means that the drivers can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be fixed."
6464
msgstr ""
6465
6466
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6467
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:27
6468
msgid "Some hardware does not have open source drivers, usually because the hardware manufacturer has not released details of their hardware which would make it possible to create such a driver. These devices may have limited functionality or may not work at all."
6469
msgstr ""
6470
6471
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6472
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:32
6473
msgid "If a proprietary driver is available for a certain device, you can install it in order to allow your device to function properly, or to add new features. For example, installing a proprietary driver for certain graphics cards may allow you to use more advanced visual effects."
6474
msgstr ""
6475
6476
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6477
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:37
6478
msgid "Many computers do not need proprietary drivers at all because the open source drivers fully support the hardware."
6479
msgstr ""
6480
6481
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6482
#: C/hardware-driver-proprietary.page:41
6483
msgid "Most problems with proprietary drivers cannot be fixed by Ubuntu developers."
6484
msgstr ""
6485
6486
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6487
#: C/hardware.page:15
6488
msgctxt "link:trail"
6489
msgid "Hardware"
6490
msgstr ""
6491
6492
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6493
#: C/hardware.page:17
6494
msgid "<link xref=\"hardware#problems\">Hardware problems</link>, <link xref=\"printing\">printers</link>, <link xref=\"power\">power settings</link>, <link xref=\"color\">color management</link>, <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>, <link xref=\"disk\">disks</link>…"
6495
msgstr ""
6496
6497
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6498
#: C/hardware.page:28
6499
msgid "Hardware & drivers"
6500
msgstr ""
6501
6502
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6503
#: C/hardware.page:38
6504
msgctxt "link:trail"
6505
msgid "Problems"
6506
msgstr ""
6507
6508
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6509
#: C/hardware.page:39
6510
msgctxt "link"
6511
msgid "Hardware problems"
6512
msgstr ""
6513
6514
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6515
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:10
6516
msgid "Troubleshoot media card readers"
6517
msgstr ""
6518
6519
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6520
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:22
6521
msgid "Media card reader problems"
6522
msgstr ""
6523
6524
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6525
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:24
6526
msgid "Many computers contain readers for SD (Secure Digital), MMC (MultiMediaCard), SmartMedia, Memory Stick, CompactFlash, and other storage media cards. These should be automatically detected and <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">mounted</link>. Here are some troubleshooting steps if they are not:"
6527
msgstr ""
6528
6529
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6530
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:30
6531
msgid "Make sure that the card is put in correctly. Many cards look as though they are upside down when correctly inserted. Also make sure that the card is firmly seated in the slot; some cards, especially CompactFlash, require a small amount of force to insert correctly. (Be careful not to push too hard! If you come up against something solid, do not force it.)"
6532
msgstr ""
6533
6534
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6535
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:38
6536
msgid "Open <app>Files</app> by using the <gui>Dash</gui>. Does the inserted card appear in the <gui>Devices</gui> list in the left sidebar? Sometimes the card appears in this list but is not mounted; click it once to mount. (If the sidebar is not visible, press <key>F9</key> or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui> Sidebar</gui><gui> Show Sidebar</gui></guiseq>.)"
6537
msgstr ""
6538
6539
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6540
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:45
6541
msgid "If your card does not show up in the sidebar, click <guiseq><gui>Go</gui><gui>Computer</gui></guiseq>. If your card reader is correctly configured, the reader should come up as a drive when no card is present, and the card itself when the card has been mounted (see the picture below)."
6542
msgstr ""
6543
6544
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6545
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:51
6546
msgid "If you see the card reader but not the card, the problem may be with the card itself. Try a different card or check the card on a different reader if possible."
6547
msgstr ""
6548
6549
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6550
#: C/hardware-cardreader.page:56
6551
msgid "If no cards or drives are available in the <gui>Computer</gui> folder, it is possible that your card reader does not work with Linux due to driver issues. If your card reader is internal (inside the computer instead of sitting outside) this is more likely. The best solution is to directly connect your device (camera, cell phone, etc.) to a USB port on the computer. USB external card readers are also available, and are far better supported by Linux."
6552
msgstr ""
6553
6554
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6555
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:15
6556
msgid "Troubleshoot screen and graphics problems."
6557
msgstr ""
6558
6559
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6560
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:21
6561
msgid "Screen problems"
6562
msgstr ""
6563
6564
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6565
#: C/hardware-problems-graphics.page:23
6566
msgid "Most problems with the display are caused by issues with graphics drivers or configuration. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
6567
msgstr ""
6568
6569
#. (itstool) path: media
6570
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6571
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6572
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6573
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6574
#: C/index.page:9
6575
#: C/index.page:21
6576
msgctxt "_"
6577
msgid "external ref='figures/ubuntu-logo.png' md5='d2369e87106064d4c4ff65a0e65dca11'"
6578
msgstr ""
6579
6580
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6581
#: C/index.page:6
6582
msgctxt "link"
6583
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 桌面指南"
6584
msgstr ""
6585
6586
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6587
#: C/index.page:7
6588
msgctxt "text"
6589
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 桌面指南"
6590
msgstr ""
6591
6592
#. (itstool) path: info/title
6593
#: C/index.page:8
6594
msgctxt "link:trail"
6595
msgid "<media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/png\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Help</media> Ubuntu Kylin 桌面指南"
6596
msgstr ""
6597
6598
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6599
#: C/index.page:21
6600
msgid "<media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/ubuntu-logo.png\">Ubuntu Kylin 图标</media> Ubuntu Kylin 桌面指南"
6601
msgstr ""
6602
6603
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6604
#: C/keyboard.page:11
6605
msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">Input sources</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-cursor-blink\">cursor blinking</link>, <link xref=\"windows-key\">super key</link>, <link xref=\"a11y#mobility\">keyboard accessibility</link>…"
6606
msgstr ""
6607
6608
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6609
#: C/keyboard.page:29
6610
msgid "Keyboard"
6611
msgstr ""
6612
6613
#. (itstool) path: links/title
6614
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6615
#: C/keyboard.page:32
6616
#: C/prefs-language.page:31
6617
msgid "Region & Language"
6618
msgstr ""
6619
6620
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6621
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:11
6622
msgid "Make the insertion point blink and control how quickly it blinks."
6623
msgstr ""
6624
6625
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6626
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:32
6627
msgid "Make the keyboard cursor blink"
6628
msgstr ""
6629
6630
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6631
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:34
6632
msgid "If you find it difficult to see the keyboard cursor in a text field, you can make it blink to make it easier to locate."
6633
msgstr ""
6634
6635
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6636
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:39
6637
msgid "Click the icon at the far right of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
6638
msgstr ""
6639
6640
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6641
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:42
6642
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:45
6643
msgid "In the Hardware section, click <gui>Keyboard</gui>."
6644
msgstr ""
6645
6646
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6647
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:44
6648
msgid "Select <gui>Cursor blinks in text fields</gui>."
6649
msgstr ""
6650
6651
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6652
#: C/keyboard-cursor-blink.page:46
6653
msgid "Use the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to adjust how quickly the cursor blinks."
6654
msgstr ""
6655
6656
#. (itstool) path: media
6657
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6658
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6659
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6660
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6661
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:66
6662
msgctxt "_"
6663
msgid "external ref='figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg' md5='74389aa7cb7f9702fd63253a83f08678'"
6664
msgstr ""
6665
6666
#. (itstool) path: media
6667
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
6668
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
6669
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
6670
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
6671
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:89
6672
msgctxt "_"
6673
msgid "external ref='figures/input-preferences.png' md5='2422aec461572532a159ef4c61e0384f'"
6674
msgstr ""
6675
6676
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
6677
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:26
6678
msgid "Juanjo Marín"
6679
msgstr ""
6680
6681
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6682
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:35
6683
msgid "Add input sources and switch between them."
6684
msgstr ""
6685
6686
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6687
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:38
6688
msgid "Use alternative input sources"
6689
msgstr ""
6690
6691
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6692
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:40
6693
msgid "Keyboards come in hundreds of different layouts for different languages. Even for a single language, there are often multiple keyboard layouts, such as the Dvorak layout for English. You can make your keyboard behave like a keyboard with a different layout, regardless of the letters and symbols printed on the keys. This is useful if you often switch between multiple languages."
6694
msgstr ""
6695
6696
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6697
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:47
6698
msgid "Some languages, such as Chinese or Korean, require a more complex input method than just a simple key to character mapping. Consequently some of the input sources you can choose between enable such a method."
6699
msgstr ""
6700
6701
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6702
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:52
6703
msgid "Options with input methods are only available if respective input method (IM) engine is installed. When you <link xref=\"prefs-language-install\">install a language</link>, a suitable IM engine is automatically installed if applicable. For example, if you install Korean, the package <em>ibus-hangul</em> is installed, and the input source option <gui>Korean (Hangul)</gui> is made available next time you log in. You can also <link xref=\"addremove-install\"> install</link> the IBus IM engine of your choice separately."
6704
msgstr ""
6705
6706
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6707
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:62
6708
msgid "Add input sources"
6709
msgstr ""
6710
6711
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6712
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:65
6713
msgid "You can preview an image of any layout by selecting it in the list and clicking <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-keyboard-symbolic.svg\" width=\"16\" height=\"16\"> preview</media></gui>."
6714
msgstr ""
6715
6716
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6717
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:75
6718
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:118
6719
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Text Entry</gui>."
6720
msgstr ""
6721
6722
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6723
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:78
6724
msgid "Click the <gui>+</gui> button, select an input source, and click <gui>Add</gui>."
6725
msgstr ""
6726
6727
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6728
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:83
6729
msgid "The default source is the source at the top of the list. Use the <gui>↑</gui> and <gui>↓</gui> buttons to move sources up and down in the list."
6730
msgstr ""
6731
6732
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6733
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:88
6734
msgid "If you select a source with an input method, you can click <gui><media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/input-preferences.png\" width=\"18\" height=\"18\"> preferences</media></gui> to access that method's preferences dialog if any."
6735
msgstr ""
6736
6737
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6738
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:95
6739
msgid "Input source indicator"
6740
msgstr ""
6741
6742
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6743
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:97
6744
msgid "You can quickly switch between selected sources using the input source indicator in the menu bar. The menu will display a short identifier for the current source, such as <gui>En</gui> for the standard English layout or a symbol in case of a source that uses a special input method, e.g. Chinese (Chewing). Click the input source indicator and select from the menu the source you want to use."
6745
msgstr ""
6746
6747
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6748
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:106
6749
msgid "Keyboard shortcuts"
6750
msgstr ""
6751
6752
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6753
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:108
6754
msgid "You can also use keyboard shortcuts to quickly switch between your selected input sources. By default the shortcut for switching to next source is <keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>, but you can change it:"
6755
msgstr ""
6756
6757
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6758
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:121
6759
msgid "Click the current shortcut definition below the label <gui>Switch to next source using</gui>."
6760
msgstr ""
6761
6762
#. (itstool) path: item/p
6763
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:125
6764
msgid "When the shortcut definition has changed to <gui>New accelerator...</gui>, press the keys you want to use as the new shortcut."
6765
msgstr ""
6766
6767
#. (itstool) path: section/title
6768
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:132
6769
msgid "Set input source for all windows or individually for each window"
6770
msgstr ""
6771
6772
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6773
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:134
6774
msgid "When you use multiple sources, you can choose to have all windows use the same source or to set a different source for each window. Using a different source for each window is useful, for example, if you're writing an article in another language in a word processor window. Your input source selection will be remembered for each window as you switch between windows."
6775
msgstr ""
6776
6777
#. (itstool) path: section/p
6778
#: C/keyboard-layouts.page:140
6779
msgid "By default, new windows will use the default input source. You can instead choose to have them use the source of the window you were last using."
6780
msgstr ""
6781
6782
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
6783
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:19
6784
msgid "Use applications and the desktop without a mouse."
6785
msgstr ""
6786
6787
#. (itstool) path: page/title
6788
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:22
6789
msgid "Keyboard navigation"
6790
msgstr ""
6791
6792
#. (itstool) path: page/p
6793
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:32
6794
msgid "This page details keyboard navigation for people who cannot use a mouse or other pointing device, or who want to use a keyboard as much as possible. For keyboard shortcuts that are useful to all users, see <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\"/> instead."
6795
msgstr ""
6796
6797
#. (itstool) path: note/p
6798
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:38
6799
msgid "If you cannot use a pointing device like a mouse, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. See <link xref=\"mouse-mousekeys\"/> for details."
6800
msgstr ""
6801
6802
#. (itstool) path: table/title
6803
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:44
6804
msgid "Navigate user interfaces"
6805
msgstr ""
6806
6807
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6808
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:46
6809
msgid "<key>Tab</key> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
6810
msgstr ""
6811
6812
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6813
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:48
6814
msgid "Move keyboard focus between different controls. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Tab</key></keyseq> moves between groups of controls, such as from a sidebar to the main content. <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> can also break out of a control that uses <key>Tab</key> itself, such as a text area."
6815
msgstr ""
6816
6817
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6818
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:52
6819
msgid "Hold down <key>Shift</key> to move focus in reverse order."
6820
msgstr ""
6821
6822
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6823
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:56
6824
msgid "Arrow keys"
6825
msgstr ""
6826
6827
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6828
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:58
6829
msgid "Move selection between items in a single control, or among a set of related controls. Use the arrow keys to focus buttons in a toolbar, select items in a list or icon view, or select a radio button from a group."
6830
msgstr ""
6831
6832
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6833
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:61
6834
msgid "In a tree view, use the left and right arrow keys to collapse and expand items with children."
6835
msgstr ""
6836
6837
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6838
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:66
6839
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6840
msgstr ""
6841
6842
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6843
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:67
6844
msgid "In a list or icon view, move the keyboard focus to another item without changing which item is selected."
6845
msgstr ""
6846
6847
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6848
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:71
6849
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key>Arrow keys</keyseq>"
6850
msgstr ""
6851
6852
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6853
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:72
6854
msgid "In a list or icon view, select all items from the currently selected item to the newly focused item."
6855
msgstr ""
6856
6857
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6858
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:76
6859
msgid "<key>Space</key>"
6860
msgstr ""
6861
6862
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6863
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:77
6864
msgid "Activate a focused item such as a button, check box, or list item."
6865
msgstr ""
6866
6867
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6868
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:80
6869
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
6870
msgstr ""
6871
6872
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6873
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:81
6874
msgid "In a list or icon view, select or deselect the focused item without deselecting other items."
6875
msgstr ""
6876
6877
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6878
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:85
6879
msgid "<key>Alt</key>"
6880
msgstr ""
6881
6882
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6883
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:86
6884
msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key to reveal <em>accelerators</em>: underlined letters on menu items, buttons, and other controls. Press <key>Alt</key> plus the underlined letter to activate a control, just as if you had clicked on it."
6885
msgstr ""
6886
6887
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6888
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:92
6889
msgid "<key>Esc</key>"
6890
msgstr ""
6891
6892
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6893
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:93
6894
msgid "Exit a menu, popup, switcher, or dialog window."
6895
msgstr ""
6896
6897
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6898
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:96
6899
msgid "<key>F10</key>"
6900
msgstr ""
6901
6902
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6903
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:97
6904
msgid "Open the first menu on the menu bar of a window. Use the arrow keys to navigate the menus."
6905
msgstr ""
6906
6907
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6908
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:101
6909
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>F10</key></keyseq> or the Menu key"
6910
msgstr ""
6911
6912
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6913
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:103
6914
msgid "Pop up the context menu for the current selection, as if you had right-clicked."
6915
msgstr ""
6916
6917
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6918
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:108
6919
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>"
6920
msgstr ""
6921
6922
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6923
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:109
6924
msgid "In the file manager, pop up the context menu for the current folder, as if you had right-clicked on the background and not on any item."
6925
msgstr ""
6926
6927
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6928
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:113
6929
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageUp</key></keyseq> and <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>PageDown</key></keyseq>"
6930
msgstr ""
6931
6932
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6933
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:115
6934
msgid "In a tabbed interface, switch to the tab to the left or right."
6935
msgstr ""
6936
6937
#. (itstool) path: table/title
6938
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:120
6939
msgid "Navigate the desktop"
6940
msgstr ""
6941
6942
#. (itstool) path: table/title
6943
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:133
6944
msgid "Navigate windows"
6945
msgstr ""
6946
6947
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6948
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:135
6949
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:32
6950
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>"
6951
msgstr ""
6952
6953
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6954
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:136
6955
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:33
6956
msgid "Close the current window."
6957
msgstr ""
6958
6959
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6960
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:139
6961
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↓</key></keyseq>"
6962
msgstr ""
6963
6964
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6965
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:140
6966
msgid "Restore a maximized window to its original size."
6967
msgstr ""
6968
6969
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6970
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:143
6971
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>"
6972
msgstr ""
6973
6974
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6975
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:144
6976
msgid "Move the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F7</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to move the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish moving the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original place."
6977
msgstr ""
6978
6979
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6980
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:149
6981
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>"
6982
msgstr ""
6983
6984
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6985
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:150
6986
msgid "Resize the current window. Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F8</key></keyseq>, then use the arrow keys to resize the window. Press <key>Enter</key> to finish resizing the window, or <key>Esc</key> to return it to its original size."
6987
msgstr ""
6988
6989
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6990
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:158
6991
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>↑</key></keyseq>"
6992
msgstr ""
6993
6994
#. (itstool) path: td/p
6995
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:159
6996
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-maximize\">Maximize</link> a window."
6997
msgstr ""
6998
6999
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7000
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:162
7001
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>←</key></keyseq>"
7002
msgstr ""
7003
7004
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7005
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:163
7006
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the left side of the screen."
7007
msgstr ""
7008
7009
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7010
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:167
7011
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>→</key></keyseq>"
7012
msgstr ""
7013
7014
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7015
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:168
7016
msgid "Maximize a window vertically along the right side of the screen."
7017
msgstr ""
7018
7019
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7020
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:172
7021
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq>"
7022
msgstr ""
7023
7024
#. (itstool) path: td/p
7025
#: C/keyboard-nav.page:173
7026
msgid "Pop up the window menu, as if you had right-clicked on the titlebar."
7027
msgstr ""
7028
7029
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
7030
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:11
7031
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:17
7032
#: C/power-hibernate.page:24
7033
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:10
7034
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:13
7035
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:13
7036
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:13
7037
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:13
7038
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:13
7039
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:14
7040
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:13
7041
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:13
7042
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:10
7043
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:10
7044
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:13
7045
#: C/unity-shopping.page:14
7046
#: C/whats-new.page:13
7047
msgid "Jeremy Bicha"
7048
msgstr ""
7049
7050
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7051
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:22
7052
msgid "Use an on-screen keyboard to enter text by clicking buttons with the mouse."
7053
msgstr ""
7054
7055
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7056
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:28
7057
msgid "Use a screen keyboard"
7058
msgstr ""
7059
7060
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7061
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:30
7062
msgid "If you don't have a keyboard attached to your computer or prefer not to use it, you can turn on the <em>screen keyboard</em> to enter text."
7063
msgstr ""
7064
7065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7066
#: C/keyboard-osk.page:38
7067
msgid "Switch on <gui>Typing Assistant</gui> to show the screen keyboard."
7068
msgstr ""
7069
7070
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7071
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:27
7072
msgid "Make the keyboard not repeat letters when you hold down a key, or change the delay and speed of repeat keys."
7073
msgstr ""
7074
7075
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7076
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:32
7077
msgid "Turn off repeated key presses"
7078
msgstr ""
7079
7080
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7081
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:34
7082
msgid "By default, when you hold down a key on your keyboard, the letter or symbol will be repeated until you release the key. If you have difficulty picking your finger back up quickly enough, you can disable this feature, or change how long it takes before key presses start repeating."
7083
msgstr ""
7084
7085
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7086
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:48
7087
msgid "Turn off <gui>Key presses repeat when key is held down</gui> to disable repeated keys entirely."
7088
msgstr ""
7089
7090
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7091
#: C/keyboard-repeat-keys.page:50
7092
msgid "Alternatively, adjust the <gui>Delay</gui> slider to control how long you have to hold a key down to begin repeating it, and adjust the <gui>Speed</gui> slider to control how quickly key presses repeat."
7093
msgstr ""
7094
7095
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7096
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:19
7097
msgid "Define or change keyboard shortcuts in <gui>Keyboard</gui> settings."
7098
msgstr ""
7099
7100
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7101
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:22
7102
msgid "Set keyboard shortcuts"
7103
msgstr ""
7104
7105
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7106
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:37
7107
msgid "To change the key or keys to be pressed for a keyboard shortcut:"
7108
msgstr ""
7109
7110
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7111
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:42
7112
msgid "Open <gui>Keyboard</gui> and select the <gui>Shortcuts</gui> tab."
7113
msgstr ""
7114
7115
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7116
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:45
7117
msgid "Select a category in the left pane, and the row for the desired action on the right. The current shortcut definition will change to <gui>New accelerator…</gui>"
7118
msgstr ""
7119
7120
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7121
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:50
7122
msgid "Hold down the desired key combination, or press <key>Backspace</key> to clear."
7123
msgstr ""
7124
7125
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7126
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:56
7127
msgid "Custom shortcuts"
7128
msgstr ""
7129
7130
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7131
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:58
7132
msgid "To create your own keyboard shortcut:"
7133
msgstr ""
7134
7135
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7136
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:62
7137
msgid "Select <gui>Custom Shortcuts</gui> in the left pane, and click the <key>+</key> button (or click the <key>+</key> button in any category). The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear."
7138
msgstr ""
7139
7140
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7141
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:67
7142
msgid "Type a <gui>Name</gui> to identify the shortcut, and a <gui>Command</gui> to run an application, then click <gui>Apply</gui>. For example, if you wanted the shortcut to open Rhythmbox, you could name it <input>Music</input> and use the <input>rhythmbox</input> command."
7143
msgstr ""
7144
7145
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7146
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:73
7147
msgid "Click <gui>Disabled</gui> in the row that was just added. When it changes to <gui>New accelerator…</gui>, hold down the desired shortcut key combination."
7148
msgstr ""
7149
7150
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7151
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:78
7152
msgid "The command name that you type should be a valid system command. You can check that the command works by opening a Terminal and typing it in there. The command that opens an application may not have exactly the same name as the application itself."
7153
msgstr ""
7154
7155
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7156
#: C/keyboard-shortcuts-set.page:83
7157
msgid "If you want to change the command that is associated with a custom keyboard shortcut, double-click the <em>name</em> of the shortcut. The <gui>Custom Shortcut</gui> window will appear, and you can edit the command."
7158
msgstr ""
7159
7160
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7161
#: C/look-background.page:11
7162
msgid "Set an image, color, or gradient as your desktop background."
7163
msgstr ""
7164
7165
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
7166
#: C/look-background.page:18
7167
msgid "April Gonzales"
7168
msgstr ""
7169
7170
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7171
#: C/look-background.page:40
7172
msgid "Change the desktop background"
7173
msgstr ""
7174
7175
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7176
#: C/look-background.page:42
7177
msgid "You can change the image used for your desktop background, or set it to a simple color or gradient."
7178
msgstr ""
7179
7180
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7181
#: C/look-background.page:46
7182
msgid "Right click on the desktop and select <gui>Change Desktop Background</gui>."
7183
msgstr ""
7184
7185
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7186
#: C/look-background.page:47
7187
msgid "Select an image or color. The settings are applied immediately. <link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch to an empty workspace</link> to view your entire desktop."
7188
msgstr ""
7189
7190
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7191
#: C/look-background.page:52
7192
msgid "There are three choices in the drop-down list on the top right."
7193
msgstr ""
7194
7195
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7196
#: C/look-background.page:54
7197
msgid "Select <gui>Wallpapers</gui> to use one of the many professional background images that ship with Ubuntu. With the exception of the Ubuntu wallpaper, all of the default wallpaper choices were created by winners of a Community Wallpaper Contest."
7198
msgstr ""
7199
7200
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7201
#: C/look-background.page:58
7202
msgid "Some wallpapers are partially transparent and allow a background color to show through. For these wallpapers, there will be a color selector button in the bottom-right corner."
7203
msgstr ""
7204
7205
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7206
#: C/look-background.page:62
7207
msgid "Select <gui>Pictures Folder</gui> to use one of your own photos from your Pictures folder. Most photo management applications store photos there."
7208
msgstr ""
7209
7210
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7211
#: C/look-background.page:65
7212
msgid "Select <gui>Colors & Gradients</gui> to just use a flat color or a linear gradient. Color selector buttons will appear in the bottom right corner."
7213
msgstr ""
7214
7215
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7216
#: C/look-background.page:70
7217
msgid "You can also browse for any picture on your computer by clicking the <gui>+</gui> button. Any picture you add this way will show up under <gui>Pictures Folder</gui>. You can remove it from the list by selecting it and clicking the <gui>-</gui> button. Removing a picture from the list will not delete the original file."
7218
msgstr ""
7219
7220
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7221
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:8
7222
msgid "The screen resolution may be set incorrectly."
7223
msgstr ""
7224
7225
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7226
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:32
7227
msgid "Why do things look fuzzy/pixelated on my screen?"
7228
msgstr ""
7229
7230
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7231
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:34
7232
msgid "This can happen because the display resolution that you have set it is not the right one for your screen."
7233
msgstr ""
7234
7235
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7236
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:36
7237
msgid "To solve this, click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and go to <gui>System Settings</gui>. In the Hardware section, choose <gui>Displays</gui>. Try some of the <gui>Resolution</gui> options and set the one that makes the screen look better."
7238
msgstr ""
7239
7240
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7241
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:46
7242
msgid "When multiple displays are connected"
7243
msgstr ""
7244
7245
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7246
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:48
7247
msgid "If you have two displays connected to the computer (for example, a normal monitor and a projector), the displays might have different resolutions. However, the computer's graphics card can only display the screen in one resolution at a time, so at least one of the displays might look fuzzy."
7248
msgstr ""
7249
7250
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7251
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:50
7252
msgid "You can set it so that the two displays have different resolutions, but you won't be able to display the same thing on both screens simultaneously. In effect, you will have two independent screens connected at the same time. You can move windows from one screen to another, but you can't show the same window on both screens at once."
7253
msgstr ""
7254
7255
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7256
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:52
7257
msgid "To set up the displays so that they each have their own resolution:"
7258
msgstr ""
7259
7260
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7261
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:56
7262
msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>. Open <gui>Displays</gui>."
7263
msgstr ""
7264
7265
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7266
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:60
7267
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Mirror Displays</gui>."
7268
msgstr ""
7269
7270
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7271
#: C/look-display-fuzzy.page:64
7272
msgid "Select each display in turn from the gray box at the top of the <gui>Displays</gui> window. Change the <gui>Resolution</gui> until that display looks right."
7273
msgstr ""
7274
7275
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7276
#: C/look-resolution.page:13
7277
msgid "Change the resolution of the screen and its orientation (rotation)."
7278
msgstr ""
7279
7280
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7281
#: C/look-resolution.page:29
7282
msgid "Change the size or rotation of the screen"
7283
msgstr ""
7284
7285
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7286
#: C/look-resolution.page:31
7287
msgid "You can change how big (or how detailed) things appear on the screen by changing the <em>screen resolution</em>. You can change which way up things appear (for example, if you have a rotating display) by changing the <em>rotation</em>."
7288
msgstr ""
7289
7290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7291
#: C/look-resolution.page:39
7292
msgid "Click the icon on the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
7293
msgstr ""
7294
7295
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7296
#: C/look-resolution.page:41
7297
msgid "If you have multiple displays and they are not mirrored, you can have different settings on each display. Select a display in the preview area."
7298
msgstr ""
7299
7300
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7301
#: C/look-resolution.page:43
7302
msgid "Select your desired resolution and rotation."
7303
msgstr ""
7304
7305
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7306
#: C/look-resolution.page:44
7307
msgid "Click <gui>Apply</gui>. The new settings will be applied for 30 seconds before reverting back. That way, if you cannot see anything with the new settings, your old settings will be automatically restored. If you are happy with the new settings, click <gui>Keep This Configuration</gui>."
7308
msgstr ""
7309
7310
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7311
#: C/look-resolution.page:51
7312
msgid "When you use another display, like a projector, it should be detected automatically so you can change its settings in the same way as your usual display. If this does not happen, just click <gui>Detect Displays</gui>."
7313
msgstr ""
7314
7315
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7316
#: C/look-resolution.page:55
7317
msgid "Resolution"
7318
msgstr ""
7319
7320
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7321
#: C/look-resolution.page:56
7322
msgid "The resolution is the number of pixels (dots on the screen) in each direction that can be displayed. Each resolution has an <em>aspect ratio</em>, the ratio of the width to the height. Wide-screen displays use a 16:9 aspect ratio, while traditional displays use 4:3. If you choose a resolution that does not match the aspect ratio of your display, the screen will be letterboxed to avoid distortion."
7323
msgstr ""
7324
7325
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7326
#: C/look-resolution.page:61
7327
msgid "You can choose the resolution you prefer from the <gui>Resolution</gui> drop-down list. If you choose one that is not right for your screen it may <link xref=\"look-display-fuzzy\">look fuzzy or pixelated</link>."
7328
msgstr ""
7329
7330
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7331
#: C/look-resolution.page:67
7332
msgid "Rotation"
7333
msgstr ""
7334
7335
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7336
#: C/look-resolution.page:68
7337
msgid "On some laptops, you can physically rotate the screen in many directions. It is useful to be able to change the display rotation. You can choose the rotation you want for your display from the <gui>Rotation</gui> drop-down list."
7338
msgstr ""
7339
7340
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7341
#: C/media.page:15
7342
msgid "<link xref=\"media#photos\">Digital cameras</link>, <link xref=\"media#music\">iPods</link>, <link xref=\"media#videos\">playing videos</link>…"
7343
msgstr ""
7344
7345
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7346
#: C/media.page:23
7347
msgid "Sound, video & pictures"
7348
msgstr ""
7349
7350
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7351
#: C/media.page:27
7352
msgctxt "sort"
7353
msgid "Sound"
7354
msgstr ""
7355
7356
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7357
#: C/media.page:28
7358
msgctxt "link:trail"
7359
msgid "Sound"
7360
msgstr ""
7361
7362
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7363
#: C/media.page:29
7364
msgctxt "link:topic"
7365
msgid "Sound"
7366
msgstr ""
7367
7368
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7369
#: C/media.page:30
7370
msgid "<link xref=\"sound-volume\">Volume</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usespeakers\">speakers and headphones</link>, <link xref=\"sound-usemic\">microphones</link>…"
7371
msgstr ""
7372
7373
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7374
#: C/media.page:37
7375
msgid "Basic sound"
7376
msgstr ""
7377
7378
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7379
#: C/media.page:41
7380
msgctxt "link"
7381
msgid "Music and players"
7382
msgstr ""
7383
7384
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7385
#: C/media.page:42
7386
msgid "Music and portable audio players"
7387
msgstr ""
7388
7389
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7390
#: C/media.page:46
7391
msgctxt "link"
7392
msgid "Photos"
7393
msgstr ""
7394
7395
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7396
#: C/media.page:47
7397
msgid "Photos and digital cameras"
7398
msgstr ""
7399
7400
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7401
#: C/media.page:51
7402
msgctxt "link"
7403
msgid "Videos"
7404
msgstr ""
7405
7406
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7407
#: C/media.page:52
7408
msgid "Videos and video cameras"
7409
msgstr ""
7410
7411
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7412
#: C/more-help.page:19
7413
msgid "<link xref=\"about-this-guide\">Tips on using this guide</link>, <link xref=\"get-involved\">help improve this guide</link>…"
7414
msgstr ""
7415
7416
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7417
#: C/more-help.page:25
7418
msgid "Get more help"
7419
msgstr ""
7420
7421
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7422
#: C/mouse.page:7
7423
msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-lefthanded\">Left-handed</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-sensitivity\">speed and sensitivity</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">touchpad clicking and scrolling</link>…"
7424
msgstr ""
7425
7426
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7427
#: C/mouse.page:22
7428
msgid "Mouse"
7429
msgstr ""
7430
7431
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7432
#: C/mouse.page:33
7433
msgctxt "link"
7434
msgid "Common mouse problems"
7435
msgstr ""
7436
7437
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7438
#: C/mouse.page:34
7439
msgctxt "link:trail"
7440
msgid "Common problems"
7441
msgstr ""
7442
7443
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7444
#: C/mouse.page:41
7445
msgctxt "link"
7446
msgid "Mouse tips"
7447
msgstr ""
7448
7449
#. (itstool) path: info/title
7450
#: C/mouse.page:42
7451
msgctxt "link:trail"
7452
msgid "Tips"
7453
msgstr ""
7454
7455
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7456
#: C/mouse.page:44
7457
msgid "Tips"
7458
msgstr ""
7459
7460
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7461
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:12
7462
msgid "Turn the touchpad off while typing to prevent accidental clicks."
7463
msgstr ""
7464
7465
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7466
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:25
7467
msgid "Disable touchpad while typing"
7468
msgstr ""
7469
7470
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7471
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:27
7472
msgid "Touchpads on laptops are often located where you rest your wrist while typing, which can sometimes cause accidental clicks while you type. You can disable the touchpad while you type. It will only work again a short time after your last key stroke."
7473
msgstr ""
7474
7475
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7476
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:34
7477
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:39
7478
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:35
7479
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:40
7480
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:30
7481
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:66
7482
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:100
7483
msgid "Open <gui>Mouse & Touchpad</gui>."
7484
msgstr ""
7485
7486
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7487
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:35
7488
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Disable while typing</gui>."
7489
msgstr ""
7490
7491
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7492
#: C/mouse-disabletouchpad.page:39
7493
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:61
7494
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:33
7495
msgid "The <gui>Touchpad</gui> section only appears if your system has a touchpad."
7496
msgstr ""
7497
7498
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7499
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:12
7500
msgid "Control how quickly you need to press the mouse button a second time to double-click."
7501
msgstr ""
7502
7503
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7504
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:30
7505
msgid "Adjust the double-click speed"
7506
msgstr ""
7507
7508
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7509
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:32
7510
msgid "Double-clicking only happens when you press the mouse button twice quickly enough. If the second press is too long after the first, you'll just get two separate clicks, not a double click. If you have difficulty pressing the mouse button quickly, you should increase the timeout."
7511
msgstr ""
7512
7513
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7514
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:40
7515
msgid "Under <gui>General</gui>, adjust the <gui>Double-click</gui> slider to a value you find comfortable."
7516
msgstr ""
7517
7518
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7519
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:42
7520
msgid "Click the <gui>Test Your Settings</gui> button to test. A single click in the window will highlight the outer circle. A double-click will highlight the inside circle."
7521
msgstr ""
7522
7523
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7524
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:47
7525
msgid "If your mouse double-clicks when you want it to single-click even though you have increased the double-click timeout, your mouse may be faulty. Try plugging a different mouse into your computer and see if that works properly. Alternatively, plug your mouse into a different computer and see if it still has the same problem."
7526
msgstr ""
7527
7528
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7529
#: C/mouse-doubleclick.page:54
7530
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:40
7531
msgid "This setting will affect both your mouse and touchpad, as well as any other pointing device."
7532
msgstr ""
7533
7534
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7535
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:11
7536
msgid "Reverse the left and right mouse buttons in the mouse settings."
7537
msgstr ""
7538
7539
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7540
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:28
7541
msgid "Use your mouse left-handed"
7542
msgstr ""
7543
7544
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7545
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:30
7546
msgid "You can swap the behavior of the left and right buttons on your mouse or touchpad to make it more comfortable for left-handed use."
7547
msgstr ""
7548
7549
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7550
#: C/mouse-lefthanded.page:36
7551
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> section, switch <gui>Primary button</gui> to <gui>Right</gui>."
7552
msgstr ""
7553
7554
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7555
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:6
7556
msgid "Use the middle mouse button to open applications, paste text, open tabs, and more."
7557
msgstr ""
7558
7559
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7560
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:30
7561
msgid "Middle-click"
7562
msgstr ""
7563
7564
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7565
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:32
7566
msgid "Many mice and some touchpads have a middle mouse button. On a mouse with a scroll wheel, you can usually press directly down on the scroll wheel to middle-click. If you don't have a middle mouse button, you can press the left and right mouse buttons at the same time to middle-click. If you find you are unable to middle-click this way you can try following <link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/X/Quirks#A2-button_Mice\"> these instructions</link>."
7567
msgstr ""
7568
7569
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7570
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:40
7571
msgid "On touchpads that support multi-finger taps, you can tap with three fingers at once to middle-click. You have to <link xref=\"mouse-touchpad-click\">enable tap clicking</link> in the touchpad settings for this to work."
7572
msgstr ""
7573
7574
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7575
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:45
7576
msgid "Many applications use middle-click for advanced click shortcuts."
7577
msgstr ""
7578
7579
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7580
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:48
7581
msgid "One common shortcut is to paste selected text. (This is sometimes called primary selection paste.) Select the text you want to paste, then go to where you want to paste it and middle-click. The selected text is pasted at the mouse position."
7582
msgstr ""
7583
7584
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7585
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:52
7586
msgid "Pasting text with your middle mouse button is completely separate from the normal clipboard. Selecting text does not copy it to your clipboard. This quick method of pasting only works with the middle mouse button."
7587
msgstr ""
7588
7589
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7590
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:57
7591
msgid "On scrollbars and sliders, a regular click in the empty space moves by a set amount (such as one page) in the direction you clicked. You can also middle-click in the empty space to move to exactly the location you clicked."
7592
msgstr ""
7593
7594
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7595
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:62
7596
msgid "You can quickly open a new window for an application with middle-click. Simply middle-click on the application's icon, either in the <gui>Launcher</gui> on the left, or in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
7597
msgstr ""
7598
7599
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7600
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:69
7601
msgid "Most web browsers allow you to open links in tabs quickly with the middle mouse button. Just click any link with your middle mouse button, and it will open in a new tab. Be careful clicking the link in the <app>Firefox</app> web browser, though. In <app>Firefox</app>, if you middle-click anywhere except on a link, it will try to load your selected text as a URL, as if you used middle-click to paste it to the location bar and pressed <key>Enter</key>."
7602
msgstr ""
7603
7604
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7605
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:77
7606
msgid "In the file manager, middle-click serves two roles. If you middle-click a folder, it will open in a new tab. This mimics the behavior of popular web browsers. If you middle-click a file, it will open the file, just as if you had double-clicked."
7607
msgstr ""
7608
7609
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7610
#: C/mouse-middleclick.page:83
7611
msgid "Some specialized applications allow you to use the middle mouse button for other functions. Search your application's help for <em>middle-click</em> or <em>middle mouse button</em>."
7612
msgstr ""
7613
7614
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7615
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:12
7616
msgid "Enable mouse keys to control the mouse with the keypad."
7617
msgstr ""
7618
7619
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7620
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:31
7621
msgid "Click and move mouse pointer using the keypad"
7622
msgstr ""
7623
7624
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7625
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:33
7626
msgid "If you have difficulties using a mouse or other pointing device, you can control the mouse pointer using the numeric keypad on your keyboard. This feature is called <em>mouse keys</em>."
7627
msgstr ""
7628
7629
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7630
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:38
7631
msgid "Tap the <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> key to open the <gui>Dash</gui>."
7632
msgstr ""
7633
7634
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7635
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:39
7636
msgid "Type <input>Universal Access</input> and press <key>Enter</key> to open the Universal Access settings."
7637
msgstr ""
7638
7639
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7640
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:40
7641
msgid "Press <key>Tab</key> once to select the <gui>Seeing</gui> tab."
7642
msgstr ""
7643
7644
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7645
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:41
7646
msgid "Press <key>←</key> once to switch to the <gui>Pointing and Clicking</gui> tab."
7647
msgstr ""
7648
7649
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7650
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:42
7651
msgid "Press <key>↓</key> once to select the <gui>Mouse Keys</gui> switch then press <key>Enter</key> to switch it on."
7652
msgstr ""
7653
7654
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7655
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:44
7656
msgid "Make sure that <key>Num Lock</key> is turned off. You will now be able to move the mouse pointer using the keypad."
7657
msgstr ""
7658
7659
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7660
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:52
7661
msgid "These instructions provide the shortest way to enable mouse keys using only the keyboard. Select <gui>Universal Access Settings</gui> to see more accessibility options."
7662
msgstr ""
7663
7664
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7665
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:57
7666
msgid "The keypad is a set of numerical buttons on your keyboard, usually arranged into a square grid. If you have a keyboard without a keypad (such as a laptop keyboard), you may need to hold down the function (<key>Fn</key>) key and use certain other keys on your keyboard as a keypad. If you use this feature often on a laptop, you can purchase external USB keypads."
7667
msgstr ""
7668
7669
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7670
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:65
7671
msgid "Each number on the keypad corresponds to a direction. For example, pressing <key>8</key> will move the pointer upwards and pressing <key>2</key> will move it downwards. Press the <key>5</key> key to click once with the mouse, or quickly press it twice to double-click."
7672
msgstr ""
7673
7674
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7675
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:72
7676
msgid "Most keyboards have a special key which allows you to right-click; it is often near to the space bar. Note, however, that this key responds to where your keyboard focus is, not where your mouse pointer is. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for information on how to right-click by holding down <key>5</key> or the left mouse button."
7677
msgstr ""
7678
7679
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7680
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:80
7681
msgid "If you want to use the keypad to type numbers while mouse keys is enabled, turn <key>Num Lock</key> on. The mouse cannot be controlled with the keypad when <key>Num Lock</key> is turned on, though."
7682
msgstr ""
7683
7684
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7685
#: C/mouse-mousekeys.page:87
7686
msgid "The normal number keys, in a line at the top of the keyboard, will not control the mouse pointer. Only the keypad number keys can be used."
7687
msgstr ""
7688
7689
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7690
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:8
7691
msgid "How to check your mouse if it is not working."
7692
msgstr ""
7693
7694
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7695
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:24
7696
msgid "Mouse pointer is not moving"
7697
msgstr ""
7698
7699
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7700
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:29
7701
msgid "Check that the mouse is plugged in"
7702
msgstr ""
7703
7704
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7705
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:30
7706
msgid "If you have a mouse with a cable, check that it is firmly plugged in to your computer."
7707
msgstr ""
7708
7709
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7710
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:34
7711
msgid "If it is a USB mouse (with a rectangular connector), try plugging it in to a different USB port. If it is a PS/2 mouse (with a small, round connector with six pins), make sure that it is plugged in to the green mouse port rather than the purple keyboard port. You may need to restart the computer if it was not plugged in."
7712
msgstr ""
7713
7714
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7715
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:44
7716
msgid "Check that the mouse was recognized by your computer"
7717
msgstr ""
7718
7719
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7720
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:46
7721
msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> to open the <app>Terminal</app>."
7722
msgstr ""
7723
7724
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7725
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:48
7726
msgid "In the terminal window, type <cmd>xsetpointer -l | grep Pointer</cmd>, exactly as it appears here, and press <key>Enter</key>."
7727
msgstr ""
7728
7729
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7730
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:55
7731
msgid "A short list of mouse devices will appear. Check that at least one of the items says <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> next to it, and that one of the <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys> items has the name of the mouse to the left of it."
7732
msgstr ""
7733
7734
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7735
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:61
7736
msgid "If there is no entry that has the name of the mouse followed by <sys>[XExtensionPointer]</sys>, then the mouse was not recognized by your computer. If the entry exists, your mouse was recognized by your computer. In this case you should check that the mouse is <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#plugged-in\">plugged in</link> and in <link xref=\"mouse-problem-notmoving#broken\">working condition</link>."
7737
msgstr ""
7738
7739
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7740
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:76
7741
msgid "If your mouse has a serial (RS-232) connector, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
7742
msgstr ""
7743
7744
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7745
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:82
7746
msgid "It can be complicated to fix problems with mouse detection. Ask for support from your distribution or vendor if you think that your mouse has not been detected properly."
7747
msgstr ""
7748
7749
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7750
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:96
7751
msgid "Check that the mouse actually works"
7752
msgstr ""
7753
7754
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7755
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:97
7756
msgid "Plug the mouse in to a different computer and see if it works."
7757
msgstr ""
7758
7759
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7760
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:99
7761
msgid "If the mouse is an optical or laser mouse, a light should be shining out of the bottom of the mouse if it is turned on. If there is no light, check that it is turned on. If it is and there is still no light, the mouse may be broken."
7762
msgstr ""
7763
7764
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7765
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:106
7766
msgid "Checking wireless mice"
7767
msgstr ""
7768
7769
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7770
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:109
7771
msgid "Make sure the mouse is turned on. There is often a switch on the bottom of the mouse to turn the mouse off completely, so you can move it from place to place without it constantly waking up."
7772
msgstr ""
7773
7774
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7775
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:112
7776
msgid "If you are using a Bluetooth mouse, make sure you have actually paired the mouse with your computer. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
7777
msgstr ""
7778
7779
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7780
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:115
7781
msgid "Click a button and see if the mouse pointer moves now. Some wireless mice go to sleep to save power, so might not respond until you click a button. See <link xref=\"mouse-wakeup\"/>."
7782
msgstr ""
7783
7784
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7785
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:122
7786
msgid "Check that the battery of the mouse is charged."
7787
msgstr ""
7788
7789
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7790
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:127
7791
msgid "Make sure that the receiver (dongle) is firmly plugged in to the computer."
7792
msgstr ""
7793
7794
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7795
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:132
7796
msgid "If your mouse and receiver can operate on different radio channels, make sure that they are both set to the same channel."
7797
msgstr ""
7798
7799
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7800
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:138
7801
msgid "You may need to press a button on the mouse, receiver or both to establish a connection. The instruction manual of your mouse should have more details if this is the case."
7802
msgstr ""
7803
7804
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7805
#: C/mouse-problem-notmoving.page:146
7806
msgid "Most RF (radio) wireless mice should work automatically when you plug them into your computer. If you have a Bluetooth or IR (infrared) wireless mouse, you may need to perform some extra steps to get it working. The steps might depend on the make or model of your mouse."
7807
msgstr ""
7808
7809
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7810
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:11
7811
msgid "Change how quickly the pointer moves when you use your mouse or touchpad."
7812
msgstr ""
7813
7814
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7815
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:33
7816
msgid "Adjust speed of the mouse and touchpad"
7817
msgstr ""
7818
7819
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7820
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:35
7821
msgid "If your pointer moves too fast or slow when you move your mouse or use your touchpad, you can adjust the pointer speed for these devices."
7822
msgstr ""
7823
7824
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7825
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:41
7826
msgid "Adjust the <gui>Pointer Speed</gui> slider until the pointer motion is comfortable for you."
7827
msgstr ""
7828
7829
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7830
#: C/mouse-sensitivity.page:55
7831
msgid "You can set the pointer speed differently for your mouse and touchpad. Sometimes the most comfortable settings for one type of device aren't the most comfortable for another. Just set the sliders on both the <gui>Mouse</gui> and <gui>Touchpad</gui> sections."
7832
msgstr ""
7833
7834
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7835
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:7
7836
msgid "Click, drag, or scroll using taps and gestures on your touchpad."
7837
msgstr ""
7838
7839
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7840
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:23
7841
msgid "Click, drag, or scroll with the touchpad"
7842
msgstr ""
7843
7844
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7845
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:25
7846
msgid "You can click, double-click, drag, and scroll using only your touchpad, without separate hardware buttons."
7847
msgstr ""
7848
7849
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7850
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:31
7851
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Tap to click</gui>."
7852
msgstr ""
7853
7854
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7855
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:40
7856
msgid "To click, tap on the touchpad."
7857
msgstr ""
7858
7859
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7860
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:41
7861
msgid "To double-click, tap twice."
7862
msgstr ""
7863
7864
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7865
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:42
7866
msgid "To drag an item, double-tap but don't lift your finger after the second tap. Drag the item where you want it, then lift your finger to drop."
7867
msgstr ""
7868
7869
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7870
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:44
7871
msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, right-click by tapping with two fingers at once. Otherwise, you still need to use hardware buttons to right-click. See <link xref=\"a11y-right-click\"/> for a method of right-clicking without a second mouse button."
7872
msgstr ""
7873
7874
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7875
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:48
7876
msgid "If your touchpad supports multi-finger taps, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle-click</link> by tapping with three fingers at once."
7877
msgstr ""
7878
7879
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7880
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:53
7881
msgid "When tapping or dragging with multiple fingers, make sure your fingers are spread far enough apart. If your fingers are too close, your computer may think they're a single finger."
7882
msgstr ""
7883
7884
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7885
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:59
7886
msgid "Two finger scroll"
7887
msgstr ""
7888
7889
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7890
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:61
7891
msgid "You can scroll using your touchpad using two fingers."
7892
msgstr ""
7893
7894
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7895
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:67
7896
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Two finger scroll</gui>."
7897
msgstr ""
7898
7899
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7900
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:80
7901
msgid "When this is selected, tapping and dragging with one finger will work as normal, but if you drag two fingers across any part of the touchpad, it will scroll instead. If you also select <gui>Enable horizontal scrolling</gui>, you can move your fingers left and right to scroll horizontally. Be careful to space your fingers a bit apart. If your fingers are too close together, they just look like one big finger to your touchpad."
7902
msgstr ""
7903
7904
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7905
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:87
7906
msgid "Two-finger scrolling may not work on all touchpads."
7907
msgstr ""
7908
7909
#. (itstool) path: section/title
7910
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:92
7911
msgid "Content sticks to fingers"
7912
msgstr ""
7913
7914
#. (itstool) path: section/p
7915
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:94
7916
msgid "You can drag content as if sliding a physical piece of paper using the touchpad."
7917
msgstr ""
7918
7919
#. (itstool) path: item/p
7920
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:101
7921
msgid "In the <gui>Touchpad</gui> section, check <gui>Content sticks to fingers</gui>."
7922
msgstr ""
7923
7924
#. (itstool) path: note/p
7925
#: C/mouse-touchpad-click.page:105
7926
msgid "This feature is also known as <em>Natural Scrolling</em> or <em>Reverse Scrolling</em>."
7927
msgstr ""
7928
7929
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7930
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:11
7931
msgid "If you have to wiggle or click the mouse before it responds."
7932
msgstr ""
7933
7934
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7935
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:20
7936
msgid "Mouse reacts with delay before it starts working"
7937
msgstr ""
7938
7939
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7940
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:22
7941
msgid "Wireless and optical mice, as well as touchpads on laptops, may need to \"wake up\" before they start working. They automatically go to sleep when not in use to save battery power. To wake up your mouse or touchpad, you can click on a mouse button or wiggle the mouse."
7942
msgstr ""
7943
7944
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7945
#: C/mouse-wakeup.page:26
7946
msgid "Laptop touchpads sometimes react with delay after you stop typing before they start working. This is to prevent you from accidentally touching the touchpad with your palm while typing. See <link xref=\"mouse-disabletouchpad\"/> for details."
7947
msgstr ""
7948
7949
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7950
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:14
7951
msgid "Support for that file format might not be installed or the songs could be \"copy protected\"."
7952
msgstr ""
7953
7954
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7955
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:18
7956
msgid "I can't play the songs I bought from an online music store"
7957
msgstr ""
7958
7959
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7960
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:20
7961
msgid "If you downloaded some music from an online store you may find that it won't play on your computer, especially if you bought it on a Windows or Mac OS X computer and then copied it over."
7962
msgstr ""
7963
7964
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7965
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:22
7966
msgid "This could be because the music is in a format that is not recognized by your computer. To be able to play a song you need to have support for the right audio formats installed - for example, if you want to play MP3 files, you need MP3 support installed. If you don't have support for a given audio format, you should see a message telling you so when you try to play a song. The message should also provide instructions for how to install support for that format so that you can play it."
7967
msgstr ""
7968
7969
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7970
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:24
7971
msgid "If you do have support installed for the song's audio format but still can't play it, the song might be <em>copy protected</em> (also known as being <em>DRM restricted</em>). DRM is a way of restricting who can play a song and on what devices they can play it. The company that sold the song to you is in control of this, not you. If a music file has DRM restrictions, you will probably not be able to play it - you generally need special software from the vendor to play DRM restricted files, but this software is often not supported on Linux."
7972
msgstr ""
7973
7974
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7975
#: C/music-cantplay-drm.page:26
7976
msgid "You can learn more about DRM from the <link href=\"http://www.eff.org/issues/drm\">Electronic Frontier Foundation</link>."
7977
msgstr ""
7978
7979
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
7980
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:14
7981
msgid "Use a media player to copy the songs and safely remove the iPod afterward."
7982
msgstr ""
7983
7984
#. (itstool) path: page/title
7985
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:18
7986
msgid "Songs don't appear on my iPod when I copy them onto it"
7987
msgstr ""
7988
7989
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7990
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:20
7991
msgid "When you plug an iPod into your computer, it will appear in your music player application and also in the file manager (the <app>Files</app> application in the <gui>Launcher</gui>). You must copy songs onto the iPod using the music player - if you copy them across using the file manager, it won't work because the songs won't be put into the right location. iPods have a special location for storing songs that music player applications know how to get to but the file manager does not."
7992
msgstr ""
7993
7994
#. (itstool) path: page/p
7995
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:22
7996
msgid "You also need to wait for the songs to finish copying to the iPod before you unplug it. Before unplugging the iPod, make sure you choose to <link xref=\"files-removedrive\">safely remove it</link>. This will make sure that all of the songs have been copied across properly."
7997
msgstr ""
7998
7999
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8000
#: C/music-player-ipodtransfer.page:24
8001
msgid "A further reason why songs might not be appearing on your iPod is that the music player application you're using does not support converting the songs from one audio format to another. If you copy a song which is saved in an audio format that is not supported by your iPod (for example, an Ogg Vorbis (.oga) file), the music player will try to convert it to a format that the iPod does understand, such as MP3. If the appropriate conversion software (also called a codec or encoder) is not installed, the music player will not be able to do the conversion and so will not copy the song. Look in the software installer for an appropriate codec."
8002
msgstr ""
8003
8004
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8005
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:14
8006
msgid "Brand-new iPods need to be set-up using the iTunes software before you can use them."
8007
msgstr ""
8008
8009
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8010
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:18
8011
msgid "My new iPod won't work"
8012
msgstr ""
8013
8014
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8015
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:20
8016
msgid "If you have a new iPod that has never been connected to a computer before, it won't be recognized properly when you connect it to a Linux computer. This is because iPods need to be set up and updated using the <app>iTunes</app> software, which only runs on Windows and Mac OS X."
8017
msgstr ""
8018
8019
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8020
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:22
8021
msgid "To set up your iPod, install iTunes on a Windows or Mac computer and plug it in. You will be led through a few steps to set it up. If asked for the <gui>Volume Format</gui>, choose <gui>MS-DOS (FAT)</gui>, <gui>Windows</gui> or similar. The other format (HFS/Mac) does not work as well with Linux."
8022
msgstr ""
8023
8024
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8025
#: C/music-player-newipod.page:24
8026
msgid "Once you have finished setup, the iPod should work normally when you plug it into a Linux computer."
8027
msgstr ""
8028
8029
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8030
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:15
8031
msgid "Add a <input>.is_audio_player</input> file to tell your computer that it's an audio player."
8032
msgstr ""
8033
8034
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8035
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:19
8036
msgid "Why isn't my audio player recognized when I plug it in?"
8037
msgstr ""
8038
8039
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8040
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:21
8041
msgid "If your audio player (MP3 player etc.) is plugged in to the computer but you can't see it in your music organizer application, it may not have been properly recognized as an audio player."
8042
msgstr ""
8043
8044
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8045
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:23
8046
msgid "Try unplugging the player and then plugging it in again. If that doesn't help, <link xref=\"files-browse\">open the file manager</link>. You should see the player listed under <gui>Devices</gui> in the sidebar - click it to open the folder for the audio player. Now, click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>New Document</gui><gui>Empty Document</gui></guiseq>, type <input>.is_audio_player</input> and press <key>Enter</key> (the period and underscores are important, and it should be all lower-case). This file tells your computer to recognize the device as an audio player."
8047
msgstr ""
8048
8049
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8050
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:25
8051
msgid "Now, find the audio player in the file manager sidebar and eject it (right-click and click <gui>Eject</gui>). Unplug it, then plug it back in. This time it should have been recognized as an audio player by your music organizer. If not, try closing the music organizer and then re-opening it."
8052
msgstr ""
8053
8054
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8055
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:28
8056
msgid "These instructions won't work for iPods and some other audio players. They should work if your player is a <em>USB Mass Storage</em> device, though; it should say in its manual if it is."
8057
msgstr ""
8058
8059
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8060
#: C/music-player-notrecognized.page:32
8061
msgid "When you look in the audio player folder again, you won't see the <input>.is_audio_player</input> file. This is because the period in the file's name tells the file manager to hide the file. You can check that it is still there by clicking <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>."
8062
msgstr ""
8063
8064
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8065
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:8
8066
msgid "Single-click to open files, run or view executable text files, and specify trash behavior."
8067
msgstr ""
8068
8069
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
8070
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:27
8071
msgid "Sindhu S"
8072
msgstr ""
8073
8074
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8075
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:33
8076
msgid "File manager behavior preferences"
8077
msgstr ""
8078
8079
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8080
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:34
8081
msgid "You can control whether you single-click or double-click files, how executable text files are handled, and the trash behavior. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the menu bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
8082
msgstr ""
8083
8084
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8085
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:39
8086
msgid "Behavior"
8087
msgstr ""
8088
8089
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8090
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:42
8091
msgid "<gui>Single click to open items</gui>"
8092
msgstr ""
8093
8094
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8095
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:43
8096
msgid "<gui>Double click to open items</gui>"
8097
msgstr ""
8098
8099
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8100
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:44
8101
msgid "By default, clicking selects files and double-clicking opens them. You can instead choose to have files and folders open when you click on them once. When you use single-click mode, you can hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> key while clicking to select one or more files."
8102
msgstr ""
8103
8104
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8105
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:53
8106
msgid "Executable text files"
8107
msgstr ""
8108
8109
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8110
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:54
8111
msgid "An executable text file is a file that contains a program that you can run (execute). The <link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">file permissions</link> must also allow for the file to run as a program. The most common are <sys>Shell</sys>, <sys>Python</sys> and <sys>Perl</sys> scripts. These have extensions <file>.sh</file>, <file>.py</file> and <file>.pl</file>, respectively."
8112
msgstr ""
8113
8114
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8115
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:61
8116
msgid "When you open an executable text file, you can select from:"
8117
msgstr ""
8118
8119
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8120
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:65
8121
msgid "<gui>Run executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
8122
msgstr ""
8123
8124
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8125
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:68
8126
msgid "<gui>View executable text files when they are opened</gui>"
8127
msgstr ""
8128
8129
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8130
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:71
8131
msgid "<gui>Ask each time</gui>"
8132
msgstr ""
8133
8134
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8135
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:75
8136
msgid "If <gui>Ask each time</gui> is selected, a dialog will pop up asking if you wish to run or view the selected text file."
8137
msgstr ""
8138
8139
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8140
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:78
8141
msgid "Executable text files are also called scripts. All scripts in <file>~/.local/share/nautilus/scripts</file> folder will appear in the context menu for a file under the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> submenu. When a script is executed from a local folder, all selected files will be pasted to the script as parameters. To execute a script on a file:"
8142
msgstr ""
8143
8144
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8145
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:86
8146
msgid "Navigate to the desired folder."
8147
msgstr ""
8148
8149
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8150
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:89
8151
msgid "Select the desired file."
8152
msgstr ""
8153
8154
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8155
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:92
8156
msgid "Right click on the file to open the context menu and select the desired script to execute from the <gui style=\"menuitem\">Scripts</gui> menu."
8157
msgstr ""
8158
8159
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8160
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:98
8161
msgid "A script will not be passed any parameters when executed from a remote folder such as a folder showing web or <sys>ftp</sys> content."
8162
msgstr ""
8163
8164
#. (itstool) path: info/title
8165
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:106
8166
msgctxt "link"
8167
msgid "File manager trash preferences"
8168
msgstr ""
8169
8170
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8171
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:108
8172
msgid "Trash"
8173
msgstr ""
8174
8175
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8176
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:112
8177
msgid "<gui>Ask before emptying the Trash or deleting files</gui>"
8178
msgstr ""
8179
8180
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8181
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:113
8182
msgid "This option is selected by default. When emptying the trash, a message will be displayed confirming that you would like to empty the trash or delete files."
8183
msgstr ""
8184
8185
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8186
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:116
8187
msgid "<gui>Include a Delete command that bypasses Trash</gui>"
8188
msgstr ""
8189
8190
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8191
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:117
8192
msgid "Selecting this option will add a <gui>Delete</gui> item to the menu that pops up when you right-click on an item in the <app>Files</app> application."
8193
msgstr ""
8194
8195
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8196
#: C/nautilus-behavior.page:120
8197
msgid "Deleting an item using the <gui>Delete</gui> menu option bypasses the Trash altogether. The item is removed from the system completely. There is no way to recover the deleted item."
8198
msgstr ""
8199
8200
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8201
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:11
8202
msgid "Add, delete, and rename bookmarks in the file manager."
8203
msgstr ""
8204
8205
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8206
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:24
8207
msgid "Edit folder bookmarks"
8208
msgstr ""
8209
8210
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8211
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:25
8212
msgid "Your bookmarks are listed in the sidebar of the file manager."
8213
msgstr ""
8214
8215
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
8216
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:28
8217
msgid "Add a bookmark:"
8218
msgstr ""
8219
8220
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8221
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:29
8222
msgid "Open the folder (or location) that you want to bookmark."
8223
msgstr ""
8224
8225
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8226
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:30
8227
msgid "Click the gear button in the toolbar and pick <gui>Bookmark this Location</gui>."
8228
msgstr ""
8229
8230
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
8231
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:35
8232
msgid "Delete a bookmark:"
8233
msgstr ""
8234
8235
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8236
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:36
8237
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:44
8238
msgid "Click on <gui>Files</gui> in the top bar and pick <gui>Bookmarks</gui> from the app menu."
8239
msgstr ""
8240
8241
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8242
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:38
8243
msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to delete and click the <key>-</key> button."
8244
msgstr ""
8245
8246
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
8247
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:43
8248
msgid "Rename a bookmark:"
8249
msgstr ""
8250
8251
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8252
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:46
8253
msgid "In the <gui>Bookmarks</gui> window, select the bookmark you wish to rename."
8254
msgstr ""
8255
8256
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8257
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:48
8258
msgid "In the <gui>Name</gui> text box, type the new name for the bookmark."
8259
msgstr ""
8260
8261
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8262
#: C/nautilus-bookmarks-edit.page:50
8263
msgid "Renaming a bookmark does not rename the folder. If you have bookmarks to two different folders in two different locations, but which each have the same name, the bookmarks will have the same name, and you won't be able to tell them apart. In these cases, it is useful to give a bookmark a name other than the name of the folder it points to."
8264
msgstr ""
8265
8266
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8267
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:12
8268
msgid "View and edit files on another computer over FTP, SSH, Windows shares, or WebDAV."
8269
msgstr ""
8270
8271
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8272
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:26
8273
msgid "Browse files on a server or network share"
8274
msgstr ""
8275
8276
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8277
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:28
8278
msgid "You can connect to a server or network share to browse and view files on that server, exactly as if they were on your own computer. This is a convenient way to download or upload files on the internet, or to share files with other people on your local network."
8279
msgstr ""
8280
8281
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8282
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:34
8283
msgid "To browse files over the network, open the <app>Files</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>, and click <gui>Browse Network</gui> in the sidebar. The file manager will find any computers on your local area network that advertise their ability to serve files. If you want to connect to a server on the internet, or if you do not see the computer you're looking for, you can manually connect to a server by typing in its internet/network address."
8284
msgstr ""
8285
8286
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
8287
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:44
8288
msgid "Connect to a file server"
8289
msgstr ""
8290
8291
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8292
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:45
8293
msgid "In the file manager, click <gui>Files</gui> in the menu bar and pick <gui>Connect to Server</gui> from the app menu."
8294
msgstr ""
8295
8296
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8297
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:47
8298
msgid "Enter the address of the server, in the form of a <link xref=\"#urls\">URL</link>. Details on supported URLs are <link xref=\"#types\">listed below</link>."
8299
msgstr ""
8300
8301
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8302
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:51
8303
msgid "If you have connected to the server before, you can click on it in the <gui>Recent Servers</gui> list."
8304
msgstr ""
8305
8306
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8307
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:55
8308
msgid "Click <gui>Connect</gui>. A new window will open showing you the files on the server. You can browse the files just as you would for those on your own computer. The server will also be added to the sidebar so you can access it quickly in the future"
8309
msgstr ""
8310
8311
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8312
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:63
8313
msgid "Writing URLs"
8314
msgstr ""
8315
8316
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8317
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:65
8318
msgid "A <em>URL</em>, or <em>uniform resource locator</em>, is a form of address that refers to a location or file on a network. The address is formatted like this:"
8319
msgstr ""
8320
8321
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8322
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:68
8323
msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
8324
msgstr ""
8325
8326
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8327
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:70
8328
msgid "The <em>scheme</em> specifies the protocol or type of server. The <em>example.com</em> portion of the address is called the <em>domain name</em>. If a username is required, it is inserted before the server name:"
8329
msgstr ""
8330
8331
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8332
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:74
8333
msgid "<sys>scheme://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
8334
msgstr ""
8335
8336
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8337
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:76
8338
msgid "Some schemes require the port number to be specified. Insert it after the domain name:"
8339
msgstr ""
8340
8341
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8342
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:78
8343
msgid "<sys>scheme://servername.example.com:port/folder</sys>"
8344
msgstr ""
8345
8346
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8347
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:80
8348
msgid "Below are specific examples for the various server types that are supported."
8349
msgstr ""
8350
8351
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8352
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:84
8353
msgid "Types of servers"
8354
msgstr ""
8355
8356
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8357
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:86
8358
msgid "You can connect to different types of servers. Some servers are public, and allow anybody to connect. Other servers require you to log in with a username and password."
8359
msgstr ""
8360
8361
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8362
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:89
8363
msgid "You may not have permissions to perform certain actions on files on a server. For example, on public FTP sites, you will probably not be able to delete files."
8364
msgstr ""
8365
8366
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8367
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:92
8368
msgid "The URL you enter depends on the protocol that the server uses to export its file shares."
8369
msgstr ""
8370
8371
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8372
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:96
8373
msgid "SSH"
8374
msgstr ""
8375
8376
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8377
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:97
8378
msgid "If you have a <em>secure shell</em> account on a server, you can connect using this method. Many web hosts provide SSH accounts to members so they can securely upload files. SSH servers always require you to log in."
8379
msgstr ""
8380
8381
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8382
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:101
8383
msgid "A typical SSH URL looks like this:"
8384
msgstr ""
8385
8386
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8387
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:103
8388
msgid "<sys>ssh://username@servername.example.com/folder</sys>"
8389
msgstr ""
8390
8391
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8392
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:110
8393
msgid "When using SSH, all the data you send (including your password) is encrypted so that other users on your network can't see it."
8394
msgstr ""
8395
8396
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8397
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:114
8398
msgid "FTP (with login)"
8399
msgstr ""
8400
8401
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8402
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:115
8403
msgid "FTP is a popular way to exchange files on the Internet. Because data is not encrypted over FTP, many servers now provide access through SSH. Some servers, however, still allow or require you to use FTP to upload or download files. FTP sites with logins will usually allow you to delete and upload files."
8404
msgstr ""
8405
8406
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8407
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:120
8408
msgid "A typical FTP URL looks like this:"
8409
msgstr ""
8410
8411
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8412
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:122
8413
msgid "<sys>ftp://username@ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
8414
msgstr ""
8415
8416
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8417
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:126
8418
msgid "Public FTP"
8419
msgstr ""
8420
8421
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8422
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:127
8423
msgid "Sites that allow you to download files will sometimes provide public or anonymous FTP access. These servers do not require a username and password, and will usually not allow you to delete or upload files."
8424
msgstr ""
8425
8426
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8427
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:131
8428
msgid "A typical anonymous FTP URL looks like this:"
8429
msgstr ""
8430
8431
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8432
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:133
8433
msgid "<sys>ftp://ftp.example.com/path/</sys>"
8434
msgstr ""
8435
8436
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8437
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:135
8438
msgid "Some anonymous FTP sites require you to log in with a public username and password, or with a public username using your email address as the password. For these servers, use the <gui>FTP (with login)</gui> method, and use the credentials specified by the FTP site."
8439
msgstr ""
8440
8441
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8442
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:142
8443
msgid "Windows share"
8444
msgstr ""
8445
8446
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8447
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:143
8448
msgid "Windows computers use a proprietary protocol to share files over a local area network. Computers on a Windows network are sometimes grouped into <em>domains</em> for organization and to better control access. If you have the right permissions on the remote computer, you can connect to a Windows share from the file manager."
8449
msgstr ""
8450
8451
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8452
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:148
8453
msgid "A typical Windows share URL looks like this:"
8454
msgstr ""
8455
8456
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8457
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:150
8458
msgid "<sys>smb://servername/Share</sys>"
8459
msgstr ""
8460
8461
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8462
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:154
8463
msgid "WebDAV and Secure WebDAV"
8464
msgstr ""
8465
8466
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8467
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:155
8468
msgid "Based on the HTTP protocol used on the web, WebDAV is sometimes used to share files on a local network and to store files on the internet. If the server you're connecting to supports secure connections, you should choose this option. Secure WebDAV uses strong SSL encryption, so that other users can't see your password."
8469
msgstr ""
8470
8471
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8472
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:160
8473
msgid "A typical WebDAV URL looks like this:"
8474
msgstr ""
8475
8476
#. (itstool) path: example/p
8477
#: C/nautilus-connect.page:162
8478
msgid "<sys>http://example.hostname.com/path</sys>"
8479
msgstr ""
8480
8481
#. (itstool) path: media
8482
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
8483
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
8484
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
8485
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
8486
#: C/nautilus-display.page:40
8487
msgctxt "_"
8488
msgid "external ref='figures/nautilus-icons.png' md5='5eb11f3f70bb27c18f77727f6db678af'"
8489
msgstr ""
8490
8491
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8492
#: C/nautilus-display.page:8
8493
msgid "Control icon captions used in the file manager."
8494
msgstr ""
8495
8496
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8497
#: C/nautilus-display.page:31
8498
msgid "File manager display preferences"
8499
msgstr ""
8500
8501
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8502
#: C/nautilus-display.page:33
8503
msgid "You can control how the file manager displays captions under icons. Click <gui>Edit</gui> in the menu bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Display</gui> tab."
8504
msgstr ""
8505
8506
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8507
#: C/nautilus-display.page:38
8508
msgid "Icon captions"
8509
msgstr ""
8510
8511
#. (itstool) path: media/p
8512
#: C/nautilus-display.page:41
8513
msgid "File manager icons with captions"
8514
msgstr ""
8515
8516
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8517
#: C/nautilus-display.page:43
8518
msgid "When you use icon view, you can choose to have extra information about files and folders displayed in a caption under each icon. This is useful, for example, if you often need to see who owns a file or when it was last modified."
8519
msgstr ""
8520
8521
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8522
#: C/nautilus-display.page:47
8523
msgid "You can zoom in a folder by clicking the <guiseq><gui>View</gui> <gui>Zoom In</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>+</key></keyseq>. As you zoom in, the file manager will display more and more information in captions. You can choose up to three things to show in captions. The first will be displayed at most zoom levels. The last will only be shown at very large sizes."
8524
msgstr ""
8525
8526
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8527
#: C/nautilus-display.page:52
8528
msgid "If you have a file manager window open, you may have to reload for icon caption changes to take effect. Click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Reload</gui></guiseq> or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>R</key></keyseq>."
8529
msgstr ""
8530
8531
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8532
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:8
8533
msgid "View basic file information, set permissions, and choose default applications."
8534
msgstr ""
8535
8536
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8537
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:27
8538
msgid "File properties"
8539
msgstr ""
8540
8541
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8542
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:29
8543
msgid "To view information about a file or folder, right-click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>. You can also select the file and press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Enter</key></keyseq>."
8544
msgstr ""
8545
8546
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8547
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:33
8548
msgid "The file properties window shows you information like the type of file, the size of the file, and when you last modified it. If you need this information often, you can have it displayed in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>."
8549
msgstr ""
8550
8551
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8552
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:39
8553
msgid "The information given on the <gui>Basic</gui> tab is explained below. There are also <gui><link xref=\"nautilus-file-properties-permissions\">Permissions</link></gui> and <gui><link xref=\"files-open#default\">Open With</link></gui> tabs. For certain types of files, such as images and videos, there will be an extra tab that provides information like the dimensions, duration, and codec."
8554
msgstr ""
8555
8556
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8557
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:47
8558
msgid "Basic properties"
8559
msgstr ""
8560
8561
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8562
#. (itstool) path: td/p
8563
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:50
8564
#: C/nautilus-list.page:37
8565
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:30
8566
msgid "Name"
8567
msgstr ""
8568
8569
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8570
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:51
8571
msgid "You can rename the file by changing this field. You can also rename a file outside the properties window. See <link xref=\"files-rename\"/>."
8572
msgstr ""
8573
8574
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8575
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:56
8576
#: C/nautilus-list.page:46
8577
msgid "Type"
8578
msgstr ""
8579
8580
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8581
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:57
8582
msgid "This helps you identify the type of the file, such as PDF document, OpenDocument Text, or JPEG image. The file type determines which applications can open the file, among other things. For example, you can't open a picture with a music player. See <link xref=\"files-open\"/> for more information on this."
8583
msgstr ""
8584
8585
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8586
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:62
8587
msgid "The <em>MIME type</em> of the file is shown in parentheses; MIME type is a standard way that computers use to refer to the file type."
8588
msgstr ""
8589
8590
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8591
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:67
8592
msgid "Contents"
8593
msgstr ""
8594
8595
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8596
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:68
8597
msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at the properties of a folder rather than a file. It helps you see the number of items in the folder. If the folder includes other folders, each inner folder is counted as one item, even if it contains further items. Each file is also counted as one item. If the folder is empty, the contents will display <gui>nothing</gui>."
8598
msgstr ""
8599
8600
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8601
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8602
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:72
8603
#: C/nautilus-list.page:41
8604
msgid "Size"
8605
msgstr ""
8606
8607
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8608
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:73
8609
msgid "This field is displayed if you are looking at a file (not a folder). The size of a file tells you how much disk space it takes up. This is also an indicator of how long it will take to download a file or send it in an email (big files take longer to send/receive)."
8610
msgstr ""
8611
8612
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8613
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:74
8614
msgid "Sizes may be given in bytes, KB, MB, or GB; in the case of the last three, the size in bytes will also be given in parentheses. Technically, 1 KB is 1024 bytes, 1 MB is 1024 KB and so on."
8615
msgstr ""
8616
8617
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8618
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8619
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:78
8620
#: C/nautilus-list.page:95
8621
msgid "Location"
8622
msgstr ""
8623
8624
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8625
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:79
8626
msgid "The location of each file on your computer is given by its <em>absolute path</em>. This is a unique \"address\" of the file on your computer, made up of a list of the folders that you would need to go into to find the file. For example, if Jim had a file called <file>Resume.pdf</file> in his Home folder, its location would be <file>/home/jim/Resume.pdf</file>."
8627
msgstr ""
8628
8629
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8630
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:83
8631
msgid "Volume"
8632
msgstr ""
8633
8634
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8635
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:84
8636
msgid "The file system or device that the file is stored on. This shows you where the file is physically stored, for example if it is on the hard disk or on a CD, or a <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">network share or file server</link>. Hard disks can be split up into several <link xref=\"disk-partitions\">disk partitions</link>; the partition will be displayed under <gui>Volume</gui> too."
8637
msgstr ""
8638
8639
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8640
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:94
8641
msgid "Free Space"
8642
msgstr ""
8643
8644
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8645
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:95
8646
msgid "This is only displayed for folders. It gives the amount of disk space which is available on the disk that the folder is on. This is useful for checking if the hard disk is full."
8647
msgstr ""
8648
8649
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8650
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:102
8651
msgid "Accessed"
8652
msgstr ""
8653
8654
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8655
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:103
8656
msgid "The date and time when the file was last opened."
8657
msgstr ""
8658
8659
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8660
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8661
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:107
8662
#: C/nautilus-list.page:50
8663
msgid "Modified"
8664
msgstr ""
8665
8666
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8667
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-basic.page:108
8668
msgid "The date and time when the file was last changed and saved."
8669
msgstr ""
8670
8671
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8672
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:9
8673
msgid "Control who can view and edit your files and folders."
8674
msgstr ""
8675
8676
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8677
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:31
8678
msgid "Set file permissions"
8679
msgstr ""
8680
8681
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8682
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:33
8683
msgid "You can use file permissions to control who can view and edit files that you own. To view and set the permissions for a file, right click it and select <gui>Properties</gui>, then select the <gui>Permissions</gui> tab."
8684
msgstr ""
8685
8686
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8687
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:37
8688
msgid "See <link xref=\"#files\"/> and <link xref=\"#folders\"/> below for details on the types of permissions you can set."
8689
msgstr ""
8690
8691
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8692
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8693
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:41
8694
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:36
8695
msgid "Files"
8696
msgstr ""
8697
8698
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8699
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:43
8700
msgid "You can set the permissions for the file owner, the group owner, and all other users of the system. For your files, you are the owner, and you can give yourself read-only or read-and-write permission. Set a file to read-only if you don't want to accidentally change it."
8701
msgstr ""
8702
8703
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8704
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:48
8705
msgid "Every user on your computer belongs to a group. On home computers, it is common for each user to have their own group, and group permissions are not often used. In corporate environments, groups are sometimes used for departments or projects. As well as having an owner, each file belongs to a group. You can set the file's group and control the permissions for all users in that group. You can only set the file's group to a group you belong to."
8706
msgstr ""
8707
8708
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8709
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:56
8710
msgid "You can also set the permissions for users other than the owner and those in the file's group."
8711
msgstr ""
8712
8713
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8714
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:59
8715
msgid "If the file is a program, such as a script, you must select <gui>Allow executing file as program</gui> to run it. Even with this option selected, the file manager may still open the file in an application or ask you what to do. See <link xref=\"nautilus-behavior#executable\"/> for more information."
8716
msgstr ""
8717
8718
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8719
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8720
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:67
8721
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:48
8722
msgid "Folders"
8723
msgstr ""
8724
8725
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8726
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:68
8727
msgid "You can set permissions on folders for the owner, group, and other users. See the details of file permissions above for an explanation of owners, groups, and other users."
8728
msgstr ""
8729
8730
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8731
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:71
8732
msgid "The permissions you can set for a folder are different from those you can set for a file."
8733
msgstr ""
8734
8735
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8736
#. (itstool) path: item/title
8737
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:75
8738
#: C/net-proxy.page:59
8739
msgid "None"
8740
msgstr ""
8741
8742
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8743
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:76
8744
msgid "The user will not even be able to see what files are in the folder."
8745
msgstr ""
8746
8747
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8748
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:80
8749
msgid "List files only"
8750
msgstr ""
8751
8752
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8753
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:81
8754
msgid "The user will be able to see what files are in the folder, but will not be able to open, create, or delete files."
8755
msgstr ""
8756
8757
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8758
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:85
8759
msgid "Access files"
8760
msgstr ""
8761
8762
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8763
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:86
8764
msgid "The user will be able to open files in the folder (provided they have permission to do so on the particular file), but will not be able to create new files or delete files."
8765
msgstr ""
8766
8767
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8768
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:91
8769
msgid "Create and delete files"
8770
msgstr ""
8771
8772
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8773
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:92
8774
msgid "The user will have full access to the folder, including opening, creating, and deleting files."
8775
msgstr ""
8776
8777
#. (itstool) path: section/p
8778
#: C/nautilus-file-properties-permissions.page:97
8779
msgid "You can also quickly set the file permissions for all the files in the folder by clicking <gui>Change Permissions for Enclosed Files</gui>. Use the drop-down lists to adjust the permissions of contained files or folders, and click <gui>Change</gui>. Permissions are applied to files and folders in subfolders as well, to any depth."
8780
msgstr ""
8781
8782
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8783
#: C/nautilus-list.page:7
8784
msgid "Control what information is displayed in columns in list view."
8785
msgstr ""
8786
8787
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8788
#: C/nautilus-list.page:26
8789
msgid "File manager list columns preferences"
8790
msgstr ""
8791
8792
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8793
#: C/nautilus-list.page:28
8794
msgid "There are nine columns of information that you can display in the file manager's list view. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the menu bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and choose the <gui>List Columns</gui> tab to select which columns will be visible."
8795
msgstr ""
8796
8797
#. (itstool) path: note/p
8798
#: C/nautilus-list.page:31
8799
msgid "Use the <gui>Move Up</gui> and <gui>Move Down</gui> buttons to choose the order in which the selected columns will appear."
8800
msgstr ""
8801
8802
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8803
#: C/nautilus-list.page:38
8804
msgid "The name of folders and files in the folder being viewed."
8805
msgstr ""
8806
8807
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8808
#: C/nautilus-list.page:42
8809
msgid "The size of a folder is given as the number of items contained in the folder. The size of a file is given as bytes, KB, or MB."
8810
msgstr ""
8811
8812
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8813
#: C/nautilus-list.page:47
8814
msgid "Displayed as folder, or file type such as PDF document, JPEG image, MP3 audio, and more."
8815
msgstr ""
8816
8817
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8818
#: C/nautilus-list.page:51
8819
msgid "Gives the date and time of the last time the file was modified."
8820
msgstr ""
8821
8822
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8823
#: C/nautilus-list.page:54
8824
msgid "Owner"
8825
msgstr ""
8826
8827
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8828
#: C/nautilus-list.page:55
8829
msgid "The name of the user the folder or file is owned by."
8830
msgstr ""
8831
8832
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8833
#: C/nautilus-list.page:58
8834
msgid "Group"
8835
msgstr ""
8836
8837
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8838
#: C/nautilus-list.page:59
8839
msgid "The group the file is owned by. On my home computers, each user is in their own group. Groups are sometimes used in corporate environments, where users might be in groups according to department or project."
8840
msgstr ""
8841
8842
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8843
#: C/nautilus-list.page:64
8844
msgid "Permissions"
8845
msgstr ""
8846
8847
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8848
#: C/nautilus-list.page:65
8849
msgid "Displays the file access permissions e.g. <gui>drwxrw-r--</gui>"
8850
msgstr ""
8851
8852
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8853
#: C/nautilus-list.page:68
8854
msgid "The first character <gui>-</gui> is the file type. <gui>-</gui> means regular file and <gui>d</gui> means directory (folder)."
8855
msgstr ""
8856
8857
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8858
#: C/nautilus-list.page:71
8859
msgid "The next three characters <gui>rwx</gui> specify permissions for the user who owns the file."
8860
msgstr ""
8861
8862
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8863
#: C/nautilus-list.page:74
8864
msgid "The next three <gui>rw-</gui> specify permissions for all members of the group that owns the file."
8865
msgstr ""
8866
8867
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8868
#: C/nautilus-list.page:77
8869
msgid "The last three characters in the column <gui>r--</gui> specify permissions for all other users on the system."
8870
msgstr ""
8871
8872
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8873
#: C/nautilus-list.page:80
8874
msgid "Each character has the following meanings:"
8875
msgstr ""
8876
8877
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8878
#: C/nautilus-list.page:84
8879
msgid "r : Read permission."
8880
msgstr ""
8881
8882
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8883
#: C/nautilus-list.page:85
8884
msgid "w : Write permission."
8885
msgstr ""
8886
8887
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8888
#: C/nautilus-list.page:86
8889
msgid "x : Execute permission."
8890
msgstr ""
8891
8892
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8893
#: C/nautilus-list.page:87
8894
msgid "- : No permission."
8895
msgstr ""
8896
8897
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8898
#: C/nautilus-list.page:91
8899
msgid "MIME Type"
8900
msgstr ""
8901
8902
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8903
#: C/nautilus-list.page:92
8904
msgid "Displays the MIME type of the item."
8905
msgstr ""
8906
8907
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8908
#: C/nautilus-list.page:96
8909
msgid "The path to the location of the file."
8910
msgstr ""
8911
8912
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8913
#: C/nautilus-prefs.page:17
8914
msgid "File manager preferences"
8915
msgstr ""
8916
8917
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8918
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:8
8919
msgid "Control when thumbnails are used for files."
8920
msgstr ""
8921
8922
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8923
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:27
8924
msgid "File manager preview preferences"
8925
msgstr ""
8926
8927
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8928
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:29
8929
msgid "The file manager creates thumbnails to preview image, video, and text files. Thumbnail previews can be slow for large files or over networks, so you can control when previews are made. Click <gui>Files</gui> in the menu bar, pick <gui>Preferences</gui> and select the <gui>Preview</gui> tab."
8930
msgstr ""
8931
8932
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8933
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:37
8934
msgid "By default, all previews are done for <gui>Local Files Only</gui>, those on your computer or connected external drives. You can set this feature to <gui>Always</gui> or <gui>Never</gui>. The file manager can <link xref=\"nautilus-connect\">browse files on other computers</link> over a local area network or the internet. If you often browse files over a local area network, and the network has high bandwidth, you may want to set the preview option to <gui>Always</gui>."
8935
msgstr ""
8936
8937
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8938
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:44
8939
msgid "In addition, you can use the <gui>Only for files smaller than</gui> setting to limit the size of files previewed."
8940
msgstr ""
8941
8942
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8943
#: C/nautilus-preview.page:49
8944
msgid "If you show file sizes in <link xref=\"nautilus-list\">list view columns</link> or <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">icon captions</link>, folders will be shown with a count of how many files and folders they contain. Counting items in a folder can be slow, especially for very large folders, or over a network. You can turn this feature on or off, or turn it on only for files on your computer and local external drives."
8945
msgstr ""
8946
8947
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
8948
#: C/nautilus-views.page:9
8949
msgid "Specify the default view, sort order, and zoom levels for the file manager."
8950
msgstr ""
8951
8952
#. (itstool) path: page/title
8953
#: C/nautilus-views.page:36
8954
msgid "Views preferences in <app>Files</app>"
8955
msgstr ""
8956
8957
#. (itstool) path: page/p
8958
#: C/nautilus-views.page:38
8959
msgid "You can change the default view for new folders, how files and folders are sorted by default, the zoom level for the icon and compact views, and whether files are displayed in the tree sidebar. Select <guiseq><gui style=\"menu\">Files</gui> <gui style=\"menuitem\">Preferences</gui></guiseq> in the top bar while <app>Files</app> is open and select the <gui style=\"tab\">Views</gui> tab."
8960
msgstr ""
8961
8962
#. (itstool) path: section/title
8963
#: C/nautilus-views.page:46
8964
msgid "Default view"
8965
msgstr ""
8966
8967
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8968
#: C/nautilus-views.page:49
8969
msgid "View new folders using"
8970
msgstr ""
8971
8972
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8973
#: C/nautilus-views.page:50
8974
msgid "By default, new folders are shown in icon view. If you prefer the list view, you can set it here as the default. Alternatively, you can select a different view for each folder as you browse by clicking the <gui style=\"button\">View items as a list</gui> or <gui style=\"button\">View items as a grid of icons</gui> button in the toolbar."
8975
msgstr ""
8976
8977
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8978
#: C/nautilus-views.page:57
8979
msgid "Arrange items"
8980
msgstr ""
8981
8982
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8983
#: C/nautilus-views.page:58
8984
msgid "You can change the default sort order that is used in folders using the <gui>Arrange items</gui> drop-down list in the preferences to sort by name, file size, file type, when they were last modified, when they were last accessed or when they were trashed."
8985
msgstr ""
8986
8987
#. (itstool) path: item/p
8988
#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
8989
#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
8990
#. window for 'View options'
8991
#: C/nautilus-views.page:64
8992
msgid "You can change how <link xref=\"files-sort\">files are sorted</link> in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and choosing <gui>By Name</gui>, <gui>By Size</gui>, <gui>By Type</gui> or <gui>By Modification Date</gui>, or by clicking the list column headers in list view. This menu only affects the current folder."
8993
msgstr ""
8994
8995
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
8996
#: C/nautilus-views.page:72
8997
msgid "Sort folders before files"
8998
msgstr ""
8999
9000
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9001
#: C/nautilus-views.page:73
9002
msgid "By default, the file manager no longer shows all folders before files. To see all folders listed before files, enable this option."
9003
msgstr ""
9004
9005
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
9006
#: C/nautilus-views.page:77
9007
msgid "Show hidden and backup files"
9008
msgstr ""
9009
9010
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9011
#: C/nautilus-views.page:78
9012
msgid "The file manager does not display <link xref=\"files-hidden\">hidden files</link> and folders by default. You can always show hidden files by selecting this option."
9013
msgstr ""
9014
9015
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9016
#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
9017
#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
9018
#. window for 'View options'
9019
#: C/nautilus-views.page:83
9020
msgid "You can also show hidden files in an individual window by selecting <gui>Show Hidden Files</gui>, from the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> menu in the toolbar."
9021
msgstr ""
9022
9023
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9024
#: C/nautilus-views.page:92
9025
msgid "Icon view defaults"
9026
msgstr ""
9027
9028
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
9029
#: C/nautilus-views.page:95
9030
#: C/nautilus-views.page:116
9031
msgid "Default zoom level"
9032
msgstr ""
9033
9034
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9035
#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
9036
#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
9037
#. window for 'View options'
9038
#: C/nautilus-views.page:98
9039
msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller by default in icon view using this option. You can also change this setting in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>. If you frequently use a larger or smaller zoom level, you can set the default with this option."
9040
msgstr ""
9041
9042
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9043
#: C/nautilus-views.page:105
9044
msgid "In icon view, more or fewer <link xref=\"nautilus-display#icon-captions\">captions</link> are shown based on your zoom level."
9045
msgstr ""
9046
9047
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9048
#: C/nautilus-views.page:113
9049
msgid "List view defaults"
9050
msgstr ""
9051
9052
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9053
#. TRANSLATORS: use the translation of the tooltip for the downwards
9054
#. pointing arrow button that opens the preferences menu in the main
9055
#. window for 'View options'
9056
#: C/nautilus-views.page:119
9057
msgid "You can make the icons and text larger or smaller in list view using this option. You can also do this in an individual folder by clicking the <media type=\"image\" src=\"figures/go-down.png\">View options</media> button in the toolbar and selecting <gui>Zoom In</gui>, <gui>Zoom Out</gui> or <gui>Normal Size</gui>."
9058
msgstr ""
9059
9060
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9061
#: C/net-antivirus.page:11
9062
msgid "There are few Linux viruses, so you probably don't need anti-virus software."
9063
msgstr ""
9064
9065
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9066
#: C/net-antivirus.page:25
9067
msgid "Do I need anti-virus software?"
9068
msgstr ""
9069
9070
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9071
#: C/net-antivirus.page:27
9072
msgid "If you are used to Windows or Mac OS, you are probably also used to having anti-virus software running all of the time. Anti-virus software runs in the background, constantly checking for computer viruses that might find their way onto your computer and cause problems."
9073
msgstr ""
9074
9075
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9076
#: C/net-antivirus.page:29
9077
msgid "Anti-virus software does exist for Linux, but you probably don't need to use it. Viruses that affect Linux are still very rare. Some argue that this is because Linux is not as widely used as other operating systems, so no-one writes viruses for it. Others argue that Linux is intrinsically more secure, and security problems that viruses could make use of are fixed very quickly."
9078
msgstr ""
9079
9080
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9081
#: C/net-antivirus.page:31
9082
msgid "Whatever the reason, Linux viruses are so rare that you don't really need to worry about them at the moment."
9083
msgstr ""
9084
9085
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9086
#: C/net-antivirus.page:33
9087
msgid "If you want to be extra-safe, or if you want to check for viruses in files that you are passing between yourself and people using Windows and Mac OS, you can still install anti-virus software. Check in the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> where a number of applications are available."
9088
msgstr ""
9089
9090
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9091
#: C/net-browser.page:11
9092
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-browser\">Change the default browser</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-flash\">install Flash</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-java-plugin\">install the java plugin</link>, <link xref=\"net-install-moonlight\">Silverlight support</link>…"
9093
msgstr ""
9094
9095
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
9096
#: C/net-browser.page:19
9097
#: C/net-chat.page:19
9098
#: C/net-email.page:16
9099
#: C/net-general.page:19
9100
#: C/net-problem.page:17
9101
#: C/net-security.page:17
9102
#: C/net-wired.page:17
9103
#: C/net-wireless.page:21
9104
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:19
9105
msgid "The Ubuntu Documentation Team"
9106
msgstr ""
9107
9108
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9109
#: C/net-browser.page:24
9110
msgid "Web Browsers"
9111
msgstr ""
9112
9113
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9114
#: C/net-chat.page:11
9115
msgid "<link xref=\"net-chat-empathy\">Chat on any network using <app>Empathy</app></link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-video\">make video calls</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-skype\">install skype</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat-social\">social networking apps</link>"
9116
msgstr ""
9117
9118
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9119
#: C/net-chat.page:24
9120
msgid "Chat & Social Networking"
9121
msgstr ""
9122
9123
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9124
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:15
9125
msgid "With <app>Empathy</app> you can chat, call and video call with friends and colleagues on a variety of networks"
9126
msgstr ""
9127
9128
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9129
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:20
9130
msgid "Instant messaging on Ubuntu"
9131
msgstr ""
9132
9133
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9134
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:22
9135
msgid "With the <app>Empathy</app> application, you can chat with people online and with friends and colleagues who use Google Talk, AIM, Windows Live and many other chat programs. With a microphone or a webcam you can also have audio or video calls."
9136
msgstr ""
9137
9138
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9139
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:29
9140
msgid "Empathy is installed by default in Ubuntu. Start <app>Empathy Instant Messaging</app> from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link>, the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> or choose <gui>Chat</gui> from the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">Messaging menu</link>."
9141
msgstr ""
9142
9143
#. (itstool) path: note/p
9144
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:37
9145
msgid "You can change your instant messaging status (Available, Away, Busy, etc.) from the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">Messaging menu</link>."
9146
msgstr ""
9147
9148
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9149
#: C/net-chat-empathy.page:43
9150
msgid "For help with using Empathy, read the <link href=\"help:empathy\">Empathy manual</link>."
9151
msgstr ""
9152
9153
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9154
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:14
9155
msgid "<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software and must be installed manually on Ubuntu"
9156
msgstr ""
9157
9158
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9159
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:19
9160
msgid "How can I use Skype on Ubuntu?"
9161
msgstr ""
9162
9163
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9164
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:21
9165
msgid "<app>Skype</app> is proprietary software that allows you to make calls over the Internet using your computer."
9166
msgstr ""
9167
9168
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9169
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:26
9170
msgid "Skype uses decentralized peer-to-peer technologies, so your calls do not go through a central server, but through distributed servers and other users."
9171
msgstr ""
9172
9173
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9174
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:31
9175
msgid "The Skype software is free to use, but it is not free software; the source code is proprietary and not available for modification."
9176
msgstr ""
9177
9178
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9179
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:36
9180
msgid "Skype is not installed by default on Ubuntu. <link href=\"apt:skype\">Install the <em>skype</em> package</link> to use it."
9181
msgstr ""
9182
9183
#. (itstool) path: note/p
9184
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:41
9185
msgid "You need to <link xref=\"addremove-sources#canonical-partner\">activate the Canonical Partner Repository</link> to install <app>Skype</app>"
9186
msgstr ""
9187
9188
#. (itstool) path: list/title
9189
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:55
9190
msgid "Additional resources for help with <app>Skype</app>"
9191
msgstr ""
9192
9193
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9194
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:57
9195
msgid "<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeRecordingHowto\"> How to record Skype conversations </link>"
9196
msgstr ""
9197
9198
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9199
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:63
9200
msgid "<link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/SkypeWebCams\"> A list of webcams which are compatible with Skype </link>"
9201
msgstr ""
9202
9203
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9204
#: C/net-chat-skype.page:69
9205
msgid "<link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SkypeTroubleshooting\"> Troubleshooting Skype - for advanced users </link>"
9206
msgstr ""
9207
9208
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9209
#: C/net-chat-social.page:13
9210
msgid "Post to <em>Twitter</em>, <em>Facebook</em> and other social networking sites directly from your desktop"
9211
msgstr ""
9212
9213
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9214
#: C/net-chat-social.page:18
9215
msgid "Social networking from the desktop"
9216
msgstr ""
9217
9218
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9219
#: C/net-chat-social.page:20
9220
msgid "With Ubuntu you can post to your favorite social networking sites from your desktop. Ubuntu uses the <app>Friends</app> scope to allow you to organize your social networking sites in one place, and to post updates from the <gui>Me Menu</gui> without opening any website."
9221
msgstr ""
9222
9223
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9224
#: C/net-chat-social.page:27
9225
msgid "To set up your social networking accounts:"
9226
msgstr ""
9227
9228
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9229
#: C/net-chat-social.page:32
9230
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">System menu</link> on the right hand side of the menu bar and select \"System Settings...\"."
9231
msgstr ""
9232
9233
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9234
#: C/net-chat-social.page:36
9235
msgid "Choose <gui>Online accounts</gui>"
9236
msgstr ""
9237
9238
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9239
#: C/net-chat-social.page:40
9240
msgid "Choose the social networking site you want to set up and click <gui>Add Account...</gui>"
9241
msgstr ""
9242
9243
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9244
#: C/net-chat-social.page:44
9245
msgid "Click <gui>Authorize</gui> and insert your account settings for that site, and follow the instructions"
9246
msgstr ""
9247
9248
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9249
#: C/net-chat-social.page:51
9250
msgid "You can now view your social networking messages from the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\"> Messaging menu</link> on the right hand side of the menu bar, in the <gui>Broadcast</gui> section. Click on any of the items in that section to open <gui>Friends</gui> scope and to read or post messages to your social network."
9251
msgstr ""
9252
9253
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9254
#: C/net-chat-video.page:13
9255
msgid "What applications can I use to make video calls?"
9256
msgstr ""
9257
9258
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9259
#: C/net-chat-video.page:17
9260
msgid "Video calls"
9261
msgstr ""
9262
9263
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9264
#: C/net-chat-video.page:19
9265
msgid "You can make video calls from Ubuntu without installing any additional software using <app>Empathy</app> - via the <em>Google Talk</em>, <em>MSN </em>, <em>Jabber </em>, and <em>SIP</em> networks. See <link href=\"help:empathy/audio-video\">the Empathy manual</link> for help on making video calls with <app>Empathy</app>."
9266
msgstr ""
9267
9268
#. (itstool) path: list/title
9269
#: C/net-chat-video.page:28
9270
msgid "Other applications which support video calls include"
9271
msgstr ""
9272
9273
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9274
#: C/net-chat-video.page:30
9275
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:skype\">Skype</link></app>"
9276
msgstr ""
9277
9278
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9279
#: C/net-chat-video.page:34
9280
msgid "<app><link href=\"apt:ekiga\">Ekiga</link></app>"
9281
msgstr ""
9282
9283
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9284
#: C/net-default-browser.page:19
9285
msgid "Change the default web browser by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
9286
msgstr ""
9287
9288
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9289
#: C/net-default-browser.page:23
9290
msgid "Change which web browser websites are opened in"
9291
msgstr ""
9292
9293
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9294
#: C/net-default-browser.page:25
9295
msgid "When you click a link to a web page in any application, a web browser will automatically open up to that page. If you have more than one browser installed, however, the page may not open up in the browser you wanted it to open in. To fix this, change the default web browser:"
9296
msgstr ""
9297
9298
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9299
#: C/net-default-browser.page:33
9300
#: C/net-default-email.page:33
9301
msgid "Open <gui>Details</gui> and choose <gui>Default Applications</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
9302
msgstr ""
9303
9304
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9305
#: C/net-default-browser.page:37
9306
msgid "Choose which web browser you would like links to be opened in by changing the <gui>Web</gui> option."
9307
msgstr ""
9308
9309
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9310
#: C/net-default-browser.page:41
9311
msgid "When you open up a different web browser, it might tell you that it's not the default browser any more. If this happens, click the <gui>Cancel</gui> button (or similar) so that it doesn't try to set itself as the default browser again."
9312
msgstr ""
9313
9314
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9315
#: C/net-default-email.page:19
9316
msgid "Change the default email client by going to <gui>Details</gui> in the <gui>System Settings</gui>."
9317
msgstr ""
9318
9319
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9320
#: C/net-default-email.page:23
9321
msgid "Change which mail application is used to write emails"
9322
msgstr ""
9323
9324
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9325
#: C/net-default-email.page:25
9326
msgid "When you click a button or link to send a new email (for example, in your word processing application), your default mail application will open up with a blank message, ready for you to write. If you have more than one mail application installed, however, the wrong mail application might open up. You can fix this by changing which one is the default email application:"
9327
msgstr ""
9328
9329
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9330
#: C/net-default-email.page:37
9331
msgid "Choose which email client you would like to be used by default by changing the <gui>Mail</gui> option."
9332
msgstr ""
9333
9334
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9335
#: C/net-email.page:11
9336
msgid "<link xref=\"net-default-email\">Default email apps</link>"
9337
msgstr ""
9338
9339
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
9340
#: C/net-email.page:20
9341
#: C/net-general.page:23
9342
msgid "The GNOME Documentation Project"
9343
msgstr ""
9344
9345
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9346
#: C/net-email.page:24
9347
msgid "Email & email software"
9348
msgstr ""
9349
9350
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9351
#: C/net-email-virus.page:17
9352
msgid "Viruses are unlikely to infect your computer, but could infect the computers of people you email."
9353
msgstr ""
9354
9355
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9356
#: C/net-email-virus.page:21
9357
msgid "Do I need to scan my emails for viruses?"
9358
msgstr ""
9359
9360
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9361
#: C/net-email-virus.page:23
9362
msgid "Viruses are programs that cause problems if they manage to find their way onto your computer. A common way of them getting onto your computer is through email messages."
9363
msgstr ""
9364
9365
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9366
#: C/net-email-virus.page:25
9367
msgid "Viruses that can affect computers running Linux are quite rare, so you are <link xref=\"net-antivirus\">unlikely to get a virus through email or otherwise</link>. If you receive an email with a virus hidden in it, it will probably have no effect on your computer. As such, you probably don't need to scan your email for viruses."
9368
msgstr ""
9369
9370
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9371
#: C/net-email-virus.page:27
9372
msgid "You may, however, wish to scan your email for viruses in case you happen to forward a virus from one person to another. For example, if one of your friends has a Windows computer with a virus and sends you a virus-infected email, and you then forward that email to another friend with a Windows computer, then the second friend might get the virus too. You could install an anti-virus application to scan your emails to prevent this, but it's unlikely to happen and most people using Windows and Mac OS have anti-virus software of their own anyway."
9373
msgstr ""
9374
9375
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9376
#: C/net-findip.page:24
9377
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot network problems."
9378
msgstr ""
9379
9380
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9381
#: C/net-findip.page:28
9382
msgid "Find your IP address"
9383
msgstr ""
9384
9385
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9386
#: C/net-findip.page:30
9387
msgid "Knowing your IP address can help you troubleshoot problems with your internet connection. You may be surprised to learn that you have <em>two</em> IP addresses: an IP address for your computer on the internal network and an IP address for your computer on the internet."
9388
msgstr ""
9389
9390
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
9391
#: C/net-findip.page:33
9392
msgid "Find your internal (network) IP address"
9393
msgstr ""
9394
9395
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9396
#: C/net-findip.page:35
9397
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wired</gui> or <gui>Wireless</gui> from the list on the left, depending on which network connection you want to find the IP address for."
9398
msgstr ""
9399
9400
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9401
#: C/net-findip.page:36
9402
msgid "Your internal IP address will be displayed in the list of information."
9403
msgstr ""
9404
9405
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
9406
#: C/net-findip.page:40
9407
msgid "Find your external (internet) IP address"
9408
msgstr ""
9409
9410
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9411
#: C/net-findip.page:41
9412
msgid "Visit <link href=\"http://whatismyipaddress.com/\">whatismyipaddress.com</link>."
9413
msgstr ""
9414
9415
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9416
#: C/net-findip.page:42
9417
msgid "The site will display your external IP address for you."
9418
msgstr ""
9419
9420
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9421
#: C/net-findip.page:45
9422
msgid "Depending on how your computer connects to the internet, these addresses may be the same."
9423
msgstr ""
9424
9425
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9426
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:7
9427
msgid "You can control which programs can access the network. This helps to keep your computer secure."
9428
msgstr ""
9429
9430
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9431
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:24
9432
msgid "Enable or block firewall access"
9433
msgstr ""
9434
9435
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9436
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:26
9437
msgid "Ubuntu comes equipped with the <app>Uncomplicated Firewall</app> (<app>ufw</app>) but the firewall is not enabled by default. Because Ubuntu does not have any open network services (except for basic network infrastructure) in the default installation, a firewall is not needed to block incoming attempted malicious connections."
9438
msgstr ""
9439
9440
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9441
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:28
9442
msgid "For more information about how to use ufw, see the <link href=\"https://wiki.ubuntu.com/UncomplicatedFirewall\">online documentation</link>."
9443
msgstr ""
9444
9445
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9446
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:31
9447
msgid "Turn the firewall on or off"
9448
msgstr ""
9449
9450
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9451
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:32
9452
msgid "To turn on the firewall, enter <cmd>sudo ufw enable</cmd> in a terminal. To turn off ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw disable</cmd>."
9453
msgstr ""
9454
9455
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9456
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:36
9457
msgid "Allow or block specific network activity"
9458
msgstr ""
9459
9460
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9461
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:37
9462
msgid "Many programs are built to offer network services. For instance, you can share content, or let someone view your desktop remotely. Depending on which additional programs you install, you may need to adjust the firewall to allow these services to work as intended. UfW comes with a number of rules already pre-configured. For instance, to allow <app>SSH</app> connections, enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow ssh</cmd> in a terminal. To block ssh, enter <cmd>sudo ufw block ssh</cmd>."
9463
msgstr ""
9464
9465
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9466
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:38
9467
msgid "Each program that provides services uses a specific <em>network port</em>. To enable access to that program's services, you may need to allow access to its assigned port on the firewall. To allow connections on port 53, enter <cmd>sudo ufw allow 53</cmd> in a terminal. To block port 53, enter <cmd>sudo ufw block 53</cmd>."
9468
msgstr ""
9469
9470
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9471
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:39
9472
msgid "To check the current status of ufw, enter <cmd>sudo ufw status</cmd> in a terminal."
9473
msgstr ""
9474
9475
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9476
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:43
9477
msgid "Use ufw without a terminal"
9478
msgstr ""
9479
9480
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9481
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:44
9482
msgid "You can also install <app>gufw</app> if you prefer to set up the firewall without using a terminal. To install, click <link href=\"apt:gufw\">this link</link>."
9483
msgstr ""
9484
9485
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9486
#: C/net-firewall-on-off.page:45
9487
msgid "You can launch this program by searching for <app>Firewall Configuration</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. The program does not need to be kept open for the firewall to work."
9488
msgstr ""
9489
9490
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9491
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:11
9492
msgid "You need to specify the right network port to enable/disable network access for a program with your firewall."
9493
msgstr ""
9494
9495
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9496
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:20
9497
msgid "Commonly-used network ports"
9498
msgstr ""
9499
9500
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9501
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:21
9502
msgid "This is a list of network ports commonly used by applications that provide network services, like file sharing or remote desktop viewing. You can change your system's firewall to <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">block or allow access</link> to these applications. There are thousands of ports in use, so this table isn't complete."
9503
msgstr ""
9504
9505
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9506
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:27
9507
msgid "Port"
9508
msgstr ""
9509
9510
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9511
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:33
9512
msgid "Description"
9513
msgstr ""
9514
9515
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9516
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:40
9517
msgid "5353/udp"
9518
msgstr ""
9519
9520
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9521
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:43
9522
msgid "mDNS, Avahi"
9523
msgstr ""
9524
9525
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9526
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:46
9527
msgid "Allows systems to find each other, and describe which services they offer, without you having to specify the details manually."
9528
msgstr ""
9529
9530
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9531
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:51
9532
msgid "631/udp"
9533
msgstr ""
9534
9535
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9536
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9537
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:54
9538
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:65
9539
#: C/printing.page:28
9540
msgid "Printing"
9541
msgstr ""
9542
9543
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9544
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:57
9545
msgid "Allows you to send print jobs to a printer over the network."
9546
msgstr ""
9547
9548
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9549
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:62
9550
msgid "631/tcp"
9551
msgstr ""
9552
9553
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9554
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:68
9555
msgid "Allows you to share your printer with other people over the network."
9556
msgstr ""
9557
9558
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9559
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:73
9560
msgid "5298/tcp"
9561
msgstr ""
9562
9563
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9564
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:76
9565
msgid "Presence"
9566
msgstr ""
9567
9568
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9569
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:79
9570
msgid "Allows you to advertise your instant messaging status to other people on the network, such as \"online\" or \"busy\"."
9571
msgstr ""
9572
9573
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9574
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:84
9575
msgid "5900/tcp"
9576
msgstr ""
9577
9578
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9579
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:87
9580
msgid "Remote desktop"
9581
msgstr ""
9582
9583
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9584
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:90
9585
msgid "Allows you to share your desktop so other people can view it or provide remote assistance."
9586
msgstr ""
9587
9588
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9589
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:95
9590
msgid "3689/tcp"
9591
msgstr ""
9592
9593
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9594
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:98
9595
msgid "Music sharing (DAAP)"
9596
msgstr ""
9597
9598
#. (itstool) path: td/p
9599
#: C/net-firewall-ports.page:101
9600
msgid "Allows you to share your music library with others on your network."
9601
msgstr ""
9602
9603
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9604
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:16
9605
msgid "Using a static IP address can make it easier to provide some network services from your computer."
9606
msgstr ""
9607
9608
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9609
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:20
9610
msgid "Create a connection with a fixed IP address"
9611
msgstr ""
9612
9613
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9614
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:22
9615
msgid "Most networks will automatically assign an <link xref=\"net-what-is-ip-address\">IP address</link> and other details to your computer when you connect to the network. These details can change periodically, but you might want to have a fixed IP address for the computer so you always know what its address is (for example, if it is a file server)."
9616
msgstr ""
9617
9618
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9619
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:23
9620
msgid "To give your computer a fixed (static) IP address:"
9621
msgstr ""
9622
9623
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9624
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:26
9625
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:29
9626
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
9627
msgstr ""
9628
9629
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9630
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:27
9631
msgid "Select the <gui>Wired connection</gui> on the <gui>Wired</gui> tab or your WiFi network on the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9632
msgstr ""
9633
9634
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9635
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:28
9636
msgid "Click on the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <em>Manual</em>."
9637
msgstr ""
9638
9639
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9640
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:29
9641
msgid "If no connection information is listed in the <gui>Addresses</gui> list, or if you want to set up a new connection, click <gui>Add</gui>."
9642
msgstr ""
9643
9644
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9645
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:30
9646
msgid "Enter the <em>IP Address</em>, <em>Netmask</em>, and <em>Gateway</em> information into the appropriate boxes. How you choose these will depend on your network setup; there are specific rules governing which IP addresses and netmasks are valid for a given network."
9647
msgstr ""
9648
9649
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9650
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:31
9651
msgid "If necessary, enter a <em>Domain Name Server</em> address into the <gui>DNS servers</gui> box. This is the IP address of a server which looks up domain names; most corporate networks and internet providers have dedicated DNS servers."
9652
msgstr ""
9653
9654
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9655
#: C/net-fixed-ip-address.page:32
9656
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. The network connection should now have a fixed IP address."
9657
msgstr ""
9658
9659
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9660
#: C/net-general.page:11
9661
msgid "<link xref=\"net-findip\">Find your IP address</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP & WPA security</link>, <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC addresses</link>, <link xref=\"net-proxy\">proxies</link>…"
9662
msgstr ""
9663
9664
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9665
#: C/net-general.page:29
9666
msgid "Networking terms & tips"
9667
msgstr ""
9668
9669
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9670
#: C/net-install-flash.page:15
9671
msgid "You may need to install Flash to be able to view websites like YouTube, which display videos and interactive web pages."
9672
msgstr ""
9673
9674
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9675
#: C/net-install-flash.page:19
9676
msgid "Install the Flash plug-in"
9677
msgstr ""
9678
9679
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9680
#: C/net-install-flash.page:21
9681
msgid "<app>Flash</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser that allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Flash."
9682
msgstr ""
9683
9684
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9685
#: C/net-install-flash.page:28
9686
msgid "If you do not have Flash installed, you will probably see a message telling you so when you visit a website that needs it. Flash is available as a free (but not open-source) download for most web browsers."
9687
msgstr ""
9688
9689
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
9690
#: C/net-install-flash.page:31
9691
msgid "How to install Flash"
9692
msgstr ""
9693
9694
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9695
#: C/net-install-flash.page:33
9696
msgid "Click <link href=\"apt:flashplugin-installer\">this link</link> to launch the <app>Software Center</app>."
9697
msgstr ""
9698
9699
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9700
#: C/net-install-flash.page:36
9701
msgid "Read the information and reviews to make sure you want to install Flash."
9702
msgstr ""
9703
9704
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9705
#: C/net-install-flash.page:39
9706
msgid "If you choose to install Flash, click <gui>Install</gui> from the Software Center window."
9707
msgstr ""
9708
9709
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9710
#: C/net-install-flash.page:42
9711
msgid "If you have any web browser windows open, close them and then re-open them. The web browser should detect that Flash is installed when you open it again, and you should now be able to view websites using Flash."
9712
msgstr ""
9713
9714
#. (itstool) path: section/title
9715
#: C/net-install-flash.page:47
9716
msgid "Open-source alternatives to Flash"
9717
msgstr ""
9718
9719
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9720
#: C/net-install-flash.page:48
9721
msgid "A handful of free, open-source alternatives to Flash are available. These tend to work better than the Flash plug-in in some ways (for example, by handling sound playback better), but worse in others (for example, by not being able to display some of the more complicated Flash pages on the web)."
9722
msgstr ""
9723
9724
#. (itstool) path: section/p
9725
#: C/net-install-flash.page:49
9726
msgid "You might like to try one of these if you are dissatisfied with the Flash player, or if you would like to use as much open-source software as possible on your computer. Here are a few of the options:"
9727
msgstr ""
9728
9729
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9730
#: C/net-install-flash.page:51
9731
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-gnash\">Gnash</link>"
9732
msgstr ""
9733
9734
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9735
#: C/net-install-flash.page:52
9736
msgid "<link href=\"apt:browser-plugin-lightspark\">LightSpark</link>"
9737
msgstr ""
9738
9739
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9740
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:13
9741
msgid "Help your browser work with websites that require Java."
9742
msgstr ""
9743
9744
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9745
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:17
9746
msgid "Install the Java browser plug-in"
9747
msgstr ""
9748
9749
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9750
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:18
9751
msgid "Some websites use small <em>Java</em> programs, which require a Java plugin to be installed in order to run."
9752
msgstr ""
9753
9754
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9755
#: C/net-install-java-plugin.page:20
9756
msgid "<link href=\"apt:icedtea6-plugin\">Install the icedtea6-plugin package</link> to view Java programs in your browser."
9757
msgstr ""
9758
9759
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9760
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:15
9761
msgid "Some websites use Silverlight to display web pages. The Moonlight plug-in lets you view these pages."
9762
msgstr ""
9763
9764
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9765
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:19
9766
msgid "Install the Silverlight plug-in"
9767
msgstr ""
9768
9769
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9770
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:26
9771
msgid "<app>Silverlight</app> is a <em>plug-in</em> for your web browser which allows you to watch videos and use interactive web pages on some websites. Some websites won't work without Silverlight."
9772
msgstr ""
9773
9774
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9775
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:28
9776
msgid "If you view a Silverlight-enabled website but don't have the plug-in installed, you will probably see a message telling you so. This message should have instructions telling you how to get the plug-in, but these instructions might not be suitable for your web browser or version of Linux."
9777
msgstr ""
9778
9779
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9780
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:30
9781
msgid "If you want to view Silverlight-enabled websites, you should install the <em>Moonlight</em> plug-in instead. This is a free, open-source version of Silverlight which runs on Linux."
9782
msgstr ""
9783
9784
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9785
#: C/net-install-moonlight.page:33
9786
msgid "Please see the <link href=\"http://www.go-mono.com/moonlight/\">Moonlight website</link> for more information and installation instructions."
9787
msgstr ""
9788
9789
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9790
#: C/net-macaddress.page:23
9791
msgid "The unique identifier assigned to network hardware."
9792
msgstr ""
9793
9794
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9795
#: C/net-macaddress.page:27
9796
msgid "What is a MAC address?"
9797
msgstr ""
9798
9799
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9800
#: C/net-macaddress.page:29
9801
msgid "A <em>MAC address</em> is the unique identifier that is assigned by the manufacturer to a piece of network hardware (like a wireless card or an Ethernet card). MAC stands for <em>Media Access Control</em>, and each identifier is intended to be unique to a particular device."
9802
msgstr ""
9803
9804
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9805
#: C/net-macaddress.page:31
9806
msgid "A MAC address consists of six sets of two characters, each separated by a colon. <code>00:1B:44:11:3A:B7</code> is an example of a MAC address."
9807
msgstr ""
9808
9809
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9810
#: C/net-macaddress.page:33
9811
msgid "To identify the MAC address of your own network hardware:"
9812
msgstr ""
9813
9814
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9815
#: C/net-macaddress.page:35
9816
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar."
9817
msgstr ""
9818
9819
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9820
#: C/net-macaddress.page:36
9821
msgid "Select <gui>Connection Information</gui>."
9822
msgstr ""
9823
9824
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9825
#: C/net-macaddress.page:37
9826
msgid "Your MAC address will be displayed as the <gui>Hardware Address</gui>."
9827
msgstr ""
9828
9829
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9830
#: C/net-macaddress.page:40
9831
msgid "In practice, you may need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-edit-connection\">modify or \"spoof\" a MAC address</link>. For example, some internet service providers may require that a specific MAC address be used to access their service. If the network card stops working, and you need to swap a new card in, the service won't work anymore. In such cases, you would need to spoof the MAC address."
9832
msgstr ""
9833
9834
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9835
#: C/net-manual.page:16
9836
msgid "If network settings don't get assigned automatically, you may have to enter them yourself."
9837
msgstr ""
9838
9839
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9840
#: C/net-manual.page:20
9841
msgid "Manually set network settings"
9842
msgstr ""
9843
9844
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9845
#: C/net-manual.page:22
9846
msgid "If your network doesn't automatically assign network settings to your computer, you may have to manually enter the settings yourself. This topic assumes that you already know the correct settings to use. If not, you may need to ask your network administrator or look at the settings of your router or network switch."
9847
msgstr ""
9848
9849
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
9850
#: C/net-manual.page:25
9851
msgid "To manually set your network settings:"
9852
msgstr ""
9853
9854
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9855
#: C/net-manual.page:27
9856
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:38
9857
#: C/net-othersedit.page:41
9858
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and click <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
9859
msgstr ""
9860
9861
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9862
#: C/net-manual.page:31
9863
msgid "Select the network connection that you want to set up manually. For example, if you plug in to the network with a cable, look at the <gui>Wired</gui> tab."
9864
msgstr ""
9865
9866
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9867
#: C/net-manual.page:35
9868
msgid "Click the connection you want to edit to select it, then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
9869
msgstr ""
9870
9871
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9872
#: C/net-manual.page:39
9873
msgid "Go to the <gui>IPv4 Settings</gui> tab and change the <gui>Method</gui> to <gui>Manual</gui>."
9874
msgstr ""
9875
9876
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9877
#: C/net-manual.page:43
9878
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and type the <em>IP address</em>, <em>network mask</em> and <em>default gateway IP address</em> into the corresponding columns of the <gui>Addresses</gui> list. Press <key>Enter</key> or <key>Tab</key> after typing each address."
9879
msgstr ""
9880
9881
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9882
#: C/net-manual.page:44
9883
msgid "These three addresses must be IP addresses; that is, they must be four numbers separated by periods (e.g., 123.45.6.78)."
9884
msgstr ""
9885
9886
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9887
#: C/net-manual.page:48
9888
msgid "Type the IP addresses of the DNS servers you want to use, separated by commas."
9889
msgstr ""
9890
9891
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9892
#: C/net-manual.page:52
9893
msgid "Click <gui>Save</gui>. If you are not connected to the network, click the network icon on the menu bar and connect. Test the network settings by trying to visit a website or look at shared files on the network, for example."
9894
msgstr ""
9895
9896
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9897
#: C/net-mobile.page:13
9898
msgid "Connect to the internet using mobile broadband"
9899
msgstr ""
9900
9901
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9902
#: C/net-mobile.page:17
9903
msgid "Connect to mobile broadband"
9904
msgstr ""
9905
9906
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9907
#: C/net-mobile.page:19
9908
msgid "<em>Mobile Broadband</em> refers to any kind of high speed Internet connection which is provided by an external device such as a 3G USB stick or mobile phone with built-in HSPA/UMTS/GPRS data connection. Some laptops have recently been produced with mobile broadband devices already inside them."
9909
msgstr ""
9910
9911
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9912
#: C/net-mobile.page:26
9913
msgid "Most mobile broadband devices should be recognized automatically when you connect them to your computer. Ubuntu will prompt you to configure the device."
9914
msgstr ""
9915
9916
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9917
#: C/net-mobile.page:33
9918
msgid "The <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard will open automatically when you connect the device."
9919
msgstr ""
9920
9921
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9922
#: C/net-mobile.page:39
9923
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and enter your details, including the country where your Mobile Broadband device was issued, the network provider and type of connection (for example, <em>Contract</em> or <em>pre-pay</em>)."
9924
msgstr ""
9925
9926
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9927
#: C/net-mobile.page:47
9928
msgid "Give your connection a name and click <gui>Apply</gui>."
9929
msgstr ""
9930
9931
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9932
#: C/net-mobile.page:52
9933
msgid "Your connection is now ready to use. To connect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select your new connection."
9934
msgstr ""
9935
9936
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9937
#: C/net-mobile.page:58
9938
msgid "To disconnect, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the menu bar and click <gui>Disconnect</gui>."
9939
msgstr ""
9940
9941
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9942
#: C/net-mobile.page:64
9943
msgid "If you are not prompted to configure the device when you connect it, it may still be recognized by Ubuntu. In such cases you can add the connection manually."
9944
msgstr ""
9945
9946
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9947
#: C/net-mobile.page:71
9948
msgid "Click the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">network menu</link> in the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections...</gui>"
9949
msgstr ""
9950
9951
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9952
#: C/net-mobile.page:77
9953
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Mobile Broadband</gui> tab."
9954
msgstr ""
9955
9956
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9957
#: C/net-mobile.page:82
9958
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui>."
9959
msgstr ""
9960
9961
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9962
#: C/net-mobile.page:87
9963
msgid "This should open the <gui>New Mobile Broadband Connection</gui> wizard. Enter your details as described above."
9964
msgstr ""
9965
9966
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
9967
#: C/net-nonm.page:13
9968
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>. Type <input>nm-applet</input>"
9969
msgstr ""
9970
9971
#. (itstool) path: page/title
9972
#: C/net-nonm.page:17
9973
msgid "There's no network menu in the menu bar"
9974
msgstr ""
9975
9976
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9977
#: C/net-nonm.page:19
9978
msgid "If the network menu has disappeared from the menu bar, your <app>Network Manager</app> may not be running. To start it up again:"
9979
msgstr ""
9980
9981
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9982
#: C/net-nonm.page:22
9983
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
9984
msgstr ""
9985
9986
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9987
#: C/net-nonm.page:23
9988
msgid "Type <input>nm-applet</input> and press <gui>Enter</gui>."
9989
msgstr ""
9990
9991
#. (itstool) path: item/p
9992
#: C/net-nonm.page:24
9993
msgid "The <gui>Wireless Network Authentication</gui> box may pop up. Enter your password in the appropriate box and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
9994
msgstr ""
9995
9996
#. (itstool) path: page/p
9997
#: C/net-nonm.page:27
9998
msgid "If this doesn't work, there could be a problem with the Network Manager. To see if this is the case, go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link> and open the Terminal. Type <cmd>nm-applet</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key> and see if the network menu appears. If it doesn't, you should see some error messages appear in the Terminal. These should tell you what is going wrong, but they may be quite technical in nature. If so, ask for help on a support forum and quote these error messages."
9999
msgstr ""
10000
10001
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10002
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:20
10003
msgid "You can save settings (like the password) for a network connection so that everyone who uses the computer will be able to connect to it."
10004
msgstr ""
10005
10006
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10007
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:24
10008
msgid "Other users can't connect to the internet"
10009
msgstr ""
10010
10011
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10012
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:32
10013
msgid "If you have set up a network connection but other users on your computer can't connect to it, they probably aren't entering the right settings when they try to connect. For example, if you have a wireless connection, they may not be entering the right wireless security password."
10014
msgstr ""
10015
10016
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10017
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:34
10018
msgid "You can make it so that everyone can share the settings for a network connection once you have set it up. This means that you only need to set it up once, and everyone else on the computer will be able to connect to it without being asked any questions. To do this:"
10019
msgstr ""
10020
10021
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10022
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:42
10023
msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to use. You will probably need to switch to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab. Select the network name and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10024
msgstr ""
10025
10026
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10027
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:46
10028
msgid "Check <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. You will have to enter your admin password to save the changes. Only admin users can do this."
10029
msgstr ""
10030
10031
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10032
#: C/net-othersconnect.page:50
10033
msgid "Other users of the computer will now be able to use this connection without entering any further details."
10034
msgstr ""
10035
10036
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10037
#: C/net-othersedit.page:20
10038
msgid "You need to uncheck the <gui>Available to all users</gui> option in the network connection settings."
10039
msgstr ""
10040
10041
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10042
#: C/net-othersedit.page:24
10043
msgid "Other users can't edit the network connections"
10044
msgstr ""
10045
10046
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10047
#: C/net-othersedit.page:32
10048
msgid "If you can edit a network connection but other users on your computer can't, you may have set the connection to be <gui>available to all users</gui>. This makes it so that everyone on the computer can <em>connect</em> using that connection, but only users <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">with administrative rights</link> are allowed to change its settings."
10049
msgstr ""
10050
10051
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10052
#: C/net-othersedit.page:34
10053
msgid "The reason for this is that, since everyone is affected if the settings are changed, only highly-trusted (admin) users should be allowed to modify the connection."
10054
msgstr ""
10055
10056
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10057
#: C/net-othersedit.page:36
10058
msgid "If other users really need to be able to change the connection themselves, make it so the connection is <em>not</em> set to be available to everyone on the computer. This way, everyone will be able to manage their own connection settings rather than relying on one set of shared, system-wide settings for the connection."
10059
msgstr ""
10060
10061
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
10062
#: C/net-othersedit.page:39
10063
msgid "Make it so that the connection isn't shared any more"
10064
msgstr ""
10065
10066
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10067
#: C/net-othersedit.page:45
10068
msgid "Find the connection you want everyone to be able to manage/edit themselves. Click to select it and then click <gui>Edit</gui>."
10069
msgstr ""
10070
10071
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10072
#: C/net-othersedit.page:49
10073
msgid "You will have to enter your admin password to change the connection. Only admin users can do this."
10074
msgstr ""
10075
10076
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10077
#: C/net-othersedit.page:53
10078
msgid "Uncheck <gui>Available to all users</gui> and click <gui>Save</gui>. Other users of the computer will now be able to manage the connection themselves."
10079
msgstr ""
10080
10081
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10082
#: C/net.page:18
10083
msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless\">Wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-wired\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-problem\">connection problems</link>, <link xref=\"net-browser\">web browsing</link>, <link xref=\"net-email\">email accounts</link>, <link xref=\"net-chat\">instant messaging</link>…"
10084
msgstr ""
10085
10086
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10087
#: C/net.page:44
10088
msgid "Networking, web, email & chat"
10089
msgstr ""
10090
10091
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10092
#: C/net-problem.page:11
10093
msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">Troubleshooting wireless connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-find\">finding your wifi network</link>…"
10094
msgstr ""
10095
10096
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10097
#: C/net-problem.page:22
10098
msgid "Network problems"
10099
msgstr ""
10100
10101
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10102
#: C/net-proxy.page:23
10103
msgid "A proxy filters websites that you look at, usually for control or security purposes."
10104
msgstr ""
10105
10106
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10107
#: C/net-proxy.page:27
10108
msgid "Define proxy settings"
10109
msgstr ""
10110
10111
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10112
#: C/net-proxy.page:30
10113
msgid "What is a proxy?"
10114
msgstr ""
10115
10116
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10117
#: C/net-proxy.page:32
10118
msgid "A <em>web proxy</em> filters websites that you look at, it receipts requests from your web browser to fetches the web pages and their elements, and following a policy will decide to pass them you back. They are commonly used in businesses and at public wireless hotspots to control what websites you can look at, prevent you from accessing the internet without logging in, or to do security checks on websites."
10119
msgstr ""
10120
10121
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10122
#: C/net-proxy.page:41
10123
msgid "Change proxy method"
10124
msgstr ""
10125
10126
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10127
#: C/net-proxy.page:53
10128
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and choose <gui>Network Proxy</gui> from the list on the left side of the window."
10129
msgstr ""
10130
10131
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10132
#: C/net-proxy.page:56
10133
msgid "Choose which proxy method you want to use among the following methods."
10134
msgstr ""
10135
10136
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10137
#: C/net-proxy.page:60
10138
msgid "The applications will use a direct connection to fetch the content on the web."
10139
msgstr ""
10140
10141
#. (itstool) path: item/title
10142
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10143
#: C/net-proxy.page:63
10144
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:131
10145
msgid "Manual"
10146
msgstr ""
10147
10148
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10149
#: C/net-proxy.page:64
10150
msgid "For each proxied protocol, define the address of a proxy and port for the protocols. The protocols are <gui>HTTP</gui>, <gui>HTTPS</gui>, <gui>FTP</gui> and <gui>SOCKS</gui>."
10151
msgstr ""
10152
10153
#. (itstool) path: item/title
10154
#: C/net-proxy.page:68
10155
msgid "Automatic"
10156
msgstr ""
10157
10158
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10159
#: C/net-proxy.page:69
10160
msgid "An URL points to a resource, which contains the appropriate configuration for your system."
10161
msgstr ""
10162
10163
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10164
#: C/net-proxy.page:74
10165
msgid "The proxy settings will be applied to applications that use network connection to use the chosen configuration."
10166
msgstr ""
10167
10168
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10169
#: C/net-security.page:11
10170
msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Antivirus software</link>, <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">basic firewalls</link>…"
10171
msgstr ""
10172
10173
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10174
#: C/net-security.page:22
10175
msgid "Keeping safe on the internet"
10176
msgstr ""
10177
10178
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10179
#: C/net-security-tips.page:11
10180
msgid "General tips to keep in mind when using the internet"
10181
msgstr ""
10182
10183
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
10184
#: C/net-security-tips.page:16
10185
#: C/printing-setup.page:30
10186
msgid "Steven Richards"
10187
msgstr ""
10188
10189
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10190
#: C/net-security-tips.page:22
10191
msgid "Staying safe on the internet"
10192
msgstr ""
10193
10194
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10195
#: C/net-security-tips.page:24
10196
msgid "A possible reason for why you are using Ubuntu is the robust security that Linux based systems are known for. One reason that Linux is relatively safe from malware and viruses is due to the lower number of people who use it. Viruses are targeted at popular operating systems like Windows, that have an extremely large user base. Linux based systems are also very secure due to their open source nature, which allows experts to modify and enhance the security features included with each distribution."
10197
msgstr ""
10198
10199
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10200
#: C/net-security-tips.page:31
10201
msgid "Despite the measures taken to ensure that your installation of Ubuntu is secure, there are always vulnerabilities. As an average user on the internet you can still be susceptible to:"
10202
msgstr ""
10203
10204
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10205
#: C/net-security-tips.page:35
10206
msgid "Phishing Scams (websites and emails that try to obtain sensitive information through deception)"
10207
msgstr ""
10208
10209
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10210
#: C/net-security-tips.page:36
10211
msgid "<link xref=\"net-email-virus\">Forwarding malicious emails</link>"
10212
msgstr ""
10213
10214
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10215
#: C/net-security-tips.page:37
10216
msgid "<link xref=\"net-antivirus\">Applications with malicious intent (viruses)</link>"
10217
msgstr ""
10218
10219
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10220
#: C/net-security-tips.page:38
10221
msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">Unauthorized remote/local network access</link>"
10222
msgstr ""
10223
10224
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10225
#: C/net-security-tips.page:41
10226
msgid "To stay safe online, keep in mind the following tips:"
10227
msgstr ""
10228
10229
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10230
#: C/net-security-tips.page:44
10231
msgid "Be wary of emails, attachments, or links that were sent from people you do not know."
10232
msgstr ""
10233
10234
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10235
#: C/net-security-tips.page:45
10236
msgid "If a website's offer is too good to be true, or asks for sensitive information that seems unnecessary, then think twice about what information you are submitting and the potential consequences if that information is compromised by identity thieves or other criminals."
10237
msgstr ""
10238
10239
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10240
#: C/net-security-tips.page:48
10241
msgid "Be careful in providing any application <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">root level permissions</link>, especially ones that you have not used before or apps that are not well-known. Providing anyone/anything with root level permissions puts your computer at high risk to exploitation."
10242
msgstr ""
10243
10244
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10245
#: C/net-security-tips.page:51
10246
msgid "Make sure you are only running necessary remote-access services. Having SSH or VNC running can be useful, but also leaves your computer open to intrusion if not secured properly. Consider using a <link xref=\"net-firewall-on-off\">firewall</link> to help protect your computer from intrusion."
10247
msgstr ""
10248
10249
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10250
#: C/net-slow.page:15
10251
msgid "Other things might be downloading, you could have a poor connection, or it could be a busy time of day."
10252
msgstr ""
10253
10254
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10255
#: C/net-slow.page:19
10256
msgid "The internet seems slow"
10257
msgstr ""
10258
10259
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10260
#: C/net-slow.page:21
10261
msgid "If you are using the internet and it seems slow, there are a number of things that could be causing the slow down."
10262
msgstr ""
10263
10264
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10265
#: C/net-slow.page:23
10266
msgid "Try closing your web browser and then re-opening it, and disconnecting from the internet and then reconnecting again. (Doing this resets a lot of things that might be causing the internet to run slowly.)"
10267
msgstr ""
10268
10269
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10270
#: C/net-slow.page:27
10271
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Busy time of day</em>"
10272
msgstr ""
10273
10274
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10275
#: C/net-slow.page:28
10276
msgid "Internet service providers commonly setup internet connections so that they are shared between several households. Even though you connect separately, through your own phone line or cable connection, the connection to the rest of the internet at the telephone exchange might actually be shared. If this is the case and lots of your neighbors are using the internet at the same time as you, you might notice a slow-down. You're most likely to experience this at times when your neighbors are probably on the internet (in the evenings, for example)."
10277
msgstr ""
10278
10279
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10280
#: C/net-slow.page:32
10281
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Downloading lots of things at once</em>"
10282
msgstr ""
10283
10284
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10285
#: C/net-slow.page:33
10286
msgid "If you or someone else using your internet connection are downloading several files at once, or watching videos, the internet connection might not be fast enough to keep up with the demand. In this case, it will feel slower."
10287
msgstr ""
10288
10289
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10290
#: C/net-slow.page:37
10291
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Unreliable connection</em>"
10292
msgstr ""
10293
10294
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10295
#: C/net-slow.page:38
10296
msgid "Some internet connections are just unreliable, especially temporary ones or those in high demand areas. If you are in a busy coffee shop or a conference center, the internet connection might be too busy or simply unreliable."
10297
msgstr ""
10298
10299
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10300
#: C/net-slow.page:42
10301
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Low wireless connection signal</em>"
10302
msgstr ""
10303
10304
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10305
#: C/net-slow.page:43
10306
msgid "If you're connected to the internet by wireless (wifi), check the network menu on the menu bar to see if you have good wireless signal. If not, the internet may be slow because you don't have a very strong signal."
10307
msgstr ""
10308
10309
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10310
#: C/net-slow.page:47
10311
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Using a slower mobile internet connection</em>"
10312
msgstr ""
10313
10314
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10315
#: C/net-slow.page:48
10316
msgid "If you have a mobile internet connection and notice that it is slow, you may have moved into an area where signal reception is poor. When this happens, the internet connection will automatically switch from a fast \"mobile broadband\" connection like 3G to a more reliable, but slower, connection like GPRS."
10317
msgstr ""
10318
10319
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10320
#: C/net-slow.page:52
10321
msgid "<em style=\"strong\">Web browser has a problem</em>"
10322
msgstr ""
10323
10324
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10325
#: C/net-slow.page:53
10326
msgid "Sometimes web browsers encounter a problem that makes them run slow. This could be for any number of reasons - you could have visited a website that the browser struggled to load, or you might have had the browser open for a long time, for example. Try closing all of the browser's windows and then opening the browser again to see if this makes a difference."
10327
msgstr ""
10328
10329
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10330
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:16
10331
msgid "VPNs allow you to connect to a local network over the internet. Learn how to set up a VPN connection."
10332
msgstr ""
10333
10334
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10335
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:20
10336
msgid "Connect to a VPN"
10337
msgstr ""
10338
10339
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10340
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:22
10341
msgid "A VPN (or <em>Virtual Private Network</em>) is a way of connecting to a local network over the internet. For example, say you want to connect to the local network at your workplace while you're on a business trip. You would find an internet connection somewhere (like at a hotel) and then connect to your workplace's VPN. It would be as if you were directly connected to the network at work, but the actual network connection would be through the hotel's internet connection. VPN connections are usually <em>encrypted</em> to prevent people from accessing the local network you're connecting to without logging in."
10342
msgstr ""
10343
10344
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10345
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:24
10346
msgid "There are a number of different types of VPN. You may have to install some extra software depending on what type of VPN you're connecting to. Find out the connection details from whoever is in charge of the VPN and see which <em>VPN client</em> you need to use. Then, open <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> and search for the <app>network-manager</app> package which works with your VPN (if there is one) and install it. You will need to click the <gui>Show technical items</gui> link at the bottom of <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app>."
10347
msgstr ""
10348
10349
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10350
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:27
10351
msgid "If there isn't a NetworkManager package for your type of VPN, you will probably have to download and install some client software from the company that provides the VPN software. You'll probably have to follow some different instructions to get that working."
10352
msgstr ""
10353
10354
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10355
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:30
10356
msgid "Once that's done, you can set up the VPN connection:"
10357
msgstr ""
10358
10359
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10360
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:34
10361
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and, under <gui>VPN Connections</gui>, select <gui>Configure VPN</gui>."
10362
msgstr ""
10363
10364
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10365
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:38
10366
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and choose which kind of VPN connection you have."
10367
msgstr ""
10368
10369
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10370
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:42
10371
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui> and follow the instructions on the screen, entering details like your username and password as you go."
10372
msgstr ""
10373
10374
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10375
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:46
10376
msgid "When you've finished setting-up the VPN, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar, go to <gui>VPN Connections</gui> and click on the connection you just created. It will try to establish a VPN connection - the network icon will change as it tries to connect."
10377
msgstr ""
10378
10379
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10380
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:50
10381
msgid "Hopefully, you will successfully connect to the VPN. If not, you may need to double-check the VPN settings you entered. You can do this by clicking the network menu, selecting <gui>Edit Connections</gui> and going to the <gui>VPN</gui> tab."
10382
msgstr ""
10383
10384
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10385
#: C/net-vpn-connect.page:54
10386
msgid "To disconnect from the VPN, click the network menu and select <gui>Disconnect</gui> under the name of your VPN connection."
10387
msgstr ""
10388
10389
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10390
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:15
10391
msgid "An IP Address is like a phone number for your computer."
10392
msgstr ""
10393
10394
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10395
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:19
10396
msgid "What is an IP address?"
10397
msgstr ""
10398
10399
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10400
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:21
10401
msgid "\"IP address\" stands for <em>Internet Protocol address</em>, and each device that is connected to a network (like the internet) has one."
10402
msgstr ""
10403
10404
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10405
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:23
10406
msgid "An IP address is similar to your phone number. Your phone number is a unique set of numbers that identifies your phone so that other people can call you. Similarly, an IP address is a unique set of numbers that identifies your computer so that it can send and receive data with other computers."
10407
msgstr ""
10408
10409
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10410
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:25
10411
msgid "Currently, most IP addresses consist of four sets of numbers, each separated by a period. <code>192.168.1.42</code> is an example of an IP address."
10412
msgstr ""
10413
10414
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10415
#: C/net-what-is-ip-address.page:27
10416
msgid "An IP address can either be <em>dynamic</em> or <em>static</em>. Dynamic IP addresses are temporarily assigned each time your computer connects to a network. Static IP addresses are fixed, and do not change. Dynamic IP addresses are more common that static addresses - static addresses are typically only used when there is a special need for them, such as administering a server."
10417
msgstr ""
10418
10419
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10420
#: C/net-wired.page:11
10421
msgid "<link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">Wired internet connections</link>, <link xref=\"net-fixed-ip-address\">Fixed IP addresses</link>…"
10422
msgstr ""
10423
10424
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10425
#: C/net-wired.page:22
10426
msgid "Wired Networking"
10427
msgstr ""
10428
10429
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10430
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:15
10431
msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable."
10432
msgstr ""
10433
10434
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10435
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:19
10436
msgid "Connect to a wired (Ethernet) network"
10437
msgstr ""
10438
10439
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10440
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:21
10441
msgid "To set up most wired network connections, all you need to do is plug in a network cable. The network icon on the menu bar should pulse for a few seconds and then will change to a \"socket\" icon when you are connected."
10442
msgstr ""
10443
10444
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10445
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:23
10446
msgid "If this does not happen, you should first of all make sure that your network cable is plugged in. One end of the cable should be plugged into the rectangular Ethernet (network) port on your computer, and the other end should be plugged into a switch, router, network wall socket or similar (depending on the network setup you have). Sometimes, a light beside the Ethernet port will indicate that it is plugged in and active."
10447
msgstr ""
10448
10449
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10450
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:26
10451
msgid "You can't plug one computer directly into another one with a network cable (at least, not without some extra setting-up). To connect two computers, you should plug them both into a network hub, router or switch."
10452
msgstr ""
10453
10454
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10455
#: C/net-wired-connect.page:29
10456
msgid "If you are still not connected, your network may not support automatic setup (DHCP). In this case you'll have to <link xref=\"net-manual\">configure it manually</link>."
10457
msgstr ""
10458
10459
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10460
#: C/net-wireless.page:13
10461
msgid "<link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">Connect to wifi</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">Hidden networks</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-edit-connection\">Edit connection settings</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-disconnecting\">Disconnecting</link>…"
10462
msgstr ""
10463
10464
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10465
#: C/net-wireless.page:26
10466
msgid "Wireless Networking"
10467
msgstr ""
10468
10469
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10470
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:19
10471
msgid "Use an ad-hoc network to allow other devices to connect to your computer and its network connections."
10472
msgstr ""
10473
10474
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10475
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:25
10476
msgid "Create a wireless hotspot"
10477
msgstr ""
10478
10479
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10480
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:27
10481
msgid "You can use your computer as a wireless hotspot. This allows other devices to connect to you without a separate network, and allows you to share an internet connection you've made with another interface, such as to a wired network or over the cellular network."
10482
msgstr ""
10483
10484
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10485
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:44
10486
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select <gui>Wireless</gui> on the left."
10487
msgstr ""
10488
10489
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10490
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:45
10491
msgid "Click the <gui>Use as Hotspot</gui> button."
10492
msgstr ""
10493
10494
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10495
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:46
10496
msgid "If you are already connected to a wireless network, you will be asked if you want to disconnect from that network. A single wireless adapter can only connect to or create one network at a time. Click <gui>Create Hotspot</gui> to confirm."
10497
msgstr ""
10498
10499
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10500
#: C/net-wireless-adhoc.page:52
10501
msgid "A network name (SSID) and security key are automatically generated. The network name will be based on the name of your computer. Other devices will need this information to connect to the hotspot you've just created."
10502
msgstr ""
10503
10504
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10505
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:20
10506
msgid "Click the network menu on the menu bar and uncheck Enable Wireless."
10507
msgstr ""
10508
10509
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10510
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:24
10511
msgid "Turn off wireless (airplane mode)"
10512
msgstr ""
10513
10514
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10515
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:26
10516
msgid "If you have your computer on an airplane (or some other area where wireless connections are not allowed), you should switch off your wireless. You may also want to switch off your wireless for other reasons (to save battery power, for example). To do this:"
10517
msgstr ""
10518
10519
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10520
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:28
10521
msgid "To do this, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and uncheck <gui>Enable Wireless</gui>. This will turn off your wireless connection until you switch it back on again."
10522
msgstr ""
10523
10524
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10525
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:30
10526
msgid "To turn wireless back on, click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> so that it has a checkmark in front of it."
10527
msgstr ""
10528
10529
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10530
#: C/net-wireless-airplane.page:32
10531
msgid "Your laptop may still be broadcasting if you have not turned off <link xref=\"bluetooth-turn-on-off\">Bluetooth</link>."
10532
msgstr ""
10533
10534
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10535
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:22
10536
msgid "Get on the internet - wirelessly."
10537
msgstr ""
10538
10539
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10540
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:26
10541
msgid "Connect to a wireless network"
10542
msgstr ""
10543
10544
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10545
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:28
10546
msgid "If you have a wireless-enabled computer, you can connect to a wireless network that is within range to get access to the internet, view shared files on the network, and so on."
10547
msgstr ""
10548
10549
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10550
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:32
10551
msgid "If you have a wireless hardware switch on your computer, make sure that it is turned on."
10552
msgstr ""
10553
10554
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10555
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:35
10556
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui>, and click the name of the network you want to connect to."
10557
msgstr ""
10558
10559
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10560
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:36
10561
msgid "If the name of the network isn't in the list, select <gui>More Networks</gui> to see if the network is further down the list. If you still don't see the network, you may be out of range or the network <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">might be hidden</link>."
10562
msgstr ""
10563
10564
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10565
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:38
10566
msgid "If the network is protected by a password (<link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">encryption key</link>), enter the password when prompted and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10567
msgstr ""
10568
10569
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10570
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:39
10571
msgid "If you do not know the key, it may be written on the underside of the wireless router or base station, in its instruction manual, or you may have to ask the person who administers the wireless network."
10572
msgstr ""
10573
10574
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10575
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:40
10576
msgid "The network icon will change appearance as the computer attempts to connect to the network."
10577
msgstr ""
10578
10579
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10580
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:42
10581
msgid "If the connection is successful, the icon will change to a dot with several bars above it. More bars indicate a stronger connection to the network. If there aren't many bars, the connection is weak and might not be very reliable."
10582
msgstr ""
10583
10584
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10585
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:46
10586
msgid "If the connection is not successful, you <link xref=\"net-wireless-noconnection\">may be asked for your password again</link> or it might just tell you that the connection has been disconnected. There are a number of things that could have caused this to happen. You could have entered the wrong password, the wireless signal could be too weak, or your computer's wireless card might have a problem, for example. See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more help."
10587
msgstr ""
10588
10589
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10590
#: C/net-wireless-connect.page:48
10591
msgid "A stronger connection to a wireless network does not necessarily mean that you have a faster internet connection, or that you will have faster download speeds. The wireless connection connects your computer to the <em>device which provides the internet connection</em> (like a router or modem), but the two connections are actually different, and so will run at different speeds."
10592
msgstr ""
10593
10594
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10595
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:21
10596
msgid "You might have low signal, or the network might not be letting you connect properly."
10597
msgstr ""
10598
10599
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10600
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:25
10601
msgid "Why does my wireless network keep disconnecting?"
10602
msgstr ""
10603
10604
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10605
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:27
10606
msgid "You may find that you have been disconnected from a wireless network even though you wanted to stay connected. Your computer will normally try to reconnect to the network as soon as this happens (the network icon on the menu bar will pulse if it is trying to reconnect), but it can be annoying, especially if you were using the internet at the time."
10607
msgstr ""
10608
10609
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10610
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:30
10611
msgid "Weak wireless signal"
10612
msgstr ""
10613
10614
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10615
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:32
10616
msgid "A common reason for being disconnected from a wireless network is that you have low signal. Wireless networks have a limited range, so if you are too far away from the wireless base station you may not be able to get a strong enough signal to maintain a connection. Walls and other objects between you and the base station can also weaken the signal."
10617
msgstr ""
10618
10619
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10620
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:34
10621
msgid "The network icon on the menu bar displays how strong your wireless signal is. If the signal looks low, try moving closer to the wireless base station."
10622
msgstr ""
10623
10624
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10625
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:39
10626
msgid "Network connection not being established properly"
10627
msgstr ""
10628
10629
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10630
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:41
10631
msgid "Sometimes, when you connect to a wireless network, it may appear that you have successfully connected at first, but then you will be disconnected soon after. This normally happens because your computer was only partially successful in connecting to the network - it managed to establish a connection, but was unable to finalize the connection for some reason and so was disconnected."
10632
msgstr ""
10633
10634
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10635
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:43
10636
msgid "A possible reason for this is that you entered the wrong wireless passphrase, or that your computer was not allowed on the network (because the network requires a username to log in, for example)."
10637
msgstr ""
10638
10639
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10640
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:48
10641
msgid "Unreliable wireless hardware/drivers"
10642
msgstr ""
10643
10644
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10645
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:50
10646
msgid "Some wireless network hardware can be a little unreliable. Wireless networks are complicated, so wireless cards and base stations occasionally run into minor problems and may drop connections. This is annoying, but it happens quite regularly with many devices. If you are disconnected from wireless connections from time to time, this may be the only reason. If it happens very regularly, you may want to consider getting some different hardware."
10647
msgstr ""
10648
10649
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10650
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:55
10651
msgid "Busy wireless networks"
10652
msgstr ""
10653
10654
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10655
#: C/net-wireless-disconnecting.page:57
10656
msgid "Wireless networks in busy places (in universities and coffee shops, for example) often have many computers trying to connect to them at once. Sometimes these networks get too busy and may not be able to handle all of the computers that are trying to connect, so some of them get disconnected."
10657
msgstr ""
10658
10659
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10660
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:20
10661
msgid "Learn what the options on the wireless connection editing screen mean."
10662
msgstr ""
10663
10664
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10665
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:27
10666
msgid "Edit a wireless connection"
10667
msgstr ""
10668
10669
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10670
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:33
10671
msgid "This topic describes all of the options that are available when you edit a wireless network connection. To edit a connection, click the <gui>network menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Edit Connections</gui>."
10672
msgstr ""
10673
10674
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10675
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:38
10676
msgid "Most networks will work fine if you leave these settings at their defaults, so you probably don't need to change any of them. Many of the options here are provided to give you greater control over more advanced networks."
10677
msgstr ""
10678
10679
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10680
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:42
10681
msgid "Available to all users / Connect automatically"
10682
msgstr ""
10683
10684
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10685
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:45
10686
msgid "Connect automatically"
10687
msgstr ""
10688
10689
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10690
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:46
10691
msgid "Check this option if you would like the computer to try to connect to this wireless network whenever it is in range."
10692
msgstr ""
10693
10694
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10695
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:47
10696
msgid "If several networks which are set to connect automatically are in range, the computer will connect to the first one shown in the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab in the <gui>Network Connections</gui> window. It won't disconnect from one available network to connect to a different one that has just come in range."
10697
msgstr ""
10698
10699
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10700
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:51
10701
msgid "Available to all users"
10702
msgstr ""
10703
10704
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10705
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:52
10706
msgid "Check this if you would like all of the users on the computer to have access to this wireless network. If the network has a <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">WEP/WPA password</link> and you have checked this option, you will only need to enter the password once. All of the other users on your computer will be able to connect to the network without having to know the password themselves."
10707
msgstr ""
10708
10709
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10710
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:53
10711
msgid "If this is checked, you need to be an <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator</link> to change any of the settings for this network. You may be asked to enter your admin password."
10712
msgstr ""
10713
10714
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10715
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:59
10716
msgid "Wireless"
10717
msgstr ""
10718
10719
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10720
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:62
10721
msgid "SSID"
10722
msgstr ""
10723
10724
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10725
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:63
10726
msgid "This is the name of the wireless network you are connecting to, otherwise known as the <em>Service Set Identifier</em>. Don't change this unless you have changed the name of the wireless network (for example, by changing the settings of your wireless router or base station)."
10727
msgstr ""
10728
10729
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10730
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:67
10731
msgid "Mode"
10732
msgstr ""
10733
10734
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10735
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:68
10736
msgid "Use this to specify whether you are connecting to an <gui>Infrastructure</gui> network (one where computers wirelessly connect to a central base station or router) or an <gui>Ad-hoc</gui> network (where there is no base station, and the computers in the network connect to one another). Most networks are infrastructure ones; you may wish to <link xref=\"net-wireless-adhoc\">set-up your own ad-hoc network</link> though."
10737
msgstr ""
10738
10739
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10740
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:69
10741
msgid "If you choose <gui>Ad-hoc</gui>, you will see two other options, <gui>Band</gui> and <gui>Channel</gui>. These determine which wireless frequency band the ad-hoc wireless network will operate on. Some computers are only able to work on certain bands (for example, only <gui>A</gui> or only <gui>B/G</gui>), so you might want to pick a band that all of the computers in the ad-hoc network can use. In busy places, there might be several wireless networks sharing the same channel; this might slow-down your connection, so you can change which channel you are using too."
10742
msgstr ""
10743
10744
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10745
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:73
10746
msgid "BSSID"
10747
msgstr ""
10748
10749
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10750
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:74
10751
msgid "This is the <em>Basic Service Set Identifier</em>. The SSID (see above) is the name of the network which humans are intended to read; the BSSID is a name which the computer understands (it's a string of letters and numbers that is supposed to be unique to the wireless network). If a <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">network is hidden</link>, it will not have an SSID but it will have a BSSID."
10752
msgstr ""
10753
10754
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10755
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:78
10756
msgid "Device MAC address"
10757
msgstr ""
10758
10759
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10760
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:79
10761
msgid "A <link xref=\"net-macaddress\">MAC address</link> is a code which identifies a piece of network hardware (for example, a wireless card, an Ethernet network card or a router). Every device that you can connect to a network has a unique MAC address which was given to it in the factory."
10762
msgstr ""
10763
10764
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10765
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:80
10766
msgid "This option can be used to change the MAC address of your network card."
10767
msgstr ""
10768
10769
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10770
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:84
10771
msgid "Cloned MAC address"
10772
msgstr ""
10773
10774
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10775
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:85
10776
msgid "Your network hardware (wireless card) can pretend to have a different MAC address. This is useful if you have a device or service which will only communicate with a certain MAC address (for example, a cable broadband modem). If you put that MAC address into the <gui>cloned MAC address</gui> box, the device/service will think that your computer has the cloned MAC address rather than its real one."
10777
msgstr ""
10778
10779
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10780
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:89
10781
msgid "MTU"
10782
msgstr ""
10783
10784
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10785
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:90
10786
msgid "This setting changes the <em>Maximum Transmission Unit</em>, which is the maximum size of a chunk of data that can be sent over the network. When files are sent over a network, data is broken up into small chunks (or packets). The optimal MTU for your network will depend on how likely it is for packets to be lost (due to a noisy connection) and how fast the connection is. In general, you should not need to change this setting."
10787
msgstr ""
10788
10789
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10790
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:97
10791
msgid "Wireless Security"
10792
msgstr ""
10793
10794
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10795
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10796
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:100
10797
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:49
10798
msgid "Security"
10799
msgstr ""
10800
10801
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10802
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:101
10803
msgid "This defines what sort of <em>encryption</em> your wireless network uses. Encrypted connections help protect your wireless connection from being intercepted, so other people can't \"listen in\" and see what websites you're visiting and so on."
10804
msgstr ""
10805
10806
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10807
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:102
10808
msgid "Some types of encryption are stronger than others, but may not be supported by older wireless networking equipment. You'll normally need to type a password for the connection; more sophisticated types of security may also require a username and a digital \"certificate\". See <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\"/> for more information on popular types of wireless encryption."
10809
msgstr ""
10810
10811
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10812
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:108
10813
msgid "IPv4 Settings"
10814
msgstr ""
10815
10816
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10817
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:117
10818
msgid "Use this tab to define information like the IP address of your computer and which DNS servers it should use. Change the <gui>Method</gui> to see different ways of getting/setting that information."
10819
msgstr ""
10820
10821
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10822
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:118
10823
msgid "The following methods are available:"
10824
msgstr ""
10825
10826
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10827
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:121
10828
msgid "Automatic (DHCP)"
10829
msgstr ""
10830
10831
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10832
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:122
10833
msgid "Get information like the IP address and DNS server to use from a <em>DHCP server</em>. A DHCP server is a computer (or other device, like a router) connected to the network which decides which network settings your computer should have - when you first connect to the network, you will automatically be assigned the correct settings. Most networks use DHCP."
10834
msgstr ""
10835
10836
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10837
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:126
10838
msgid "Automatic (DHCP) addresses only"
10839
msgstr ""
10840
10841
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10842
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:127
10843
msgid "If you choose this setting, your computer will get its IP address from a DHCP server, but you will have to manually define other details (like which DNS server to use)."
10844
msgstr ""
10845
10846
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10847
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:132
10848
msgid "Choose this option if you would like to define all of the network settings yourself, including which IP address the computer should use."
10849
msgstr ""
10850
10851
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10852
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:136
10853
msgid "Link-Local Only"
10854
msgstr ""
10855
10856
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10857
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:137
10858
msgid "<em>Link-Local</em> is a way of connecting computers together on a network without requiring a DHCP server or manually defining IP addresses and other information. If you connect to a Link-Local network, the computers on the network will decide amongst themselves which IP addresses to use and so on. This is useful if you want to temporarily connect a few computers together so they communicate with each other."
10859
msgstr ""
10860
10861
#. (itstool) path: title/gui
10862
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:141
10863
msgid "Disabled"
10864
msgstr ""
10865
10866
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10867
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:142
10868
msgid "This option will disable the network connection and prevent you from connecting to it. Note that <gui>IPv4</gui> and <gui>IPv6</gui> are treated as separate connections even though they are for the same network card. If you have one enabled, you may wish to set the other to disabled."
10869
msgstr ""
10870
10871
#. (itstool) path: section/title
10872
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:149
10873
msgid "IPv6 Settings"
10874
msgstr ""
10875
10876
#. (itstool) path: section/p
10877
#: C/net-wireless-edit-connection.page:154
10878
msgid "This is similar to the <gui>IPv4</gui> tab except it deals with the newer IPv6 standard. Very modern networks use IPv6, but IPv4 is still more popular at the moment."
10879
msgstr ""
10880
10881
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10882
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:17
10883
msgid "The wireless could be turned off or broken, there might be too many wireless networks nearby, or you might be out of range."
10884
msgstr ""
10885
10886
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10887
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:21
10888
msgid "I can't see my wireless network in the list"
10889
msgstr ""
10890
10891
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10892
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:23
10893
msgid "There are a number of reasons why you might not be able to see your wireless network on the list of networks which appears when you click the network icon on the menu bar."
10894
msgstr ""
10895
10896
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10897
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:27
10898
msgid "If no networks are shown in the list, your wireless hardware could be turned off, or it <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\">may not be working properly</link>. Make sure it is turned on."
10899
msgstr ""
10900
10901
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10902
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:31
10903
msgid "If there are lots of wireless networks nearby, the network you are looking for might not be on the first page of the list. If this is the case, look at the bottom of the list for an arrow pointing towards the right and hover your mouse over it to display the rest of the wireless networks."
10904
msgstr ""
10905
10906
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10907
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:35
10908
msgid "You could be out of range of the network. Try moving closer to the wireless base station/router and see if the network appears in the list after a while."
10909
msgstr ""
10910
10911
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10912
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:39
10913
msgid "The list of wireless networks takes time to update. If you have just turned on your computer or moved to a different location, wait for a minute or so and then check if the network has appeared in the list."
10914
msgstr ""
10915
10916
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10917
#: C/net-wireless-find.page:43
10918
msgid "The network could be hidden. You need to <link xref=\"net-wireless-hidden\">connect in a different way</link> if it is a hidden network."
10919
msgstr ""
10920
10921
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10922
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10923
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:20
10924
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:30
10925
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and select <gui>Connect to Hidden Wireless Network</gui>."
10926
msgstr ""
10927
10928
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10929
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:24
10930
msgid "Connect to a hidden wireless network"
10931
msgstr ""
10932
10933
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10934
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:26
10935
msgid "It is possible to set up a wireless network so that it is \"hidden.\" Hidden networks won't show up in the list of networks that are displayed when you click the network menu in the menu bar (or the list of wireless networks on any other computer). To connect to a hidden wireless network:"
10936
msgstr ""
10937
10938
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10939
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:33
10940
msgid "In the window that appears, type the network name, choose the type of wireless security, and click <gui>Connect</gui>."
10941
msgstr ""
10942
10943
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10944
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:37
10945
msgid "You may have to check the settings of the wireless base station or router to see what the network name is. It is sometimes called the <em>BSSID</em> (Basic Service Set Identifier), and looks something like this: <gui>02:00:01:02:03:04</gui>."
10946
msgstr ""
10947
10948
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10949
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:39
10950
msgid "You should also check the wireless base station's security settings. Look for terms like WEP and WPA."
10951
msgstr ""
10952
10953
#. (itstool) path: note/p
10954
#: C/net-wireless-hidden.page:42
10955
msgid "You may think that hiding your wireless network will improve security by preventing people who don't know about it from connecting. In practice, this is not the case; the network is slightly harder to find but it is still detectable."
10956
msgstr ""
10957
10958
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
10959
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:15
10960
msgid "Double-check the password, try using the pass key instead of the password, turn the wireless card off and on again…"
10961
msgstr ""
10962
10963
#. (itstool) path: page/title
10964
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:19
10965
msgid "I've entered the correct password, but I still can't connect"
10966
msgstr ""
10967
10968
#. (itstool) path: page/p
10969
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:21
10970
msgid "If you're sure that you entered the correct <link xref=\"net-wireless-wepwpa\">wireless password</link> but you still can't successfully connect to a wireless network, try some of the following:"
10971
msgstr ""
10972
10973
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10974
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:25
10975
msgid "Double-check that you have the right password"
10976
msgstr ""
10977
10978
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10979
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:26
10980
msgid "Passwords are case-sensitive (it matters whether they have capital or lower-case letters), so check that you didn't get the case of one of the letters wrong."
10981
msgstr ""
10982
10983
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10984
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:30
10985
msgid "Try the hex or ASCII pass key"
10986
msgstr ""
10987
10988
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10989
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:31
10990
msgid "The password you enter can also be represented in a different way - as a string of characters in hexadecimal (numbers 0-9 and letters a-f) called a pass key. Each password has an equivalent pass key. If you have access to the pass key as well as the password/passphrase, try typing the pass key instead. Make sure you select the correct <gui>wireless security</gui> option when asked for your password (for example, select <gui>WEP 40/128-bit Key</gui> if you're typing the 40-character pass key for a WEP-encrypted connection)."
10991
msgstr ""
10992
10993
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10994
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:35
10995
msgid "Try turning your wireless card off and then on again"
10996
msgstr ""
10997
10998
#. (itstool) path: item/p
10999
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:36
11000
msgid "Sometimes wireless cards get stuck or experience a minor problem that means they won't connect. Try turning the card off and then on again to reset it - see <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
11001
msgstr ""
11002
11003
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11004
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:40
11005
msgid "Check that you're using the right type of wireless security"
11006
msgstr ""
11007
11008
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11009
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:41
11010
msgid "When prompted for your wireless security password, you can choose which type of wireless security to use. Make sure you choose the one that is used by the router or wireless base station. This should be selected by default, but sometimes it will not be for some reason. If you don't know which one it is, use trial and error to go through the different options."
11011
msgstr ""
11012
11013
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11014
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:45
11015
msgid "Check that your wireless card is properly supported"
11016
msgstr ""
11017
11018
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11019
#: C/net-wireless-noconnection.page:46
11020
msgid "Some wireless cards aren't supported very well. They show up as a wireless connection, but they can't connect to a network because their drivers lack the ability to do this. See if you can get an alternative wireless driver, or if you need to perform some extra set-up (like installing a different <em>firmware</em>). See <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting\"/> for more information."
11021
msgstr ""
11022
11023
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
11024
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:12
11025
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:10
11026
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:11
11027
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:11
11028
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:11
11029
msgid "Contributors to the Ubuntu documentation wiki"
11030
msgstr ""
11031
11032
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11033
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:20
11034
msgid "Identify and fix problems with wireless connections"
11035
msgstr ""
11036
11037
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11038
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:24
11039
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:22
11040
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:23
11041
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:23
11042
msgid "Wireless network troubleshooter"
11043
msgstr ""
11044
11045
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11046
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:26
11047
msgid "This is a step-by step troubleshooting guide to help you identify and fix wireless problems. If you cannot connect to a wireless network for some reason, try following the instructions here."
11048
msgstr ""
11049
11050
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11051
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:28
11052
msgid "We will proceed through the following steps to get your computer connected to the internet:"
11053
msgstr ""
11054
11055
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11056
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:30
11057
msgid "Performing an initial check"
11058
msgstr ""
11059
11060
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11061
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:31
11062
msgid "Gathering information about your hardware"
11063
msgstr ""
11064
11065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11066
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:32
11067
msgid "Checking your hardware"
11068
msgstr ""
11069
11070
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11071
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:33
11072
msgid "Attempting to create a connection to your wireless router"
11073
msgstr ""
11074
11075
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11076
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:34
11077
msgid "Performing a check of your modem and router"
11078
msgstr ""
11079
11080
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11081
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:36
11082
msgid "To get started, click on the <em>Next</em> link at the top right of the page. This link, and others like it on following pages, will take you through each step in the guide."
11083
msgstr ""
11084
11085
#. (itstool) path: note/title
11086
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:39
11087
msgid "Using the command line"
11088
msgstr ""
11089
11090
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11091
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:40
11092
msgid "Some of the instructions in this guide ask you to type commands into the <em>command line</em> (Terminal). You can find the Terminal application in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
11093
msgstr ""
11094
11095
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11096
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting.page:41
11097
msgid "If you are not familiar with using a command line, don't worry - this guide will direct you at each step. All you need to remember is that commands are case-sensitive (so you must type them <em>exactly</em> as they appear here), and to press <key>Enter</key> after typing each command to run it."
11098
msgstr ""
11099
11100
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11101
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:18
11102
msgid "Some device drivers don't work very well with certain wireless adapters, so you may need to find a better one."
11103
msgstr ""
11104
11105
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
11106
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:23
11107
msgid "Make sure that working device drivers are installed"
11108
msgstr ""
11109
11110
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11111
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:27
11112
msgid "In this step you can check to see if you can get working device drivers for your wireless adapter. A <em>device driver</em> is a piece of software which tells the computer how to make a hardware device work properly. Even though the wireless adapter has been recognized by the computer, it may not have drivers which work very well. You may be able to find different drivers for the wireless adapter which do work. Try some of the options below:"
11113
msgstr ""
11114
11115
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11116
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:31
11117
msgid "Check to see if your wireless adapter is on a list of supported devices"
11118
msgstr ""
11119
11120
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11121
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:32
11122
msgid "Most Linux distributions keep a list of wireless devices that they have support for. Sometimes, these lists provide extra information on how to get the drivers for certain adapters working properly. Go to the list for your distribution (for example, <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/WirelessCardsSupported\">Ubuntu</link>, <link href=\"http://linuxwireless.org/en/users/Drivers\">Fedora</link> or <link href=\"http://en.opensuse.org/HCL:Network_(Wireless)\">openSuSE</link>) and see if your make and model of wireless adapter is listed. You may be able to use some of the information there to get your wireless drivers working."
11123
msgstr ""
11124
11125
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11126
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:36
11127
msgid "Look for additional open or proprietary drivers"
11128
msgstr ""
11129
11130
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11131
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:37
11132
msgid "Although Ubuntu includes support for a large amount of devices, some drivers need to be installed separately. Use the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tool to check for these extra open or <link xref=\"hardware-driver-proprietary\">proprietary</link> drivers."
11133
msgstr ""
11134
11135
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11136
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:43
11137
msgid "Click the button at the far right side of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
11138
msgstr ""
11139
11140
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11141
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:46
11142
msgid "In the System section, click <gui>Software Sources</gui>."
11143
msgstr ""
11144
11145
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11146
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:49
11147
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Additional Drivers</gui> tab."
11148
msgstr ""
11149
11150
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11151
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:57
11152
msgid "Use the Windows drivers for your adapter"
11153
msgstr ""
11154
11155
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11156
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:58
11157
msgid "In general, you cannot use a device driver designed for one operating system (like Windows) on another operating system (like Linux). This is because they have different ways of handling devices. For wireless adapters, however, you can install a compatibility layer called <em>NDISwrapper</em> which lets you use some Windows wireless drivers on Linux. This is useful because wireless adapters almost always have Windows drivers available for them, whereas Linux drivers are sometimes not available. You can learn more about how to use NDISwrapper <link href=\"http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/ndiswrapper/index.php?title=Main_Page\">here</link>. Note that not all wireless drivers can be used through NDISwrapper."
11158
msgstr ""
11159
11160
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11161
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers.page:59
11162
msgid "Full information on ndiswrapper kept on <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/WifiDocs/Driver/Ndiswrapper\">this page</link> including troubleshooting help specific to ndiswrapper."
11163
msgstr ""
11164
11165
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11166
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:19
11167
msgid "Even though your wireless adapter is connected, it may not have been recognized properly by the computer."
11168
msgstr ""
11169
11170
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11171
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:23
11172
msgid "Wireless connection troubleshooter"
11173
msgstr ""
11174
11175
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
11176
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:24
11177
msgid "Check that the wireless adapter was recognized"
11178
msgstr ""
11179
11180
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11181
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:26
11182
msgid "Even though the wireless adapter is connected to the computer, it may not have been recognized as a network device by the computer. In this step, you will check whether the device was recognized properly."
11183
msgstr ""
11184
11185
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11186
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:30
11187
msgid "Open a Terminal window, type <cmd>sudo lshw -C network</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>. If this gives an error message, you can install the <app>lshw</app> program on your computer by typing <cmd>sudo apt-get install lshw</cmd> into the terminal."
11188
msgstr ""
11189
11190
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11191
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:33
11192
msgid "Look through the information that appeared and find the <em>Wireless interface</em> section. If your wireless adapter was detected properly, you should see something similar (but not identical) to this:"
11193
msgstr ""
11194
11195
#. (itstool) path: item/code
11196
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:34
11197
#, no-wrap
11198
msgid ""
11199
"*-network\n"
11200
" description: Wireless interface\n"
11201
" product: PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection\n"
11202
" vendor: Intel Corporation"
11203
msgstr ""
11204
11205
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11206
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:40
11207
msgid "If a wireless device is listed, continue on to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>."
11208
msgstr ""
11209
11210
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11211
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:41
11212
msgid "If a wireless device is <em>not</em> listed, the next steps you take will depend on the type of device that you use. Refer to the section below that is relevant to the type of wireless adapter that your computer has (<link xref=\"#pci\">internal PCI</link>, <link xref=\"#usb\">USB</link>, or <link xref=\"#pcmcia\">PCMCIA</link>)."
11213
msgstr ""
11214
11215
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11216
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:46
11217
msgid "PCI (internal) wireless adapter"
11218
msgstr ""
11219
11220
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11221
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:47
11222
msgid "Internal PCI adapters are the most common, and are found in most laptops made within the past few years. To check if your PCI wireless adapter was recognized:"
11223
msgstr ""
11224
11225
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11226
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:49
11227
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lspci</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11228
msgstr ""
11229
11230
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11231
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:51
11232
msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that are marked <code>Network controller</code> or <code>Ethernet controller</code>. Several devices may be marked in this way; the one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
11233
msgstr ""
11234
11235
#. (itstool) path: item/code
11236
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:52
11237
#, no-wrap
11238
msgid ""
11239
"Network controller: Intel Corporation PRO/Wireless 3945ABG [Golan] Network Connection"
11240
msgstr ""
11241
11242
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11243
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:54
11244
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:67
11245
msgid "If you found your wireless adapter in the list, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11246
msgstr ""
11247
11248
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11249
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:59
11250
msgid "USB wireless adapter"
11251
msgstr ""
11252
11253
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11254
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:60
11255
msgid "Wireless adapters that plug into a USB port on your computer are less common. They can plug directly into a USB port, or may be connected by a USB cable. 3G/mobile broadband adapters look quite similar to wireless (wifi) adapters, so if you think you have a USB wireless adapter, double-check that it is not actually a 3G adapter. To check if your USB wireless adapter was recognized:"
11256
msgstr ""
11257
11258
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11259
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:62
11260
msgid "Open a Terminal, type <cmd>lsusb</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11261
msgstr ""
11262
11263
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11264
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:64
11265
msgid "Look through the list of devices that is shown and find any that seem to refer to a wireless or network device. The one corresponding to your wireless adapter might include words like <code>wireless</code>, <code>WLAN</code>, <code>wifi</code> or <code>802.11</code>. Here is an example of what the entry might look like:"
11266
msgstr ""
11267
11268
#. (itstool) path: item/code
11269
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:65
11270
#, no-wrap
11271
msgid ""
11272
"Bus 005 Device 009: ID 12d1:140b Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. EC1260 Wireless Data Modem HSD USB Card"
11273
msgstr ""
11274
11275
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11276
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:72
11277
msgid "Checking for a PCMCIA device"
11278
msgstr ""
11279
11280
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11281
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:73
11282
msgid "PCMCIA wireless adapters are typically rectangular cards which slot into the side of your laptop. They are more commonly found in older computers. To check if your PCMCIA adapter was recognized:"
11283
msgstr ""
11284
11285
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11286
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:75
11287
msgid "Start your computer <em>without</em> the wireless adapter plugged in."
11288
msgstr ""
11289
11290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11291
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:77
11292
msgid "Open a Terminal and type the following, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
11293
msgstr ""
11294
11295
#. (itstool) path: item/code
11296
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:78
11297
#, no-wrap
11298
msgid ""
11299
"tail -f /var/log/dmesg"
11300
msgstr ""
11301
11302
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11303
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:79
11304
msgid "This will display a list of messages related to your computer's hardware, and will automatically update if anything to do with your hardware changes."
11305
msgstr ""
11306
11307
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11308
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:81
11309
msgid "Insert your wireless adapter into the PCMCIA slot and see what changes in the Terminal window. The changes should include some information about your wireless adapter. Look through them and see if you can identify it."
11310
msgstr ""
11311
11312
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11313
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:82
11314
msgid "To stop the command from running in the Terminal, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>. After you have done that, you can close the Terminal if you like."
11315
msgstr ""
11316
11317
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11318
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:83
11319
msgid "If you found any information about your wireless adapter, proceed to the <link xref=\"net-wireless-troubleshooting-device-drivers\">Device Drivers step</link>. If you didn't find anything related to your wireless adapter, see <link xref=\"#not-recognized\">the instructions below</link>."
11320
msgstr ""
11321
11322
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11323
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:88
11324
msgid "Wireless adapter was not recognized"
11325
msgstr ""
11326
11327
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11328
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:89
11329
msgid "If your wireless adapter was not recognized, it might not be working properly or the correct drivers may not be installed for it."
11330
msgstr ""
11331
11332
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11333
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-check.page:90
11334
msgid "To get specific help, look at the support options on your distribution's website. These might include mailing lists and web chats where you can ask about your wireless adapter, for example."
11335
msgstr ""
11336
11337
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11338
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:19
11339
msgid "You may need details such as the model number of your wireless adapter in subsequent troubleshooting steps."
11340
msgstr ""
11341
11342
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
11343
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:24
11344
msgid "Gather information about your network hardware"
11345
msgstr ""
11346
11347
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11348
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:26
11349
msgid "In this step, you will collect information about your wireless network device. The way you fix many wireless problems depends on the make and model number of the wireless adapter, so you will need to make a note of these details. It can also be helpful to have some of the items that came with your computer too, like device driver installation discs. Look for the following items, if you still have them:"
11350
msgstr ""
11351
11352
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11353
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:30
11354
msgid "The packaging and instructions for your wireless devices (especially the user guide for your router)"
11355
msgstr ""
11356
11357
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11358
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:33
11359
msgid "The disc containing drivers for your wireless adapter (even if it only contains Windows drivers)"
11360
msgstr ""
11361
11362
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11363
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:36
11364
msgid "The manufacturers and model numbers of your computer, wireless adapter and router. This information can usually be found on the underside/reverse of the device."
11365
msgstr ""
11366
11367
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11368
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:39
11369
msgid "Any version/revision numbers that may be printed on your wireless network devices or their packaging. These can be especially helpful, so look carefully."
11370
msgstr ""
11371
11372
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11373
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:42
11374
msgid "Anything on the driver disc that identifies either the device itself, its \"firmware\" version, or the components (chipset) it uses."
11375
msgstr ""
11376
11377
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11378
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:46
11379
msgid "If possible, try to get access to an alternative working internet connection so that you can download software and drivers if necessary. (Plugging your computer directly into the router with an Ethernet network cable is one way of providing this, but only plug it in when you need to.)"
11380
msgstr ""
11381
11382
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11383
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-hardware-info.page:48
11384
msgid "Once you have as many of these items as possible, click <gui>Next</gui>."
11385
msgstr ""
11386
11387
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11388
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:19
11389
msgid "Make sure that simple network settings are correct and prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
11390
msgstr ""
11391
11392
#. (itstool) path: page/subtitle
11393
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:24
11394
msgid "Perform an initial connection check"
11395
msgstr ""
11396
11397
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11398
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:26
11399
msgid "In this step you will check some basic information about your wireless network connection. This is to make sure that your networking problem isn't caused by a relatively simple issue, like the wireless connection being turned off, and to prepare for the next few troubleshooting steps."
11400
msgstr ""
11401
11402
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11403
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:30
11404
msgid "Make sure that your laptop is not connected to a <em>wired</em> internet connection."
11405
msgstr ""
11406
11407
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11408
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:33
11409
msgid "If you have an external wireless adapter (such as a USB adapter, or a PCMCIA card that plugs into your laptop), make sure that it is firmly inserted into the proper slot on your computer."
11410
msgstr ""
11411
11412
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11413
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:36
11414
msgid "If your wireless card is <em>inside</em> your computer, make sure that the wireless switch is turned on (if it has one). Laptops often have wireless switches that you can toggle by pressing a combination of keyboard keys."
11415
msgstr ""
11416
11417
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11418
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:39
11419
msgid "Click the <gui>network menu</gui> on the menu bar and make sure that the <gui>Enable Wireless</gui> setting is checked."
11420
msgstr ""
11421
11422
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11423
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:42
11424
msgid "Open the Terminal, type <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
11425
msgstr ""
11426
11427
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11428
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:43
11429
msgid "This will display information about your network hardware and connection status. Look down the list of information and see if there is a section related to the wireless network adapter. The information for each network device is separated by a row of dashes. If you find the line <code>State: connected</code> in the section for your wireless adapter, it means that it is working and connected to your wireless router."
11430
msgstr ""
11431
11432
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11433
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:47
11434
msgid "If you are connected to your wireless router, but you still cannot access the internet, your router may not be set up correctly, or your Internet Service Provider (ISP) maybe experiencing some technical problems. Review your router and ISP setup guides to make sure the settings are correct, or contact your ISP for support."
11435
msgstr ""
11436
11437
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11438
#: C/net-wireless-troubleshooting-initial-check.page:49
11439
msgid "If the information from <cmd>nm-tool</cmd> did not indicate that you were connected to the network, click <gui>Next</gui> to proceed to the next portion of the troubleshooting guide."
11440
msgstr ""
11441
11442
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11443
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:15
11444
msgid "WEP and WPA are ways of encrypting data on wireless networks."
11445
msgstr ""
11446
11447
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11448
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:19
11449
msgid "What do WEP and WPA mean?"
11450
msgstr ""
11451
11452
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11453
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:21
11454
msgid "WEP and WPA (along with WPA2) are names for different encryption tools used to secure your wireless connection. Encryption scrambles the network connection so that no one can \"listen in\" to it and look at which web pages you are viewing, for example. WEP stands for <em>Wired Equivalent Privacy</em>, and WPA stands for <em>Wireless Protected Access</em>. WPA2 is the second version of the WPA standard."
11455
msgstr ""
11456
11457
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11458
#: C/net-wireless-wepwpa.page:23
11459
msgid "Using <em>some</em> encryption is always better than using none, but WEP is the least secure of these standards, and you should not use it if you can avoid it. WPA2 is the most secure of the three. If your wireless card and router support WPA2, that is what you should use when setting up your wireless network."
11460
msgstr ""
11461
11462
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11463
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:19
11464
msgid "Edit your connection settings, and remove the unwanted connection option."
11465
msgstr ""
11466
11467
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11468
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:23
11469
msgid "My computer connects to the wrong network"
11470
msgstr ""
11471
11472
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11473
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:25
11474
msgid "When you turn your computer on or move to a different location, your computer will automatically try to connect to wireless networks that you have connected to in the past. If it tries to connect to the wrong network each time (that is, not the one that you want it to connect to), do the following:"
11475
msgstr ""
11476
11477
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11478
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:33
11479
msgid "Go to the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab and find the network that you <em>don't</em> want it to keep connecting to."
11480
msgstr ""
11481
11482
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11483
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:37
11484
msgid "Click that network once to select it and click <gui>Delete</gui>. Your computer won't try to connect to that network any more."
11485
msgstr ""
11486
11487
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11488
#: C/net-wrongnetwork.page:42
11489
msgid "If you later want to connect to the network you just deleted, simply select it from the list of wireless networks that appears when you click the network menu on the menu bar - just as you would connect to any other wireless network."
11490
msgstr ""
11491
11492
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11493
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:10
11494
msgid "Your battery is probably not broken; it's more likely that it's just old."
11495
msgstr ""
11496
11497
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11498
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:21
11499
msgid "An error reports my battery has low capacity"
11500
msgstr ""
11501
11502
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11503
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:28
11504
msgid "When you first log in, you might see a message that says:"
11505
msgstr ""
11506
11507
#. (itstool) path: quote/p
11508
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:30
11509
msgid "<em>Battery may be broken. Your battery has a very low capacity which means that it may be old or broken.</em>"
11510
msgstr ""
11511
11512
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11513
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:33
11514
msgid "This message is displayed when the computer detects that your battery is not capable of storing much charge. The most likely reason for this is that your battery is old; it's probably not broken, so there's no need to worry."
11515
msgstr ""
11516
11517
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11518
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:35
11519
msgid "Over time, all laptop batteries lose their ability to store charge. After a while (normally a year or more), the battery will only be able to store a fraction of the charge that it could when it was new. The message above is shown when this happens."
11520
msgstr ""
11521
11522
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11523
#: C/power-batterybroken.page:37
11524
msgid "If your computer or battery is relatively new, it should be capable of holding a high percentage of its design charge. If it can't, then your battery may be broken and you might need to seek a replacement."
11525
msgstr ""
11526
11527
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11528
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:11
11529
msgid "The battery life displayed when you click on the <gui>battery icon</gui> is an estimate."
11530
msgstr ""
11531
11532
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11533
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:29
11534
msgid "The estimated battery life is wrong"
11535
msgstr ""
11536
11537
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11538
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:31
11539
msgid "When you check the remaining battery life, you may find that the time remaining that it reports is different to how long the battery actually lasts. This is because the amount of remaining battery life can only be estimated. Normally, the estimates improve over time."
11540
msgstr ""
11541
11542
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11543
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:36
11544
msgid "In order to estimate the remaining battery life, a number of factors must be taken into account. One is the amount of power currently being used by the computer: power consumption varies depending on how many programs you have open, which devices are plugged in, and whether you are running any intensive tasks (like watching a DVD or converting music files, for example). This changes from moment to moment, and is difficult to predict."
11545
msgstr ""
11546
11547
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11548
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:43
11549
msgid "Another factor is how the battery discharges. Some batteries lose charge faster the emptier they get. Without precise knowledge of how the battery discharges, only a rough estimate of remaining battery life can be made."
11550
msgstr ""
11551
11552
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11553
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:47
11554
msgid "As the battery discharges, the power manager will figure out its discharge properties and will learn how to make better estimates of battery life. They will never be completely accurate, though."
11555
msgstr ""
11556
11557
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11558
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:52
11559
msgid "If you get a completely ridiculous battery life estimate (say, hundreds of days), the power manager is probably missing some of the data it needs to make a sensible estimate."
11560
msgstr ""
11561
11562
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11563
#: C/power-batteryestimate.page:55
11564
msgid "If you unplug the power and run the laptop on battery for a while, then plug it in and let it recharge again, the power manager should be able to get the data it needs."
11565
msgstr ""
11566
11567
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11568
#: C/power-batterylife.page:13
11569
msgid "Tips to reduce the power consumption of your computer."
11570
msgstr ""
11571
11572
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11573
#: C/power-batterylife.page:35
11574
msgid "Use less power and improve battery life"
11575
msgstr ""
11576
11577
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11578
#: C/power-batterylife.page:37
11579
msgid "Computers can use a lot of power. By using some simple energy-saving strategies, you can reduce your energy bill and help the environment. If you have a laptop, this will also help to increase the amount of time it can run on battery power."
11580
msgstr ""
11581
11582
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11583
#: C/power-batterylife.page:42
11584
msgid "General tips"
11585
msgstr ""
11586
11587
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11588
#: C/power-batterylife.page:45
11589
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#suspend\">Suspend your computer</link> when you are not using it. This significantly reduces the amount of power it uses, and it can be woken up very quickly."
11590
msgstr ""
11591
11592
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11593
#: C/power-batterylife.page:50
11594
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">Turn off</link> the computer when you will not be using it for longer periods. Some people worry that turning off a computer regularly may cause it to wear out faster, but this is not the case."
11595
msgstr ""
11596
11597
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11598
#: C/power-batterylife.page:56
11599
msgid "Use the <gui>Power</gui> preferences in <app>System Settings</app> to change your power settings. There are a number of options that will help to save power: you can <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">automatically dim</link> the display after a certain time; <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">reduce the display brightness</link> (for laptops); and have the computer <link xref=\"power-suspend\">automatically suspend</link> if you have not used it for a certain period of time."
11600
msgstr ""
11601
11602
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11603
#: C/power-batterylife.page:66
11604
msgid "Turn off any external devices (like printers and scanners) when you are not using them."
11605
msgstr ""
11606
11607
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11608
#: C/power-batterylife.page:73
11609
msgid "Laptops, netbooks, and other devices with batteries"
11610
msgstr ""
11611
11612
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11613
#: C/power-batterylife.page:77
11614
msgid "<link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">Reduce the screen brightness</link>; powering the screen accounts for a significant fraction of a laptop's power consumption."
11615
msgstr ""
11616
11617
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11618
#: C/power-batterylife.page:80
11619
msgid "Most laptops have buttons on the keyboard (or a keyboard shortcut) that you can use to reduce the brightness."
11620
msgstr ""
11621
11622
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11623
#: C/power-batterylife.page:84
11624
msgid "If you do not need an Internet connection for a little while, turn off the wireless/Bluetooth card. These devices work by broadcasting radio waves, which takes quite a bit of power."
11625
msgstr ""
11626
11627
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11628
#: C/power-batterylife.page:87
11629
msgid "Some computers have a physical switch that can be used to turn it off, whereas others have a keyboard shortcut that you can use instead. You can turn it on again when you need it."
11630
msgstr ""
11631
11632
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11633
#: C/power-batterylife.page:95
11634
msgid "More advanced tips"
11635
msgstr ""
11636
11637
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11638
#: C/power-batterylife.page:99
11639
msgid "Reduce the number of tasks that are running in the background. Computers use more power when they have more work to do."
11640
msgstr ""
11641
11642
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11643
#: C/power-batterylife.page:101
11644
msgid "Most of your running applications do very little when you are not actively using them. However, applications that frequently grab data from the internet, play music or movies can impact your power consumption."
11645
msgstr ""
11646
11647
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11648
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:11
11649
msgid "Tips such as \"Do not let the battery charge get too low\""
11650
msgstr ""
11651
11652
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11653
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:29
11654
msgid "Get the most out of your laptop battery"
11655
msgstr ""
11656
11657
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11658
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:31
11659
msgid "As laptop batteries age, they get worse at storing charge and their capacity gradually decreases. There are a few techniques that you can use to prolong their useful lifetime, although you should not expect a big difference."
11660
msgstr ""
11661
11662
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11663
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:37
11664
msgid "Do not let the battery run all the way down. Always recharge <em>before</em> the battery gets very low, although most batteries have built-in safeguards to prevent the battery running too low. Recharging when it is only partially discharged is more efficient, but recharging when it is only slightly discharged is worse for the battery."
11665
msgstr ""
11666
11667
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11668
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:44
11669
msgid "Heat has a detrimental effect on the charging efficiency of the battery. Do not let the battery get any warmer than it has to."
11670
msgstr ""
11671
11672
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11673
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:48
11674
msgid "Batteries age even if you leave them in storage. There is little advantage in buying a replacement battery at the same time as you get the original battery - always buy replacements when you need them."
11675
msgstr ""
11676
11677
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11678
#: C/power-batteryoptimal.page:55
11679
msgid "This advice applies specifically to Lithium-Ion (Li-Ion) batteries, which are the most common type. Other types of battery may benefit from different treatment."
11680
msgstr ""
11681
11682
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11683
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:7
11684
msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery."
11685
msgstr ""
11686
11687
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11688
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:20
11689
msgid "Why is my laptop slow when it is on battery?"
11690
msgstr ""
11691
11692
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11693
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:22
11694
msgid "Some laptops intentionally slow down when they are running on battery in order to conserve power. The processor (CPU) in the laptop switches to a slower speed, and processors use less power when running slower, so the battery should last longer."
11695
msgstr ""
11696
11697
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11698
#: C/power-batteryslow.page:27
11699
msgid "This feature is called <em>CPU frequency scaling</em>."
11700
msgstr ""
11701
11702
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11703
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:12
11704
msgid "Tweaks from the manufacturer and differing battery life estimates may be the cause of this problem."
11705
msgstr ""
11706
11707
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11708
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:25
11709
msgid "Why do I have less battery life than I did on Windows/Mac OS?"
11710
msgstr ""
11711
11712
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11713
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:27
11714
msgid "Some computers appear to have a shorter battery life when running on Linux than they do when running Windows or Mac OS. One reason for this is that computer vendors install special software for Windows/Mac OS that optimizes various hardware/software settings for a given model of computer. These tweaks are often highly specific, and may not be documented, so including them in Linux is difficult."
11715
msgstr ""
11716
11717
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11718
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:34
11719
msgid "Unfortunately, there is not an easy way of applying these tweaks yourself without knowing exactly what they are. You may find that using some <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">power-saving methods</link> helps, though. If your computer has a <link xref=\"power-batteryslow\">variable-speed processor</link>, you might find that changing its settings is also useful."
11720
msgstr ""
11721
11722
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11723
#: C/power-batterywindows.page:40
11724
msgid "Another possible reason for the discrepancy is that the method of estimating battery life is different on Windows/Mac OS than on Linux. The actual battery life could be exactly the same, but the different methods give different estimates."
11725
msgstr ""
11726
11727
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11728
#: C/power-closelid.page:24
11729
msgid "Laptops go to sleep when you close the lid, in order to save power."
11730
msgstr ""
11731
11732
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11733
#: C/power-closelid.page:27
11734
msgid "Why does my computer turn off when I close the lid?"
11735
msgstr ""
11736
11737
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11738
#: C/power-closelid.page:29
11739
msgid "When you close the lid of your laptop, your computer will <link xref=\"power-suspend\"><em>suspend</em></link> in order to save power. This means that the computer isn't actually turned off - it has just gone to sleep. You can resume it by opening the lid. If it doesn't resume, try clicking the mouse or pressing a key. If that still doesn't work, press the power button."
11740
msgstr ""
11741
11742
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11743
#: C/power-closelid.page:35
11744
msgid "Some computers are unable to suspend properly, normally because their hardware isn't completely supported by the operating system (for example, the Linux drivers are incomplete). In this case, you may find that you are unable to resume your computer after you've closed the lid. You can try to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix the problem with suspend</link>, or you can prevent the computer from trying to suspend when you close the lid."
11745
msgstr ""
11746
11747
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11748
#: C/power-closelid.page:43
11749
msgid "Stop the computer from suspending when the lid is closed"
11750
msgstr ""
11751
11752
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11753
#: C/power-closelid.page:44
11754
msgid "If you don't want the computer to suspend when you close the lid, you can change the settings for that behavior:"
11755
msgstr ""
11756
11757
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11758
#: C/power-closelid.page:46
11759
msgid "Be very careful if you change this setting. Some laptops can overheat if they are left running with the lid closed, especially if they are in a confined place like a backpack."
11760
msgstr ""
11761
11762
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11763
#: C/power-closelid.page:53
11764
msgid "In the <gui>Hardware</gui> section, click <gui>Power</gui>."
11765
msgstr ""
11766
11767
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11768
#: C/power-closelid.page:54
11769
msgid "Set the drop-down menus next to <gui>When the lid is closed</gui> to <gui>Do nothing</gui>."
11770
msgstr ""
11771
11772
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11773
#: C/power-constantfan.page:10
11774
msgid "Some fan-control software could be missing, or your laptop may be running hot."
11775
msgstr ""
11776
11777
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11778
#: C/power-constantfan.page:20
11779
msgid "The laptop fan is always running"
11780
msgstr ""
11781
11782
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11783
#: C/power-constantfan.page:22
11784
msgid "If your laptop's cooling fan is always running, it could be that the hardware that controls the laptop's cooling system isn't very well supported in Linux. Some laptops need extra software to control their cooling fans efficiently, but this software may not be installed (or available for Linux at all) and so the fans just run at full speed all of the time."
11785
msgstr ""
11786
11787
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11788
#: C/power-constantfan.page:28
11789
msgid "If this is the case, you may be able to change some settings or install extra software that allows full control of the fan. For example, <link href=\"http://vaio-utils.org/fan/\">vaiofand</link> can be installed to control the fans of some Sony VAIO laptops. Installing this software is quite a technical process which is highly dependent on the make and model of your laptop, so you may wish to seek specific advice on how to do it for your computer."
11790
msgstr ""
11791
11792
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11793
#: C/power-constantfan.page:36
11794
msgid "It is also possible that your laptop just produces a lot of heat. This does not necessarily mean that it is overheating; it might just need the fan to run at full speed all of the time to allow it to stay cool enough. If this is the case, you have little option but to let the fan run at full speed all of the time. You can sometimes buy additional cooling accessories for your laptop which may help."
11795
msgstr ""
11796
11797
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11798
#: C/power-hibernate.page:11
11799
msgid "Hibernate is disabled by default since it's not well supported."
11800
msgstr ""
11801
11802
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11803
#: C/power-hibernate.page:31
11804
msgid "How do I hibernate my computer?"
11805
msgstr ""
11806
11807
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11808
#: C/power-hibernate.page:33
11809
msgid "When the computer <em>hibernates</em>, all of your applications and documents are stored and the computer completely switches off so it does not use any power, but the applications and documents will still be open when you switch on the computer again."
11810
msgstr ""
11811
11812
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11813
#: C/power-hibernate.page:38
11814
msgid "Unfortunately, hibernate <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">doesn't work</link> in many cases, which can cause you to lose data if you expect your documents and applications to re-open when you switch your computer back on. Therefore, hibernate is disabled by default."
11815
msgstr ""
11816
11817
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11818
#: C/power-hibernate.page:44
11819
msgid "Test if hibernate works"
11820
msgstr ""
11821
11822
#. (itstool) path: note/title
11823
#: C/power-hibernate.page:47
11824
msgid "Always save your work before hibernating"
11825
msgstr ""
11826
11827
#. (itstool) path: note/p
11828
#: C/power-hibernate.page:48
11829
msgid "You should save all of your work before hibernating the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you switch on the computer again."
11830
msgstr ""
11831
11832
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11833
#: C/power-hibernate.page:53
11834
msgid "You can use the command line to test if hibernate works on your computer."
11835
msgstr ""
11836
11837
#. (itstool) path: when/p
11838
#: C/power-hibernate.page:59
11839
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
11840
msgstr ""
11841
11842
#. (itstool) path: choose/p
11843
#: C/power-hibernate.page:63
11844
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Activities overview</gui>."
11845
msgstr ""
11846
11847
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11848
#: C/power-hibernate.page:68
11849
msgid "Type <cmd>sudo pm-hibernate</cmd> into the terminal and press <key>Enter</key>."
11850
msgstr ""
11851
11852
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11853
#: C/power-hibernate.page:69
11854
msgid "Enter your password when prompted."
11855
msgstr ""
11856
11857
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11858
#: C/power-hibernate.page:72
11859
msgid "After you computer turns off, switch it back on. Did your open applications re-open?"
11860
msgstr ""
11861
11862
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11863
#: C/power-hibernate.page:74
11864
msgid "If hibernate doesn't work, check if your swap partition is at least as large as your available RAM."
11865
msgstr ""
11866
11867
#. (itstool) path: section/title
11868
#: C/power-hibernate.page:82
11869
msgid "Enable hibernate"
11870
msgstr ""
11871
11872
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11873
#: C/power-hibernate.page:84
11874
msgid "If the hibernate test works, you can continue to use the <cmd>sudo pm-hibernate</cmd> command when you want to hibernate."
11875
msgstr ""
11876
11877
#. (itstool) path: section/p
11878
#: C/power-hibernate.page:87
11879
msgid "You can also enable the hibernate option in the menus. To do that, use your favorite text editor to create <file>/etc/polkit-1/localauthority/50-local.d/com.ubuntu.enable-hibernate.pkla</file>. Add the following to the file and save:"
11880
msgstr ""
11881
11882
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11883
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:11
11884
msgid "Computers usually get warm, but if they get too hot they can overheat, which can be damaging."
11885
msgstr ""
11886
11887
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11888
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:21
11889
msgid "My computer gets really hot"
11890
msgstr ""
11891
11892
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11893
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:23
11894
msgid "Most computers get warm after a while, and some can get quite hot. This is normal: it's simply part of the way that the computer cools itself. However, if your computer gets very warm it could be a sign that it is overheating, which can potentially cause damage."
11895
msgstr ""
11896
11897
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11898
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:28
11899
msgid "Most laptops get reasonably warm once you have been using them for a while. It's generally nothing to worry about - computers produce a lot of heat and laptops are very compact, so they need to remove their heat rapidly and their outer casing warms up as a result. Some laptops do get too hot, however, and may be uncomfortable to use. This is normally the result of a poorly-designed cooling system. You can sometimes get additional cooling accessories which fit to the bottom of the laptop and provide more efficient cooling."
11900
msgstr ""
11901
11902
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11903
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:36
11904
msgid "If you have a desktop computer which feels hot to the touch, it may have insufficient cooling. If this concerns you, you can buy extra cooling fans or check that the cooling fans and vents are free from dust and other blockages. You might want to consider putting the computer in a better-ventilated area too - if kept in confined spaces (e.g. in a cupboard), the computer's cooling system may not be able to remove heat and circulate cool air fast enough."
11905
msgstr ""
11906
11907
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11908
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:49
11909
msgid "Some people are concerned about the health risks of using hot laptops. There are suggestions that prolonged use of a hot laptop on your lap might possibly reduce (male) fertility, and there are reports of minor burns being suffered too (in extreme cases). If you are concerned about these potential problems, you may wish to consult a medical practitioner for advice. Of course, you can simply choose not to rest the laptop on your lap."
11910
msgstr ""
11911
11912
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11913
#: C/power-hotcomputer.page:56
11914
msgid "Most modern computers will shut themselves down if they get too hot, to prevent themselves from becoming damaged. If your computer keeps shutting down, this might be the reason. If your computer is overheating, you will probably need to get it repaired."
11915
msgstr ""
11916
11917
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11918
#: C/power-lowpower.page:10
11919
msgid "Allowing the battery to completely discharge is bad for it."
11920
msgstr ""
11921
11922
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11923
#: C/power-lowpower.page:23
11924
msgid "Why did my computer turn off/suspend when the battery got to 10%?"
11925
msgstr ""
11926
11927
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11928
#: C/power-lowpower.page:25
11929
msgid "When the charge level of the battery gets too low, your computer will automatically <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link>. It does this to make sure that the battery doesn't completely discharge, since this is bad for the battery. If the battery just ran out, the computer wouldn't have time to shut down properly either."
11930
msgstr ""
11931
11932
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11933
#: C/power-lowpower.page:31
11934
msgid "You can change what happens when the battery level gets too low. First, click the <gui>battery menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Power Settings</gui>. At the <gui>'When power is critically low'</gui> setting, you can choose for the computer to suspend, <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link>, or shut down. If you choose shut down, your applications and documents <em>will not</em> be saved when the computer turns off."
11935
msgstr ""
11936
11937
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11938
#: C/power-lowpower.page:37
11939
msgid "Some computers have problems suspending, and may not be able to recover the applications and documents you had open when you turn on the computer again. In this case, it is possible that you could lose some of your work if you didn't save it before the computer suspended. You may be able to <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">fix problems with suspend</link> though."
11940
msgstr ""
11941
11942
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11943
#: C/power-nowireless.page:14
11944
msgid "Some wireless devices have problems handling when your computer is suspended and doesn't resume properly."
11945
msgstr ""
11946
11947
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11948
#: C/power-nowireless.page:31
11949
msgid "I have no wireless network when I wake up my computer"
11950
msgstr ""
11951
11952
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11953
#: C/power-nowireless.page:33
11954
msgid "If you have suspended your computer, or it has hibernated, you may find that your wireless internet connection does not work when you resume it again. This happens when the <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">driver</link> for the wireless device does not fully support certain power saving features. Typically, the wireless connection fails to turn on properly when the computer is resumed."
11955
msgstr ""
11956
11957
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11958
#: C/power-nowireless.page:39
11959
msgid "If this happens, try switching your wireless off and then back on again:"
11960
msgstr ""
11961
11962
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11963
#: C/power-nowireless.page:42
11964
msgid "Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>System Settings</gui>"
11965
msgstr ""
11966
11967
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11968
#: C/power-nowireless.page:45
11969
msgid "Open <gui>Network</gui> and select the <gui>Wireless</gui> tab"
11970
msgstr ""
11971
11972
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11973
#: C/power-nowireless.page:48
11974
msgid "Switch the wireless off and then on again"
11975
msgstr ""
11976
11977
#. (itstool) path: item/p
11978
#: C/power-nowireless.page:51
11979
msgid "If the wireless still does not work, switch on <gui>Airplane Mode</gui> and then switch it off again"
11980
msgstr ""
11981
11982
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11983
#: C/power-nowireless.page:55
11984
msgid "If this doesn't work, restarting your computer should make the wireless work again."
11985
msgstr ""
11986
11987
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
11988
#: C/power-othercountry.page:7
11989
msgid "Your computer will work, but you might need a different power cable or a travel adapter."
11990
msgstr ""
11991
11992
#. (itstool) path: page/title
11993
#: C/power-othercountry.page:24
11994
msgid "Will my computer work with a power supply in another country?"
11995
msgstr ""
11996
11997
#. (itstool) path: page/p
11998
#: C/power-othercountry.page:26
11999
msgid "Different countries use power supplies at different voltages (usually 110V or 220-240V) and AC frequencies (usually 50 Hz or 60 Hz). Your computer should work with a power supply in a different country as long as you have an appropriate power adapter. You may also need to flip a switch."
12000
msgstr ""
12001
12002
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12003
#: C/power-othercountry.page:31
12004
msgid "If you have a laptop, all you should need to do is get the right plug for your power adapter. Some laptops come packaged with more than one plug for their adapter, so you may already have the right one. If not, plugging your existing one into a standard travel adapter will suffice."
12005
msgstr ""
12006
12007
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12008
#: C/power-othercountry.page:36
12009
msgid "If you have a desktop computer, you can also get a cable with a different plug, or use a travel adapter. In this case, however, you may need to change the voltage switch on the computer's power supply, if there is one. Many computers don't have a switch like this, and will happily work with either voltage. Look at the back of the computer and find the socket that the power cable plugs into. Somewhere nearby, there may be a small switch marked \"110V\" or \"230V\" (for example). Switch it if you need to."
12010
msgstr ""
12011
12012
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12013
#: C/power-othercountry.page:45
12014
msgid "Be careful when changing power cables or using travel adapters. Switch everything off first if you can."
12015
msgstr ""
12016
12017
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
12018
#: C/power.page:12
12019
msgid "Natalia Ruz"
12020
msgstr ""
12021
12022
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12023
#: C/power.page:17
12024
msgid "<link xref=\"power-suspend\">Suspend</link>, <link xref=\"power-batterylife\">energy savings</link>, <link xref=\"shell-exit#shutdown\">power off</link>, <link xref=\"power-whydim\">screen dimming</link>…"
12025
msgstr ""
12026
12027
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12028
#: C/power.page:26
12029
msgid "Power & battery"
12030
msgstr ""
12031
12032
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12033
#: C/power.page:34
12034
msgid "Battery settings"
12035
msgstr ""
12036
12037
#. (itstool) path: info/title
12038
#: C/power.page:39
12039
msgctxt "link"
12040
msgid "Power problems"
12041
msgstr ""
12042
12043
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12044
#: C/power.page:41
12045
msgid "Troubleshoot problems with power and batteries."
12046
msgstr ""
12047
12048
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12049
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:11
12050
msgid "Some computer hardware causes problems with suspend or hibernate."
12051
msgstr ""
12052
12053
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12054
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:25
12055
msgid "Why won't my computer turn back on after I suspended it?"
12056
msgstr ""
12057
12058
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12059
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:27
12060
msgid "If you <link xref=\"power-suspend\">suspend</link> or <link xref=\"power-hibernate\">hibernate</link> your computer, then try to resume it or turn it back on, you may find that it does not work as you expected. This could be because suspend and hibernate aren't supported properly by your hardware."
12061
msgstr ""
12062
12063
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12064
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:34
12065
msgid "My computer is suspended and isn't resuming"
12066
msgstr ""
12067
12068
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12069
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:35
12070
msgid "If you suspend your computer and then press a key or click the mouse, it should wake up and display a screen asking for your password. If this doesn't happen, try pressing the power button (don't hold it in, just press it once)."
12071
msgstr ""
12072
12073
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12074
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:39
12075
msgid "If this still doesn't help, make sure that your computer's monitor is switched on and try pressing a key on the keyboard again."
12076
msgstr ""
12077
12078
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12079
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:41
12080
msgid "As a last resort, turn off the computer by holding in the power button for 5-10 seconds, although you will lose any unsaved work by doing this. You should then be able to turn on the computer again."
12081
msgstr ""
12082
12083
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12084
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:44
12085
msgid "If this happens every time you suspend your computer, the suspend feature may not work with your hardware."
12086
msgstr ""
12087
12088
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12089
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:47
12090
msgid "If your computer loses power and doesn't have an alternative power supply (such as a working battery), it will switch off."
12091
msgstr ""
12092
12093
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12094
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:53
12095
msgid "None of my applications/documents are open when I turn on the computer again"
12096
msgstr ""
12097
12098
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12099
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:55
12100
msgid "If you hibernated your computer and switched it on again, but none of your documents or applications are open, it probably failed to hibernate properly. Sometimes this happens because of a minor problem, and the computer will be able to hibernate properly the next time you do it. It might also happen because you had installed a software update which required the computer to be restarted; in this case, the computer may have shut down instead of hibernating."
12101
msgstr ""
12102
12103
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12104
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:62
12105
msgid "It is also possible that the computer is not capable of hibernating because the hardware doesn't support it properly. This might be because of a problem with Linux drivers for your hardware, for example. You can test this by hibernating again and seeing if it works the second time. If it doesn't, it is probably a problem with your computer's drivers."
12106
msgstr ""
12107
12108
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12109
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:70
12110
msgid "My wireless connection (or other hardware) doesn't work when I wake up my computer"
12111
msgstr ""
12112
12113
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12114
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:72
12115
msgid "If you suspend or hibernate your computer and then resume it again, you may find that your internet connection, mouse, or some other device doesn't work properly. This could be because the device's driver doesn't properly support suspend or hibernate. This is a <link xref=\"hardware-driver\">problem with the driver</link> and not the device itself."
12116
msgstr ""
12117
12118
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12119
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:78
12120
msgid "If the device has a power switch, try turning it off and then on again. In most cases, the device will start working again. If it connects via a USB cable or similar, unplug the device and then plug it in again and see if it works."
12121
msgstr ""
12122
12123
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12124
#: C/power-suspendfail.page:82
12125
msgid "If you cannot turn off/unplug the device, or if this does not work, you may need to restart your computer for the device to start working again."
12126
msgstr ""
12127
12128
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12129
#: C/power-suspend.page:8
12130
msgid "Suspend sends your computer to sleep so it uses less power."
12131
msgstr ""
12132
12133
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12134
#: C/power-suspend.page:24
12135
msgid "What happens when I suspend my computer?"
12136
msgstr ""
12137
12138
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12139
#: C/power-suspend.page:32
12140
msgid "When you <em>suspend</em> the computer, you send it to sleep. All of your applications and documents remain open, but the screen and other parts of the computer switch off to save power. The computer is still switched on though, and it will still be using a small amount of power. You can wake it up by pressing a key or clicking the mouse. If that does not work, try pressing the power button."
12141
msgstr ""
12142
12143
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12144
#: C/power-suspend.page:39
12145
msgid "Some computers have problems with hardware support which mean that they <link xref=\"power-suspendfail\">may not be able to suspend or hibernate properly</link>. It is a good idea to test suspend on your computer to see if it does work before relying on it."
12146
msgstr ""
12147
12148
#. (itstool) path: note/title
12149
#: C/power-suspend.page:45
12150
msgid "Always save your work before suspending"
12151
msgstr ""
12152
12153
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12154
#: C/power-suspend.page:46
12155
msgid "You should save all of your work before suspending the computer, just in case something goes wrong and your open applications and documents cannot be recovered when you resume the computer again."
12156
msgstr ""
12157
12158
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12159
#: C/power-whydim.page:11
12160
msgid "When your laptop is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power."
12161
msgstr ""
12162
12163
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12164
#: C/power-whydim.page:24
12165
msgid "Why does my screen go dim after a while?"
12166
msgstr ""
12167
12168
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12169
#: C/power-whydim.page:30
12170
msgid "When your laptop computer is running on battery, the screen will dim when the computer is idle in order to save power. When you start using the computer again, the screen will brighten."
12171
msgstr ""
12172
12173
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12174
#: C/power-whydim.page:32
12175
msgid "You can stop the screen from dimming itself:"
12176
msgstr ""
12177
12178
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12179
#: C/power-whydim.page:39
12180
msgid "Open <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> and uncheck <gui>Dim screen to save power</gui>."
12181
msgstr ""
12182
12183
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12184
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:11
12185
msgid "Loose cables and hardware problems are possible reasons."
12186
msgstr ""
12187
12188
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12189
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:20
12190
msgid "My computer will not turn on"
12191
msgstr ""
12192
12193
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12194
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:22
12195
msgid "There are a number of reasons why your computer will not turn on. This topic gives a brief overview of some of the possible reasons."
12196
msgstr ""
12197
12198
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12199
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:33
12200
msgid "Computer not plugged in, empty battery, or loose cable"
12201
msgstr ""
12202
12203
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12204
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:34
12205
msgid "Make sure that the power cables of the computer are firmly plugged in and the power outlets are switched on. Make sure that the monitor is plugged in and switched on too. If you have a laptop, connect the charging cable (in case it has run out of battery). You may also want to check that the battery is correctly fitted in place (check the underside of the laptop) if it's removable."
12206
msgstr ""
12207
12208
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12209
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:43
12210
msgid "Problem with the computer hardware"
12211
msgstr ""
12212
12213
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12214
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:44
12215
msgid "A component of your computer may be broken or malfunctioning. If this is the case, you will need to get your computer repaired. Common faults include a broken power supply unit, incorrectly-fitted components (such as the memory/RAM) and a faulty motherboard."
12216
msgstr ""
12217
12218
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12219
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:51
12220
msgid "The computer beeps and then switches off"
12221
msgstr ""
12222
12223
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12224
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:52
12225
msgid "If the computer beeps several times when you turn it on and then turns off (or fails to start), it may be indicating that it has detected a problem. These beeps are sometimes referred to as <em>beep codes</em>, and the pattern of beeps is intended to tell you what the problem with the computer is. Different manufacturers use different beep codes, so you will have to consult the manual for your computer's motherboard, or take your computer in for repairs."
12226
msgstr ""
12227
12228
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12229
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:62
12230
msgid "The computer fans are spinning but nothing is on the screen"
12231
msgstr ""
12232
12233
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12234
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:63
12235
msgid "The first thing to check is that your monitor is plugged in and turned on."
12236
msgstr ""
12237
12238
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12239
#: C/power-willnotturnon.page:65
12240
msgid "This problem could also be due to a hardware fault. The fans might turn on when you press the power button, but other essential parts of the computer might fail to turn on. In this case, take your computer in for repairs."
12241
msgstr ""
12242
12243
#. (itstool) path: info/title
12244
#: C/prefs.page:9
12245
msgctxt "link:trail"
12246
msgid "Settings"
12247
msgstr ""
12248
12249
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12250
#: C/prefs.page:16
12251
msgid "<link xref=\"keyboard\">Keyboard</link>, <link xref=\"mouse\">mouse</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-display\">display</link>, <link xref=\"prefs-language\">languages</link>, <link xref=\"user-accounts\">user accounts</link>…"
12252
msgstr ""
12253
12254
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12255
#: C/prefs.page:26
12256
msgid "User & system settings"
12257
msgstr ""
12258
12259
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12260
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:9
12261
msgid "Install more translations and related language support packages."
12262
msgstr ""
12263
12264
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
12265
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:12
12266
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:13
12267
msgid "Gunnar Hjalmarsson"
12268
msgstr ""
12269
12270
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12271
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:18
12272
msgid "Install languages"
12273
msgstr ""
12274
12275
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12276
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:20
12277
msgid "When you install Ubuntu, the language you select at installation gets installed together with English, but you can add further languages."
12278
msgstr ""
12279
12280
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12281
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:32
12282
msgid "Click <gui>Install / Remove Languages...</gui>. The <gui>Installed Languages</gui> window lists all the available languages, with the currently installed languages checked."
12283
msgstr ""
12284
12285
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12286
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:37
12287
msgid "Check the languages you want to install, and uncheck those currently installed languages you want to remove."
12288
msgstr ""
12289
12290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12291
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:41
12292
msgid "Click <gui>Apply Changes</gui>."
12293
msgstr ""
12294
12295
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12296
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:44
12297
#: C/session-formats.page:63
12298
#: C/session-language.page:73
12299
msgid "<link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">Administrative privileges</link> are required. Enter your password, or the password for the requested administrator account."
12300
msgstr ""
12301
12302
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12303
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:50
12304
msgid "In addition to the translations used to display menus and messages, with a new language may follow various language support components such as dictionaries for spell checking, fonts and input methods."
12305
msgstr ""
12306
12307
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12308
#: C/prefs-language-install.page:55
12309
#: C/session-language.page:52
12310
msgid "Some translations may be incomplete, and certain applications may not support your language at all."
12311
msgstr ""
12312
12313
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12314
#: C/prefs-language.page:21
12315
msgid "<link xref=\"prefs-language-install\">Install languages</link>, <link xref=\"session-language\">change language</link>, <link xref=\"session-formats\">region and formats</link>, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">input sources</link>…"
12316
msgstr ""
12317
12318
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12319
#: C/prefs-language.page:34
12320
msgid "Language Support"
12321
msgstr ""
12322
12323
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12324
#: C/prefs-language.page:38
12325
msgid "Text Entry"
12326
msgstr ""
12327
12328
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12329
#: C/prefs-display.page:14
12330
msgid "<link xref=\"look-background\">Background</link>, <link xref=\"look-resolution\">size and rotation</link>, <link xref=\"display-dimscreen\">brightness</link>…"
12331
msgstr ""
12332
12333
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12334
#: C/prefs-display.page:23
12335
msgid "Display & screen"
12336
msgstr ""
12337
12338
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12339
#: C/printing.page:16
12340
msgid "<link xref=\"printing-setup\">Local setup</link>, <link xref=\"printing-order\">order and collate</link>, <link xref=\"printing-2sided\">two-sided and multi-page</link>…"
12341
msgstr ""
12342
12343
#. (itstool) path: info/title
12344
#: C/printing.page:37
12345
msgctxt "link:trail"
12346
msgid "Setup"
12347
msgstr ""
12348
12349
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12350
#: C/printing.page:39
12351
msgid "Set up a printer"
12352
msgstr ""
12353
12354
#. (itstool) path: info/title
12355
#: C/printing.page:44
12356
msgctxt "link:trail"
12357
msgid "Sizes and layouts"
12358
msgstr ""
12359
12360
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12361
#: C/printing.page:46
12362
msgid "Different paper sizes and layouts"
12363
msgstr ""
12364
12365
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12366
#: C/printing.page:52
12367
msgid "Undetected printers, paper jams, print-outs that look wrong…"
12368
msgstr ""
12369
12370
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12371
#: C/printing.page:54
12372
msgid "Printer problems"
12373
msgstr ""
12374
12375
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12376
#: C/printing-2sided.page:8
12377
msgid "Print on both sides of the paper, or multiple pages per sheet."
12378
msgstr ""
12379
12380
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12381
#: C/printing-2sided.page:24
12382
msgid "Print two-sided and multi-page layouts"
12383
msgstr ""
12384
12385
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12386
#: C/printing-2sided.page:26
12387
msgid "To print on both sides of each sheet of paper:"
12388
msgstr ""
12389
12390
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12391
#: C/printing-2sided.page:30
12392
#: C/printing-order.page:33
12393
#: C/printing-order.page:51
12394
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>."
12395
msgstr ""
12396
12397
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12398
#: C/printing-2sided.page:33
12399
msgid "Go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab of the Print window and choose an option from the <gui>Two-sided</gui> drop-down list. If the option is disabled, two-sided printing is not available for your printer."
12400
msgstr ""
12401
12402
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12403
#: C/printing-2sided.page:36
12404
msgid "Printers handle two-sided printing in different ways. It's a good idea to experiment with your printer to see how it works."
12405
msgstr ""
12406
12407
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12408
#: C/printing-2sided.page:40
12409
msgid "You can print more than one page of the document per <em>side</em> of paper too. Use the <gui>Pages per side</gui> option to do this."
12410
msgstr ""
12411
12412
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12413
#: C/printing-2sided.page:45
12414
msgid "The availability of these options may depend on the type of printer you have, as well as the application you are using. This option may not always be available."
12415
msgstr ""
12416
12417
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12418
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:9
12419
msgid "Cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue."
12420
msgstr ""
12421
12422
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
12423
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:24
12424
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:23
12425
msgid "Jana Svarova"
12426
msgstr ""
12427
12428
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12429
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:30
12430
msgid "Cancel, pause or release a print job"
12431
msgstr ""
12432
12433
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12434
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:32
12435
msgid "You can cancel a pending print job and remove it from the queue in the printer settings."
12436
msgstr ""
12437
12438
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12439
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:37
12440
msgid "Cancel a print job"
12441
msgstr ""
12442
12443
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12444
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:39
12445
msgid "If you accidentally started printing a document, you can cancel the print so that you do not need to waste any ink or paper."
12446
msgstr ""
12447
12448
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
12449
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:43
12450
msgid "How to cancel a print job:"
12451
msgstr ""
12452
12453
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12454
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:44
12455
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:74
12456
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:35
12457
#: C/printing-setup.page:72
12458
#: C/unity-shopping.page:46
12459
#: C/user-add.page:64
12460
#: C/user-admin-change.page:32
12461
#: C/user-changepassword.page:52
12462
#: C/user-changepicture.page:30
12463
#: C/user-delete.page:32
12464
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:27
12465
#: C/wacom-mode.page:24
12466
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:29
12467
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:32
12468
msgid "Click the icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>System Settings</gui>."
12469
msgstr ""
12470
12471
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12472
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:45
12473
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:75
12474
msgid "Click <gui>Printers</gui>."
12475
msgstr ""
12476
12477
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12478
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:46
12479
msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog."
12480
msgstr ""
12481
12482
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12483
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:48
12484
msgid "Cancel the print job by clicking the stop button on the play-pause-stop symbols."
12485
msgstr ""
12486
12487
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12488
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:52
12489
msgid "If this does not cancel the print job like you expected, try holding down the <gui>Cancel</gui> button on your printer."
12490
msgstr ""
12491
12492
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12493
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:55
12494
msgid "As a last resort, especially if you have a big print job with a lot of pages that won't cancel, remove the paper from the printer's paper input tray. The printer should realize that there is no paper and will stop printing. You can then try canceling the print job again, or try turning the printer off and then on again."
12495
msgstr ""
12496
12497
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12498
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:62
12499
msgid "Be careful that you don't damage the printer when removing the paper, though - if you would have to pull hard on the paper to remove it, you should probably just leave it where it is."
12500
msgstr ""
12501
12502
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12503
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:69
12504
msgid "Pause and release a print job"
12505
msgstr ""
12506
12507
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12508
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:70
12509
msgid "If you want to pause or release a print job, you can do so by going to the jobs dialog in the printer settings and click the appropriate button."
12510
msgstr ""
12511
12512
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12513
#: C/printing-cancel-job.page:76
12514
msgid "Click the <gui>Show Jobs</gui> button on the right-hand side of the <gui>Printers</gui> dialog and either pause or release the print job based on your needs."
12515
msgstr ""
12516
12517
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12518
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:7
12519
msgid "Print a document on a different paper size or orientation."
12520
msgstr ""
12521
12522
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12523
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:26
12524
msgid "Change the paper size when printing"
12525
msgstr ""
12526
12527
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12528
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:28
12529
msgid "If you want to change the paper size of your document (for example, print a US Letter-sized PDF on A4 paper), you can change the printing format for the document."
12530
msgstr ""
12531
12532
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12533
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:33
12534
#: C/printing-select.page:25
12535
msgid "Click <guiseq><gui>File</gui><gui>Print</gui></guiseq>"
12536
msgstr ""
12537
12538
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12539
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:34
12540
msgid "Select the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab."
12541
msgstr ""
12542
12543
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12544
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:35
12545
msgid "Under the <em>Paper</em> column, choose your <em>Paper size</em> from the drop-down list."
12546
msgstr ""
12547
12548
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12549
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:37
12550
msgid "Click <gui>Print</gui> and your document should print."
12551
msgstr ""
12552
12553
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12554
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:40
12555
msgid "You can also use the <gui>Orientation</gui> menu to choose a different orientation:"
12556
msgstr ""
12557
12558
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
12559
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:44
12560
msgid "Portrait"
12561
msgstr ""
12562
12563
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
12564
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:45
12565
msgid "Landscape"
12566
msgstr ""
12567
12568
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
12569
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:46
12570
msgid "Reverse portrait"
12571
msgstr ""
12572
12573
#. (itstool) path: p/gui
12574
#: C/printing-differentsize.page:47
12575
msgid "Reverse landscape"
12576
msgstr ""
12577
12578
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12579
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:8
12580
msgid "Make sure that you have the envelope/label the right way up, and have chosen the correct paper size."
12581
msgstr ""
12582
12583
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12584
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:25
12585
msgid "Print envelopes and labels"
12586
msgstr ""
12587
12588
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12589
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:27
12590
msgid "Most printers will allow you to print directly onto an envelope or sheet of labels. This is especially useful if you have a lot of letters to send, for example."
12591
msgstr ""
12592
12593
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12594
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:32
12595
msgid "Printing onto envelopes"
12596
msgstr ""
12597
12598
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12599
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:34
12600
msgid "There are two things you need to check when trying to print onto an envelope. The first is that your printer knows what size the envelope is. After you click <gui>Print</gui> and the Print window appears, go to the <gui>Page Setup</gui> tab and choose the <gui>Paper type</gui> as \"Envelope\" if you can. If you can't do this, see if you can change the <gui>Paper size</gui> to an envelope size (e.g. \"C5\"). The pack of envelopes will say what size they are; most envelopes come in standard sizes."
12601
msgstr ""
12602
12603
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12604
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:42
12605
msgid "Secondly, you need to make sure that the envelopes are loaded with the right side up in the printer's in-tray. Check the printer's manual for this, or try to print a single envelope and check which side is printed on to see which way is the right way up."
12606
msgstr ""
12607
12608
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12609
#: C/printing-envelopes.page:48
12610
msgid "Some printers are not designed to be able to print envelopes, especially some laser printers. Check your printer's manual to see if it accepts envelopes; otherwise, you could damage the printer by feeding an envelope in."
12611
msgstr ""
12612
12613
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12614
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:8
12615
msgid "Check the amount of ink or toner left in printer cartridges."
12616
msgstr ""
12617
12618
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12619
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:20
12620
msgid "How can I check my printer's ink/toner levels?"
12621
msgstr ""
12622
12623
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12624
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:22
12625
msgid "How you check how much ink or toner is left in your printer depends on the model and manufacturer of your printer, and the drivers and applications installed on your computer."
12626
msgstr ""
12627
12628
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12629
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:26
12630
msgid "Some printers have a built-in screen to display ink levels and other information."
12631
msgstr ""
12632
12633
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12634
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:29
12635
msgid "The drivers and status tools for most HP printers are provided by the HP Linux Imaging and Printing (HPLIP) project. Other manufacturers might supply proprietary drivers with similar features."
12636
msgstr ""
12637
12638
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12639
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:33
12640
msgid "Alternatively, you can install an application to check or monitor ink levels. <app>Inkblot</app> shows ink status for many HP, Epson and Canon printers. See if your printer is on the <link href=\"http://libinklevel.sourceforge.net./#supported\">list of supported models</link>. Another ink levels application for Epson and some other printers is <app>mktink</app>."
12641
msgstr ""
12642
12643
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12644
#: C/printing-inklevel.page:40
12645
msgid "Some printers are not yet well supported on Linux, and others are not designed to report their ink levels."
12646
msgstr ""
12647
12648
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12649
#: C/printing-order.page:8
12650
msgid "Collate and reverse the print order."
12651
msgstr ""
12652
12653
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12654
#: C/printing-order.page:24
12655
msgid "Make pages print in a different order"
12656
msgstr ""
12657
12658
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12659
#: C/printing-order.page:27
12660
msgid "Reverse"
12661
msgstr ""
12662
12663
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12664
#: C/printing-order.page:28
12665
msgid "Printers usually print the first page first, and the last page last, so the pages end up in reverse order when you pick them up. If needed, you can reverse this printing order."
12666
msgstr ""
12667
12668
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12669
#: C/printing-order.page:31
12670
msgid "To reverse the order:"
12671
msgstr ""
12672
12673
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12674
#: C/printing-order.page:34
12675
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em>, check <gui>Reverse</gui>. The last page will be printed first, and so on."
12676
msgstr ""
12677
12678
#. (itstool) path: section/title
12679
#: C/printing-order.page:41
12680
msgid "Collate"
12681
msgstr ""
12682
12683
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12684
#: C/printing-order.page:44
12685
msgid "If you are printing more than one copy of the document, the print-outs will be grouped by page number by default (i.e. all of the copies of page one come out, then the copies of page two, and so on). <em>Collating</em> will make each copy come out with its pages grouped together in the right order instead."
12686
msgstr ""
12687
12688
#. (itstool) path: section/p
12689
#: C/printing-order.page:49
12690
msgid "To Collate:"
12691
msgstr ""
12692
12693
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12694
#: C/printing-order.page:52
12695
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab of the Print window under <em>Copies</em> check <gui>Collate</gui>."
12696
msgstr ""
12697
12698
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12699
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:8
12700
msgid "How you clear a paper jam will depend on the make and model of printer that you have."
12701
msgstr ""
12702
12703
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12704
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:21
12705
msgid "Clearing a paper jam"
12706
msgstr ""
12707
12708
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12709
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:23
12710
msgid "Sometimes printers incorrectly feed sheets of paper and get jammed."
12711
msgstr ""
12712
12713
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12714
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:25
12715
msgid "The manual for your printer will usually provide detailed instructions on how to clear paper jams. Usually, you will need to open one of the printer's panels to find the jam inside and then firmly (but carefully!) pull the jammed paper out of the printer's feeding mechanism."
12716
msgstr ""
12717
12718
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12719
#: C/printing-paperjam.page:30
12720
msgid "Once the jam has been cleared you may need to press the printer's <gui>Resume</gui> button to start printing again. With some printers, you may even need to turn the printer off and then on again, and then start the print job again."
12721
msgstr ""
12722
12723
#. (itstool) path: media
12724
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
12725
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
12726
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
12727
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
12728
#: C/printing-select.page:36
12729
msgctxt "_"
12730
msgid "external ref='figures/printing-select.png' md5='053f8b6773086fc24f2f65f3cfc3df5f'"
12731
msgstr ""
12732
12733
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12734
#: C/printing-select.page:7
12735
msgid "Print only specific pages, or only a range of pages."
12736
msgstr ""
12737
12738
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12739
#: C/printing-select.page:19
12740
msgid "Print only certain pages"
12741
msgstr ""
12742
12743
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12744
#: C/printing-select.page:21
12745
msgid "To only print certain pages from the document:"
12746
msgstr ""
12747
12748
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12749
#: C/printing-select.page:26
12750
msgid "In the <gui>General</gui> tab in the <gui>Print</gui> window choose <gui>Pages</gui> from the <gui>Range</gui> section."
12751
msgstr ""
12752
12753
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12754
#: C/printing-select.page:28
12755
msgid "Type the numbers of the pages you want to print in the text box, separated by commas. Use a dash to denote a range of pages."
12756
msgstr ""
12757
12758
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12759
#: C/printing-select.page:33
12760
msgid "For example, if you enter \"1,3,5-7,9\" in the <gui>Pages</gui> text box, pages 1,3,5,6,7 and 9 will be printed."
12761
msgstr ""
12762
12763
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12764
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:9
12765
msgid "Pick the printer that you use most often."
12766
msgstr ""
12767
12768
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12769
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:30
12770
msgid "Set the default printer"
12771
msgstr ""
12772
12773
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12774
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:31
12775
msgid "If you have more than one printer available, you can select which will be your default printer. You may want to pick the printer you use most often."
12776
msgstr ""
12777
12778
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12779
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:38
12780
#: C/printing-setup.page:74
12781
msgid "Open <gui>Printers</gui>."
12782
msgstr ""
12783
12784
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12785
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:41
12786
msgid "Right click your desired default printer from the list of available printers, and click <gui>Set as Default</gui>."
12787
msgstr ""
12788
12789
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12790
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:46
12791
msgid "When choosing from the list of available printers, you can filter the printer search results by specifying a name or location of the printer (for example, <input>1st floor</input> or <input>entrance</input>)."
12792
msgstr ""
12793
12794
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12795
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:49
12796
msgid "The search results filtering is available only in the dialog for addition of new printers."
12797
msgstr ""
12798
12799
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12800
#: C/printing-setup-default-printer.page:52
12801
msgid "When you print in an application, the default printer is automatically used, unless you choose a different printer for that specific print job."
12802
msgstr ""
12803
12804
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12805
#: C/printing-setup.page:8
12806
msgid "Set up a printer that is connected to your computer."
12807
msgstr ""
12808
12809
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12810
#: C/printing-setup.page:40
12811
msgid "Set up a local printer"
12812
msgstr ""
12813
12814
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12815
#: C/printing-setup.page:41
12816
msgid "Your system can recognize many types of printers automatically once they're connected. Most printers are connected with a USB cable that attaches to your computer."
12817
msgstr ""
12818
12819
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12820
#: C/printing-setup.page:46
12821
msgid "You do not need to select whether you want to install network or local printer now. They are listed in one window."
12822
msgstr ""
12823
12824
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12825
#: C/printing-setup.page:56
12826
msgid "Make sure the printer is turned on."
12827
msgstr ""
12828
12829
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12830
#: C/printing-setup.page:58
12831
msgid "Connect the printer to your system via the appropriate cable. You may see activity on the screen as the system searches for drivers, and you may be asked to authenticate to install them."
12832
msgstr ""
12833
12834
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12835
#: C/printing-setup.page:62
12836
msgid "A message will appear when the system is finished installing the printer. Select <gui>Print Test Page</gui> to print a test page, or <gui>Options</gui> to make additional changes in the printer setup."
12837
msgstr ""
12838
12839
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12840
#: C/printing-setup.page:68
12841
msgid "If your printer was not set up automatically, you can add it in the printer settings."
12842
msgstr ""
12843
12844
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12845
#: C/printing-setup.page:75
12846
msgid "Click <gui>Add</gui> and select the printer from the Devices window."
12847
msgstr ""
12848
12849
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12850
#: C/printing-setup.page:76
12851
msgid "Click <gui>Forward</gui> and wait while it searches for drivers."
12852
msgstr ""
12853
12854
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12855
#: C/printing-setup.page:77
12856
msgid "You can customize the printer's name, description, and location if you like. When finished, click <gui>Apply</gui>."
12857
msgstr ""
12858
12859
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12860
#: C/printing-setup.page:79
12861
msgid "You can now print a test page or click <gui>Cancel</gui> to skip that step."
12862
msgstr ""
12863
12864
#. (itstool) path: note/p
12865
#: C/printing-setup.page:83
12866
msgid "If there are multiple drivers available for your computer, you may be asked to select a driver. To use the recommended driver, just click Forward on the make and model screens."
12867
msgstr ""
12868
12869
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12870
#: C/printing-setup.page:93
12871
msgid "After you install the printer, you may wish to <link xref=\"printing-setup-default-printer\">change your default printer</link>."
12872
msgstr ""
12873
12874
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12875
#: C/printing-streaks.page:8
12876
msgid "If print-outs are streaky, fading, or missing colors, check your ink levels or clean the print head."
12877
msgstr ""
12878
12879
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12880
#: C/printing-streaks.page:22
12881
msgid "Why are there streaks, lines or the wrong colors on my print-outs?"
12882
msgstr ""
12883
12884
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12885
#: C/printing-streaks.page:30
12886
msgid "If your print-outs are streaky, faded, have lines on them that shouldn't be there, or are otherwise poor in quality, this may be due to a problem with the printer or a low ink/toner supply."
12887
msgstr ""
12888
12889
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12890
#: C/printing-streaks.page:36
12891
msgid "Fading text or images"
12892
msgstr ""
12893
12894
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12895
#: C/printing-streaks.page:37
12896
msgid "You may be running out of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12897
msgstr ""
12898
12899
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12900
#: C/printing-streaks.page:42
12901
msgid "Streaks and lines"
12902
msgstr ""
12903
12904
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12905
#: C/printing-streaks.page:43
12906
msgid "If you have an inkjet printer, the print head may be dirty or partially blocked. Try cleaning the print head (see the printer's manual for instructions)."
12907
msgstr ""
12908
12909
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12910
#: C/printing-streaks.page:49
12911
msgid "Wrong colors"
12912
msgstr ""
12913
12914
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12915
#: C/printing-streaks.page:50
12916
msgid "The printer may have run out of one color of ink or toner. Check your ink/toner supply and buy a new cartridge if necessary."
12917
msgstr ""
12918
12919
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12920
#: C/printing-streaks.page:55
12921
msgid "Jagged lines, or lines aren't straight"
12922
msgstr ""
12923
12924
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12925
#: C/printing-streaks.page:56
12926
msgid "If lines on your print-out that should be straight turn out jagged, you may need to align the print head. See the printer's instruction manual for details on how to do this."
12927
msgstr ""
12928
12929
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
12930
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:7
12931
msgid "How and where to report problems with Ubuntu."
12932
msgstr ""
12933
12934
#. (itstool) path: page/title
12935
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:18
12936
msgid "Report a problem in Ubuntu"
12937
msgstr ""
12938
12939
#. (itstool) path: page/p
12940
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:20
12941
msgid "If you notice a problem in Ubuntu, you can file a <em>bug report</em>."
12942
msgstr ""
12943
12944
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12945
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:24
12946
msgid "Type <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> and type <input>ubuntu-bug nameofprogram</input>"
12947
msgstr ""
12948
12949
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12950
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:26
12951
msgid "If you have a hardware issue or don't know the name of the program affected, just type <input>ubuntu-bug</input>"
12952
msgstr ""
12953
12954
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12955
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:30
12956
msgid "After running one of the above commands, Ubuntu will gather information about the bug. This may take a few minutes. Review the collected information if you wish. Click <gui>Send</gui> to continue."
12957
msgstr ""
12958
12959
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12960
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:35
12961
msgid "A new web browser tab will open to continue processing the bug data. Ubuntu uses the website <app>Launchpad</app> to manage its bug reports. If you do not have a Launchpad account, you will need to register for one to file a bug and receive email updates about its status. You can do this by clicking <gui>Create a new account</gui>."
12962
msgstr ""
12963
12964
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12965
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:42
12966
msgid "After logging in to Launchpad, enter a description of the problem in the summary field."
12967
msgstr ""
12968
12969
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12970
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:45
12971
msgid "After clicking <gui>Next</gui> Launchpad will search for similar bugs in case the bug you are reporting has already been reported. If the bug has already been reported, you can mark that bug as also affecting you. You can also subscribe to the bug report to receive updates about progress with fixing it. If the bug has not already been reported, click <gui>No, I need to report a new bug</gui>."
12972
msgstr ""
12973
12974
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12975
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:51
12976
msgid "Fill in the description field with as much information as you can. It's important that you specify three things:"
12977
msgstr ""
12978
12979
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12980
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:54
12981
msgid "What you expected to happen"
12982
msgstr ""
12983
12984
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12985
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:55
12986
msgid "What actually happened"
12987
msgstr ""
12988
12989
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12990
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:56
12991
msgid "If possible, a minimal series of steps necessary to make it happen, where step 1 is \"start the program\""
12992
msgstr ""
12993
12994
#. (itstool) path: item/p
12995
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:59
12996
msgid "Your report will be given an ID number, and its status will be updated as it is being dealt with. Thanks for helping make Ubuntu better!"
12997
msgstr ""
12998
12999
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13000
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:63
13001
msgid "If you get the \"This is not a genuine Ubuntu package\" error, it means that the software you are trying to report a bug about is not from the official Ubuntu repositories. In this case, you cannot use Ubuntu's built-in bug reporting tool."
13002
msgstr ""
13003
13004
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13005
#: C/report-ubuntu-bug.page:67
13006
msgid "For more information about reporting bugs in Ubuntu, please read the extensive <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/ReportingBugs\">online documentation</link>."
13007
msgstr ""
13008
13009
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13010
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:10
13011
msgid "Take a picture of what's happening on your screen."
13012
msgstr ""
13013
13014
#. (itstool) path: credit/years
13015
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:17
13016
msgid "2011"
13017
msgstr ""
13018
13019
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13020
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:28
13021
msgid "Screenshots"
13022
msgstr ""
13023
13024
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13025
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:30
13026
msgid "You can take a picture of your screen (a <em>screenshot</em>). This is useful if you want to show someone how to do something on the computer, for example. Screenshots are just normal picture files, so you can email them and share them on the web."
13027
msgstr ""
13028
13029
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13030
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:33
13031
msgid "Take a screenshot"
13032
msgstr ""
13033
13034
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13035
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:34
13036
msgid "To take a picture of what's on your screen:"
13037
msgstr ""
13038
13039
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13040
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:36
13041
msgid "Go to the <gui>Dash</gui> and open the <app>Screenshot</app> tool."
13042
msgstr ""
13043
13044
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13045
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:39
13046
msgid "In the <app>Take Screenshot</app> window, select whether to grab the entire desktop, a single window, or an area of the screen. Set a delay if you need to select a window or otherwise set up your desktop for the screenshot. Then choose any effects you want."
13047
msgstr ""
13048
13049
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13050
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:46
13051
msgid "Click <gui>Take Screenshot</gui>."
13052
msgstr ""
13053
13054
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13055
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:47
13056
msgid "If you selected <gui>Select area to grab</gui>, the pointer changes into a crosshair. Click and drag the area you want for the screenshot."
13057
msgstr ""
13058
13059
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13060
#: C/screen-shot-record.page:52
13061
msgid "In the <gui>Save Screenshot</gui> window, enter a file name and choose a folder, then click <gui>Save</gui>."
13062
msgstr ""
13063
13064
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13065
#: C/session-formats.page:25
13066
msgid "Choose a region used for date and time, numbers, currency, and measurement."
13067
msgstr ""
13068
13069
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13070
#: C/session-formats.page:31
13071
msgid "Change date and measurement formats"
13072
msgstr ""
13073
13074
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13075
#: C/session-formats.page:33
13076
msgid "You can control the formats that are used for dates, times, numbers, currency, and measurement to match the local customs of your region."
13077
msgstr ""
13078
13079
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13080
#: C/session-formats.page:38
13081
msgid "Open <gui>Language Support</gui> and select the <gui>Regional Formats</gui> tab."
13082
msgstr ""
13083
13084
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13085
#: C/session-formats.page:40
13086
msgid "Select the region that most closely matches the formats you'd like to use. By default, the list only shows regions that use the language set on the <gui>Language</gui> tab."
13087
msgstr ""
13088
13089
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13090
#: C/session-formats.page:43
13091
msgid "You have to log out and back in for these changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
13092
msgstr ""
13093
13094
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13095
#: C/session-formats.page:48
13096
msgid "After you've selected a region, the area below the list shows various examples of how dates and other values are shown. Although not shown in the examples, your region also controls the starting day of the week in calendars."
13097
msgstr ""
13098
13099
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13100
#: C/session-formats.page:54
13101
msgid "Change the system formats"
13102
msgstr ""
13103
13104
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13105
#: C/session-formats.page:56
13106
msgid "When you change your region for formats, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system formats</em>, the formats used in places like the login screen."
13107
msgstr ""
13108
13109
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13110
#: C/session-formats.page:61
13111
msgid "Change your formats, as described above."
13112
msgstr ""
13113
13114
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13115
#: C/session-formats.page:62
13116
#: C/session-language.page:72
13117
msgid "Click <gui>Apply System-Wide</gui>."
13118
msgstr ""
13119
13120
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13121
#: C/session-formats.page:69
13122
#: C/session-language.page:79
13123
msgid "You can find more detailed guidance on languages and regional formats in <link href=\"help:language-selector\">Language Support Help</link>."
13124
msgstr ""
13125
13126
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13127
#: C/session-language.page:8
13128
msgid "Switch to a different language for user interface and help text."
13129
msgstr ""
13130
13131
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13132
#: C/session-language.page:36
13133
msgid "Change which language you use"
13134
msgstr ""
13135
13136
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13137
#: C/session-language.page:38
13138
msgid "You can use your desktop and applications in any of dozens of languages, provided you have the proper <link xref=\"prefs-language-install\">language packs installed</link> on your computer."
13139
msgstr ""
13140
13141
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13142
#: C/session-language.page:44
13143
msgid "Click <gui>Language Support</gui>."
13144
msgstr ""
13145
13146
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13147
#: C/session-language.page:45
13148
msgid "Select your desired language on the <gui>Language</gui> tab. Drag the language to the top of the list."
13149
msgstr ""
13150
13151
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13152
#: C/session-language.page:46
13153
msgid "You have to log out and back in for language changes to take effect. Click the icon at the very right of the menu bar and select <gui>Log Out</gui> to log out."
13154
msgstr ""
13155
13156
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13157
#: C/session-language.page:56
13158
msgid "There are some special folders in your home folder where applications can store things like music, pictures, and documents. These folders use standard names according to your language. When you log back in, you will be asked if you want to rename these folders to the standard names for your selected language. If you plan to use the new language all the time, you should update the folder names."
13159
msgstr ""
13160
13161
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13162
#: C/session-language.page:64
13163
msgid "Change the system language"
13164
msgstr ""
13165
13166
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13167
#: C/session-language.page:66
13168
msgid "When you change your language, you only change it for your account after you log in. You can also change the <em>system language</em>, the language used in places like the login screen."
13169
msgstr ""
13170
13171
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13172
#: C/session-language.page:71
13173
msgid "Change your language, as described above."
13174
msgstr ""
13175
13176
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13177
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:11
13178
msgid "Change how long to wait before locking the screen in the <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui> settings."
13179
msgstr ""
13180
13181
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13182
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:25
13183
msgid "The screen locks itself too quickly"
13184
msgstr ""
13185
13186
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13187
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:27
13188
msgid "If you leave your computer for a few minutes, the screen will automatically lock itself so you have to enter your password to start using it again. This is done for security reasons (so no one can mess with your work if you leave the computer unattended), but it can be annoying if the screen locks itself too quickly."
13189
msgstr ""
13190
13191
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13192
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:33
13193
msgid "To wait a longer period before the screen is automatically locked:"
13194
msgstr ""
13195
13196
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13197
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:37
13198
msgid "Click <gui>Brightness & Lock</gui>."
13199
msgstr ""
13200
13201
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13202
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:38
13203
msgid "Change the value in the <gui>Lock screen after</gui> drop-down list."
13204
msgstr ""
13205
13206
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13207
#: C/session-screenlocks.page:42
13208
msgid "If you don't ever want the screen to lock itself automatically, switch <gui>Lock</gui> off."
13209
msgstr ""
13210
13211
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13212
#: C/sharing.page:8
13213
msgid "<link xref=\"sharing-desktop\">Desktop sharing</link>, <link xref=\"files-share\">Share files</link>, <link xref=\"sharing-remote-login\">remote login</link>…"
13214
msgstr ""
13215
13216
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13217
#: C/sharing.page:28
13218
msgid "Sharing"
13219
msgstr ""
13220
13221
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13222
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:7
13223
msgid "Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options."
13224
msgstr ""
13225
13226
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13227
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:19
13228
msgid "Control sharing over Bluetooth"
13229
msgstr ""
13230
13231
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13232
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:21
13233
msgid "You can allow access to your <file>Public</file> and <file>Downloads</file> folders for Bluetooth file sharing, and also restrict that access to only <em>trusted devices</em>. Configure <gui>Personal File Sharing Preferences</gui> to control access to the shared folders on your computer."
13234
msgstr ""
13235
13236
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13237
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:28
13238
msgid "A Bluetooth device is <em>trusted</em> if you have <em>paired</em>, or connected your computer to it. See <link xref=\"bluetooth-connect-device\"/>."
13239
msgstr ""
13240
13241
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
13242
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:34
13243
msgid "Share your <file>Public</file> folder over Bluetooth"
13244
msgstr ""
13245
13246
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13247
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:36
13248
msgid "In the <gui>Dash</gui>, open <app>Personal File Sharing</app>."
13249
msgstr ""
13250
13251
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13252
#: C/sharing-bluetooth.page:39
13253
msgid "Select the desired Bluetooth file sharing and receiving options options from the list."
13254
msgstr ""
13255
13256
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13257
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:19
13258
msgid "Let other people view and interact with your desktop using VNC."
13259
msgstr ""
13260
13261
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13262
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:23
13263
msgid "Share your desktop"
13264
msgstr ""
13265
13266
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13267
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:25
13268
msgid "You can let other people view and control your desktop from another computer with a desktop viewing application. Configure <app>Desktop Sharing</app> to allow others to access your desktop and set the security preferences."
13269
msgstr ""
13270
13271
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13272
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:31
13273
msgid "In the <gui>Dash</gui>, open <app>Desktop Sharing</app>."
13274
msgstr ""
13275
13276
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13277
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:34
13278
msgid "To let others view your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to view your desktop</gui>. This means that other people will be able to attempt to connect to your computer and view what's on your screen."
13279
msgstr ""
13280
13281
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13282
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:40
13283
msgid "To let others interact with your desktop, select <gui>Allow other users to control your desktop</gui>. This may allow the other person to move your mouse, run applications, and browse files on your computer, depending on the security settings which you are currently using."
13284
msgstr ""
13285
13286
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13287
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:51
13288
msgid "It is important that you consider the full extent of what each security option means before changing it."
13289
msgstr ""
13290
13291
#. (itstool) path: item/title
13292
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:55
13293
msgid "Confirm access to your machine"
13294
msgstr ""
13295
13296
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13297
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:56
13298
msgid "If you want to be able to choose whether to allow someone to access your desktop, select <gui>You must confirm each access to this machine</gui>. If you disable this option, you will not be asked whether you want to allow someone to connect to your computer."
13299
msgstr ""
13300
13301
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13302
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:61
13303
msgid "This option is enabled by default."
13304
msgstr ""
13305
13306
#. (itstool) path: item/title
13307
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:65
13308
msgid "Enable password"
13309
msgstr ""
13310
13311
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13312
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:66
13313
msgid "To require other people to use a password when connecting to your desktop, select <gui>Require the user to enter this password</gui>. If you do not use this option, anyone can attempt to view your desktop."
13314
msgstr ""
13315
13316
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13317
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:70
13318
msgid "This option is disabled by default, but you should enable it and set a secure password."
13319
msgstr ""
13320
13321
#. (itstool) path: item/title
13322
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:75
13323
msgid "Allow access to your desktop over the Internet"
13324
msgstr ""
13325
13326
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13327
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:76
13328
msgid "If your router supports UPnP Internet Gateway Device Protocol and it is enabled, you can allow other people who are not on your local network to view your desktop. To allow this, select <gui>Automatically configure UPnP router to open and forward ports</gui>. Alternatively, you can configure your router manually."
13329
msgstr ""
13330
13331
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13332
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:82
13333
msgid "This option is disabled by default."
13334
msgstr ""
13335
13336
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13337
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:89
13338
msgid "Show notification area icon"
13339
msgstr ""
13340
13341
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13342
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:90
13343
msgid "To be able to disconnect someone who is viewing your desktop, you need to enable this option. If you select <gui>Always</gui>, this icon will be visible regardless of whether someone is viewing your desktop or not."
13344
msgstr ""
13345
13346
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13347
#: C/sharing-desktop.page:94
13348
msgid "If this option is disabled, it is possible for someone to connect to your desktop without your knowledge, depending on the security settings."
13349
msgstr ""
13350
13351
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13352
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:14
13353
msgid "Log in to your remote desktops from the login screen."
13354
msgstr ""
13355
13356
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13357
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:18
13358
msgid "What is remote login?"
13359
msgstr ""
13360
13361
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13362
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:20
13363
msgid "You can use Ubuntu as a remote desktop client straight from the login screen using Ubuntu's <link xref=\"shell-guest-session\">guest session</link> feature. This means you don't need a local account on the client computer. The Remote Desktop Protocol is the only supported protocol so far."
13364
msgstr ""
13365
13366
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13367
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:26
13368
msgid "The system is designed so that <app>Ubuntu One</app> securely stores your login information so that instead of needing to remember your credentials for multiple remote computers, you can just enter your Ubuntu One email and password to log in."
13369
msgstr ""
13370
13371
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13372
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:31
13373
msgid "Ubuntu also includes the <app>Remmina</app> remote desktop client if you'd prefer to connect to remote computers while logged in as a regular user."
13374
msgstr ""
13375
13376
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13377
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:36
13378
msgid "Turn off remote login"
13379
msgstr ""
13380
13381
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13382
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:38
13383
msgid "If you don't want to use remote login from the login screen, you can remove the remote login service."
13384
msgstr ""
13385
13386
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13387
#: C/sharing-remote-login.page:43
13388
msgid "Click <link href=\"apt:remote-login-service\">this link</link> to open the Software Center."
13389
msgstr ""
13390
13391
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13392
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:13
13393
msgid "Add, move, or remove frequently-used program icons on the Launcher."
13394
msgstr ""
13395
13396
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13397
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:32
13398
msgid "Change which applications show in the Launcher"
13399
msgstr ""
13400
13401
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13402
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:34
13403
msgid "To add an application to the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> for quick access:"
13404
msgstr ""
13405
13406
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13407
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:37
13408
msgid "Drag the application's icon from the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link> onto the Launcher."
13409
msgstr ""
13410
13411
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13412
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:40
13413
msgid "Alternatively, when an application is running, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Lock to Launcher</gui>."
13414
msgstr ""
13415
13416
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13417
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:45
13418
msgid "The Launcher icon order can be changed by dragging an icon off of the Launcher, and then back onto it in the desired location."
13419
msgstr ""
13420
13421
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13422
#: C/shell-apps-favorites.page:48
13423
msgid "To remove an application icon from the Launcher, right click on the application icon and select <gui>Unlock from Launcher</gui>."
13424
msgstr ""
13425
13426
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13427
#: C/shell-exit.page:13
13428
msgid "Learn how to leave your user account, by logging out, switching users, and so on."
13429
msgstr ""
13430
13431
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
13432
#: C/shell-exit.page:29
13433
msgid "Alexandre Franke"
13434
msgstr ""
13435
13436
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13437
#: C/shell-exit.page:36
13438
msgid "Log out, power off, switch users"
13439
msgstr ""
13440
13441
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13442
#: C/shell-exit.page:44
13443
msgid "When you've finished using your computer, you can turn it off, suspend it (to save power), or leave it powered on and log out."
13444
msgstr ""
13445
13446
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13447
#: C/shell-exit.page:48
13448
msgid "Log out or switch users"
13449
msgstr ""
13450
13451
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13452
#: C/shell-exit.page:49
13453
msgid "To let other users use your computer, you can either log out, or leave yourself logged in and just switch users. If you switch users, all of your applications will continue running, and everything will be where you left it when you log back in."
13454
msgstr ""
13455
13456
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13457
#: C/shell-exit.page:53
13458
msgid "To log out or switch users, click the <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro\">system menu</link> at the very right of the menu bar and select the appropriate option."
13459
msgstr ""
13460
13461
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13462
#: C/shell-exit.page:61
13463
msgid "Lock the screen"
13464
msgstr ""
13465
13466
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13467
#: C/shell-exit.page:62
13468
msgid "If you're leaving your computer for a short time, you should lock your screen to prevent other people from accessing your files or running applications. When you return, simply enter your password to log back in. If you don't lock your screen, it will lock automatically after a certain amount of time."
13469
msgstr ""
13470
13471
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13472
#: C/shell-exit.page:68
13473
msgid "To lock your screen, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Lock Screen</gui>."
13474
msgstr ""
13475
13476
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13477
#: C/shell-exit.page:71
13478
msgid "When your screen is locked, other users can log in to their own accounts by clicking <gui>Switch User</gui> on the password screen. You can switch back to your desktop when they are finished."
13479
msgstr ""
13480
13481
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13482
#: C/shell-exit.page:80
13483
msgid "Suspend"
13484
msgstr ""
13485
13486
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13487
#: C/shell-exit.page:82
13488
msgid "To save power, suspend your computer when you aren't using it. If you use a laptop, Ubuntu suspends your computer automatically when you close the lid. This saves your state to your computer's memory and powers off most of the computer's functions. A very small amount of power is still used during suspend."
13489
msgstr ""
13490
13491
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13492
#: C/shell-exit.page:88
13493
msgid "To suspend your computer manually, click the <gui>system menu</gui> in the menu bar and select <gui>Suspend</gui>."
13494
msgstr ""
13495
13496
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13497
#: C/shell-exit.page:93
13498
msgid "Power off or restart"
13499
msgstr ""
13500
13501
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13502
#: C/shell-exit.page:95
13503
msgid "If you want to power off your computer entirely, or do a full restart, click the <gui>system menu</gui> and select <gui>Shut Down</gui>."
13504
msgstr ""
13505
13506
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13507
#: C/shell-exit.page:99
13508
msgid "If there are other users logged in, you may not be allowed to power off or restart the computer, because this will end their sessions. If you are an administrative user, you may be asked for your password to power off."
13509
msgstr ""
13510
13511
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13512
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:10
13513
msgid "Let a friend or colleague borrow your computer in a secure manner."
13514
msgstr ""
13515
13516
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13517
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:19
13518
msgid "Launch a restricted guest session"
13519
msgstr ""
13520
13521
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13522
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:22
13523
msgid "Temporary session with restricted privileges"
13524
msgstr ""
13525
13526
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13527
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:24
13528
msgid "Once in a while a friend, family member, or colleague may want to borrow your computer. The Ubuntu <app>Guest Session</app> feature provides a convenient way, with a high level of security, to lend your computer to someone else. A guest session can be launched either from the login screen or from within a regular session. If you are currently logged in, click the icon at the far right of the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Guest Session</gui>. This will lock the screen for your own session and start the guest session."
13529
msgstr ""
13530
13531
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13532
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:31
13533
msgid "A guest cannot view the home folders of other users, and by default any saved data or changed settings will be removed/reset at logout. It means that each session starts with a fresh environment, unaffected by what previous guests did."
13534
msgstr ""
13535
13536
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13537
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:38
13538
msgid "Customization"
13539
msgstr ""
13540
13541
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13542
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:40
13543
msgid "The <link href=\"https://help.ubuntu.com/community/CustomizeGuestSession\"> Customize Guest Session</link> online tutorial explains how to customize the appearance and behavior."
13544
msgstr ""
13545
13546
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13547
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:47
13548
msgid "Disabling the feature"
13549
msgstr ""
13550
13551
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13552
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:49
13553
msgid "If you prefer to not allow guest access to your computer, you can disable the <app>Guest Session</app> feature. To do so, press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>T</key></keyseq> to open a terminal window, and then run this command (it's one long command, even if it may be shown wrapped on the screen - copy and paste to get it right):"
13554
msgstr ""
13555
13556
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13557
#: C/shell-guest-session.page:56
13558
msgid "The command creates a small configuration file. To re-enable <app>Guest Session</app>, simply remove that file:"
13559
msgstr ""
13560
13561
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13562
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:11
13563
msgid "Get around the desktop using the keyboard."
13564
msgstr ""
13565
13566
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13567
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:22
13568
msgid "Useful keyboard shortcuts"
13569
msgstr ""
13570
13571
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13572
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:24
13573
msgid "This page provides an overview of keyboard shortcuts that can help you use your desktop and applications more efficiently. If you cannot use a mouse or pointing device at all, see <link xref=\"keyboard-nav\"/> for more information on navigating user interfaces with only the keyboard."
13574
msgstr ""
13575
13576
#. (itstool) path: table/title
13577
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:30
13578
msgid "Getting around the desktop"
13579
msgstr ""
13580
13581
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13582
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36
13583
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq>"
13584
msgstr ""
13585
13586
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13587
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:36
13588
msgid "Pop up command window (for quickly running commands)"
13589
msgstr ""
13590
13591
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13592
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:40
13593
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>"
13594
msgstr ""
13595
13596
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13597
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:41
13598
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-windows-switching\">Quickly switch between windows.</link> Hold down <key>Shift</key> for reverse order."
13599
msgstr ""
13600
13601
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13602
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:46
13603
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>`</key></keyseq>"
13604
msgstr ""
13605
13606
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13607
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:47
13608
msgid "Switch between windows from the same application, or from the selected application after <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13609
msgstr ""
13610
13611
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13612
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:49
13613
msgid "This shortcut uses <key>`</key> on US keyboards, where the <key>`</key> key is above <key>Tab</key>. On all other keyboards, the shortcut is <key>Alt</key> plus whatever key is above <key>Tab</key>."
13614
msgstr ""
13615
13616
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13617
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:54
13618
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>S</key></keyseq>"
13619
msgstr ""
13620
13621
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13622
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:55
13623
msgid "Activate the workspace switcher. Zoom out on all <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspaces</link>."
13624
msgstr ""
13625
13626
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13627
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:58
13628
msgid "<keyseq><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>W</key></keyseq>"
13629
msgstr ""
13630
13631
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13632
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:59
13633
msgid "Activate \"Expo\" mode. Show all windows from current workspace."
13634
msgstr ""
13635
13636
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13637
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:62
13638
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13639
msgstr ""
13640
13641
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13642
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:63
13643
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-switch\">Switch between workspaces.</link>"
13644
msgstr ""
13645
13646
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13647
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:67
13648
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>Arrow keys</key></keyseq>"
13649
msgstr ""
13650
13651
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13652
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:68
13653
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-workspaces-movewindow\">Move the current window to a different workspace.</link>"
13654
msgstr ""
13655
13656
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13657
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:72
13658
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Delete</key></keyseq>"
13659
msgstr ""
13660
13661
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13662
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:73
13663
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out.</link>"
13664
msgstr ""
13665
13666
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13667
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:76
13668
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key><key>D</key></keyseq>"
13669
msgstr ""
13670
13671
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13672
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:77
13673
msgid "Hide all windows and show the desktop. Press the keys again to restore your windows."
13674
msgstr ""
13675
13676
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13677
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:80
13678
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>L</key></keyseq>"
13679
msgstr ""
13680
13681
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13682
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:81
13683
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit#lock-screen\">Lock the screen.</link>"
13684
msgstr ""
13685
13686
#. (itstool) path: table/title
13687
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:86
13688
msgid "Common editing shortcuts"
13689
msgstr ""
13690
13691
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13692
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:88
13693
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>A</key></keyseq>"
13694
msgstr ""
13695
13696
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13697
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:89
13698
msgid "Select all text or items in a list."
13699
msgstr ""
13700
13701
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13702
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:92
13703
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>X</key></keyseq>"
13704
msgstr ""
13705
13706
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13707
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:93
13708
msgid "Cut (remove) selected text or items and place it on the clipboard."
13709
msgstr ""
13710
13711
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13712
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:96
13713
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>C</key></keyseq>"
13714
msgstr ""
13715
13716
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13717
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:97
13718
msgid "Copy selected text or items to the clipboard."
13719
msgstr ""
13720
13721
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13722
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:100
13723
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>V</key></keyseq>"
13724
msgstr ""
13725
13726
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13727
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:101
13728
msgid "Paste the contents of the clipboard."
13729
msgstr ""
13730
13731
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13732
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:104
13733
msgid "<keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Z</key></keyseq>"
13734
msgstr ""
13735
13736
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13737
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:105
13738
msgid "Undo the last action."
13739
msgstr ""
13740
13741
#. (itstool) path: table/title
13742
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:110
13743
msgid "Capturing from the screen"
13744
msgstr ""
13745
13746
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13747
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:112
13748
msgid "<key>Print Screen</key>"
13749
msgstr ""
13750
13751
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13752
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:113
13753
msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot.</link>"
13754
msgstr ""
13755
13756
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13757
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:116
13758
msgid "<keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
13759
msgstr ""
13760
13761
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13762
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:117
13763
msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of a window.</link>"
13764
msgstr ""
13765
13766
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13767
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:121
13768
msgid "<keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Print Screen</key></keyseq>"
13769
msgstr ""
13770
13771
#. (itstool) path: td/p
13772
#: C/shell-keyboard-shortcuts.page:122
13773
msgid "<link xref=\"screen-shot-record#screenshot\">Take a screenshot of an area of the screen.</link> The pointer changes to a crosshair. Click and drag to select an area."
13774
msgstr ""
13775
13776
#. (itstool) path: info/title
13777
#: C/shell-overview.page:9
13778
msgctxt "link:trail"
13779
msgid "Desktop"
13780
msgstr ""
13781
13782
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13783
#: C/shell-overview.page:11
13784
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-introduction\">Introduction</link>, <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link>, <link xref=\"shell-windows\">windows</link>…"
13785
msgstr ""
13786
13787
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13788
#: C/shell-overview.page:27
13789
msgid "Desktop, apps & windows"
13790
msgstr ""
13791
13792
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13793
#: C/shell-overview.page:32
13794
msgid "The Desktop"
13795
msgstr ""
13796
13797
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13798
#: C/shell-overview.page:36
13799
msgid "Applications and windows"
13800
msgstr ""
13801
13802
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13803
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:10
13804
msgid "Double-click or drag a titlebar to maximize or restore a window."
13805
msgstr ""
13806
13807
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13808
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:23
13809
msgid "Maximize and unmaximize a window"
13810
msgstr ""
13811
13812
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13813
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:25
13814
msgid "You can maximize a window to take up all of the space on your desktop and unmaximize a window to restore it to its normal size. You can also maximize windows vertically along the left and right sides of the screen, so you can look at two windows at once. See <link xref=\"shell-windows-tiled\"/> for details."
13815
msgstr ""
13816
13817
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13818
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:31
13819
msgid "To maximize a window, grab the titlebar and drag it to the top of the screen, or double-click the titlebar. To maximize a window using the keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> and press <key>↑</key>."
13820
msgstr ""
13821
13822
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13823
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:37
13824
msgid "To restore a window to its unmaximized size, drag it away from the edges of the screen. If the window is fully maximized, you can double-click the titlebar to restore it. You can also use the keyboard shortcut <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key> <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> <key>↓</key></keyseq>."
13825
msgstr ""
13826
13827
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13828
#: C/shell-windows-maximize.page:44
13829
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:37
13830
msgid "Hold down the <key>Alt</key> key and drag anywhere in a window to move it."
13831
msgstr ""
13832
13833
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13834
#: C/shell-windows.page:9
13835
msgid "Move and organize your windows."
13836
msgstr ""
13837
13838
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13839
#: C/shell-windows.page:21
13840
msgid "Windows and workspaces"
13841
msgstr ""
13842
13843
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13844
#: C/shell-windows.page:23
13845
msgid "Like other desktops, Unity uses windows to display your running applications. Using both the <gui>Dash</gui> and the <gui>Launcher</gui>, you can launch new applications and control which window is active."
13846
msgstr ""
13847
13848
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13849
#: C/shell-windows.page:25
13850
msgid "In addition to windows, you can also group your applications together within workspaces. Visit the window and workspace help topics below to better learn how to use these features."
13851
msgstr ""
13852
13853
#. (itstool) path: info/title
13854
#: C/shell-windows.page:49
13855
msgctxt "link:trail"
13856
msgid "Windows"
13857
msgstr ""
13858
13859
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13860
#: C/shell-windows.page:51
13861
msgid "Working with windows"
13862
msgstr ""
13863
13864
#. (itstool) path: info/title
13865
#: C/shell-windows.page:56
13866
msgctxt "link:trail"
13867
msgid "Workspaces"
13868
msgstr ""
13869
13870
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13871
#: C/shell-windows.page:58
13872
msgid "Working with workspaces"
13873
msgstr ""
13874
13875
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
13876
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:10
13877
msgid "Restore, resize, arrange and hide."
13878
msgstr ""
13879
13880
#. (itstool) path: page/title
13881
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:23
13882
msgid "Window operations"
13883
msgstr ""
13884
13885
#. (itstool) path: page/p
13886
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:25
13887
msgid "Windows can be resized or concealed to suit workflow."
13888
msgstr ""
13889
13890
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13891
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:29
13892
msgid "Minimize, restore and close"
13893
msgstr ""
13894
13895
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13896
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:31
13897
msgid "To minimize or hide a window:"
13898
msgstr ""
13899
13900
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13901
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:34
13902
msgid "Click the <gui>-</gui> in the top left hand corner of the application's <gui>menu bar</gui>. If the application is maximized (taking up your whole screen), the menu bar will appear at the very top of the screen. Otherwise, the minimize button will appear at the top of the application window."
13903
msgstr ""
13904
13905
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13906
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:39
13907
msgid "Or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>n</key>. The window 'disappears' into the Launcher."
13908
msgstr ""
13909
13910
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13911
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:45
13912
msgid "To restore the window:"
13913
msgstr ""
13914
13915
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13916
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:48
13917
msgid "Click on it in the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> or retrieve it from the window switcher by pressing <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
13918
msgstr ""
13919
13920
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13921
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:54
13922
msgid "To close the window:"
13923
msgstr ""
13924
13925
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13926
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:57
13927
msgid "Click the <gui>x</gui> in the top left hand corner of the window, or"
13928
msgstr ""
13929
13930
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13931
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:60
13932
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F4</key></keyseq>, or"
13933
msgstr ""
13934
13935
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13936
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:63
13937
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Space</key></keyseq> to bring up the window menu. Then press <key>c</key>."
13938
msgstr ""
13939
13940
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13941
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:71
13942
msgid "Resize"
13943
msgstr ""
13944
13945
#. (itstool) path: note/p
13946
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:74
13947
msgid "A window cannot be resized if it is <em>maximized</em>."
13948
msgstr ""
13949
13950
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13951
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:76
13952
msgid "To resize your window horizontally and/or vertically:"
13953
msgstr ""
13954
13955
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13956
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:79
13957
msgid "Move the mouse pointer into any corner of the window until it changes into a 'corner-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window in any direction."
13958
msgstr ""
13959
13960
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13961
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:83
13962
msgid "To resize only in the horizontal direction:"
13963
msgstr ""
13964
13965
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13966
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:86
13967
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to either side of the window until it changes into a 'side-pointer'. Click+hold+drag to resize the window horizontally."
13968
msgstr ""
13969
13970
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13971
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:90
13972
msgid "To resize only in the vertical direction:"
13973
msgstr ""
13974
13975
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13976
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:93
13977
msgid "Move the mouse pointer to the top or bottom of the window until it changes into a 'top-pointer' or 'bottom-pointer' respectively. Click+hold+drag to resize the window vertically."
13978
msgstr ""
13979
13980
#. (itstool) path: section/title
13981
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:103
13982
msgid "Arranging windows in your workspace"
13983
msgstr ""
13984
13985
#. (itstool) path: section/p
13986
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:105
13987
msgid "To place two windows side by side:"
13988
msgstr ""
13989
13990
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13991
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:108
13992
msgid "Click on the <gui>title bar</gui> of a window and drag it toward the left edge of the screen. When the <gui>mouse pointer</gui> touches the edge, the left half of the screen becomes highlighted. Release the mouse button and the window will fill the left half of the screen."
13993
msgstr ""
13994
13995
#. (itstool) path: item/p
13996
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:112
13997
msgid "Drag another window to the right side: when the right half of the screen is highlighted, release. Each of the two windows fills half the screen."
13998
msgstr ""
13999
14000
#. (itstool) path: note/p
14001
#: C/shell-windows-states.page:118
14002
msgid "Pressing <key>Alt</key> + click anywhere in a window will allow you to move the window. Some people may find this easier than clicking on the <gui>title bar</gui> of an application."
14003
msgstr ""
14004
14005
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14006
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:11
14007
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14008
msgstr ""
14009
14010
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14011
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:26
14012
msgid "Switch between windows"
14013
msgstr ""
14014
14015
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14016
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:34
14017
msgid "From the Launcher"
14018
msgstr ""
14019
14020
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14021
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:36
14022
msgid "Show the <gui>Launcher</gui> by moving your mouse to the top left corner of your screen."
14023
msgstr ""
14024
14025
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14026
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:39
14027
msgid "Applications that are running have a small white triangle arrow on the left. Click on a running application icon to switch to it."
14028
msgstr ""
14029
14030
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14031
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:43
14032
msgid "If a running application has multiple windows open, there will be multiple white arrows on the left. Click the application icon a second time to show all open windows zoomed out. Click the window you want to switch to."
14033
msgstr ""
14034
14035
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14036
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:52
14037
msgid "From the keyboard"
14038
msgstr ""
14039
14040
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14041
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:54
14042
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to bring up the <gui>window switcher</gui>."
14043
msgstr ""
14044
14045
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14046
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:57
14047
msgid "Release <key>Alt</key> to select the next (highlighted) window in the switcher."
14048
msgstr ""
14049
14050
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14051
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:59
14052
msgid "Otherwise, still holding down the <key>Alt</key> key, press <key>Tab</key> to cycle through the list of open windows, or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq> to cycle backwards."
14053
msgstr ""
14054
14055
#. (itstool) path: note/p
14056
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:64
14057
msgid "Windows in the window switcher are grouped by application. Previews of applications with multiple windows pop up as you click through."
14058
msgstr ""
14059
14060
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14061
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:68
14062
msgid "You can also move between the application icons in the window switcher with the <key>→</key> or <key>←</key> keys, or select one by clicking it with the mouse."
14063
msgstr ""
14064
14065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14066
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:71
14067
msgid "Previews of applications with a single window can be displayed with the <key>↓</key> key."
14068
msgstr ""
14069
14070
#. (itstool) path: note/p
14071
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:75
14072
msgid "Only windows from the current <link xref=\"shell-workspaces\">workspace</link> will be shown. To show windows from all workspaces, hold down the <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Alt</key> keys and press <key>Tab</key> or <keyseq><key>Shift</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
14073
msgstr ""
14074
14075
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14076
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:85
14077
msgid "Press <keyseq><key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key><key>W</key></keyseq> to show all open windows zoomed out."
14078
msgstr ""
14079
14080
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14081
#: C/shell-windows-switching.page:89
14082
msgid "Click the window you want to switch to."
14083
msgstr ""
14084
14085
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14086
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:10
14087
msgid "Maximize two windows side-by-side."
14088
msgstr ""
14089
14090
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14091
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:20
14092
msgid "Tile windows"
14093
msgstr ""
14094
14095
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14096
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:22
14097
msgid "You can maximize a window on only the left or right side of the screen, allowing you to place two windows side-by-side to quickly switch between them."
14098
msgstr ""
14099
14100
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14101
#: C/shell-windows-tiled.page:26
14102
msgid "To maximize a window along a side of the screen, grab the titlebar and drag it to the left or right side until half of the screen is highlighted. Using the keyboard, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key><link xref=\"windows-key\">Super</link></key> and press the <key>Left</key> or <key>Right</key> key."
14103
msgstr ""
14104
14105
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14106
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:11
14107
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and drag the window to a different workspace."
14108
msgstr ""
14109
14110
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14111
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:25
14112
msgid "Move a window to a different workspace"
14113
msgstr ""
14114
14115
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14116
#. (itstool) path: item/title
14117
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:27
14118
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:28
14119
msgid "Using the mouse:"
14120
msgstr ""
14121
14122
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14123
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:31
14124
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the <gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom."
14125
msgstr ""
14126
14127
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14128
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:35
14129
msgid "Drag the window to the workspace you choose."
14130
msgstr ""
14131
14132
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14133
#. (itstool) path: item/title
14134
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:39
14135
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:33
14136
msgid "Using the keyboard:"
14137
msgstr ""
14138
14139
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14140
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:42
14141
msgid "Select the window you want to move."
14142
msgstr ""
14143
14144
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14145
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:45
14146
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14147
msgstr ""
14148
14149
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14150
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:51
14151
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14152
msgstr ""
14153
14154
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14155
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:57
14156
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is below the current workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14157
msgstr ""
14158
14159
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14160
#: C/shell-workspaces-movewindow.page:63
14161
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>Shift</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move the window to a workspace which is above the current workspace on the <gui>workspace switcher</gui>."
14162
msgstr ""
14163
14164
#. (itstool) path: media
14165
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14166
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14167
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14168
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14169
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:26
14170
msgctxt "_"
14171
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-workspace-intro.png' md5='6000b012197429a0c6004a354d7e9e70'"
14172
msgstr ""
14173
14174
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14175
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:10
14176
msgid "Workspaces are a way of grouping windows on your desktop."
14177
msgstr ""
14178
14179
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14180
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:23
14181
msgid "What is a workspace, and how will it help me?"
14182
msgstr ""
14183
14184
#. (itstool) path: media/p
14185
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:27
14186
msgid "Workspace switcher button"
14187
msgstr ""
14188
14189
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14190
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:30
14191
msgid "Workspaces refer to the grouping of windows on your desktop. These virtual desktops increase the size of your working area. Workspaces are meant to reduce clutter and make the desktop easier to navigate."
14192
msgstr ""
14193
14194
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14195
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:33
14196
msgid "Workspaces can be used to organize your work. For example, you could have all your communication windows, such as e-mail and your chat program, on one workspace, and the work you are doing on a different workspace. Your music manager could be on a third workspace."
14197
msgstr ""
14198
14199
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14200
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:38
14201
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the <gui>workspace switcher</gui> icon near the bottom. By default, Ubuntu shows 4 workspaces, arranged in 2 rows and 2 columns. You can change the number of workspaces:"
14202
msgstr ""
14203
14204
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
14205
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:41
14206
msgid "Change the number of workspaces"
14207
msgstr ""
14208
14209
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14210
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:42
14211
msgid "Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link> and open the <app>Terminal</app>."
14212
msgstr ""
14213
14214
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14215
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:43
14216
msgid "To change the number of rows, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14217
msgstr ""
14218
14219
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14220
#: C/shell-workspaces.page:46
14221
msgid "To change the number of columns, type the following command, changing the final number to the number you wish. Press <key>Enter</key>."
14222
msgstr ""
14223
14224
#. (itstool) path: media
14225
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
14226
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
14227
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
14228
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
14229
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:56
14230
msgctxt "_"
14231
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-windows.png' md5='1bf2ad7c20e03a4ccfa629a77984ac94'"
14232
msgstr ""
14233
14234
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14235
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:11
14236
msgid "Open the workspace switcher and double-click one of the workspaces."
14237
msgstr ""
14238
14239
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14240
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:24
14241
msgid "Switch between workspaces"
14242
msgstr ""
14243
14244
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14245
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:29
14246
msgid "Open the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link> and click the <gui>workspace switcher</gui> button near the bottom. Double-click on any window or workspace to switch to it, or press the workspace switcher button again to return to your previous workspace."
14247
msgstr ""
14248
14249
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14250
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:37
14251
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>→</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is to the right of the current workspace."
14252
msgstr ""
14253
14254
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14255
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:40
14256
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>←</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is to the left of the current workspace."
14257
msgstr ""
14258
14259
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14260
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:45
14261
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↓</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is below the current workspace."
14262
msgstr ""
14263
14264
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14265
#: C/shell-workspaces-switch.page:48
14266
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>↑</key></keyseq> to move to a workspace which is above the current workspace."
14267
msgstr ""
14268
14269
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14270
#: C/sound-alert.page:14
14271
msgid "Choose the sound to play for messages, set the alert volume, or disable alert sounds."
14272
msgstr ""
14273
14274
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14275
#: C/sound-alert.page:19
14276
msgid "Choose or disable the alert sound"
14277
msgstr ""
14278
14279
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14280
#: C/sound-alert.page:21
14281
msgid "Your computer will play a simple alert sound for certain types of messages and events. You can choose different sound clips for alerts, set the alert volume independently of your system volume, or disable alert sounds entirely."
14282
msgstr ""
14283
14284
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14285
#: C/sound-alert.page:27
14286
#: C/sound-nosound.page:65
14287
msgid "Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> in the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14288
msgstr ""
14289
14290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14291
#: C/sound-alert.page:28
14292
msgid "On the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab, select an alert sound. Each sound will play when you click on it so you can hear how it sounds."
14293
msgstr ""
14294
14295
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14296
#: C/sound-alert.page:32
14297
msgid "Use the volume slider on the <gui>Sound Effects</gui> tab to set the volume of the alert sound. This won't affect the volume of your music, movies, or other sound files."
14298
msgstr ""
14299
14300
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14301
#: C/sound-alert.page:36
14302
msgid "To disable alert sounds entirely, just select <gui>Mute</gui> next to <gui>Alert volume</gui>."
14303
msgstr ""
14304
14305
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14306
#: C/sound-broken.page:10
14307
msgid "Troubleshoot problems like having no sound or having poor sound quality."
14308
msgstr ""
14309
14310
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14311
#: C/sound-broken.page:20
14312
msgid "Sound problems"
14313
msgstr ""
14314
14315
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14316
#: C/sound-broken.page:27
14317
msgid "There are a number of ways for sound playback to break on your computer. Which of the topics below best describes the problem you are experiencing?"
14318
msgstr ""
14319
14320
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14321
#: C/sound-crackle.page:8
14322
msgid "Check your audio cables and sound card drivers."
14323
msgstr ""
14324
14325
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14326
#: C/sound-crackle.page:20
14327
msgid "I hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing"
14328
msgstr ""
14329
14330
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14331
#: C/sound-crackle.page:22
14332
msgid "If you hear crackling or buzzing when sounds are playing on your computer, you may have a problem with the audio cables or connectors, or a problem with the drivers for the sound card."
14333
msgstr ""
14334
14335
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14336
#: C/sound-crackle.page:28
14337
msgid "Check that the speakers are plugged in correctly."
14338
msgstr ""
14339
14340
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14341
#: C/sound-crackle.page:29
14342
msgid "If the speakers aren't fully plugged in, or if they are plugged into the wrong socket, you might hear a buzzing sound."
14343
msgstr ""
14344
14345
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14346
#: C/sound-crackle.page:34
14347
msgid "Make sure the speaker/headphone cable isn't damaged."
14348
msgstr ""
14349
14350
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14351
#: C/sound-crackle.page:35
14352
msgid "Audio cables and connectors can gradually wear with use. Try plugging the cable or headphones into another audio device (like an MP3 player or a CD player) to check if there is still a crackling sound. If there is, you may need to replace the cable or headphones."
14353
msgstr ""
14354
14355
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14356
#: C/sound-crackle.page:42
14357
msgid "Check if the sound drivers aren't very good."
14358
msgstr ""
14359
14360
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14361
#: C/sound-crackle.page:43
14362
msgid "Some sound cards don't work very well on Linux because they don't have very good drivers. This problem is more difficult to identify. Try searching for the make and model of your sound card on the internet, plus the search term \"Ubuntu\", to see if other people are having the same problem."
14363
msgstr ""
14364
14365
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14366
#: C/sound-crackle.page:47
14367
msgid "You can run <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> in the <app>Terminal</app> to get more information about your sound card."
14368
msgstr ""
14369
14370
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14371
#: C/sound-nosound.page:8
14372
msgid "Check that it's not muted, that cables are plugged in properly, and that the sound card is detected."
14373
msgstr ""
14374
14375
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14376
#: C/sound-nosound.page:21
14377
msgid "I can't hear any sounds on the computer"
14378
msgstr ""
14379
14380
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14381
#: C/sound-nosound.page:23
14382
msgid "If you can't hear any sounds on your computer, for example when you try to play music, try these troubleshooting steps to see if you can fix the problem."
14383
msgstr ""
14384
14385
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14386
#: C/sound-nosound.page:27
14387
msgid "Make sure that the sound is not muted"
14388
msgstr ""
14389
14390
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14391
#: C/sound-nosound.page:28
14392
msgid "Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the menu bar (it looks like a speaker) and make sure that the sound is not muted or turned down."
14393
msgstr ""
14394
14395
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14396
#: C/sound-nosound.page:30
14397
msgid "Some laptops have mute switches or keys on their keyboards—try pressing that key to see if it unmutes the sound."
14398
msgstr ""
14399
14400
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14401
#: C/sound-nosound.page:32
14402
msgid "You should also check that you haven't muted the application that you're using to play sound (e.g. your music player or movie player). The application may have a mute or volume button in its main window, so check that. Also, click the sound menu on the menu bar and choose <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. When the <gui>Sound</gui> window appears, go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and check that your application is not muted."
14403
msgstr ""
14404
14405
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14406
#: C/sound-nosound.page:41
14407
msgid "Check that the speakers are turned on and connected properly"
14408
msgstr ""
14409
14410
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14411
#: C/sound-nosound.page:42
14412
msgid "If your computer has external speakers, make sure that they are turned on and that the volume is turned up. Make sure that the speaker cable is securely plugged into the \"output\" audio socket on the back of the computer. This socket is usually light green in color."
14413
msgstr ""
14414
14415
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14416
#: C/sound-nosound.page:47
14417
msgid "Some sound cards are able to switch which socket they use for output (to the speakers) and input (from a microphone, for instance). The output socket may be different when running Linux than on Windows or Mac OS. Try connecting the speaker cable to the different audio sockets on the computer in turn to see if that works."
14418
msgstr ""
14419
14420
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14421
#: C/sound-nosound.page:53
14422
msgid "A final thing to check is that the audio cable is securely plugged into the back of the speakers. Some speakers have more than one input too."
14423
msgstr ""
14424
14425
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14426
#: C/sound-nosound.page:58
14427
msgid "Check that the right sound device is selected"
14428
msgstr ""
14429
14430
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14431
#: C/sound-nosound.page:59
14432
msgid "Some computers have multiple \"sound devices\" installed. Some of these are capable of outputting sound and some are not, so you should check that you have the correct one selected. This might involve some trial-and-error to choose the right one."
14433
msgstr ""
14434
14435
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14436
#: C/sound-nosound.page:68
14437
msgid "In the <gui>Sound</gui> window that appears, try selecting a different output from the <gui>Play sound through</gui> list."
14438
msgstr ""
14439
14440
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14441
#: C/sound-nosound.page:71
14442
msgid "For the selected device, click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14443
msgstr ""
14444
14445
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14446
#: C/sound-nosound.page:76
14447
msgid "If that doesn't work, you might want to try doing the same for any other devices that are listed."
14448
msgstr ""
14449
14450
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14451
#: C/sound-nosound.page:83
14452
msgid "Check that the sound card was detected properly"
14453
msgstr ""
14454
14455
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14456
#: C/sound-nosound.page:84
14457
msgid "Your sound card may not have been detected properly. If this has happened, your computer will think that it isn't able to play sound. A possible reason for the card not being detected properly is that the drivers for the card are not installed."
14458
msgstr ""
14459
14460
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14461
#: C/sound-nosound.page:90
14462
msgid "Go to the <link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Dash</link> and open the Terminal."
14463
msgstr ""
14464
14465
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14466
#: C/sound-nosound.page:93
14467
msgid "Type <cmd>aplay -l</cmd> and press <key>Enter</key>."
14468
msgstr ""
14469
14470
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14471
#: C/sound-nosound.page:96
14472
msgid "A list of devices will be shown. If there are no <gui>playback hardware devices</gui>, your sound card has not been detected."
14473
msgstr ""
14474
14475
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14476
#: C/sound-nosound.page:101
14477
msgid "If your sound card is not detected, you may need to manually install the drivers for it. How you do this will depend on the card you have."
14478
msgstr ""
14479
14480
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14481
#: C/sound-nosound.page:104
14482
msgid "You can see what sound card you have by using the <cmd>lspci</cmd> command in the <app>Terminal</app>. You can get more complete results if you run <cmd>lspci</cmd> as <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">superuser</link>; enter <cmd>sudo lspci</cmd> and type your password. See if an <em>audio controller</em> or <em>audio device</em> is listed—it should have the sound card's make and model number. <cmd>sudo lspci -v</cmd> will show a list with more detailed information."
14483
msgstr ""
14484
14485
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14486
#: C/sound-nosound.page:112
14487
msgid "You may be able to find and install drivers for your card by searching the Internet. Otherwise, you can <link xref=\"report-ubuntu-bug\">file a bug</link>."
14488
msgstr ""
14489
14490
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14491
#: C/sound-nosound.page:114
14492
msgid "If you can't get drivers for your sound card, you might prefer to buy a new sound card. You can get sound cards that can be installed inside the computer and external USB sound cards."
14493
msgstr ""
14494
14495
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14496
#: C/sound-usemic.page:14
14497
msgid "Use an analog or USB microphone and select a default input device."
14498
msgstr ""
14499
14500
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14501
#: C/sound-usemic.page:18
14502
msgid "Use a different microphone"
14503
msgstr ""
14504
14505
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14506
#: C/sound-usemic.page:20
14507
msgid "You can use an external microphone for chatting with friends, speaking with colleagues at work, making voice recordings, or using other multimedia applications. Even if your computer has a built-in microphone or a webcam with a microphone, a separate microphone usually provides better audio quality."
14508
msgstr ""
14509
14510
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14511
#: C/sound-usemic.page:26
14512
msgid "If your microphone has a circular plug, just plug it into the appropriate adapter on your computer. Most computers have two adapters: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of a microphone next to the adapter. Microphones plugged into the appropriate adapter will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting a default input device."
14513
msgstr ""
14514
14515
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14516
#: C/sound-usemic.page:33
14517
msgid "If you have a USB microphone, plug it into any USB port on your computer. USB microphones act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which microphone to use by default."
14518
msgstr ""
14519
14520
#. (itstool) path: steps/title
14521
#: C/sound-usemic.page:38
14522
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:46
14523
msgid "Select a default audio input device"
14524
msgstr ""
14525
14526
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14527
#: C/sound-usemic.page:39
14528
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:47
14529
msgid "Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and select <gui>Sound Settings</gui>."
14530
msgstr ""
14531
14532
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14533
#: C/sound-usemic.page:40
14534
msgid "On the <gui>Input</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices. The input level indicator should respond when you speak."
14535
msgstr ""
14536
14537
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14538
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:15
14539
msgid "Connect speakers or headphones and select a default audio output device."
14540
msgstr ""
14541
14542
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14543
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:19
14544
msgid "Use different speakers or headphones"
14545
msgstr ""
14546
14547
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14548
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:21
14549
msgid "You can use external speakers or headphones with your computer. Speakers usually either connect using a circular TRS (<em>tip, ring, sleeve</em>) plug or with USB."
14550
msgstr ""
14551
14552
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14553
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:25
14554
msgid "If your speakers or headphones have a TRS plug, plug it into the appropriate socket on your computer. Most computers have two sockets: one for microphones and one for speakers. Look for a picture of headphones next to the socket. Speakers or headphones plugged into a TRS socket will usually be used by default. If not, see the instructions below for selecting the default device."
14555
msgstr ""
14556
14557
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14558
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:31
14559
msgid "Some computers support multi-channel output for surround sound. This usually uses multiple TRS jacks, which are often color-coded. If you are unsure which plugs go in which sockets, you can test the sound output in the sound settings. Click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> then click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Select your speakers in the list of devices, then click <gui>Test Sound</gui>. In the pop-up window, click the button for each speaker. Each button will speak its position only to the channel corresponding to that speaker."
14560
msgstr ""
14561
14562
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14563
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:40
14564
msgid "If you have USB speakers or headphones, or analog headphones plugged into a USB sound card, plug them into any USB port. USB speakers act as separate audio devices, and you may have to specify which speakers to use by default."
14565
msgstr ""
14566
14567
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14568
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:48
14569
msgid "On the <gui>Output</gui> tab, select the device in the list of devices."
14570
msgstr ""
14571
14572
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14573
#: C/sound-usespeakers.page:51
14574
msgid "If you don't see your device on the <gui>Output</gui> tab, check the <gui>Hardware</gui> tab. Select your device and try different profiles."
14575
msgstr ""
14576
14577
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14578
#: C/sound-volume.page:19
14579
msgid "Set the sound volume for the computer and control the loudness of each application."
14580
msgstr ""
14581
14582
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14583
#: C/sound-volume.page:24
14584
msgid "Change the sound volume"
14585
msgstr ""
14586
14587
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14588
#: C/sound-volume.page:26
14589
msgid "To change the sound volume, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and move the volume slider left or right. You can completely turn off sound by checking <gui>Mute</gui>."
14590
msgstr ""
14591
14592
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14593
#: C/sound-volume.page:28
14594
msgid "Some keyboards have keys that let you control the volume. They normally look like stylized speakers with waves coming out of them. They are often near the \"F\" keys at the top. On laptop keyboards, they are usually on the \"F\" keys. Hold down the <key>Fn</key> key on your keyboard to use them."
14595
msgstr ""
14596
14597
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14598
#: C/sound-volume.page:33
14599
msgid "Of course, if you have external speakers, you can also change the volume using the volume control on the speakers themselves. Some headphones have a volume control too."
14600
msgstr ""
14601
14602
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14603
#: C/sound-volume.page:38
14604
msgid "Changing the sound volume for individual applications"
14605
msgstr ""
14606
14607
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14608
#: C/sound-volume.page:39
14609
msgid "You can change the volume for one application, but leave the volume for others unchanged. This is useful if you're listening to music and browsing the web, for example. You might want to turn off the volume in the web browser so sounds from websites don't interrupt the music."
14610
msgstr ""
14611
14612
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14613
#: C/sound-volume.page:43
14614
msgid "Some applications have volume controls in their main windows. If your application has one of these, use that to change the volume. Otherwise, click the <gui>sound menu</gui> on the <gui>menu bar</gui> and click <gui>Sound Settings</gui>. Go to the <gui>Applications</gui> tab and change the volume of the application there."
14615
msgstr ""
14616
14617
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14618
#: C/sound-volume.page:47
14619
msgid "Only applications that are playing sounds will be listed. If an application is playing sounds but isn't listed, it might not support the feature that lets you control its volume in this way. In that case, you can't change its volume."
14620
msgstr ""
14621
14622
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14623
#: C/tips.page:12
14624
msgid "<link xref=\"tips-specialchars\">Special characters</link>, <link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\">middle click shortcuts</link>…"
14625
msgstr ""
14626
14627
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14628
#: C/tips.page:16
14629
msgid "Tips & tricks"
14630
msgstr ""
14631
14632
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14633
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:23
14634
msgid "Type characters not found on your keyboard, including foreign alphabets, mathematical symbols, and dingbats."
14635
msgstr ""
14636
14637
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14638
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:28
14639
msgid "Enter special characters"
14640
msgstr ""
14641
14642
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14643
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:37
14644
msgid "You can enter and view thousands of characters from most of the world's writing systems, even those not found on your keyboard. This page lists some different ways you can enter special characters."
14645
msgstr ""
14646
14647
#. (itstool) path: links/title
14648
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:42
14649
msgid "Methods to enter characters"
14650
msgstr ""
14651
14652
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14653
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:46
14654
msgid "Character map"
14655
msgstr ""
14656
14657
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14658
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:47
14659
msgid "GNOME comes with a character map application that allows you to browse all the characters in Unicode. Use the character map to find the character you want, and then copy and paste it to wherever you need it."
14660
msgstr ""
14661
14662
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14663
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:51
14664
msgid "You can find <app>Character Map</app> in the <gui>Dash</gui>. For more information on the character map, see the <link href=\"help:gucharmap\">Character Map Manual</link>."
14665
msgstr ""
14666
14667
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14668
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:57
14669
msgid "Code points"
14670
msgstr ""
14671
14672
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14673
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:58
14674
msgid "You can enter any Unicode character using only your keyboard with the numeric code point of the character. Every character is identified by a four-character code point. To find the code point for a character, find the character in the character map application and look in the status bar or the <gui>Character Details</gui> tab. The code point is the four characters after <gui>U+</gui>."
14675
msgstr ""
14676
14677
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14678
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:65
14679
msgid "To enter a character by its code point, hold down <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>, type <key>u</key> followed by the four-character code point, then release <key>Ctrl</key> and <key>Shift</key>. If you often use characters that you can't easily access with other methods, you might find it useful to memorize the code point for those characters so you can enter them quickly."
14680
msgstr ""
14681
14682
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14683
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:74
14684
msgid "Input sources"
14685
msgstr ""
14686
14687
#. (itstool) path: section/p
14688
#: C/tips-specialchars.page:75
14689
msgid "You can make your keyboard behave like the keyboard for another language, regardless of the letters printed on the keys. You can even switch between different input sources using an icon in the menu bar. To learn how, see <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\"/>."
14690
msgstr ""
14691
14692
#. (itstool) path: info/title
14693
#: C/uk-calendar.page:10
14694
msgctxt "link:trail"
14695
msgid "中国农历"
14696
msgstr ""
14697
14698
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14699
#: C/uk-calendar.page:12
14700
msgid "基于中国传统历法的日历软件。"
14701
msgstr ""
14702
14703
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
14704
#: C/uk-calendar.page:20
14705
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:13
14706
#: C/uk-dash.page:20
14707
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:13
14708
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:13
14709
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:20
14710
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:7
14711
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:7
14712
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:7
14713
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:7
14714
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:7
14715
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:7
14716
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:7
14717
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:20
14718
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:7
14719
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:7
14720
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:7
14721
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:7
14722
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:7
14723
#: C/uk.page:25
14724
#: C/uk-software-center.page:19
14725
#: C/uk-weather.page:17
14726
#: C/uk-wps.page:19
14727
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:13
14728
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:13
14729
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:13
14730
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:23
14731
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:18
14732
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:18
14733
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:18
14734
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:18
14735
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:18
14736
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:18
14737
#: C/unity-introduction.page:23
14738
#: C/whats-new.page:17
14739
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 文档团队"
14740
msgstr ""
14741
14742
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14743
#: C/uk-calendar.page:27
14744
msgid "中国农历"
14745
msgstr ""
14746
14747
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14748
#: C/uk-calendar.page:29
14749
msgid "基于中国传统历法的日历软件，用户可以方便的查找中国传统节日和节气、查看宜忌信息，并且提供便签等便利功能。"
14750
msgstr ""
14751
14752
#. (itstool) path: list/title
14753
#: C/uk-calendar.page:35
14754
msgid "软件界面"
14755
msgstr ""
14756
14757
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14758
#: C/uk-calendar.page:37
14759
msgid "<em>打开主界面</em>：单击桌面右上角的<app>中国农历</app>图标，通过<gui>显示/隐藏</gui>切换主界面显示。"
14760
msgstr ""
14761
14762
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14763
#: C/uk-calendar.page:41
14764
msgid "<em>切换日期</em>：在主界面顶部切换年月，可使用 < 和 > 切换年和月，或通过下拉菜单直接选择，然后在选定的月份选择日期，还可通过点击<gui>今日</gui>回到当天。"
14765
msgstr ""
14766
14767
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14768
#: C/uk-calendar.page:45
14769
msgid "<em>查看宜忌</em>：选择一个日期，在界面右下方查看当天的宜忌信息。"
14770
msgstr ""
14771
14772
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14773
#: C/uk-calendar.page:49
14774
msgid "<em>便签</em>：选择一个日期，在界面左下方可以看到当天是否有便签内容。双击该日期会弹出便签界面，可输入文字或点击<gui>清空计划</gui>清除输入的内容。"
14775
msgstr ""
14776
14777
#. (itstool) path: list/title
14778
#: C/uk-calendar.page:56
14779
msgid "托盘菜单"
14780
msgstr ""
14781
14782
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14783
#: C/uk-calendar.page:58
14784
msgid "<em>显示/隐藏</em>：单击可显示或隐藏软件主界面，呈现方式见<gui>显示模式</gui>。"
14785
msgstr ""
14786
14787
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14788
#: C/uk-calendar.page:62
14789
msgid "<em>开机启动</em>：勾选后会在每次启动系统时自动运行本软件。"
14790
msgstr ""
14791
14792
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14793
#: C/uk-calendar.page:66
14794
msgid "<em>显示模式</em>：<gui>总在最前</gui>表示主界面永远显示在所有窗口的最上方；<gui>总在最后</gui>表示主界面永远显示在其他窗口之下；<gui>普通模式</gui>表示主界面的显示方式和其他窗口一样由操作系统决定。"
14795
msgstr ""
14796
14797
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14798
#: C/uk-calendar.page:70
14799
msgid "<em>换肤</em>：切换已有的皮肤主题。"
14800
msgstr ""
14801
14802
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14803
#: C/uk-calendar.page:74
14804
msgid "<em>关于本软件</em>：介绍软件和开发者信息。"
14805
msgstr ""
14806
14807
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14808
#: C/uk-calendar.page:78
14809
msgid "<em>退出</em>：关闭软件。"
14810
msgstr ""
14811
14812
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14813
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:8
14814
msgid "从本地或网站上查找并播放音乐。"
14815
msgstr ""
14816
14817
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14818
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:19
14819
msgid "Dash 中文音乐搜索"
14820
msgstr ""
14821
14822
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14823
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:21
14824
msgid "<app>Dash 中文音乐搜索</app>位于 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板的第五个栏目，用一个音符来表示。通过 <app>Dash 中文音乐搜索</app>，您可以使用中文轻松找到喜欢的本地或在线音乐。"
14825
msgstr ""
14826
14827
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14828
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:22
14829
msgid "还可使用 <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> 组合键直接打开音乐搜索。"
14830
msgstr ""
14831
14832
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14833
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:26
14834
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:27
14835
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:26
14836
msgid "搜索"
14837
msgstr ""
14838
14839
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14840
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:29
14841
msgid "打开 <gui>Dash</gui>， 在搜索框内输入关键字，搜索结果将会显示在 <gui> Dash </gui> 面板上。"
14842
msgstr ""
14843
14844
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14845
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:33
14846
msgid "搜索结果分为两类：一类为<gui>曲目</gui>；一类为<gui>专辑</gui>。"
14847
msgstr ""
14848
14849
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14850
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:37
14851
msgid "<gui>曲目</gui>中显示搜索到的歌曲，每首歌曲以 “歌曲名+歌手” 的方式显示。可以快速的搜索到您要查找的歌曲。"
14852
msgstr ""
14853
14854
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14855
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:41
14856
msgid "点击 <gui>曲目</gui> 右侧的 <gui>显示较少结果/显示另外*个结果</gui> 可以打开或收起搜索结果条目。"
14857
msgstr ""
14858
14859
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14860
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:45
14861
msgid "<gui>专辑</gui> 中显示歌曲所在的专辑或歌手发布的专辑。"
14862
msgstr ""
14863
14864
#. (itstool) path: section/title
14865
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:55
14866
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:38
14867
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:39
14868
msgid "预览"
14869
msgstr ""
14870
14871
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14872
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:58
14873
msgid "在 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板上右键点击歌曲，可以预览歌曲的详细信息。"
14874
msgstr ""
14875
14876
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14877
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:60
14878
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:41
14879
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:42
14880
msgid "在预览页面点击鼠标，返回到搜索页面。"
14881
msgstr ""
14882
14883
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14884
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:61
14885
msgid "点击 <gui><</gui> 或 <gui>></gui> 箭头可预览上一首或下一首歌曲。"
14886
msgstr ""
14887
14888
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14889
#: C/uk-dash-music.page:62
14890
msgid "点击 <gui>试听</gui> 按钮，将链接到网站试听歌曲。"
14891
msgstr ""
14892
14893
#. (itstool) path: info/title
14894
#: C/uk-dash.page:8
14895
msgctxt "link:trail"
14896
msgid "Dash 中文搜索"
14897
msgstr ""
14898
14899
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14900
#: C/uk-dash.page:10
14901
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-dash-music\">中文音乐搜索</link>， <link xref=\"uk-dash-video\">中文视频搜索</link>， <link xref=\"uk-dash-photo\">中文图片搜索</link>..."
14902
msgstr ""
14903
14904
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14905
#: C/uk-dash.page:27
14906
msgid "Dash 中文搜索"
14907
msgstr ""
14908
14909
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14910
#: C/uk-dash.page:29
14911
msgid "Dash 中文搜索允许您使用中文搜索本地或远程的应用程序、文件、音乐、视频以及图片等内容，并显示您最近使用过的文件。"
14912
msgstr ""
14913
14914
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14915
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:8
14916
msgid "查看本地或网站上照片。"
14917
msgstr ""
14918
14919
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14920
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:20
14921
msgid "Dash 中文图片搜索"
14922
msgstr ""
14923
14924
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14925
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:22
14926
msgid "<app>Dash 中文图片搜索</app>位于 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板的第六个栏目，用一个照相机表示。通过 <app>Dash 中文图片搜索</app>，您可以使用中文轻松找到需要的本地或在线图片。"
14927
msgstr ""
14928
14929
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14930
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:24
14931
msgid "还可使用 <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>C</key></keyseq> 组合键直接打开图片搜索。"
14932
msgstr ""
14933
14934
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14935
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:30
14936
msgid "打开 <gui>Dash</gui>， 在搜索框内输入关键字，搜索结果将会显示在 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板上。"
14937
msgstr ""
14938
14939
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14940
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:31
14941
msgid "<gui>最近使用</gui> 中显示搜索到的图片，根据每个图片的标题可以快速的搜索到您要查找的图片。"
14942
msgstr ""
14943
14944
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14945
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:32
14946
msgid "点击 <gui>最近使用</gui> 右侧的 <gui>显示较少结果/显示另外*个结果</gui> 可以打开或收起搜索结果条目。"
14947
msgstr ""
14948
14949
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14950
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:40
14951
msgid "在 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板上右键点击图片，可以预览图片的详细信息。"
14952
msgstr ""
14953
14954
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14955
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:42
14956
msgid "点击 <gui><</gui> 或 <gui>></gui> 箭头可预览上一张和下一张图片。"
14957
msgstr ""
14958
14959
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14960
#: C/uk-dash-photo.page:43
14961
msgid "点击<gui>查看</gui>按钮，将链接到网站查看图片。"
14962
msgstr ""
14963
14964
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
14965
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:8
14966
msgid "从本地或网站上查找并播放视频。"
14967
msgstr ""
14968
14969
#. (itstool) path: page/title
14970
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:19
14971
msgid "Dash 中文视频搜索"
14972
msgstr ""
14973
14974
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14975
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:21
14976
msgid "<app>Dash 中文视频搜索</app>位于 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板第四个栏目，用一个电影胶片表示。通过 <app>Dash 中文视频搜索</app>，您可以使用中文轻松找到想看的本地或在线视频。"
14977
msgstr ""
14978
14979
#. (itstool) path: page/p
14980
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:23
14981
msgid "还可使用 <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> 组合键直接打开视频搜索。"
14982
msgstr ""
14983
14984
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14985
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:29
14986
msgid "打开 <gui>Dash</gui>，在搜索框内输入关键字，搜索结果将会显示在 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板上。"
14987
msgstr ""
14988
14989
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14990
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:30
14991
msgid "搜索结果分为两类：一类为 <gui>在线</gui>；一类为 <gui>更多建议</gui>。"
14992
msgstr ""
14993
14994
#. (itstool) path: item/p
14995
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:31
14996
msgid "<gui>在线</gui> 中显示搜索到的视频，根据每个视频的标题可以快速的定位到您要查找的视频。"
14997
msgstr ""
14998
14999
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15000
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:32
15001
msgid "点击 <gui>在线</gui> 右侧的 <gui>显示较少结果/显示另外*个结果</gui> 可以打开或收起搜索结果条目。"
15002
msgstr ""
15003
15004
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15005
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:33
15006
msgid "<gui>更多建议</gui> 中显示相关的视频。"
15007
msgstr ""
15008
15009
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15010
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:41
15011
msgid "在 <gui>Dash</gui> 面板上右键点击视频，可以预览视频的详细信息。"
15012
msgstr ""
15013
15014
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15015
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:43
15016
msgid "点击 <gui><</gui> 或 <gui>></gui> 可预览上一个和下一个视频。"
15017
msgstr ""
15018
15019
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15020
#: C/uk-dash-video.page:44
15021
msgid "点击<gui>播放</gui>按钮，将链接到网站观看视频。"
15022
msgstr ""
15023
15024
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15025
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:8
15026
msgctxt "link:trail"
15027
msgid "小企鹅输入法"
15028
msgstr ""
15029
15030
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15031
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:10
15032
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist\">候选词列表</link>， <link xref=\"uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin\">皮肤字体风格</link>， <link xref=\"uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts\">候选词显示个数</link>， <link xref=\"uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist\">翻页快捷键</link>..."
15033
msgstr ""
15034
15035
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15036
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:27
15037
msgid "小企鹅输入法"
15038
msgstr ""
15039
15040
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15041
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:28
15042
msgid "<link href=\"https://fcitx-im.org/wiki/Fcitx\">小企鹅输入法(Fcitx)</link> 是 Ubuntu Kylin 默认的输入法。它是一个可扩展的输入法框架，支持拼音、五笔字型以及区位、二笔等输入方式。"
15043
msgstr ""
15044
15045
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15046
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:31
15047
msgid "小企鹅输入法面板"
15048
msgstr ""
15049
15050
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15051
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:32
15052
msgid "<app>小企鹅输入法面板</app>(Fcitx-qimpanel)由 Ubuntu Kylin 团队开发，是一个配合<app>小企鹅输入法</app>进行候选词显示的独立前端面板。启动 <app>Fcitx-qimpanel</app> 程序后，<app>Fcitx</app> 输出的候选词将自动显示在新的面板之上。<app>Fcitx-qimpanel</app> 自带四套简约风格的 Ubuntu Kylin 特色皮肤，使得候选词的显示与选择更加美观方便。"
15053
msgstr ""
15054
15055
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15056
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:38
15057
msgid "搜狗输入法"
15058
msgstr ""
15059
15060
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15061
#: C/uk-fcitx.page:39
15062
msgid "由 Ubuntu Kylin 团队与搜狗公司基于<app>小企鹅输入法</app>框架合作开发的 Linux 输入法引擎。<link href=\"http://pinyin.sogou.com/\">搜狗拼音输入法</link> 是互联网上流行的一种拼音输入法，该引擎与其他平台下的输入体验保持一致，旨在配合用户输入习惯、提高输入效率。"
15063
msgstr ""
15064
15065
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15066
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:14
15067
msgid "定制皮肤字体风格。"
15068
msgstr ""
15069
15070
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15071
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:22
15072
msgid "皮肤字体风格"
15073
msgstr ""
15074
15075
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15076
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:26
15077
msgid "<app>小企鹅输入法面板</app> 附带皮肤字体定制工具，可根据个人需要修改皮肤字体大小。"
15078
msgstr ""
15079
15080
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15081
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:32
15082
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:31
15083
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:31
15084
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:31
15085
msgid "点击桌面右上角的输入法系统图标，弹出下拉菜单。"
15086
msgstr ""
15087
15088
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15089
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:36
15090
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:35
15091
msgid "选择 <gui>配置面板和皮肤</gui>，弹出 <gui>配置面板设置</gui> 窗口。"
15092
msgstr ""
15093
15094
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15095
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:40
15096
msgid "选择 <gui>皮肤设计</gui> 标签页。"
15097
msgstr ""
15098
15099
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15100
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:44
15101
msgid "在 <gui>所有皮肤</gui> 列表里，双击当前正在使用的皮肤，比如 <gui>ubuntukylin-dark1</gui>，弹出对应的皮肤修改界面。"
15102
msgstr ""
15103
15104
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15105
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:48
15106
msgid "选择 <gui>皮肤字体</gui> 标签页。"
15107
msgstr ""
15108
15109
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15110
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-skin.page:52
15111
msgid "修改 <gui>候选词字体大小</gui>。"
15112
msgstr ""
15113
15114
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15115
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:14
15116
msgid "定制候选词显示风格。"
15117
msgstr ""
15118
15119
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15120
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:22
15121
msgid "候选词列表"
15122
msgstr ""
15123
15124
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15125
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:26
15126
msgid "<app>小企鹅输入法面板</app> 支持横向或纵向显示候选词列表。"
15127
msgstr ""
15128
15129
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15130
#: C/uk-fcitx-qimpanel-wordlist.page:39
15131
msgid "在 <gui>外观</gui> 标签页选择候选词列表显示方向。"
15132
msgstr ""
15133
15134
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15135
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:14
15136
msgid "根据个人习惯对翻页快捷键进行全局配置。"
15137
msgstr ""
15138
15139
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15140
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:22
15141
msgid "翻页快捷键"
15142
msgstr ""
15143
15144
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15145
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:26
15146
msgid "根据个人习惯设置输入法快捷键。"
15147
msgstr ""
15148
15149
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15150
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:35
15151
msgid "如果 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui> 选项未被选中，先选择启用 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui>。"
15152
msgstr ""
15153
15154
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15155
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:39
15156
msgid "在 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui> 处于启用状态时，下拉菜单将出现 <gui>设置</gui> 菜单项。"
15157
msgstr ""
15158
15159
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15160
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:43
15161
msgid "选择 <gui>设置</gui>，弹出 <gui>搜狗拼音输入法设置</gui> 窗口。"
15162
msgstr ""
15163
15164
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15165
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:47
15166
msgid "选择 <guiseq><gui>搜狗拼音输入法设置</gui><gui>按键</gui></guiseq>。"
15167
msgstr ""
15168
15169
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15170
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-shortcuts.page:50
15171
msgid "在 <gui>翻页按键</gui> 栏更改翻页快捷键方案，如：<key>+</key>/<key>-</key>，<key>,</key>/<key>.</key> 等。"
15172
msgstr ""
15173
15174
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15175
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:14
15176
msgid "根据个人习惯设置候选词个数。"
15177
msgstr ""
15178
15179
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15180
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:22
15181
msgid "候选词显示个数"
15182
msgstr ""
15183
15184
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15185
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:26
15186
msgid "根据个人习惯对输入法候选词个数进行配置。"
15187
msgstr ""
15188
15189
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15190
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:35
15191
msgid "如果菜单项 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui> 未处于活动状态，请选择激活 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui>。"
15192
msgstr ""
15193
15194
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15195
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:39
15196
msgid "在 <gui>搜狗拼音</gui> 处于活动状态时，下拉菜单将出现 <gui>设置</gui> 菜单项。"
15197
msgstr ""
15198
15199
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15200
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:43
15201
msgid "选择 <gui>设置</gui>，将弹出 <gui>搜狗拼音输入法设置</gui> 窗口。"
15202
msgstr ""
15203
15204
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15205
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:47
15206
msgid "选择 <guiseq><gui>搜狗拼音输入法设置</gui><gui>外观</gui></guiseq>。"
15207
msgstr ""
15208
15209
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15210
#: C/uk-fcitx-sogou-wordlist.page:51
15211
msgid "在 <gui>候选词个数</gui> 栏选择每页候选词显示个数。"
15212
msgstr ""
15213
15214
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15215
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:10
15216
msgid "限制同步所能使用的最大上传/下载带宽。"
15217
msgstr ""
15218
15219
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15220
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:18
15221
msgid "占用带宽设置"
15222
msgstr ""
15223
15224
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15225
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:22
15226
msgid "您可以限制<gui>金山快盘</gui>在同步过程中能够达到的最大上传/下载速度，为其他网络程序的正常运行保留足够的带宽。"
15227
msgstr ""
15228
15229
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15230
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:27
15231
msgid "单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，选择<guiseq><gui>首选项</gui><gui>网络</gui></guiseq>，单击<gui>带宽限制</gui>旁的<gui>更改设置</gui>按钮。"
15232
msgstr ""
15233
15234
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15235
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:31
15236
msgid "在弹出的<gui>带宽设置</gui>页面选择<gui>不限制</gui>，或选择<gui>限制为</gui>并输入限额。<gui>上传速度</gui>和<gui>下载速度</gui>可分别进行设置。"
15237
msgstr ""
15238
15239
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15240
#: C/uk-kuaipan-bandwidth.page:35
15241
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:36
15242
msgid "单击<gui>设置</gui>使更改生效。"
15243
msgstr ""
15244
15245
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15246
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:10
15247
msgid "第一次运行<app>金山快盘</app>时进行设置。"
15248
msgstr ""
15249
15250
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15251
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:18
15252
msgid "首次运行金山快盘"
15253
msgstr ""
15254
15255
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15256
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:22
15257
msgid "第一次运行<app>金山快盘</app>时，请按照以下步骤进行设置："
15258
msgstr ""
15259
15260
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15261
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:27
15262
msgid "使用 <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">无线</link> 或 <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">有线</link> 连接到互联网。"
15263
msgstr ""
15264
15265
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15266
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:31
15267
msgid "单击<gui>启动器</gui>上的<app>金山快盘</app>图标，或在 <gui>Dash</gui> 中搜索<input>金山快盘</input>。"
15268
msgstr ""
15269
15270
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15271
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:35
15272
msgid "程序首次启动会进入登录界面，请按照提示输入用户名和密码登录快盘，如果您还没有快盘帐号，请单击<gui>新建用户</gui>进行注册。"
15273
msgstr ""
15274
15275
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15276
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:39
15277
msgid "登录成功后会进入<gui>设置向导</gui>，首先创建快盘同步文件夹，请单击<gui>浏览</gui>选择同步文件夹的路径，单击<gui>下一步</gui>继续运行向导。"
15278
msgstr ""
15279
15280
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15281
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:43
15282
msgid "然后选择要同步到本地的目录，默认为<gui>同步所有文件到此计算机</gui>，如果您不希望将云端的所有文件同步到本地，请单击<gui>选择部分文件同步到此计算机</gui>，在弹出窗口 <link xref=\"uk-kuaipan-selective-sync#selective\">选择要同步的文件夹</link>。"
15283
msgstr ""
15284
15285
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15286
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:47
15287
msgid "最后单击<gui>完成</gui>开始使用快盘，应用程序会在<app>文件浏览器</app>中打开同步文件夹并自动开始同步。如需修改设置，请单击<gui>上一步</gui>回到前一个页面。"
15288
msgstr ""
15289
15290
#. (itstool) path: note/p
15291
#: C/uk-kuaipan-first-run.page:51
15292
msgid "如果您是通过代理连接互联网，请在登录界面单击<gui>代理设置</gui>，在弹出窗口 <link xref=\"uk-kuaipan-proxy\">设置代理服务器信息</link>。"
15293
msgstr ""
15294
15295
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15296
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:10
15297
msgid "开启或关闭同步信息的桌面通知，设置开机自启动快盘。"
15298
msgstr ""
15299
15300
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15301
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:18
15302
msgid "桌面通知 & 开机启动"
15303
msgstr ""
15304
15305
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15306
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:22
15307
msgid "开启桌面通知之后，<app>金山快盘</app>会在开始、完成同步等时刻在桌面右上角通知区域显示同步信息。"
15308
msgstr ""
15309
15310
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15311
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:23
15312
msgid "如果设置了开机自启动，<app>金山快盘</app>会在每次开机进入系统时自动在后台启动运行。"
15313
msgstr ""
15314
15315
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15316
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:28
15317
msgid "单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，选择<guiseq><gui>首选项</gui><gui>常规</gui></guiseq>。"
15318
msgstr ""
15319
15320
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15321
#: C/uk-kuaipan-notify.page:32
15322
msgid "按照需求勾选<gui>显示桌面通知</gui>或<gui>开机自动启动</gui>前的复选框。"
15323
msgstr ""
15324
15325
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15326
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:8
15327
msgctxt "link:trail"
15328
msgid "金山快盘"
15329
msgstr ""
15330
15331
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15332
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:10
15333
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-kuaipan-first-run\">设置向导</link>， <link xref=\"uk-kuaipan-view\">查看</link>， <link xref=\"uk-kuaipan-pause\">暂停 & 恢复</link>…"
15334
msgstr ""
15335
15336
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15337
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:27
15338
msgid "金山快盘"
15339
msgstr ""
15340
15341
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15342
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:29
15343
msgid "<app>金山快盘</app>是 Ubuntu Kylin 团队与金山云公司合作，共同开发的金山快盘 Linux 客户端，具备文件同步、备份和共享功能，能够为您提供安全可控、跨平台的一站式文件管理体验。"
15344
msgstr ""
15345
15346
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15347
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:32
15348
msgid "<app>金山快盘</app>可免费使用，但默认情况下没有包含在 Ubuntu Kylin 发行版中，请 <link href=\"apt:kuaipan4uk\">安装</link> 以开始使用。"
15349
msgstr ""
15350
15351
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15352
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:39
15353
msgid "快盘同步控制"
15354
msgstr ""
15355
15356
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15357
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:43
15358
msgid "快盘功能选项"
15359
msgstr ""
15360
15361
#. (itstool) path: list/title
15362
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:48
15363
msgid "其他资源"
15364
msgstr ""
15365
15366
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15367
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:50
15368
msgid "关于<app>金山快盘</app>的更多信息请参考 <app><link href=\"http://www.ubuntukylin.com/upload/file/Kuaipan%20for%20Ubuntu%20Kylin-guide-1.0.pdf\">帮助手册</link></app>。"
15369
msgstr ""
15370
15371
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15372
#: C/uk-kuaipan.page:55
15373
msgid "如果您对软件本身有任何建议，请在 <app><link href=\"http://www.ubuntukylin.com/ukylin/forum.php?mod=viewthread&tid=4360&highlight=%BF%EC%C5%CC\">讨论专区</link></app> 提出。"
15374
msgstr ""
15375
15376
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15377
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:10
15378
msgid "暂停或恢复文件同步。"
15379
msgstr ""
15380
15381
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15382
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:18
15383
msgid "暂停 & 恢复"
15384
msgstr ""
15385
15386
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15387
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:22
15388
msgid "通过快盘系统托盘，您可以随时暂停或恢复本地文件与服务器之间的同步。"
15389
msgstr ""
15390
15391
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15392
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:27
15393
msgid "要暂停同步，请单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，在弹出菜单中选择<gui>暂停同步</gui>，此时<gui>立即同步</gui>功能将会失效。"
15394
msgstr ""
15395
15396
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15397
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:31
15398
msgid "要恢复同步，请单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，在弹出菜单中选择<gui>恢复同步</gui>，快盘会立即进行一次同步。"
15399
msgstr ""
15400
15401
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15402
#: C/uk-kuaipan-pause.page:35
15403
msgid "由于网络故障等原因，快盘可能发生同步错误，您可以选择<gui>立即同步</gui>要求快盘立刻对本地文件进行一次扫描并与服务器进行同步。当快盘处于暂停状态时，<gui>立即同步</gui>功能失效。"
15404
msgstr ""
15405
15406
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15407
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:10
15408
msgid "设置<app>金山快盘</app>使用的网络代理服务器。"
15409
msgstr ""
15410
15411
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15412
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:18
15413
msgid "代理服务器设置"
15414
msgstr ""
15415
15416
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15417
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:22
15418
msgid "<link xref=\"net-proxy\">代理服务器</link> 过滤您要访问的网络资源，通常在学校、公司及其他机构中用于控制您可以访问的网站，防止您不登录账户就访问 Internet，或者对网站执行安全检查。<app>金山快盘</app>提供独立的代理服务器设置功能。"
15419
msgstr ""
15420
15421
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15422
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:27
15423
msgid "单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，选择<guiseq><gui>首选项</gui><gui>网络</gui></guiseq>，单击<gui>代理服务器</gui>旁的<gui>更改设置</gui>按钮。如果是第一次运行<app>金山快盘</app>，请在登录界面点击<gui>代理设置</gui>。"
15424
msgstr ""
15425
15426
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15427
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:31
15428
msgid "在弹出的<gui>代理设置</gui>页面选择<gui>手动设置</gui>。"
15429
msgstr ""
15430
15431
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15432
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:35
15433
msgid "选择 <gui>HTTP</gui>、<gui>Sock4</gui> 或 <gui>Sock5</gui> 代理协议，填写服务器地址和端口信息。"
15434
msgstr ""
15435
15436
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15437
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:39
15438
msgid "如果<gui>代理服务器需要验证</gui>，请勾选开启验证信息框，输入用户名和密码。"
15439
msgstr ""
15440
15441
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15442
#: C/uk-kuaipan-proxy.page:43
15443
msgid "最后单击<gui>设置</gui>按钮启用代理设置，快盘会立即对代理进行测试。如果提示<gui>无法连接快盘服务器</gui>，请重新检查代理设置。"
15444
msgstr ""
15445
15446
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15447
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:10
15448
msgid "选择从云端同步到本地的文件夹，过滤不同步的本地文件/文件夹。"
15449
msgstr ""
15450
15451
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15452
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:18
15453
msgid "选择性同步 & 本地文件过滤"
15454
msgstr ""
15455
15456
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15457
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:22
15458
msgid "<app>金山快盘</app>可以选择从服务器同步到本地的文件夹，或过滤本地同步目录中的文件/文件夹使之不与服务器同步。"
15459
msgstr ""
15460
15461
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15462
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:25
15463
msgid "选择性同步"
15464
msgstr ""
15465
15466
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15467
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:30
15468
msgid "单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，选择<guiseq><gui>首选项</gui><gui>高级</gui></guiseq>，单击<gui>带宽限制</gui>旁的<gui>更改设置</gui>按钮。"
15469
msgstr ""
15470
15471
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15472
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:34
15473
msgid "在<gui>选择性同步设置</gui>界面中勾选要同步的文件夹，您可以通过单击<gui>全选</gui>或<gui>全不选</gui>快速进行选择。"
15474
msgstr ""
15475
15476
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15477
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:38
15478
msgid "完成之后，单击<gui>确定</gui>使选择生效。"
15479
msgstr ""
15480
15481
#. (itstool) path: note/p
15482
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:43
15483
msgid "快盘根目录下的文件夹以及新增加的一级子目录会自动列入同步列表。"
15484
msgstr ""
15485
15486
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15487
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:49
15488
msgid "本地文件过滤"
15489
msgstr ""
15490
15491
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15492
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:54
15493
msgid "单击桌面右上角的快盘图标，选择<guiseq><gui>首选项</gui><gui>高级</gui></guiseq>，单击<gui>本地文件过滤</gui>旁的<gui>更改设置</gui>按钮。"
15494
msgstr ""
15495
15496
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15497
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:58
15498
msgid "<gui>本地文件过滤设置</gui>分为<gui>文件后缀</gui>、<gui>文件名</gui>、<gui>文件前缀</gui>、<gui>文件夹前缀</gui>和<gui>文件夹后缀</gui>五种过滤格式，请按照需求添加或删除不同步的文件或文件夹格式。"
15499
msgstr ""
15500
15501
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15502
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:62
15503
msgid "关闭<gui>本地文件过滤设置</gui>界面使设置生效，被过滤的文件将不再与服务器同步。"
15504
msgstr ""
15505
15506
#. (itstool) path: note/p
15507
#: C/uk-kuaipan-selective-sync.page:67
15508
msgid "默认情况下，<gui>金山快盘</gui>会过滤隐藏文件和某些应用程序运行时产生的临时文件。"
15509
msgstr ""
15510
15511
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15512
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:10
15513
msgid "解除<app>金山快盘</app>与本计算机的绑定。"
15514
msgstr ""
15515
15516
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15517
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:18
15518
msgid "解除绑定"
15519
msgstr ""
15520
15521
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15522
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:22
15523
msgid "如果您不想继续使用<gui>金山快盘</gui>，可以<gui>解除此计算机与快盘的连接</gui>。执行该操作之后，您存在本地的文件将不会再与快盘服务器同步，但是本地快盘文件夹会被保留。操作步骤如下："
15524
msgstr ""
15525
15526
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15527
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:27
15528
msgid "单击桌面顶部状态栏右侧的快盘图标，在弹出的菜单中选择<gui>首选项</gui>。"
15529
msgstr ""
15530
15531
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15532
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:31
15533
msgid "切换到<gui>账户</gui>选项卡。"
15534
msgstr ""
15535
15536
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15537
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:35
15538
msgid "单击<gui>解除此计算机与快盘的连接</gui>按钮，程序会弹出询问提示框，请选择<gui>是</gui>。"
15539
msgstr ""
15540
15541
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15542
#: C/uk-kuaipan-unlink.page:39
15543
msgid "接下来选择是否清除快盘产生的临时文件，如果您以后还会使用快盘，可以保留这些文件以加快第一次运行的速度，否则建议您删除临时文件以节省空间。"
15544
msgstr ""
15545
15546
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15547
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:10
15548
msgid "通过系统托盘查看同步文件夹、账户信息及同步状态。"
15549
msgstr ""
15550
15551
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15552
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:18
15553
msgid "查看"
15554
msgstr ""
15555
15556
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15557
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:22
15558
msgid "单击顶部状态栏右侧的快盘图标，会弹出快盘的系统菜单，通过该菜单可以查看账户相关信息或是对快盘进行设置。可查看的主要内容有："
15559
msgstr ""
15560
15561
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15562
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:27
15563
msgid "单击<gui>打开快盘文件夹</gui>查看本地同步文件。"
15564
msgstr ""
15565
15566
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15567
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:31
15568
msgid "通过<gui>在线查看</gui>在网页上浏览您的文件、在线回收站或访问产品主页。"
15569
msgstr ""
15570
15571
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15572
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:35
15573
msgid "通过<gui>最近更改的文件</gui>查看最近上传或下载的文件。"
15574
msgstr ""
15575
15576
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15577
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:39
15578
msgid "快盘账户信息栏显示您的快盘空间信息，如“总共 1000 GB，已使用 20%”。"
15579
msgstr ""
15580
15581
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15582
#: C/uk-kuaipan-view.page:43
15583
msgid "同步状态栏显示本地快盘文件夹的同步状态，如“正在同步...”、“同步状态：最新”等。如果快盘正在进行同步，还会显示正在上传/下载的文件、同步速度、剩余时间等详细信息。"
15584
msgstr ""
15585
15586
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15587
#: C/uk.page:9
15588
msgctxt "link:trail"
15589
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 特色软件"
15590
msgstr ""
15591
15592
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15593
#: C/uk.page:11
15594
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-youker-assistant\">优客助手</link>， <link xref=\"uk-software-center\">软件中心</link>， <link xref=\"uk-fcitx\">小企鹅输入法</link>， <link xref=\"uk-dash\">Dash 中文搜索</link>， <link xref=\"uk-calendar\">中国农历</link>， <link xref=\"uk-weather\">天气预报</link>， <link xref=\"uk-kuaipan\">金山快盘</link>， <link xref=\"uk-wps\">WPS</link>…"
15595
msgstr ""
15596
15597
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15598
#: C/uk.page:32
15599
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 特色软件"
15600
msgstr ""
15601
15602
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15603
#: C/uk-software-center.page:9
15604
msgctxt "link:trail"
15605
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 软件中心"
15606
msgstr ""
15607
15608
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15609
#: C/uk-software-center.page:11
15610
msgid "为提高本土化体验开发的软件管理工具，数据来自 Ubuntu 和 Ubuntu Kylin 软件源。"
15611
msgstr ""
15612
15613
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15614
#: C/uk-software-center.page:26
15615
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 软件中心"
15616
msgstr ""
15617
15618
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15619
#: C/uk-software-center.page:28
15620
msgid "<app>Ubuntu Kylin 软件中心</app>客户端是由 Ubuntu Kylin 团队开发的一款软件管理工具。其目的是为了提高软件本土化的体验，软件中心的安装包和相关的数据来自 Ubuntu 和 Ubuntu Kylin 软件源。"
15621
msgstr ""
15622
15623
#. (itstool) path: list/title
15624
#: C/uk-software-center.page:35
15625
msgid "软件中心界面"
15626
msgstr ""
15627
15628
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15629
#: C/uk-software-center.page:37
15630
msgid "<em>广告栏</em>：展示当前热门的软件。大部分软件可通过软件源直接安装，还有少数软件由于法律或其他原因没有放置在软件源中。对于源中的软件，点击广告将进入<em>软件详细</em>界面；对于源中没有的软件，点击广告将会跳转到软件的下载安装网页，请您根据网页提示手动安装。"
15631
msgstr ""
15632
15633
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15634
#: C/uk-software-center.page:41
15635
msgid "<em>推荐软件</em>：向新装系统用户推荐的“装机必备”软件。每款推荐软件都有当前安装状态显示，已经安装的软件会显示<gui>已安装</gui>，还未安装的软件会显示<em>安装</em>，系统识别到的已安装软件则会显示<em>启动</em>。"
15636
msgstr ""
15637
15638
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15639
#: C/uk-software-center.page:45
15640
msgid "<em>排行榜</em>：根据<gui>下载排行</gui>、<gui>评分排行</gui>等排序方式显示排名靠前的软件。<gui>下载排行</gui>按照软件用户下载量从高到低排序，<gui>评分排行</gui>按照用户评分从高到低排序。点击排行榜中的软件名将会跳转到<em>软件详情</em>界面。"
15641
msgstr ""
15642
15643
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15644
#: C/uk-software-center.page:49
15645
msgid "<em>软件分类</em>：分类列出所有软件。点击分类跳转到对应分类的<em>软件列表</em>。"
15646
msgstr ""
15647
15648
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15649
#: C/uk-software-center.page:53
15650
msgid "<em>软件详情</em>：软件详细信息。包括当前版本、可用最新版本、软件大小、软件评分、软件详细介绍、软件截图、用户评论等。在软件评分下方有<gui>安装</gui>、<gui>升级</gui>、<gui>卸载</gui>三个按钮，按钮为灰色时表示功能不可用。"
15651
msgstr ""
15652
15653
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15654
#: C/uk-software-center.page:57
15655
msgid "<em>软件列表</em>：当前软件类别下所有软件的列表。显示软件名及简介，软件的当前安装状态、安装版本及可用的最新版本，点击某个软件之后进入<em>软件详情</em>界面。"
15656
msgstr ""
15657
15658
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15659
#: C/uk-software-center.page:61
15660
msgid "<em>进度列表</em>：软件安装、升级的进度。软件安装进度分为<gui>下载进行中</gui>、<gui>安装进行中</gui>等状态，右侧还有一个停止按钮，点击将会<em>停止安装操作</em>，进入<gui>安装进行中</gui>状态之后无法停止。"
15661
msgstr ""
15662
15663
#. (itstool) path: list/title
15664
#: C/uk-software-center.page:69
15665
msgid "使用操作"
15666
msgstr ""
15667
15668
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15669
#: C/uk-software-center.page:71
15670
msgid "<em>搜索</em>：在软件中心右上角的搜索栏中输入搜索关键字，按 <key>Enter</key> 键显示包含对应关键字的<em>软件列表</em>。"
15671
msgstr ""
15672
15673
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15674
#: C/uk-software-center.page:75
15675
msgid "<em>安装</em>：在<em>软件详情</em>或<em>软件列表</em>页面点击<em>安装</em>按钮，会弹出授权窗口，输入管理员密码后开始安装，软件安装进度可在<em>进度列表</em>下查看。"
15676
msgstr ""
15677
15678
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15679
#: C/uk-software-center.page:79
15680
msgid "<em>升级</em>：在<em>软件详情</em>或<em>软件列表</em>页面点击<em>升级</em>按钮，会弹出授权窗口，输入管理员密码后开始升级，软件升级进度可在<em>进度列表</em>下查看。"
15681
msgstr ""
15682
15683
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15684
#: C/uk-software-center.page:83
15685
msgid "<em>卸载</em>：在<em>软件详情</em>或<em>软件列表</em>页面点击<em>卸载</em>按钮，会弹出授权窗口，输入管理员密码后开始卸载，软件卸载进度可在<em>进度列表</em>下查看。"
15686
msgstr ""
15687
15688
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15689
#: C/uk-software-center.page:87
15690
msgid "<em>停止安装</em>：点击安装按钮后，如果想停止安装，可进入<em>进度列表</em>界面，点击进度条后的小红叉停止对应软件的安装。注意：只有在软件还在<gui>下载进行中</gui>的状态时才能停止，进入到<gui>安装进行中</gui>状态后无法停止安装。"
15691
msgstr ""
15692
15693
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15694
#: C/uk-software-center.page:91
15695
msgid "<em>前进 & 后退</em>：在软件中心面板上方有 <gui><</gui> 和 <gui>></gui> 按钮，分别是前进和后退功能：点击 <gui><</gui> 按钮返回上一个界面，点击 <gui>></gui> 按钮跳转到下一个界面。"
15696
msgstr ""
15697
15698
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15699
#: C/uk-weather.page:8
15700
msgctxt "link:trail"
15701
msgid "天气预报"
15702
msgstr ""
15703
15704
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15705
#: C/uk-weather.page:10
15706
msgid "来自中国气象局的天气预报信息。"
15707
msgstr ""
15708
15709
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15710
#: C/uk-weather.page:24
15711
msgid "天气预报"
15712
msgstr ""
15713
15714
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15715
#: C/uk-weather.page:26
15716
msgid "<app>天气预报</app>提供来自中国气象局的天气预报信息，为用户日常起居和旅行提供参考。"
15717
msgstr ""
15718
15719
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15720
#: C/uk-weather.page:29
15721
msgid "软件已预装在 Ubuntu Kylin 系统中，如果被卸载，您可以重新<link href=\"apt:indicator-china-weather\">安装</link>。"
15722
msgstr ""
15723
15724
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15725
#: C/uk-weather.page:36
15726
msgid "查看天气"
15727
msgstr ""
15728
15729
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15730
#: C/uk-weather.page:37
15731
msgid "点击桌面右上角的天气预报图标后会出现下拉菜单，分为两部分：上半部分显示当前气象信息；下半部分为应用项。"
15732
msgstr ""
15733
15734
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15735
#: C/uk-weather.page:40
15736
msgid "<em>当前气象信息</em>：可以查看的天气信息有<gui>当前天气</gui>、<gui>当前气温</gui>、<gui>湿度</gui>、<gui>风向</gui>、<gui>风力</gui>、<gui>发布时间</gui>、<gui>PM2.5</gui>、<gui>地点</gui>等。"
15737
msgstr ""
15738
15739
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15740
#: C/uk-weather.page:44
15741
msgid "<em>六天天气预报</em>：为您提供当前城市未来六天的天气情况。"
15742
msgstr ""
15743
15744
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15745
#: C/uk-weather.page:49
15746
msgid "根据设定的时间，<app>天气预报</app> 会自动更新。也可以手动更新，只需要点击 <gui>更新</gui> 选项 ，气象信息就会自动刷新。同时会在 <gui>更新</gui> 旁边显示最后一次更新的时间。"
15747
msgstr ""
15748
15749
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15750
#: C/uk-weather.page:53
15751
msgid "配置"
15752
msgstr ""
15753
15754
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15755
#: C/uk-weather.page:54
15756
msgid "可以在 <gui>常规</gui> 和 <gui>地点</gui> 两个界面进行配置。"
15757
msgstr ""
15758
15759
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15760
#: C/uk-weather.page:56
15761
msgid "常规"
15762
msgstr ""
15763
15764
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15765
#: C/uk-weather.page:58
15766
msgid "<gui>常规</gui> 分为 <gui>可变配置</gui> 和 <gui>固定配置</gui> 两项内容。"
15767
msgstr ""
15768
15769
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15770
#: C/uk-weather.page:62
15771
msgid "<gui>可变配置</gui>："
15772
msgstr ""
15773
15774
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15775
#: C/uk-weather.page:67
15776
msgid "<gui>图标旁显示温度</gui>，勾选后可以在天气图标旁边同步显示温度；"
15777
msgstr ""
15778
15779
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15780
#: C/uk-weather.page:71
15781
msgid "<gui>更新时间</gui>，默认为 60 分钟更新一次，也可以根据需要自行配置。"
15782
msgstr ""
15783
15784
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15785
#: C/uk-weather.page:77
15786
msgid "<gui>固定配置</gui>："
15787
msgstr ""
15788
15789
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15790
#: C/uk-weather.page:80
15791
msgid "介绍配置信息的标准单位以及数据来源。"
15792
msgstr ""
15793
15794
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15795
#: C/uk-weather.page:89
15796
msgid "地点"
15797
msgstr ""
15798
15799
#. (itstool) path: section/p
15800
#: C/uk-weather.page:91
15801
msgid "内置了国内城市列表，输入城市拼音或者文字进行 <gui>查找</gui> 。通过 <gui>添加</gui>和 <gui>删除</gui> 按钮向城市列表中添加和删除城市，支持添加多城市，在选择城市后点击 <gui>确定</gui> 按钮可以切换 <app>天气预报</app> 所使用城市。"
15802
msgstr ""
15803
15804
#. (itstool) path: info/title
15805
#: C/uk-wps.page:8
15806
msgctxt "link:trail"
15807
msgid "WPS 办公套件"
15808
msgstr ""
15809
15810
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15811
#: C/uk-wps.page:10
15812
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-wps-writer\">WPS 文字</link>， <link xref=\"uk-wps-spreadsheets\">WPS 表格</link>， <link xref=\"uk-wps-presentations\">WPS 演示</link>..."
15813
msgstr ""
15814
15815
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15816
#: C/uk-wps.page:26
15817
msgid "WPS 办公套件"
15818
msgstr ""
15819
15820
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15821
#: C/uk-wps.page:28
15822
msgid "<app>WPS</app> 文字处理系统是一款集成了文字、表格、演示、网页浏览、图片浏览等功能的办公软件套件，提供免费的在线存储空间及文档模板，支持阅读和输出 pdf 文件，全面兼容微软 Office 97-2013 格式。"
15823
msgstr ""
15824
15825
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15826
#: C/uk-wps.page:32
15827
msgid "<app>WPS 办公套件</app> 可免费使用，但默认情况下没有包含在 Ubuntu Kylin 发行版中，请 <link href=\"apt:wps-office\">安装</link> 以开始使用。"
15828
msgstr ""
15829
15830
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15831
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:7
15832
msgid "幻灯片制作和演示。"
15833
msgstr ""
15834
15835
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15836
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:19
15837
msgid "WPS 演示"
15838
msgstr ""
15839
15840
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15841
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:20
15842
msgid "<app>WPS 演示</app> 是制作和演示幻灯片的软件。能够制作出集文字、图形、图像、声音以及视频剪辑等多媒体元素于一体的演示文稿，把您所要表达的信息组织在一组图文并茂的画面中，用于介绍公司的产品、展示自己的学术成果。不仅在投影仪或者计算机上能进行演示，也可以将演示文稿打印出来，制作成胶片，以便应用到更广泛的领域中。"
15843
msgstr ""
15844
15845
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15846
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:21
15847
msgid "<app>WPS 演示</app> 分为 7 大模块，分别为：<gui>开始</gui>、<gui>插入</gui>、<gui>设计</gui>、<gui>动画</gui>、<gui>幻灯片放映</gui>、<gui>审阅</gui>、<gui>视图</gui>。"
15848
msgstr ""
15849
15850
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15851
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:24
15852
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:24
15853
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:24
15854
msgid "功能"
15855
msgstr ""
15856
15857
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15858
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:26
15859
msgid "<gui>开始</gui> 菜单中提供了对幻灯片进行编辑、格式设置、插入、播放等最常用的功能。"
15860
msgstr ""
15861
15862
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15863
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:30
15864
msgid "<gui>插入</gui> 菜单中提供了在幻灯片中插入图片、表格、页眉和页脚等美化文档的相关设置。"
15865
msgstr ""
15866
15867
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15868
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:34
15869
msgid "<gui>设计</gui> 菜单中提供了在幻灯片中使用设计模板、颜色方案、幻灯片版式、背景等功能。"
15870
msgstr ""
15871
15872
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15873
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:38
15874
msgid "<gui>动画</gui> 菜单中提供了在幻灯片内容的动画方案、切换效果、预览等功能。"
15875
msgstr ""
15876
15877
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15878
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:42
15879
msgid "<gui>幻灯片放映</gui> 菜单中提供幻灯片的放映方式、切换方式。"
15880
msgstr ""
15881
15882
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15883
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:46
15884
msgid "<gui>审阅</gui> 菜单中提供对幻灯片内容进行检查、修订等功能。"
15885
msgstr ""
15886
15887
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15888
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:50
15889
msgid "<gui>视图</gui> 菜单中提供了对幻灯片显示方式的设置。"
15890
msgstr ""
15891
15892
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15893
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:58
15894
msgid "有关<app> WPS 演示</app> 使用的其他资源和信息"
15895
msgstr ""
15896
15897
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15898
#: C/uk-wps-presentations.page:60
15899
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:65
15900
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:55
15901
msgid "请参考<link href=\"http://office.wps.cn/\"> OFFICE 学院 </link>。"
15902
msgstr ""
15903
15904
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15905
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:7
15906
msgid "数据处理、统计分析和辅助决策。"
15907
msgstr ""
15908
15909
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15910
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:19
15911
msgid "WPS 表格"
15912
msgstr ""
15913
15914
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15915
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:20
15916
msgid "<app>WPS 表格</app> 可以进行各种数据的处理、统计分析和辅助决策操作。"
15917
msgstr ""
15918
15919
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15920
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:21
15921
msgid "<app>WPS 表格</app> 分为 8 大模块，分别为：<gui>开始</gui>、<gui>插入</gui>、<gui>页面布局</gui>、<gui>公式</gui>、<gui>数据</gui>、<gui>表格样式</gui>、<gui>审阅</gui>、<gui>视图</gui>。"
15922
msgstr ""
15923
15924
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15925
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:26
15926
msgid "<gui>开始</gui> 菜单中提供了对表格进行编辑、格式设置、排序、筛选、自动求和等最常用的功能。"
15927
msgstr ""
15928
15929
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15930
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:30
15931
msgid "<gui>插入</gui> 菜单中提供了在表格中插入图片、数据透视表、页眉和页脚、超链接等美化表格的相关设置。"
15932
msgstr ""
15933
15934
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15935
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:34
15936
msgid "<gui>页面布局</gui> 菜单中提供了对表格的纸张方向、打印区域设置等功能。"
15937
msgstr ""
15938
15939
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15940
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:38
15941
msgid "<gui>公式</gui> 菜单中提供了常用函数、财务、逻辑、文本、数学函数等公式，使得数据运算更加方便。"
15942
msgstr ""
15943
15944
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15945
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:42
15946
msgid "<gui>数据</gui> 菜单中提供了对数据进行分类、模拟、组织、筛选等功能。"
15947
msgstr ""
15948
15949
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15950
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:46
15951
msgid "<gui>表格样式</gui> 菜单中提供了多种样式，轻松的做到一键美化。"
15952
msgstr ""
15953
15954
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15955
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:50
15956
msgid "<gui>审阅</gui> 菜单中提供了对表格数据进行检查、修订、保护等功能。"
15957
msgstr ""
15958
15959
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15960
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:54
15961
msgid "<gui>视图</gui> 菜单中提供了对表格数据显示样式的设置。"
15962
msgstr ""
15963
15964
#. (itstool) path: section/title
15965
#: C/uk-wps-spreadsheets.page:63
15966
msgid "有关<app> WPS 表格</app>使用的其他资源和信息"
15967
msgstr ""
15968
15969
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
15970
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:7
15971
msgid "文字编辑和排版。"
15972
msgstr ""
15973
15974
#. (itstool) path: page/title
15975
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:19
15976
msgid "WPS 文字"
15977
msgstr ""
15978
15979
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15980
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:20
15981
msgid "<app>WPS 文字</app> 是 WPS 办公套装软件的一个重要的组成部分，可对文字进行编辑、格式化、排版与打印。"
15982
msgstr ""
15983
15984
#. (itstool) path: page/p
15985
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:21
15986
msgid "<app>WPS 文字</app> 包含 7 个功能模块，分别为：<gui>开始</gui>、<gui>插入</gui>、<gui>页面布局</gui>、<gui>引用</gui>、<gui>审阅</gui>、<gui>视图</gui>、<gui>章节</gui>。"
15987
msgstr ""
15988
15989
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15990
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:26
15991
msgid "<gui>开始</gui> 菜单中提供了对文档进行编辑、格式设置等最常用的功能。"
15992
msgstr ""
15993
15994
#. (itstool) path: item/p
15995
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:30
15996
msgid "<gui>插入</gui> 菜单中提供了在文档中插入图片、表格、页眉和页脚等美化文档的相关设置。"
15997
msgstr ""
15998
15999
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16000
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:33
16001
msgid "<gui>页面布局</gui> 菜单中提供了对文档内容的文字方向、分栏、文字环绕等功能。"
16002
msgstr ""
16003
16004
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16005
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:36
16006
msgid "<gui>引用</gui> 菜单中提供了对文档的目录级别、脚注尾注等进行设置。"
16007
msgstr ""
16008
16009
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16010
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:39
16011
msgid "<gui>审阅</gui> 菜单中提供了对文档内容的修订功能，审阅者可以直接在文档上进行修改。"
16012
msgstr ""
16013
16014
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16015
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:42
16016
msgid "<gui>视图</gui> 菜单中提供了文档显示方式的设置。"
16017
msgstr ""
16018
16019
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16020
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:45
16021
msgid "<gui>章节</gui> 菜单中提供了对文档封面、章节、目录、导航等内容进行设置。"
16022
msgstr ""
16023
16024
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16025
#: C/uk-wps-writer.page:53
16026
msgid "有关<app> WPS 文字</app> 使用的其他资源和信息"
16027
msgstr ""
16028
16029
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16030
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:9
16031
msgctxt "link:trail"
16032
msgid "优客助手"
16033
msgstr ""
16034
16035
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16036
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:11
16037
msgid "<link xref=\"uk-youker-home\">首页</link>， <link xref=\"uk-youker-info\">系统信息</link>， <link xref=\"uk-youker-clean\">系统清理</link>， <link xref=\"uk-youker-personalize\">系统美化</link>， <link xref=\"uk-youker-tool\">功能大全</link>， <link xref=\"uk-youker-ball\">监控球</link>…"
16038
msgstr ""
16039
16040
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16041
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:30
16042
msgid "优客助手"
16043
msgstr ""
16044
16045
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16046
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:32
16047
msgid "<app>优客助手</app> 是专为 Ubuntu/Ubuntu Kylin 用户打造的“系统级管理与配置工具”。基于 Qt/QML、Python 实现，可以查看系统的详细硬件信息、清理系统中残留的垃圾以及配置个性化的系统。让您的桌面更加流畅、易用而富有个性。"
16048
msgstr ""
16049
16050
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16051
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:35
16052
msgid "<app>优客助手</app> 默认集成在Ubuntu Kylin系统中，如果被卸载，请点击 <link href=\"apt:youker-assistant\">安装</link> 以开始使用。"
16053
msgstr ""
16054
16055
#. (itstool) path: list/title
16056
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:66
16057
msgid "帮助与反馈"
16058
msgstr ""
16059
16060
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16061
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:68
16062
msgid "当您在使用过程中遇到困难时，可以点击 <app>优客助手</app> 首页右下角的 <gui>论坛求助</gui>，获得优客们的帮助。"
16063
msgstr ""
16064
16065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16066
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:72
16067
msgid "如果您对软件本身有任何建议，可以点击首页右下角的 <gui>问题反馈</gui>。"
16068
msgstr ""
16069
16070
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16071
#: C/uk-youker-assistant.page:76
16072
msgid "还可通过点击首页右下角的 <gui>新版本特性</gui> 查看当前版本所更新的内容。"
16073
msgstr ""
16074
16075
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16076
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:9
16077
msgctxt "link:trail"
16078
msgid "监控球"
16079
msgstr ""
16080
16081
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16082
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:11
16083
msgid "实时监控系统内存和 CPU 使用情况。"
16084
msgstr ""
16085
16086
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16087
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:25
16088
msgid "监控球"
16089
msgstr ""
16090
16091
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16092
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:26
16093
msgid "实时监控系统内存以及 CPU 使用情况，分为缩略显示界面和详细显示界面。"
16094
msgstr ""
16095
16096
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16097
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:30
16098
msgid "打开 <app>优客助手</app> 之后，<app>监控球</app> 将以缩略界面显示在桌面右上方，包括上传速度、下载速度和内存占用率等信息。"
16099
msgstr ""
16100
16101
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16102
#: C/uk-youker-ball.page:34
16103
msgid "双击 <app>监控球</app> 缩略界面将打开详细界面，有 <gui>一键加速</gui> 和 <gui>详细</gui> 按钮。点击 <gui>一键加速</gui> 按钮将清理内存空间；点击 <gui>详细</gui> 按钮将显示 CPU 占有率、内存占有率等信息。再次双击 <app>监控球</app> 缩略界面关闭详细信息。"
16104
msgstr ""
16105
16106
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16107
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:9
16108
msgctxt "link:trail"
16109
msgid "系统清理"
16110
msgstr ""
16111
16112
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16113
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:11
16114
msgid "针对性的对系统垃圾进行清理，让系统运行更有效率。"
16115
msgstr ""
16116
16117
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16118
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:25
16119
msgid "系统清理"
16120
msgstr ""
16121
16122
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16123
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:26
16124
msgid "不同于 <gui>首页</gui> 的 <gui>一键清理</gui>，<gui>系统清理</gui> 提供更为详尽的清理方式，可以有针对性的对系统垃圾进行清理，帮助您节约磁盘空间，让系统运行更有效率。"
16125
msgstr ""
16126
16127
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16128
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:33
16129
msgid "<em>缓存清理</em>：清理系统中的缓存文件。点击 <gui>开始扫描</gui> 按钮之后，程序会根据勾选的选项扫描缓存文件，并以列表的形式展示扫描结果，请点击 <gui>开始清理</gui> 删除选中的缓存文件。其中 <gui>包缓存</gui> 是在安装软件时下载至本地的软件包；<gui>软件中心缓存</gui> 是 <app>软件中心</app> 为加快启动速度缓存在本地的图片文件；<gui>缩略图缓存</gui> 是查看图片后产生的文件。"
16130
msgstr ""
16131
16132
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16133
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:37
16134
msgid "<em>包卸载</em>：清理不再需要但仍然残留在系统中的依赖包。点击 <gui>开始扫描</gui> 按钮之后，程序会根据勾选的选项扫描软件包，并以列表的形式展示扫描结果。点击 <gui>开始清理</gui> 会弹出密码框，输入密码之后程序会自动卸载选中的软件包。"
16135
msgstr ""
16136
16137
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16138
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:41
16139
msgid "<em>Cookies 清理</em>：清理 Cookies。点击 <gui>开始扫描</gui> 按钮之后，程序会根据勾选的选项扫描 Cookies，并以列表的形式展示扫描结果。点击 <gui>开始清理</gui> 删除选中的 Cookies。"
16140
msgstr ""
16141
16142
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16143
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:45
16144
msgid "<em>浏览器清理</em>：清理浏览器缓冲。点击 <gui>开始扫描</gui> 按钮之后，程序会根据勾选的选项扫描浏览器产生的垃圾文件，并以列表的形式展示扫描结果。点击 <gui>开始清理</gui> 删除选中的文件或目录。"
16145
msgstr ""
16146
16147
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16148
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:49
16149
msgid "<em>痕迹清理</em>：清理系统使用痕迹。点击 <gui>开始扫描</gui> 按钮之后，程序会显示您所有的访问记录总数，点击 <gui>开始清理</gui> 按钮清空历史记录。"
16150
msgstr ""
16151
16152
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16153
#: C/uk-youker-clean.page:53
16154
msgid "<em>查找大文件</em>：查找并清理系统中的大文件。按 <gui>浏览</gui> 按钮选择要扫描的目录，并指定文件大小，程序会在所选目录搜索大于该值的文件，并按照从大到小的顺序列出。请根据需要选择要清理的大文件。"
16155
msgstr ""
16156
16157
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16158
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:9
16159
msgctxt "link:trail"
16160
msgid "首页"
16161
msgstr ""
16162
16163
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16164
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:11
16165
msgid "一键清理系统垃圾、帮助您节省磁盘空间，让系统运行更有效率。"
16166
msgstr ""
16167
16168
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16169
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:25
16170
msgid "优客助手首页"
16171
msgstr ""
16172
16173
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16174
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:26
16175
msgid "一键清理、登录、天气预报、常用配置工具等信息。"
16176
msgstr ""
16177
16178
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16179
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:33
16180
msgid "<em>一键清理 </em>：清理系统垃圾的便捷方式。通过勾选或者取消勾选来选择需要清理的选项，默认情况下是全部勾选的。<gui>一键清理</gui> 功能需要管理员权限，点击 时会弹出管理员密码输入框，输入正确后密码之后将进行清理操作。"
16181
msgstr ""
16182
16183
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16184
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:37
16185
msgid "<em>登录帐号</em>：如果您已经拥有 Ubuntu Kylin 论坛的帐号，可以直接使用该帐号进行登录，否则需要进行注册。登录后保持在线可以获得积分，不同积分对应不同的等级，另外执行每日任务可以额外增加积分。"
16186
msgstr ""
16187
16188
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16189
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:41
16190
msgid "<em>天气预报</em>：展示当前的天气、温度、湿度以及风速等信息。 <gui>更换城市</gui> 可以切换列表中的城市，如需添加城市请点击 <gui>配置</gui>。 <gui>预报</gui> 中提供了未来六天的天气情况。 <gui>配置</gui> 页面可以更改更新周期、添加/删除城市或查看数据来源。 点击 <gui>更新</gui> 按钮可强制更新天气信息。"
16191
msgstr ""
16192
16193
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16194
#: C/uk-youker-home.page:49
16195
msgid "<em>常用配置工具</em>：列出了一些经常用到的工具，更多信息见 <link xref=\"uk-youker-personalize\">系统美化</link>。"
16196
msgstr ""
16197
16198
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16199
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:9
16200
msgctxt "link:trail"
16201
msgid "系统信息"
16202
msgstr ""
16203
16204
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16205
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:11
16206
msgid "展示计算机硬件、桌面和用户信息。"
16207
msgstr ""
16208
16209
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16210
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:25
16211
msgid "系统信息"
16212
msgstr ""
16213
16214
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16215
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:26
16216
msgid "<gui>系统信息</gui> 向您展示当前计算机的详细硬件、桌面及用户信息。"
16217
msgstr ""
16218
16219
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16220
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:30
16221
msgid "<em>电脑基本信息</em>：主要包括制造商、电脑型号、电脑版本、序列号、主机名、持续运行时间、操作系统类型、操作系统版本、系统位数、内核版本、内核架构等信息。"
16222
msgstr ""
16223
16224
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16225
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:34
16226
msgid "<em>桌面信息</em>：主要包括桌面环境、发行版、语言、当前用户、用户主目录等信息。"
16227
msgstr ""
16228
16229
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16230
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:38
16231
msgid "<em>处理器信息</em>：主要包括处理器、制造商、序列号、插座/插槽、最大主频、当前主频、前端总线、核心数目、一级缓存、二级缓存等信息。"
16232
msgstr ""
16233
16234
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16235
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:42
16236
msgid "<em>内存条信息</em>：主要包括插槽号、内存型号、制造商、序列号、内存大小、数据宽度、内存条等信息。"
16237
msgstr ""
16238
16239
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16240
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:46
16241
msgid "<em>硬盘信息</em>：主要包括主板型号、主板产商、序列号、BIOS 产商、BIOS 版本、发布日期等信息。"
16242
msgstr ""
16243
16244
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16245
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:50
16246
msgid "<em>硬盘信息</em>：主要包括硬盘型号、硬盘厂商、硬盘容量、设备名称、固件版本、序列号等信息。"
16247
msgstr ""
16248
16249
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16250
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:54
16251
msgid "<em>有线网卡信息 </em>：主要包括制造商、有线网卡驱动、总线地址、设备名称、IP 地址、MAC 地址、连接状态、最大带宽等信息。"
16252
msgstr ""
16253
16254
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16255
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:58
16256
msgid "<em>无线网卡信息</em>：主要包括网卡型号、制造商、无线网卡驱动、总线地址等信息。"
16257
msgstr ""
16258
16259
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16260
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:62
16261
msgid "<em>显卡信息</em>：主要包括显卡型号、当前显卡、显卡制造商、显卡驱动、总线地址等信息。"
16262
msgstr ""
16263
16264
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16265
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:66
16266
msgid "<em>音频信息 </em>：主要包括声卡型号、制造商、总线地址、声卡驱动等信息。"
16267
msgstr ""
16268
16269
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16270
#: C/uk-youker-info.page:70
16271
msgid "<em>设备驱动信息 </em>：主要包括 VGA 兼容控制器、通信控制器、以太网控制器、USB 控制器、声卡型号、PCI 桥、USB 控制器、ISA 桥、SATA 控制器、系统管理总线、信号处理控制器、网络控制器、主桥等信息。"
16272
msgstr ""
16273
16274
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16275
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:9
16276
msgctxt "link:trail"
16277
msgid "系统美化"
16278
msgstr ""
16279
16280
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16281
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:11
16282
msgid "根据个人喜好对系统进行全方位的定制。"
16283
msgstr ""
16284
16285
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16286
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:25
16287
msgid "系统美化"
16288
msgstr ""
16289
16290
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16291
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:26
16292
msgid "在 <gui>系统美化</gui> 页面可以从 <gui>个性化</gui>、<gui>桌面</gui>、<gui>字体</gui>、<gui>系统选项</gui>、<gui>杂项</gui> 等几个方面对系统进行定制。"
16293
msgstr ""
16294
16295
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16296
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:27
16297
msgid "详细内容包含 <gui>主题设置</gui>、<gui>图标配置</gui>、<gui>鼠标指针</gui>、<gui>声音效果</gui>、<gui>开机动画</gui>、<gui>自定义启动器</gui>、<gui>窗口</gui>、<gui>默认字体设置</gui>、<gui>触摸板设置</gui>、<gui>坏点检测</gui> 以及 <gui>文件管理器</gui>，请点击对应的选项进入设置界面。"
16298
msgstr ""
16299
16300
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16301
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:36
16302
msgid "<em>主题设置</em>： 提供 4 种窗口主题，分别为 “ubuntukylin-theme”、“Ambiance”、“HighContrast”、“Radiance”。窗口主题被选中之后立即生效。"
16303
msgstr ""
16304
16305
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16306
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:40
16307
msgid "<em>图标配置</em>：对 <gui>图标主题设置</gui> 和 <gui>桌面图标显示控制</gui> 的相关选项进行配置。<gui>图标主题设置</gui> 可以通过下拉列表选择主题，选择后，立即生效。点击 <gui>桌面图标显示控制</gui> 中对应栏目的开关按钮可以切换图标的 <gui>已启用</gui> 或 <gui>已禁用</gui> 状态。<gui>恢复默认</gui> 按钮可以将主题及桌面图标恢复为系统默认状态。"
16308
msgstr ""
16309
16310
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16311
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:44
16312
msgid "<em>鼠标指针</em>：设置鼠标指针的主题和大小，选择后立即生效。点击 <gui>恢复默认</gui> 按钮恢复系统默认设置。"
16313
msgstr ""
16314
16315
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16316
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:48
16317
msgid "<em>声音效果</em>：设置声音的主题、系统事件提示音，如：开机登录音乐，按钮点击声音等。点击 <gui>试听</gui> 播放当前对应事件的音乐；点击 <gui>替换</gui> 自动替换对应事件的音乐；点击 <gui>恢复默认</gui> 按钮恢复系统默认设置。"
16318
msgstr ""
16319
16320
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16321
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:52
16322
msgid "<em>开机动画</em>：首先通过点击 <gui>自定义图片</gui> 按钮选择图片，对应图片名称将出现在右侧的可选开机动画列表中，请选择需要设置的开机动画，然后点击 <gui>确定</gui> 按钮，开机动画将会在下次启动时生效。"
16323
msgstr ""
16324
16325
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16326
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:56
16327
msgid "<em>定义启动器</em>：设置桌面左边 <app>启动器</app> 中图标的尺寸以及 <app>启动器</app> 是否自动隐藏。启动器图标尺寸可以拖动滑动条进行设置，设置完成后点击 <gui>确定</gui> 生效。"
16328
msgstr ""
16329
16330
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16331
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:61
16332
msgid "<em>默认字体设置</em>：对默认字体、桌面字体、等宽字体、文档字体以及标题栏字体进行设置。首先点击当前字体，在打开的 <gui>更换字体</gui> 窗口中选择要更改的字体，选择 <gui>确定</gui> 使字体立即生效。点击 <gui>恢复默认</gui> 按钮可将字体恢复到更改设置之前的状态。"
16333
msgstr ""
16334
16335
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16336
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:65
16337
msgid "<em>触摸板设置</em>：开启、关闭触摸板或设置滚动条。其中 <gui>滚动条类型</gui> 设置是对系统滚动条的外型进行设置；<gui>触摸板滚动触发方式</gui> 是在触摸板上触发滚动条的方式。"
16338
msgstr ""
16339
16340
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16341
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:69
16342
msgid "<em>坏点检测</em>：通过多个纯色界面来帮助检查电脑屏幕是否存在颜色不对的坏点。进入检测后，单击鼠标左键切换纯色界面；单击鼠标右键退出检测。"
16343
msgstr ""
16344
16345
#. (itstool) path: C/uk-youker-personalize.page/page
16346
#: C/uk-youker-personalize.page:4
16347
msgid "<_:info-1/> <_:title-2/> <_:p-3/> <_:p-4/> :w <_:list-5/>"
16348
msgstr ""
16349
16350
#. (itstool) path: info/title
16351
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:9
16352
msgctxt "link:trail"
16353
msgid "功能大全"
16354
msgstr ""
16355
16356
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16357
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:11
16358
msgid "常用系统配置工具，让系统使用起来更加顺畅。"
16359
msgstr ""
16360
16361
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16362
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:25
16363
msgid "功能大全"
16364
msgstr ""
16365
16366
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16367
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:26
16368
msgid "在 <gui>功能大全</gui> 页面的 <gui>默认工具箱</gui> 中提供了一些实用小工具：<gui>坏点检测</gui>、<gui>开机动画</gui>、<gui>输入法配置</gui>、<gui>任务管理器</gui>。"
16369
msgstr ""
16370
16371
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16372
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:33
16373
msgid "<em>输入法配置</em>：分为 <gui>当前输入法列表 </gui>、<gui>个性化配置</gui> 和 <gui>外观配置</gui>。<gui>当前输入法列表</gui> 界面包含输入法语言的添加、删除及输入法切换的快捷键设置。通过向左或向右按钮添加或删除输入法，通过向上和向下按钮调整输入法的优先级。<gui>个性化配置</gui>界面，根据个人习惯进行全局配置，主要包括 <gui>显示设置</gui> 和 <gui>快捷键</gui>。其中 <gui>显示设置</gui> 中可以设置候选词列表和候选词个数；<gui>快捷键</gui> 可以设置切换输入法和上下翻页的快捷键。<gui>外观配置</gui> 界面包含皮肤设置和更换字体设置，可以对皮肤、字体、字体大小进行设置。点击 <gui>应用</gui> 之后设置生效；点击 <gui>取消</gui> 按钮或 <gui>返回主页</gui> 按钮将取消全部设置。"
16374
msgstr ""
16375
16376
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16377
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:37
16378
msgid "<em>任务管理器</em>：显示当前系统中的进程，每一行代表一个进程，从左至右描述信息依次为：<gui>用户</gui>、<gui> ID </gui>、<gui> CPU占用 %</gui>、<gui>内存占用 %</gui>、<gui>启动时间</gui>、<gui>进程说明</gui>以及 <gui>进程名</gui>。默认显示当前用户的进程，选择进程信息上方的 <gui>所有用户</gui> 可以显示系统中所有用户的进程信息。点击 <gui>刷新</gui> 按钮将重新扫描系统中的进程信息；如需结束某个进程时，请选中进程并点击 <gui>结束进程</gui> 按钮，其中管理员进程会要求需要输入密码。"
16379
msgstr ""
16380
16381
#. (itstool) path: note/p
16382
#: C/uk-youker-tool.page:44
16383
msgid "<gui>坏点检测</gui> 和 <gui>开机动画</gui> 的使用方法参见 <link xref=\"uk-youker-personalize\">系统美化</link>。"
16384
msgstr ""
16385
16386
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16387
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:8
16388
msgid "Run, install, or uninstall apps."
16389
msgstr ""
16390
16391
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16392
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:19
16393
msgid "Applications lens"
16394
msgstr ""
16395
16396
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16397
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:21
16398
msgid "The applications lens is the first lens after the Dash home in the <gui>lens bar</gui>. The applications lens gives you access to your apps or apps available for install."
16399
msgstr ""
16400
16401
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16402
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:25
16403
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>A</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the applications lens."
16404
msgstr ""
16405
16406
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16407
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:29
16408
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:35
16409
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:32
16410
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:77
16411
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:30
16412
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:32
16413
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:32
16414
msgid "Previews"
16415
msgstr ""
16416
16417
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16418
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:31
16419
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview shows a short description of the app, a screenshot, its <gui>Software Center</gui> rating, and what version is available."
16420
msgstr ""
16421
16422
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16423
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:35
16424
msgid "For installed apps, you can see when the app was installed and either launch the app or uninstall it. Certain essential apps cannot be uninstalled from the preview."
16425
msgstr ""
16426
16427
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16428
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:39
16429
msgid "For apps that haven't been installed, you can install them right from the preview."
16430
msgstr ""
16431
16432
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16433
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:45
16434
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:47
16435
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:41
16436
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:67
16437
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:41
16438
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:43
16439
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:40
16440
msgid "Filters"
16441
msgstr ""
16442
16443
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16444
#: C/unity-dash-apps.page:47
16445
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> if you'd like to only see results for a certain type of application. You can also click <guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Local Apps</gui></guiseq> to only view installed apps or <guiseq><gui>Sources</gui><gui>Software Center</gui></guiseq> to only show apps available for install."
16446
msgstr ""
16447
16448
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16449
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:8
16450
msgid "Find files, folders, and downloads."
16451
msgstr ""
16452
16453
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16454
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:19
16455
msgid "Files lens"
16456
msgstr ""
16457
16458
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16459
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:21
16460
msgid "The files lens is the second lens after the Dash home in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is represented by a document. The files lens gives you access to recently used files, folders, or downloads."
16461
msgstr ""
16462
16463
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16464
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:25
16465
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>F</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the files lens."
16466
msgstr ""
16467
16468
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16469
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:29
16470
msgid "If you use Google Drive, be sure to add your Google credentials to <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to see search results from Google Drive."
16471
msgstr ""
16472
16473
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16474
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:37
16475
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview shows the file format, file size, and when it was last saved."
16476
msgstr ""
16477
16478
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16479
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:41
16480
msgid "You can open a file, email it, or open the folder that contains the file."
16481
msgstr ""
16482
16483
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16484
#: C/unity-dash-files.page:49
16485
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by file type, file size, or the last time the file was saved."
16486
msgstr ""
16487
16488
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16489
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:8
16490
msgid "Browse messages from your online social media accounts."
16491
msgstr ""
16492
16493
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16494
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:19
16495
msgid "Friends scope"
16496
msgstr ""
16497
16498
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16499
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:21
16500
msgid "The Friends scope is the sixth lens after the Dash home in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is represented by a speaking bubble. The Friends scope gives you access to your social media accounts."
16501
msgstr ""
16502
16503
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16504
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:25
16505
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>G</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the Friends Scope icon."
16506
msgstr ""
16507
16508
#. (itstool) path: note/p
16509
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:28
16510
msgid "The lens will be blank until you enter your credentials in <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link>."
16511
msgstr ""
16512
16513
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16514
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:34
16515
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview gives you more information and allows you to \"like\" or reshare posts."
16516
msgstr ""
16517
16518
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16519
#: C/unity-dash-friends.page:43
16520
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by account."
16521
msgstr ""
16522
16523
#. (itstool) path: media
16524
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16525
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16526
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16527
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16528
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:21
16529
msgctxt "_"
16530
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-dash-sample.png' md5='001e1772fdb57bc7a88601566f6eb0e1'"
16531
msgstr ""
16532
16533
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16534
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:8
16535
msgid "The Dash is the top button in the Launcher."
16536
msgstr ""
16537
16538
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16539
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:19
16540
msgid "Find apps, files, music, and more with the Dash"
16541
msgstr ""
16542
16543
#. (itstool) path: media/p
16544
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:22
16545
msgid "Unity Search"
16546
msgstr ""
16547
16548
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16549
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:25
16550
msgid "The <gui>Dash</gui> allows you to search for applications, files, music, and videos, and shows you items that you have used recently. If you have ever worked on a spreadsheet or edited an image and forgot where you saved it, you will surely find this feature of the Dash to be useful."
16551
msgstr ""
16552
16553
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16554
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:31
16555
msgid "To start using the <gui>Dash</gui>, click the top icon in the <link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Launcher</link>. This icon has the Ubuntu logo on it. For faster access, you can just press the <key xref=\"windows-key\">Super</key> key."
16556
msgstr ""
16557
16558
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16559
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:35
16560
msgid "To hide the <gui>Dash</gui>, click the top icon again or press <key>Super</key> or <key>Esc</key>."
16561
msgstr ""
16562
16563
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16564
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:38
16565
msgid "Search everything from the Dash home"
16566
msgstr ""
16567
16568
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16569
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:40
16570
msgid "The first thing you'll see when opening the Dash is the Dash Home. Without typing or clicking anything, the Dash Home will show you apps and files you've used recently."
16571
msgstr ""
16572
16573
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16574
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:42
16575
msgid "Only one row of results will show for each type. If there are more results, you can click <gui>See more results</gui> to view them."
16576
msgstr ""
16577
16578
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16579
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:45
16580
msgid "To search, just start typing and related search results will automatically appear from the different installed lenses."
16581
msgstr ""
16582
16583
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16584
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:48
16585
msgid "Click on a result to open it, or you can press <key>Enter</key> to open the first item in the list."
16586
msgstr ""
16587
16588
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16589
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:54
16590
msgid "Lenses"
16591
msgstr ""
16592
16593
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16594
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:56
16595
msgid "Lenses allow you to focus the Dash results and exclude results from other lenses."
16596
msgstr ""
16597
16598
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16599
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:58
16600
msgid "You can see the available lenses in the <gui>lens bar</gui>, the darker strip at the bottom of the Dash."
16601
msgstr ""
16602
16603
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16604
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:61
16605
msgid "To switch to a different lens, click the appropriate icon or press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Tab</key></keyseq>."
16606
msgstr ""
16607
16608
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16609
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:69
16610
msgid "Filters allow you to narrow down your search even further."
16611
msgstr ""
16612
16613
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16614
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:71
16615
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to choose filters. You may need to click a filter heading such as <gui>Sources</gui> to see the available choices."
16616
msgstr ""
16617
16618
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16619
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:79
16620
msgid "If you right click on a search result, a <gui>preview</gui> will open with more information about the result."
16621
msgstr ""
16622
16623
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16624
#: C/unity-dash-intro.page:82
16625
msgid "To close the preview, click any empty space or press <key>Esc</key>."
16626
msgstr ""
16627
16628
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16629
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:8
16630
msgid "Find and play music from your computer or the internet."
16631
msgstr ""
16632
16633
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16634
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:19
16635
msgid "Music lens"
16636
msgstr ""
16637
16638
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16639
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:21
16640
msgid "The music lens is the fourth lens after the Dash home in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is represented by a music note. The music lens gives you access to your music or music available online."
16641
msgstr ""
16642
16643
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16644
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:25
16645
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>M</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the music lens."
16646
msgstr ""
16647
16648
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16649
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:32
16650
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui>. The preview shows the cover art and the tracks."
16651
msgstr ""
16652
16653
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16654
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:35
16655
msgid "Click the track number to play the song right from the preview. Click the track number again to pause the song."
16656
msgstr ""
16657
16658
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16659
#: C/unity-dash-music.page:43
16660
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by decade or genre."
16661
msgstr ""
16662
16663
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16664
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:8
16665
msgid "View photos from your computer or your online social media accounts."
16666
msgstr ""
16667
16668
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16669
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:20
16670
msgid "Photos lens"
16671
msgstr ""
16672
16673
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16674
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:22
16675
msgid "The photos lens is the fifth lens after the Dash home in the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is represented by a camera. The photos lens gives you access to photos on your computer or from <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> such as Facebook or Google Picasa."
16676
msgstr ""
16677
16678
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16679
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:28
16680
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>C</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the photos lens."
16681
msgstr ""
16682
16683
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16684
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:34
16685
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more information about the photo and a larger thumbnail."
16686
msgstr ""
16687
16688
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16689
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:37
16690
msgid "For photos stored on your computer, you can open, print, view, or email them."
16691
msgstr ""
16692
16693
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16694
#: C/unity-dash-photos.page:45
16695
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by date the photo was taken or the source."
16696
msgstr ""
16697
16698
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16699
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:8
16700
msgid "Find and play videos from your computer or the internet."
16701
msgstr ""
16702
16703
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16704
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:19
16705
msgid "Video lens"
16706
msgstr ""
16707
16708
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16709
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:21
16710
msgid "The video lens is the third lens after the Dash home on the <gui>lens bar</gui> and is represented by a film strip. The video lens gives you access to your videos or videos available online."
16711
msgstr ""
16712
16713
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16714
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:25
16715
msgid "You can even buy or rent videos from the Dash."
16716
msgstr ""
16717
16718
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16719
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:27
16720
msgid "You can use <keyseq><key>Super</key><key>V</key></keyseq> to open the Dash directly at the video lens."
16721
msgstr ""
16722
16723
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16724
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:34
16725
msgid "Right click on a search result to open a <gui>preview</gui> with more information about the video."
16726
msgstr ""
16727
16728
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16729
#: C/unity-dash-video.page:42
16730
msgid "Click <gui>Filter results</gui> to filter by video source."
16731
msgstr ""
16732
16733
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16734
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:9
16735
msgid "Use the HUD to search menus of the apps you use."
16736
msgstr ""
16737
16738
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16739
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:20
16740
msgid "What is the HUD?"
16741
msgstr ""
16742
16743
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16744
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:22
16745
msgid "The <gui>HUD</gui> or <gui>Heads Up Display</gui> is a search-based alternative to traditional menus and was introduced in Ubuntu 12.04 LTS."
16746
msgstr ""
16747
16748
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16749
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:26
16750
msgid "Some apps like <link href=\"apt:gimp\">Gimp</link> or <link href=\"apt:inkscape\">Inkscape</link> have hundreds of menu items. If you're using apps like these, you may remember the name of a menu option, but you might not remember how to find it in the menus."
16751
msgstr ""
16752
16753
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16754
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:31
16755
msgid "Using a search box can be quite a bit faster than navigating extended menu hierarchies. The HUD also can be more accessible than normal menus as some people are unable to precisely control a mouse pointer."
16756
msgstr ""
16757
16758
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16759
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:36
16760
msgid "Use the HUD"
16761
msgstr ""
16762
16763
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16764
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:38
16765
msgid "To try the HUD:"
16766
msgstr ""
16767
16768
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16769
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:42
16770
msgid "Tap <key>Alt</key> to open the HUD."
16771
msgstr ""
16772
16773
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16774
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:45
16775
msgid "Start typing."
16776
msgstr ""
16777
16778
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16779
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:48
16780
msgid "When you see a result that you want to run, use the up and down keys to select the result, then press <key>Enter</key>, or click your desired search result."
16781
msgstr ""
16782
16783
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16784
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:53
16785
msgid "If you change your mind and want to exit the HUD, tap the <key>Alt</key> again or the <key>Esc</key>. You can also click anywhere outside the HUD to close the HUD."
16786
msgstr ""
16787
16788
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16789
#: C/unity-hud-intro.page:59
16790
msgid "The HUD keeps track of your search history and adjusts the search results to be even more useful the more you use it."
16791
msgstr ""
16792
16793
#. (itstool) path: media
16794
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16795
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16796
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16797
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16798
#: C/unity-introduction.page:43
16799
msgctxt "_"
16800
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-overview.png' md5='9ef8894d62d387b08d02eec62ae6953d'"
16801
msgstr ""
16802
16803
#. (itstool) path: media
16804
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16805
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16806
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16807
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16808
#: C/unity-introduction.page:51
16809
msgctxt "_"
16810
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-launcher.png' md5='805176ea690ddea2d14187f118dcec85'"
16811
msgstr ""
16812
16813
#. (itstool) path: media
16814
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16815
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16816
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16817
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16818
#: C/unity-introduction.page:75
16819
msgctxt "_"
16820
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-dash.png' md5='505b8243d7651a007559b1281e689d86'"
16821
msgstr ""
16822
16823
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16824
#: C/unity-introduction.page:9
16825
msgid "A visual introduction to the Unity desktop."
16826
msgstr ""
16827
16828
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16829
#: C/unity-introduction.page:30
16830
msgid "欢迎使用 Ubuntu Kylin"
16831
msgstr ""
16832
16833
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16834
#: C/unity-introduction.page:32
16835
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 是由中国 CCN 联合实验室支持和主导的开源项目，其宗旨是采用平台国际化与应用本地化融合的设计理念，通过定制本地化的桌面用户环境以及开发满足广大中文用户特定需求的应用软件来提供细腻的中文用户体验，做更有中国特色的操作系统。"
16836
msgstr ""
16837
16838
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16839
#: C/unity-introduction.page:33
16840
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 以 Ubuntu 为参考，得到来自 Debian、Ubuntu、LUPA 及各地 Linux 用户组等国内外众多社区爱好者的广泛参与和热情支持，其开发贡献者可参见 <link href=\"http://launchpad.net/~ubuntukylin-members/+members#active\">Ubuntu Kylin 开发者团队列表</link>。"
16841
msgstr ""
16842
16843
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16844
#: C/unity-introduction.page:35
16845
msgid "Ubuntu/Ubuntu Kylin 使用 <em>Unity</em>，一种使用电脑的全新方式。Unity 的设计原则是消除多余的界面元素，最大化操作区域，帮助您高效完成工作。"
16846
msgstr ""
16847
16848
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16849
#: C/unity-introduction.page:37
16850
msgid "This guide is designed to answer your questions about using Unity and your Ubuntu desktop. First we will take a moment to look at some of Unity's key features, and how you can use them."
16851
msgstr ""
16852
16853
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16854
#: C/unity-introduction.page:41
16855
msgid "Getting started with Unity"
16856
msgstr ""
16857
16858
#. (itstool) path: media/p
16859
#: C/unity-introduction.page:44
16860
msgid "The Unity desktop"
16861
msgstr ""
16862
16863
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16864
#. (itstool) path: media/p
16865
#: C/unity-introduction.page:48
16866
#: C/unity-introduction.page:52
16867
msgid "The Launcher"
16868
msgstr ""
16869
16870
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16871
#: C/unity-introduction.page:55
16872
msgid "The <gui>Launcher</gui> appears automatically when you log in to your desktop, and gives you quick access to the applications you use most often."
16873
msgstr ""
16874
16875
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16876
#: C/unity-introduction.page:62
16877
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-launcher-intro\">Learn more about the Launcher.</link>"
16878
msgstr ""
16879
16880
#. (itstool) path: section/title
16881
#: C/unity-introduction.page:68
16882
msgid "The Dash"
16883
msgstr ""
16884
16885
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16886
#: C/unity-introduction.page:70
16887
msgid "The <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui> sits near the top left corner of the screen and is always the top item in the Launcher. If you click the <gui>Ubuntu Button</gui>, Unity will present you with an additional feature of the desktop, the <gui>Dash</gui>."
16888
msgstr ""
16889
16890
#. (itstool) path: media/p
16891
#: C/unity-introduction.page:76
16892
msgid "The Unity Dash"
16893
msgstr ""
16894
16895
#. (itstool) path: section/p
16896
#: C/unity-introduction.page:79
16897
msgid "The <em>Dash</em> is designed to make it easier to find, open, and use apps, files, music, and more. For example, if you type the word \"document\" into the <em>Search Bar</em>, the Dash will show you applications that help you write and edit documents. It will also show you relevant folders and documents that you have been working on recently."
16898
msgstr ""
16899
16900
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16901
#: C/unity-introduction.page:86
16902
msgid "<link xref=\"unity-dash-intro\">Learn more about the Dash.</link>"
16903
msgstr ""
16904
16905
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16906
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:14
16907
msgid "Show the <gui>Launcher</gui> only when you need it."
16908
msgstr ""
16909
16910
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16911
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:18
16912
msgid "Auto-hide the Launcher"
16913
msgstr ""
16914
16915
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16916
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:20
16917
msgid "You can hide the <gui>Launcher</gui> if you only want to see it when you move your mouse or touchpad pointer to the left side of the screen."
16918
msgstr ""
16919
16920
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16921
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:25
16922
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16923
msgstr ""
16924
16925
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16926
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:26
16927
msgid "Switch to the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
16928
msgstr ""
16929
16930
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16931
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:27
16932
msgid "Switch <gui>Auto-hide the Launcher</gui> on."
16933
msgstr ""
16934
16935
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16936
#: C/unity-launcher-change-autohide.page:30
16937
msgid "To help prevent you from accidentally showing the Launcher, Ubuntu requires you to push a little bit harder with your mouse or touchpad pointer to make the Launcher show. You can adjust the force needed by setting the <gui>Reveal sensitivity</gui> lower or higher."
16938
msgstr ""
16939
16940
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16941
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:13
16942
msgid "Make the icons in the Launcher larger or smaller."
16943
msgstr ""
16944
16945
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16946
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:17
16947
msgid "Change the size of icons in the Launcher"
16948
msgstr ""
16949
16950
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16951
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:19
16952
msgid "You can make the Launcher icons smaller to allow more items to fit in the Launcher. Or you might want to make the Launcher icons larger so they are easier to click."
16953
msgstr ""
16954
16955
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16956
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:28
16957
msgid "Click <gui>Appearance</gui>."
16958
msgstr ""
16959
16960
#. (itstool) path: item/p
16961
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:31
16962
msgid "Move the <gui>Launcher icon size</gui> slider to increase or decrease the size of the <gui>Launcher</gui> icons."
16963
msgstr ""
16964
16965
#. (itstool) path: note/p
16966
#: C/unity-launcher-change-size.page:33
16967
msgid "The default <gui>Launcher</gui> icon size is <em>48</em>."
16968
msgstr ""
16969
16970
#. (itstool) path: media
16971
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
16972
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
16973
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
16974
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
16975
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:22
16976
msgctxt "_"
16977
msgid "external ref='figures/unity-launcher-apps.png' md5='7eea14c8fcf1b9965253cc21767b7a00'"
16978
msgstr ""
16979
16980
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
16981
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:8
16982
msgid "The Launcher is at the left of your screen."
16983
msgstr ""
16984
16985
#. (itstool) path: page/title
16986
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:19
16987
msgid "Use the Launcher to start applications"
16988
msgstr ""
16989
16990
#. (itstool) path: media/p
16991
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:23
16992
msgid "Launcher icons"
16993
msgstr ""
16994
16995
#. (itstool) path: page/p
16996
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:26
16997
msgid "The <gui>Launcher</gui> is one of the key components of the Unity desktop. When you log in to your desktop, it will appear along the left-hand side of the screen. The Launcher provides you with quick access to applications, workspaces, removable devices and the trash."
16998
msgstr ""
16999
17000
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17001
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:30
17002
msgid "If an application that you want to start using is present in the Launcher, you can click on that application's icon, and it will start up, ready for you to use."
17003
msgstr ""
17004
17005
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17006
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:33
17007
msgid "To learn more about the Launcher, explore any of the Launcher help topics below."
17008
msgstr ""
17009
17010
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17011
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:36
17012
msgid "Use the Launcher"
17013
msgstr ""
17014
17015
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17016
#: C/unity-launcher-intro.page:50
17017
msgid "Customize the Launcher"
17018
msgstr ""
17019
17020
#. (itstool) path: credit/name
17021
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:10
17022
msgid "Stephen M. Webb"
17023
msgstr ""
17024
17025
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17026
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:14
17027
msgid "Right clicking a Launcher Icon reveals a menu of actions."
17028
msgstr ""
17029
17030
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17031
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:18
17032
msgid "The Launcher Icon Menus"
17033
msgstr ""
17034
17035
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17036
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:20
17037
msgid "Right clicking on a Launcher icon will reveal a menu of actions. The actions available depend on whether the icon is locked to the launcher or not, if the icons is for an application whether it's running or not, and on the specific icon itself. Available actions can include the following."
17038
msgstr ""
17039
17040
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17041
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:25
17042
msgid "launching the application or opening the document, folder, or device"
17043
msgstr ""
17044
17045
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17046
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:27
17047
msgid "unlocking the icon from the Launcher if it was previously locked (see <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)"
17048
msgstr ""
17049
17050
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17051
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:29
17052
msgid "locking the icon to the Launcher if it was previously not locked (see <link xref=\"shell-apps-favorites\"/>)"
17053
msgstr ""
17054
17055
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17056
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:31
17057
msgid "quitting the application if it's running"
17058
msgstr ""
17059
17060
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17061
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:32
17062
msgid "switching between application instances or windows if there is more than one instance or window"
17063
msgstr ""
17064
17065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17066
#: C/unity-launcher-menu.page:34
17067
msgid "application-specific shortcuts such as open a new document or window"
17068
msgstr ""
17069
17070
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17071
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:14
17072
msgid "The triangles show you your currently running apps."
17073
msgstr ""
17074
17075
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17076
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:18
17077
msgid "What do the different shapes and colors in Launcher icons mean?"
17078
msgstr ""
17079
17080
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17081
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:20
17082
msgid "When you start an app, the Launcher icon pulses to let you know that Ubuntu is starting your app. This is useful because while some apps start immediately, others may take a minute to load."
17083
msgstr ""
17084
17085
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17086
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:24
17087
msgid "Once the app has finished starting, a small <em>white triangle</em> will show to the left of the Launcher square. Two triangles means that you have two windows of the same app open. If you have three or more windows of the same app open, three triangles will show."
17088
msgstr ""
17089
17090
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17091
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:29
17092
msgid "Apps that aren't currently running have translucent Launcher icon squares. When an app is running, the Launcher icon square is full of color."
17093
msgstr ""
17094
17095
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17096
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:33
17097
msgid "Notifications"
17098
msgstr ""
17099
17100
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17101
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:35
17102
msgid "If an app wants your attention to notify you of something (like a finished download), the Launcher icon will wiggle and glow and the white triangle will become <em>blue</em>. Click the Launcher icon to dismiss the notification."
17103
msgstr ""
17104
17105
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17106
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:39
17107
msgid "Apps can also show a <em>number</em> on their Launcher icon. Messaging apps use the number to tell you how many unread messages you have. <gui>Software Updater</gui> uses it to tell you how many updates are available."
17108
msgstr ""
17109
17110
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17111
#: C/unity-launcher-shapes.page:43
17112
msgid "Finally, apps can use a <em>progress bar</em> to let you know how long a process is taking without you needing to keep the app window in view."
17113
msgstr ""
17114
17115
#. (itstool) path: media
17116
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17117
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17118
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17119
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17120
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:82
17121
msgctxt "_"
17122
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-offline.svg' md5='2cdffddec0853f7f7538b9e4a6116039'"
17123
msgstr ""
17124
17125
#. (itstool) path: media
17126
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17127
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17128
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17129
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17130
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:88
17131
msgctxt "_"
17132
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/indicator-keyboard-En.svg' md5='79043c6827d1eb59d1eba720bd798318'"
17133
msgstr ""
17134
17135
#. (itstool) path: media
17136
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17137
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17138
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17139
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17140
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:93
17141
msgctxt "_"
17142
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-messages.svg' md5='c7753a983bb72624bf340e2b3336973e'"
17143
msgstr ""
17144
17145
#. (itstool) path: media
17146
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17147
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17148
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17149
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17150
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:99
17151
msgctxt "_"
17152
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg' md5='695cb299a2941423020d12dedfdb2254'"
17153
msgstr ""
17154
17155
#. (itstool) path: media
17156
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17157
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17158
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17159
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17160
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:105
17161
msgctxt "_"
17162
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-panel.svg' md5='60405f31ad03268f4676461c2f5fc6d1'"
17163
msgstr ""
17164
17165
#. (itstool) path: media
17166
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
17167
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
17168
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
17169
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
17170
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:117
17171
msgctxt "_"
17172
msgid "external ref='/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-panel.svg' md5='5b9f7ec215446c7f2eb43a66392aea85'"
17173
msgstr ""
17174
17175
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17176
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:10
17177
msgid "The menu bar is the dark strip on the top of your screen."
17178
msgstr ""
17179
17180
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17181
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:19
17182
msgid "Manage apps & settings with the menu bar"
17183
msgstr ""
17184
17185
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17186
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:25
17187
msgid "The <gui>menu bar</gui> is the dark strip on the top of your screen. It contains the window management buttons, the app menus, and the status menus."
17188
msgstr ""
17189
17190
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17191
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:29
17192
msgid "Window management buttons"
17193
msgstr ""
17194
17195
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17196
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:30
17197
msgid "The <gui>window management buttons</gui> are on the top left corner of windows. When maximized, the buttons are in the top left of the screen. Click the buttons to close, minimize, maximize or restore windows."
17198
msgstr ""
17199
17200
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17201
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:36
17202
msgid "App menus"
17203
msgstr ""
17204
17205
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17206
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:37
17207
msgid "The <gui>app menus</gui> are by default located to the right of the window management buttons. Unity hides the app menus and the window management buttons unless you move your mouse pointer to the top left of the screen or press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F10</key></keyseq>. This feature enables you to see more of your content at once, which is especially valuable on small screens like netbooks."
17208
msgstr ""
17209
17210
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17211
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:44
17212
msgid "If you want, you can change the default behavior, and have your menus attached to the window title bar of respective application instead of the menu bar."
17213
msgstr ""
17214
17215
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17216
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:53
17217
msgid "In the Personal section, click <gui>Appearance</gui> and choose the <gui>Behavior</gui> tab."
17218
msgstr ""
17219
17220
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17221
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:57
17222
msgid "Under <gui>Show the menus for a window</gui>, select <gui>In the window's title bar</gui>."
17223
msgstr ""
17224
17225
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17226
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:65
17227
msgid "Status menus"
17228
msgstr ""
17229
17230
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17231
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:66
17232
msgid "Ubuntu has several different <gui>status menus</gui> (sometimes referred to as <gui>indicators</gui>) on the right side of the menu bar. The status menus are a convenient place where you can check and modify the state of your computer and applications."
17233
msgstr ""
17234
17235
#. (itstool) path: list/title
17236
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:73
17237
msgid "List of status menus and what they do"
17238
msgstr ""
17239
17240
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17241
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:76
17242
msgid "<em>Bluetooth menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/bluetooth-active.svg\">Bluetooth icon</media>"
17243
msgstr ""
17244
17245
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17246
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:77
17247
msgid "Send or receive files by <link xref=\"bluetooth\">Bluetooth</link>. This menu is hidden if a supported Bluetooth device isn't detected."
17248
msgstr ""
17249
17250
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17251
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:82
17252
msgid "<em>Network menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/network-offline.svg\">Offline network icon</media>"
17253
msgstr ""
17254
17255
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17256
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:83
17257
msgid "Connect to <link xref=\"net-wired-connect\">wired</link>, <link xref=\"net-wireless-connect\">wireless</link>, <link xref=\"net-mobile\">mobile</link>, and <link xref=\"net-vpn-connect\">VPN</link> networks."
17258
msgstr ""
17259
17260
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17261
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:88
17262
msgid "<em>Input source menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/indicator-keyboard-En.svg\">Input source icon</media>"
17263
msgstr ""
17264
17265
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17266
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:89
17267
msgid "Select keyboard layout/input source, <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">configure input sources</link>."
17268
msgstr ""
17269
17270
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17271
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:93
17272
msgid "<em>Messaging menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/indicator-messages.svg\">Message icon</media>"
17273
msgstr ""
17274
17275
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17276
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:94
17277
msgid "Easily launch and receive incoming notifications from messaging applications including email, social networking, and Internet chat."
17278
msgstr ""
17279
17280
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17281
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:99
17282
msgid "<em>Battery menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/battery-100.svg\">Battery icon</media>"
17283
msgstr ""
17284
17285
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17286
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:100
17287
msgid "Check your laptop battery's charging status. This menu is hidden if a battery isn't detected."
17288
msgstr ""
17289
17290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17291
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:105
17292
msgid "<em>Sound menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/24/audio-volume-high-panel.svg\">Volume icon</media>"
17293
msgstr ""
17294
17295
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17296
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:106
17297
msgid "Set the <link xref=\"sound-volume\">volume</link>, configure sound <link xref=\"media\">settings</link>, and control media players like <app>Rhythmbox</app>."
17298
msgstr ""
17299
17300
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17301
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:111
17302
msgid "<em>Clock</em>"
17303
msgstr ""
17304
17305
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17306
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:112
17307
msgid "Access the current time and date. Appointments from your <link xref=\"clock-calendar\">Evolution calendar</link> can also display here."
17308
msgstr ""
17309
17310
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17311
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:117
17312
msgid "<em>System menu</em> <media type=\"image\" mime=\"image/svg\" src=\"/usr/share/icons/ubuntu-mono-light/status/22/system-devices-panel.svg\">Power cog icon</media>"
17313
msgstr ""
17314
17315
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17316
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:118
17317
msgid "Access details about your computer, this help guide, and <link xref=\"prefs\">system settings</link>. Switch users, lock screen, log out, suspend, restart or shutdown your computer."
17318
msgstr ""
17319
17320
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17321
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:120
17322
msgid "Some of the icons used by the indicator menus change according to the status of the application."
17323
msgstr ""
17324
17325
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17326
#: C/unity-menubar-intro.page:121
17327
msgid "Other programs such as <app>Tomboy</app> or <app>Transmission</app> can also add indicator menus to the panel."
17328
msgstr ""
17329
17330
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17331
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:9
17332
msgid "Overlay scrollbars are the thin orange strips on long documents."
17333
msgstr ""
17334
17335
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17336
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:19
17337
msgid "What are overlay scrollbars?"
17338
msgstr ""
17339
17340
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17341
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:27
17342
msgid "Ubuntu includes <em>overlay scrollbars</em> which take up less screen space than traditional scrollbars, giving you more room for your content. While inspired by mobile devices where traditional scrollbars aren't needed, Ubuntu's overlay scrollbars are designed to work just as well with a mouse."
17343
msgstr ""
17344
17345
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17346
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:32
17347
msgid "Some apps like Firefox and LibreOffice don't support the new scrollbars yet."
17348
msgstr ""
17349
17350
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17351
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:35
17352
msgid "Use the scrollbars"
17353
msgstr ""
17354
17355
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17356
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:37
17357
msgid "The overlay scrollbar appears as a thin orange strip at the edge of a scrollable area. The position of the scrollbar corresponds with your screen's position in the scrollable content. The strip length corresponds with the content length; the shorter the strip, the longer the content."
17358
msgstr ""
17359
17360
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17361
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:41
17362
msgid "Move your mouse pointer over any point on the scrollable edge of the content to reveal the <gui>thumb slider</gui>."
17363
msgstr ""
17364
17365
#. (itstool) path: list/title
17366
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:44
17367
msgid "Ways to use the scrollbars:"
17368
msgstr ""
17369
17370
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17371
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:45
17372
msgid "Click the top half of the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to scroll one page up. Click the bottom half to scroll one page down."
17373
msgstr ""
17374
17375
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17376
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:48
17377
msgid "Drag the <gui>thumb slider</gui> up or down to move the screen's position exactly where you want it."
17378
msgstr ""
17379
17380
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17381
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:51
17382
msgid "<link xref=\"mouse-middleclick\"/> on the <gui>thumb slider</gui> to move the screen's position without needing to drag or scroll page by page. This is especially useful in long documents."
17383
msgstr ""
17384
17385
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17386
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:59
17387
msgid "Disable the scrollbars"
17388
msgstr ""
17389
17390
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17391
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:61
17392
msgid "You can disable the new scrollbars if you prefer the traditional style:"
17393
msgstr ""
17394
17395
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17396
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:64
17397
msgid "Open the <app>Terminal</app> by pressing <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>Alt</key><key>t</key></keyseq> or by searching for <input>terminal</input> in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
17398
msgstr ""
17399
17400
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17401
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:67
17402
msgid "Type the following command and press <key>Enter</key>:"
17403
msgstr ""
17404
17405
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17406
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:72
17407
msgid "If you change your mind and want to re-enable the scrollbars, run this command:"
17408
msgstr ""
17409
17410
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17411
#: C/unity-scrollbars-intro.page:78
17412
msgid "Setting your theme to <link xref=\"a11y-contrast\">High Contrast</link> will also disable the overlay scrollbars."
17413
msgstr ""
17414
17415
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17416
#: C/unity-shopping.page:9
17417
msgid "Online results make the Dash more useful and help fund Ubuntu development."
17418
msgstr ""
17419
17420
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17421
#: C/unity-shopping.page:25
17422
msgid "Why are there shopping links in the Dash?"
17423
msgstr ""
17424
17425
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17426
#: C/unity-shopping.page:27
17427
msgid "In addition to helping you find apps or files on your computer, the <gui>Dash</gui> also shows you related online results for your searches. Online sources include Amazon.com and the Ubuntu One Music Store and more online sources will be added."
17428
msgstr ""
17429
17430
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17431
#: C/unity-shopping.page:32
17432
msgid "When you purchase music or products from these sources, Canonical receives a small portion of the profits in exchange for directing more business to these stores. Canonical, the company that created and continues to support the Ubuntu project, then uses this money to make Ubuntu better."
17433
msgstr ""
17434
17435
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17436
#: C/unity-shopping.page:39
17437
msgid "Turn off online search results"
17438
msgstr ""
17439
17440
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17441
#: C/unity-shopping.page:41
17442
msgid "If you don't want to receive online search suggestions, you can disable this feature."
17443
msgstr ""
17444
17445
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17446
#: C/unity-shopping.page:49
17447
msgid "Open <gui>Security & Privacy</gui> and select the <gui>Search</gui> tab."
17448
msgstr ""
17449
17450
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17451
#: C/unity-shopping.page:51
17452
msgid "Switch off <gui>Include online search results</gui>."
17453
msgstr ""
17454
17455
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17456
#: C/unity-shopping.page:53
17457
msgid "<link xref=\"shell-exit\">Log out</link> and log back in for the change to take effect."
17458
msgstr ""
17459
17460
#. (itstool) path: info/title
17461
#: C/user-accounts.page:7
17462
msgctxt "link:trail"
17463
msgid "Users"
17464
msgstr ""
17465
17466
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17467
#: C/user-accounts.page:8
17468
msgid "<link xref=\"user-add\">Add user</link> or <link xref=\"shell-guest-session\">guest user</link>, <link xref=\"user-changepassword\">change password</link>, <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">administrators</link>…"
17469
msgstr ""
17470
17471
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17472
#: C/user-accounts.page:24
17473
msgid "User accounts"
17474
msgstr ""
17475
17476
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17477
#: C/user-accounts.page:26
17478
msgid "Each person that uses the computer should have a different user account. This allows them to keep their files separate from yours and to choose their own settings. It's also more secure. You can only access a different user account if you know the password."
17479
msgstr ""
17480
17481
#. (itstool) path: info/title
17482
#: C/user-accounts.page:33
17483
msgctxt "link:trail"
17484
msgid "Accounts"
17485
msgstr ""
17486
17487
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17488
#: C/user-accounts.page:35
17489
msgid "Manage user accounts"
17490
msgstr ""
17491
17492
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17493
#: C/user-accounts.page:39
17494
msgid "Passwords"
17495
msgstr ""
17496
17497
#. (itstool) path: info/title
17498
#: C/user-accounts.page:44
17499
msgctxt "link:trail"
17500
msgid "Privileges"
17501
msgstr ""
17502
17503
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17504
#: C/user-accounts.page:46
17505
msgid "User privileges"
17506
msgstr ""
17507
17508
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17509
#: C/user-add.page:8
17510
msgid "Add new users so that other people can log in to the computer."
17511
msgstr ""
17512
17513
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17514
#: C/user-add.page:30
17515
msgid "Add a new user account"
17516
msgstr ""
17517
17518
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17519
#: C/user-add.page:59
17520
msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. Give one account to each person in your household or company. Every user has their own home folder, documents, and settings."
17521
msgstr ""
17522
17523
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17524
#: C/user-add.page:65
17525
#: C/user-admin-change.page:35
17526
#: C/user-changepassword.page:53
17527
#: C/user-changepicture.page:31
17528
#: C/user-delete.page:33
17529
msgid "Open <gui>User Accounts</gui>."
17530
msgstr ""
17531
17532
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17533
#: C/user-add.page:67
17534
msgid "You need <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrator privileges</link> to add user accounts. Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password."
17535
msgstr ""
17536
17537
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17538
#: C/user-add.page:71
17539
msgid "In the list of accounts on the left, click the <key>+</key> button to add a new user account."
17540
msgstr ""
17541
17542
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17543
#: C/user-add.page:74
17544
msgid "If you want the new user to have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative access</link> to the computer, select <gui>Administrator</gui> for the account type. Administrators can do things like add and delete users, install software and drivers, and change the date and time."
17545
msgstr ""
17546
17547
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17548
#: C/user-add.page:80
17549
msgid "Enter the new user's full name. The username will be filled in automatically based on the full name. The default is probably OK, but you can change it if you like."
17550
msgstr ""
17551
17552
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17553
#: C/user-add.page:84
17554
msgid "Click <gui>Create</gui>."
17555
msgstr ""
17556
17557
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17558
#: C/user-add.page:86
17559
msgid "The account is initially disabled until you choose what to do about the user's password. Under <gui>Login Options</gui> click <gui>Account disabled</gui> next to <gui>Password</gui>. Select <gui>Set a password now</gui> from the <gui>Action</gui> drop-down list, and have the user type their password in the <gui>New password</gui> and <gui>Confirm password</gui> fields. See <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\"/>."
17560
msgstr ""
17561
17562
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17563
#: C/user-add.page:92
17564
#: C/user-changepassword.page:59
17565
msgid "You can also click the button next to the <gui>New password</gui> field to select a randomly generated secure password. These passwords are hard for others to guess, but they can be hard to remember, so be careful."
17566
msgstr ""
17567
17568
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17569
#: C/user-add.page:96
17570
#: C/user-changepassword.page:63
17571
msgid "Click <gui>Change</gui>."
17572
msgstr ""
17573
17574
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17575
#: C/user-add.page:99
17576
msgid "In the <gui>User Accounts</gui> window you can click the image next to the user's name on the right to set an image for the account. This image will be shown in the login window. GNOME provides some stock photos you can use, or you can select your own or take a picture with your webcam."
17577
msgstr ""
17578
17579
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17580
#: C/user-admin-change.page:10
17581
msgid "You can change which users are allowed to make changes to the system by giving them administrative privileges."
17582
msgstr ""
17583
17584
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17585
#: C/user-admin-change.page:23
17586
msgid "Change who has administrative privileges"
17587
msgstr ""
17588
17589
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17590
#: C/user-admin-change.page:25
17591
msgid "Administrative privileges are a way of deciding who can make changes to important parts of the system. You can change which users have admin privileges and which ones don't. They are a good way of keeping your system secure and preventing potentially damaging unauthorized changes."
17592
msgstr ""
17593
17594
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17595
#: C/user-admin-change.page:39
17596
msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> and enter your password to unlock the account settings. (To give a user admin privileges, you must have admin privileges yourself.)"
17597
msgstr ""
17598
17599
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17600
#: C/user-admin-change.page:45
17601
msgid "Select the user whose privileges you want to change."
17602
msgstr ""
17603
17604
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17605
#: C/user-admin-change.page:48
17606
msgid "Click the label <gui>Standard</gui> next to <gui>Account type</gui> and select <gui>Administrator</gui>."
17607
msgstr ""
17608
17609
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17610
#: C/user-admin-change.page:54
17611
msgid "Close the User Accounts window. The user's privileges will be changed when they next log in."
17612
msgstr ""
17613
17614
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17615
#: C/user-admin-change.page:60
17616
msgid "The first user account on the system has admin privileges. This is the user account that was created when you first installed the system."
17617
msgstr ""
17618
17619
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17620
#: C/user-admin-change.page:63
17621
msgid "It is unwise to have too many users with <gui>Administrator</gui> privileges on one system."
17622
msgstr ""
17623
17624
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17625
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:8
17626
msgid "You need admin privileges to change important parts of your system."
17627
msgstr ""
17628
17629
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17630
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:20
17631
msgid "How do administrative privileges work?"
17632
msgstr ""
17633
17634
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17635
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:22
17636
msgid "As well as the files that <em>you</em> create, your computer has a number of files which are needed by the system for it to work properly. If these important <em>system files</em> are changed improperly they can cause various things to break, so they are protected from changes by default. Certain applications also modify important parts of the system, and so are also protected."
17637
msgstr ""
17638
17639
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17640
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:29
17641
msgid "The way that they are protected is by only allowing users with <em>administrative privileges</em> to change the files or use the applications. In day-to-day use, you won't need to change any system files or use these applications, so by default you do not have admin privileges."
17642
msgstr ""
17643
17644
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17645
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:34
17646
msgid "Sometimes you need to use these applications, so you may be able to temporarily get admin privileges to allow you to make the changes. If an application needs admin privileges, it will ask for your password. For example, if you want to install some new software, the software installer (package manager) will ask for your admin password so it can add the new application to the system. Once it has finished, your admin privileges will be taken away again."
17647
msgstr ""
17648
17649
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17650
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:42
17651
msgid "Admin privileges are associated with your user account. Some users are allowed to have admin privileges and some are not. Without admin privileges you will not be able to install software. Some user accounts (for example, the \"root\" account) have permanent admin privileges. You shouldn't use admin privileges all of the time, because you might accidentally change something you did not intend to (like delete a needed system file, for example)."
17652
msgstr ""
17653
17654
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17655
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:49
17656
msgid "In summary, admin privileges allow you to change important parts of your system when needed, but prevent you from doing it accidentally."
17657
msgstr ""
17658
17659
#. (itstool) path: note/title
17660
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:53
17661
msgid "What does \"super user\" mean?"
17662
msgstr ""
17663
17664
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17665
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:54
17666
msgid "A user with admin privileges is sometimes called a <em>super user</em>. This is simply because that user has more privileges than normal users. You might see people discussing things like <cmd>su</cmd> and <cmd>sudo</cmd>; these are programs for temporarily giving you \"super user\" (admin) privileges."
17667
msgstr ""
17668
17669
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17670
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:61
17671
msgid "Why are admin privileges useful?"
17672
msgstr ""
17673
17674
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17675
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:62
17676
msgid "Requiring users to have admin privileges before important system changes are made is useful because it helps to prevent your system from being broken, intentionally or unintentionally."
17677
msgstr ""
17678
17679
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17680
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:65
17681
msgid "If you had admin privileges all of the time, you might accidentally change an important file, or run an application which changes something important by mistake. Only getting admin privileges temporarily, when you need them, reduces the risk of these mistakes happening."
17682
msgstr ""
17683
17684
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17685
#: C/user-admin-explain.page:69
17686
msgid "Only certain trusted users should be allowed to have admin privileges. This prevents other users from messing with the computer and doing things like uninstalling applications that you need, installing applications that you don't want, or changing important files. This is useful from a security standpoint."
17687
msgstr ""
17688
17689
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17690
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:8
17691
msgid "You can only do some things, like installing applications, if you have admin privileges."
17692
msgstr ""
17693
17694
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17695
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:20
17696
msgid "Problems caused by administrative restrictions"
17697
msgstr ""
17698
17699
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17700
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:22
17701
msgid "You may experience a few problems if you don't have <link xref=\"user-admin-explain\">administrative privileges</link>. Some tasks require admin privileges in order to work, such as:"
17702
msgstr ""
17703
17704
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17705
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:28
17706
msgid "Connecting to networks or wireless networks"
17707
msgstr ""
17708
17709
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17710
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:31
17711
msgid "Viewing the contents of a removable disk connected to the computer, or the contents of a different disk partition (e.g. a Windows partition)"
17712
msgstr ""
17713
17714
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17715
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:35
17716
msgid "Installing new applications"
17717
msgstr ""
17718
17719
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17720
#: C/user-admin-problems.page:39
17721
msgid "You can <link xref=\"user-admin-change\">change who has admin privileges</link>."
17722
msgstr ""
17723
17724
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17725
#: C/user-changepassword.page:9
17726
msgid "Keep your account secure by changing your password often in your account settings."
17727
msgstr ""
17728
17729
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17730
#: C/user-changepassword.page:22
17731
msgid "Change your password"
17732
msgstr ""
17733
17734
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17735
#: C/user-changepassword.page:49
17736
msgid "It is a good idea to change your password from time to time, especially if you think someone else knows what your password is."
17737
msgstr ""
17738
17739
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17740
#: C/user-changepassword.page:54
17741
msgid "Click the label next to <gui>Password</gui>."
17742
msgstr ""
17743
17744
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17745
#: C/user-changepassword.page:55
17746
msgid "The label should look like a series of dots or boxes if you already have a password set."
17747
msgstr ""
17748
17749
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17750
#: C/user-changepassword.page:57
17751
msgid "Enter your current password, then a new password. Enter your new password again in the <gui>Confirm password</gui> field."
17752
msgstr ""
17753
17754
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17755
#: C/user-changepassword.page:66
17756
msgid "Make sure you <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">choose a good password</link>. This will help to keep your user account safe."
17757
msgstr ""
17758
17759
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17760
#: C/user-changepassword.page:70
17761
msgid "Change the keyring password"
17762
msgstr ""
17763
17764
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17765
#: C/user-changepassword.page:72
17766
msgid "If you change your login password, it may become out of sync with the <em>keyring password</em>. The keyring keeps you from having to remember lots of different passwords by just requiring one <em>master</em> password to access them all. If you change your user password (see above), your keyring password will remain the same as your old password. To change the keyring password (to match your login password):"
17767
msgstr ""
17768
17769
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17770
#: C/user-changepassword.page:82
17771
msgid "Open the <app>Passwords and Keys</app> application from the <gui>Dash</gui>."
17772
msgstr ""
17773
17774
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17775
#: C/user-changepassword.page:84
17776
msgid "In the <gui>View</gui> menu, ensure <gui>By keyring</gui> is checked."
17777
msgstr ""
17778
17779
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17780
#: C/user-changepassword.page:86
17781
msgid "In the sidebar under <gui>Passwords</gui>, right-click on <gui>Login keyring</gui> and select <gui>Change Password</gui>."
17782
msgstr ""
17783
17784
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17785
#: C/user-changepassword.page:88
17786
msgid "Enter your <gui>Old Password</gui>, followed by your new <gui>Password</gui>, and <gui>Confirm</gui> your new password by entering it again."
17787
msgstr ""
17788
17789
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17790
#: C/user-changepassword.page:91
17791
msgid "Click <gui>OK</gui>."
17792
msgstr ""
17793
17794
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17795
#: C/user-changepicture.page:7
17796
msgid "Add your photo to the login and user screens."
17797
msgstr ""
17798
17799
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17800
#: C/user-changepicture.page:22
17801
msgid "Change your login screen photo"
17802
msgstr ""
17803
17804
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17805
#: C/user-changepicture.page:24
17806
msgid "When you log in or switch users, you will see a list of users with their login photos. You can change your photo to a stock image or an image of your own. You can even take a new login photo with your webcam."
17807
msgstr ""
17808
17809
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17810
#: C/user-changepicture.page:32
17811
msgid "Click the picture next to your name. A drop-down gallery will be shown with some stock login photos. If you like one of them, click it to use it for yourself."
17812
msgstr ""
17813
17814
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17815
#: C/user-changepicture.page:35
17816
msgid "If you'd rather use a picture you already have on your computer, click <gui>Browse for more pictures</gui>."
17817
msgstr ""
17818
17819
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17820
#: C/user-delete.page:7
17821
msgid "Remove users that no longer use your computer."
17822
msgstr ""
17823
17824
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17825
#: C/user-delete.page:25
17826
msgid "Delete a user account"
17827
msgstr ""
17828
17829
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17830
#: C/user-delete.page:27
17831
msgid "You can add multiple user accounts to your computer. See <link xref=\"user-add\"/> to learn how. If somebody is no longer using your computer, you can delete that user's account."
17832
msgstr ""
17833
17834
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17835
#: C/user-delete.page:34
17836
msgid "Click <gui>Unlock</gui> in the top right corner and type your password to make changes. You must be an administrative user to delete user accounts."
17837
msgstr ""
17838
17839
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17840
#: C/user-delete.page:37
17841
msgid "Select the user you want to delete and click the <gui>-</gui> button."
17842
msgstr ""
17843
17844
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17845
#: C/user-delete.page:38
17846
msgid "Each user has their own home folder for their files and settings. You can choose to keep or delete the user's home folder. Click <gui>Delete Files</gui> if you're sure they won't be used anymore and you need to free up disk space. These files are permanently deleted. They can't be recovered. You may want to back up the files to an external drive or CD before deleting them."
17847
msgstr ""
17848
17849
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
17850
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:7
17851
msgid "Advanced techniques for resetting your password"
17852
msgstr ""
17853
17854
#. (itstool) path: page/title
17855
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:17
17856
msgid "I forgot my password!"
17857
msgstr ""
17858
17859
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17860
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:29
17861
msgid "It is important to choose not only <link xref=\"user-goodpassword\">a good and secure password</link>, but also one that you can remember. If you have forgotten the password to log in to your computer account, you can follow the following steps to reset it."
17862
msgstr ""
17863
17864
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17865
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:36
17866
msgid "If you have an encrypted home directory, you will not be able to reset a forgotten password."
17867
msgstr ""
17868
17869
#. (itstool) path: page/p
17870
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:41
17871
msgid "If you simply want to change your password, see <link xref=\"user-changepassword\"/>."
17872
msgstr ""
17873
17874
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17875
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:47
17876
msgid "Reset password using Grub"
17877
msgstr ""
17878
17879
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17880
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:50
17881
msgid "Restart your computer, and hold down <key>Shift</key> during bootup to get into the Grub menu."
17882
msgstr ""
17883
17884
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17885
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:55
17886
msgid "If you have a dual-boot machine and you choose at boot time which operating system to boot into, the Grub menu should appear without the need to hold down <key>Shift</key>."
17887
msgstr ""
17888
17889
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17890
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:62
17891
msgid "If you are unable to get into the Grub boot menu, and therefore cannot choose to boot into recovery mode, you can <link xref=\"user-forgottenpassword#live-cd\">use a live CD to reset your user password</link>."
17892
msgstr ""
17893
17894
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17895
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:67
17896
msgid "Press the down arrow on your keyboard to highlight the line that ends with the words 'recovery mode', then press <key>Enter</key>."
17897
msgstr ""
17898
17899
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17900
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:73
17901
msgid "Your computer will now begin the boot process. After a few moments, a <gui>Recovery Menu</gui> will appear. Use your down arrow key to highlight <gui>root</gui> and press <key>Enter</key>."
17902
msgstr ""
17903
17904
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17905
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:79
17906
msgid "At the <cmd>#</cmd> symbol, type:"
17907
msgstr ""
17908
17909
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17910
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:82
17911
msgid "<cmd>passwd <var>username</var></cmd>, where <var>username</var> is the username of the account you're changing the password for."
17912
msgstr ""
17913
17914
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17915
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:87
17916
msgid "You will be prompted to enter a new UNIX password, and to confirm the new password."
17917
msgstr ""
17918
17919
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17920
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:92
17921
msgid "Then type:"
17922
msgstr ""
17923
17924
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17925
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:95
17926
msgid "# <cmd>reboot</cmd>"
17927
msgstr ""
17928
17929
#. (itstool) path: section/p
17930
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:100
17931
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:203
17932
msgid "After you successfully log in, you will not be able to access your keyring (since you don't remember the old password). This means that all your saved passwords for wireless networks, jabber accounts, etc. will no longer be accessible. You will need to <link xref=\"#delete-keyring\">delete the old keyring</link> and start a new one."
17933
msgstr ""
17934
17935
#. (itstool) path: section/title
17936
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:108
17937
msgid "Reset password using a Live CD or USB"
17938
msgstr ""
17939
17940
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17941
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:111
17942
msgid "Boot the Live CD or USB."
17943
msgstr ""
17944
17945
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17946
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:116
17947
msgid "Mount your drive."
17948
msgstr ""
17949
17950
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17951
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:121
17952
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Alt</key><key>F2</key></keyseq> to get the <gui>Run Application</gui> window."
17953
msgstr ""
17954
17955
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17956
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:127
17957
msgid "Type <cmd>gksu nautilus</cmd> to launch the file manager with system-wide privileges."
17958
msgstr ""
17959
17960
#. (itstool) path: note/p
17961
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:132
17962
msgid "Within the drive you just mounted, you can check that it is the right drive by clicking <gui> home </gui> and then your username."
17963
msgstr ""
17964
17965
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17966
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:139
17967
msgid "Go to the top-level directory of the mounted drive. Then go into the <gui>etc</gui> directory."
17968
msgstr ""
17969
17970
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17971
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:142
17972
msgid "Locate the 'shadow' file and make a backup copy:"
17973
msgstr ""
17974
17975
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17976
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:147
17977
msgid "Right-click on the shadow file and select <gui>copy</gui>."
17978
msgstr ""
17979
17980
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17981
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:150
17982
msgid "Then right-click in the empty space and select <gui>paste</gui>."
17983
msgstr ""
17984
17985
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17986
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:154
17987
msgid "<link xref=\"files-rename\">Rename</link> the backup \"shadow.bak\"."
17988
msgstr ""
17989
17990
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17991
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:162
17992
msgid "Edit the original \"shadow\" file with a text editor."
17993
msgstr ""
17994
17995
#. (itstool) path: item/p
17996
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:168
17997
msgid "Find your username for which you have forgotten the password. It should look something like this (the characters after the colon will be different):"
17998
msgstr ""
17999
18000
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18001
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:172
18002
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E or"
18003
msgstr ""
18004
18005
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18006
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:175
18007
msgid "username:$1$2abCd0E:13721a:0:99999:7:::"
18008
msgstr ""
18009
18010
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18011
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:180
18012
msgid "Delete the characters after the first colon and before the second colon. This will remove the password for the account."
18013
msgstr ""
18014
18015
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18016
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:184
18017
msgid "Save the file, exit out of everything and reboot your computer without the live CD or USB."
18018
msgstr ""
18019
18020
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18021
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:190
18022
msgid "When you boot back into your installation, click your name in the menu bar. Open <gui>My Account</gui> and reset your password."
18023
msgstr ""
18024
18025
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18026
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:195
18027
msgid "For <gui>Current password</gui> do not enter anything, as your current password is blank. Just click <gui>Authenticate</gui> and enter a new password."
18028
msgstr ""
18029
18030
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18031
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:214
18032
msgid "Get rid of the keyring"
18033
msgstr ""
18034
18035
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18036
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:216
18037
msgid "This will delete all your saved passwords for wireless networks, instant messaging accounts, etc. Only do this if you can't remember the password you used for your keyring."
18038
msgstr ""
18039
18040
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18041
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:221
18042
msgid "Go to your Home folder by typing 'home' in the <gui>Dash</gui>."
18043
msgstr ""
18044
18045
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18046
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:224
18047
msgid "Press <keyseq><key>Ctrl</key><key>h</key></keyseq> (or click <guiseq><gui>View</gui><gui>Show Hidden Files</gui></guiseq>.)"
18048
msgstr ""
18049
18050
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18051
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:228
18052
msgid "Double click on the folder <file>~/.local/share</file>."
18053
msgstr ""
18054
18055
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18056
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:231
18057
msgid "Double click on the folder called keyrings."
18058
msgstr ""
18059
18060
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18061
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:234
18062
msgid "Delete any files you find in the keyrings folder."
18063
msgstr ""
18064
18065
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18066
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:237
18067
msgid "Restart the computer."
18068
msgstr ""
18069
18070
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18071
#: C/user-forgottenpassword.page:241
18072
msgid "After you restart and log in you will be asked to enter your wireless networks password."
18073
msgstr ""
18074
18075
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18076
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:22
18077
msgid "Use longer, more complicated passwords."
18078
msgstr ""
18079
18080
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18081
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:31
18082
msgid "Choose a secure password"
18083
msgstr ""
18084
18085
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18086
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:34
18087
msgid "Make your passwords easy enough for you to remember, but very difficult for others (including computer programs) to guess."
18088
msgstr ""
18089
18090
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18091
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:40
18092
msgid "Choosing a good password will help to keep your computer safe. If your password is easy to guess, someone may figure it out and gain access to your personal information."
18093
msgstr ""
18094
18095
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18096
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:45
18097
msgid "People could even use computers to systematically try to guess your password, so even one that would be difficult for a human to guess might be extremely easy for a computer program to crack. Here are some tips for choosing a good password:"
18098
msgstr ""
18099
18100
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18101
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:54
18102
msgid "Use a mixture of upper-case and lower-case letters, numbers, symbols, and spaces in the password. This makes it more difficult to guess. There are more symbols to choose from, so more possible passwords would have to be checked by someone when trying to guess yours."
18103
msgstr ""
18104
18105
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18106
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:61
18107
msgid "A good method for choosing a password is to take the first letter of each word in a phrase that you can remember. The phrase could be the name of a movie, a book, a song, or an album. For example, \"Flatland: A Romance of Many Dimensions\" would become F:ARoMD or faromd or f: aromd."
18108
msgstr ""
18109
18110
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18111
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:71
18112
msgid "Make your password as long as possible. The more characters it contains, the longer it should take for a person or computer to guess it."
18113
msgstr ""
18114
18115
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18116
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:77
18117
msgid "Do not use any words that appear in a standard dictionary in any language. Password crackers will try these first. The most common password is \"password\" -- people can guess passwords like this very quickly!"
18118
msgstr ""
18119
18120
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18121
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:85
18122
msgid "Do not use any personal information, such as a date, license plate number, or any family member's name."
18123
msgstr ""
18124
18125
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18126
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:91
18127
msgid "Do not use any nouns."
18128
msgstr ""
18129
18130
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18131
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:96
18132
msgid "Choose a password that can be typed quickly, to reduce the chance of someone being able to make out what you have typed if they happen to be watching you."
18133
msgstr ""
18134
18135
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18136
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:102
18137
msgid "Never write your passwords down anywhere. They can be found!"
18138
msgstr ""
18139
18140
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18141
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:108
18142
msgid "Use different passwords for different things."
18143
msgstr ""
18144
18145
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18146
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:113
18147
msgid "Use different passwords for different accounts."
18148
msgstr ""
18149
18150
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18151
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:116
18152
msgid "If you use the same password for all of your accounts, anyone who guesses it will be able to access all of your accounts immediately."
18153
msgstr ""
18154
18155
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18156
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:120
18157
msgid "It can be difficult to remember lots of passwords. Though not as secure as using a different passwords for everything, it may be easier to use the same one for things that don't matter (like websites), and different ones for important things (like your online banking account and your email)."
18158
msgstr ""
18159
18160
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18161
#: C/user-goodpassword.page:129
18162
msgid "Change your passwords regularly."
18163
msgstr ""
18164
18165
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18166
#: C/video-dvd.page:8
18167
msgid "You might not have the right codecs installed, or the DVD might be the wrong region."
18168
msgstr ""
18169
18170
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18171
#: C/video-dvd.page:21
18172
msgid "Why won't DVDs play?"
18173
msgstr ""
18174
18175
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18176
#: C/video-dvd.page:23
18177
msgid "If you insert a DVD into your computer and it doesn't play, you may not have the right DVD <em>codecs</em> installed, or the DVD might be from a different <em>region</em>."
18178
msgstr ""
18179
18180
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18181
#: C/video-dvd.page:28
18182
msgid "Installing the right codecs for DVD playback"
18183
msgstr ""
18184
18185
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18186
#: C/video-dvd.page:29
18187
msgid "In order to play DVDs, you need to have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a piece of software that allows applications to read a video or audio format. If you try to play a DVD and don't have the right codecs installed, the Movie Player should tell you about this and offer to install them for you."
18188
msgstr ""
18189
18190
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18191
#: C/video-dvd.page:34
18192
msgid "DVDs are also <em>copy-protected</em> using a system called CSS. This prevents you from copying DVDs, but it also prevents you from playing them unless you have <link xref=\"video-dvd-restricted\">extra software</link> to handle the copy protection."
18193
msgstr ""
18194
18195
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18196
#: C/video-dvd.page:40
18197
msgid "Checking the DVD region"
18198
msgstr ""
18199
18200
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18201
#: C/video-dvd.page:41
18202
msgid "DVDs have a <em>region code</em>, which tells you in which region of the world they are allowed to be played. If the region of your computer's DVD player doesn't match the region of the DVD you are trying to play, you won't be able to play the DVD. For example, if you have a Region 1 DVD player, you will only be allowed to play DVDs from North America."
18203
msgstr ""
18204
18205
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18206
#: C/video-dvd.page:47
18207
msgid "It is often possible to change the region used by your DVD player, but it can only be done a few times before it locks into one region permanently. To change the DVD region of your computer's DVD player, use <link href=\"apt:regionset\">regionset</link>."
18208
msgstr ""
18209
18210
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18211
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:9
18212
msgid "Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and will not play without decryption software."
18213
msgstr ""
18214
18215
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18216
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:20
18217
msgid "How do I enable restricted codecs to play DVDs?"
18218
msgstr ""
18219
18220
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18221
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:22
18222
msgid "DVD support cannot be provided by default in Ubuntu due to legal and technical restrictions. Most commercial DVDs are encrypted and so require the use of decryption software in order to play them."
18223
msgstr ""
18224
18225
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18226
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:25
18227
msgid "Use Fluendo to legally play DVDs"
18228
msgstr ""
18229
18230
#. (itstool) path: section/p
18231
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:26
18232
msgid "You can buy a commercial DVD decoder that can handle copy protection from <link href=\"apt:fluendo-dvd\">Fluendo</link>. It works with Linux and should be legal to use in all countries."
18233
msgstr ""
18234
18235
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18236
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:30
18237
msgid "Use alternative decryption software"
18238
msgstr ""
18239
18240
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18241
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:32
18242
msgid "In some countries, the use of the below unlicensed decryption software is not permitted by law. Verify that you are within your rights to use it."
18243
msgstr ""
18244
18245
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18246
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:35
18247
msgid "Install <link href=\"apt:libdvdnav4\">libdvdnav4</link>, <link href=\"apt:libdvdread4\">libdvdread4</link>, <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad</link>, and <link href=\"apt:gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly\">gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly</link>."
18248
msgstr ""
18249
18250
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18251
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:38
18252
msgid "If you would like to play encrypted DVDs (see the legal note above), open the Dash and launch a <app>Terminal</app>."
18253
msgstr ""
18254
18255
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18256
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:40
18257
msgid "Type the following into the screen which appears, then press <key>Enter</key>:"
18258
msgstr ""
18259
18260
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18261
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:41
18262
msgid "<code>sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh</code>"
18263
msgstr ""
18264
18265
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18266
#: C/video-dvd-restricted.page:42
18267
msgid "Enter your password to complete the installation."
18268
msgstr ""
18269
18270
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18271
#: C/video-sending.page:7
18272
msgid "Check that they have the right video codecs installed."
18273
msgstr ""
18274
18275
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18276
#: C/video-sending.page:18
18277
msgid "Other people can't play the videos I made"
18278
msgstr ""
18279
18280
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18281
#: C/video-sending.page:20
18282
msgid "If you made a video on your Linux computer and sent it to someone using Windows or Mac OS, you may find that they have problems playing the video."
18283
msgstr ""
18284
18285
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18286
#: C/video-sending.page:23
18287
msgid "To be able to play your video, the person you sent it to must have the right <em>codecs</em> installed. A codec is a little piece of software that knows how to take the video and display it on the screen. There are lots of different video formats and each requires a different codec to play it back. You can check which format your video is by doing:"
18288
msgstr ""
18289
18290
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18291
#: C/video-sending.page:30
18292
msgid "Right-click on video file and select <gui>Properties</gui>."
18293
msgstr ""
18294
18295
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18296
#: C/video-sending.page:31
18297
msgid "Go to the <gui>Audio/Video</gui> tab and look at which <gui>codec</gui> is listed under <gui>Video</gui>."
18298
msgstr ""
18299
18300
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18301
#: C/video-sending.page:35
18302
msgid "Ask the person having problems with playback if they have the right codec installed. They may find it helpful to search the web for the name of the codec plus the name of their video playback application. For example, if your video uses the <em>Theora</em> format and you have a friend using Windows Media Player to try and watch it, search for \"theora windows media player\". You will often be able to download the right codec for free if it's not installed."
18303
msgstr ""
18304
18305
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18306
#: C/video-sending.page:42
18307
msgid "If you can't find the right codec, try the <link href=\"http://www.videolan.org/vlc/\">VLC media player</link>. It works on Windows and Mac OS as well as Linux, and supports a lot of different video formats. Otherwise, try converting your video into a different format. Most video editors are able to do this, and specific video converter applications are available. Check the <app>Ubuntu Software Center</app> to see what's available."
18308
msgstr ""
18309
18310
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18311
#: C/video-sending.page:50
18312
msgid "There are a few other problems which might prevent someone from playing your video. The video could have been damaged when you sent it to them (sometimes big files aren't copied across perfectly), they could have problems with their video playback application, or the video may not have been created properly (there could have been some errors when you saved the video)."
18313
msgstr ""
18314
18315
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18316
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:11
18317
msgid "Switch the Wacom tablet to <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui>."
18318
msgstr ""
18319
18320
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18321
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:20
18322
msgid "Use the tablet left-handed"
18323
msgstr ""
18324
18325
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18326
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:22
18327
msgid "Some tablets have hardware buttons on one side. The tablet can be rotated 180 degrees to position these buttons for left-handed people. To switch the orientation to left-handed:"
18328
msgstr ""
18329
18330
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18331
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:29
18332
#: C/wacom-mode.page:26
18333
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:31
18334
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:34
18335
msgid "Open <gui>Wacom Graphics Tablet</gui>."
18336
msgstr ""
18337
18338
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18339
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:30
18340
#: C/wacom-mode.page:27
18341
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:32
18342
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:35
18343
msgid "If no tablet is detected, you'll be asked to <gui>Please plug in or turn on your Wacom tablet</gui>."
18344
msgstr ""
18345
18346
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18347
#: C/wacom-left-handed.page:33
18348
msgid "Switch <gui>Left-Handed Orientation</gui> to <gui>ON</gui>."
18349
msgstr ""
18350
18351
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18352
#: C/wacom-mode.page:16
18353
msgid "Switch the tablet between tablet mode and mouse mode."
18354
msgstr ""
18355
18356
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18357
#: C/wacom-mode.page:19
18358
msgid "Set the Wacom tablet's tracking mode"
18359
msgstr ""
18360
18361
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18362
#: C/wacom-mode.page:21
18363
msgid "<gui>Tracking Mode</gui> determines how the pointer is mapped to the screen."
18364
msgstr ""
18365
18366
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18367
#: C/wacom-mode.page:30
18368
msgid "Next to <gui>Tracking Mode</gui>, select <gui>Tablet (absolute)</gui> or <gui>Touchpad (relative)</gui>."
18369
msgstr ""
18370
18371
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18372
#: C/wacom-mode.page:34
18373
msgid "In <em>absolute</em> mode, each point on the tablet maps to a point on the screen. The top left corner of the screen, for instance, always corresponds to the same point on the tablet."
18374
msgstr ""
18375
18376
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18377
#: C/wacom-mode.page:37
18378
msgid "In <em>relative</em> mode, if you lift the pointer off the tablet and put it down in a different position, the cursor on the screen doesn't move. This is the way a mouse operates, allowing you to cover distances on the screen with less hand movement."
18379
msgstr ""
18380
18381
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18382
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:11
18383
msgid "Map the Wacom tablet to a specific monitor."
18384
msgstr ""
18385
18386
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18387
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:20
18388
msgid "Choose a monitor"
18389
msgstr ""
18390
18391
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18392
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:35
18393
msgid "Click <gui>Map to Monitor…</gui>"
18394
msgstr ""
18395
18396
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18397
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:36
18398
msgid "Check <gui>Map to single monitor</gui>."
18399
msgstr ""
18400
18401
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18402
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:37
18403
msgid "Next to <gui>Output</gui>, select the monitor you wish to receive input from your graphics tablet."
18404
msgstr ""
18405
18406
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18407
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:39
18408
msgid "Only the monitors that are configured will be selectable."
18409
msgstr ""
18410
18411
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18412
#: C/wacom-multi-monitor.page:42
18413
msgid "Click <gui>Close</gui>."
18414
msgstr ""
18415
18416
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18417
#: C/wacom.page:6
18418
msgid "Adjust the settings of your Wacom tablet."
18419
msgstr ""
18420
18421
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18422
#: C/wacom.page:18
18423
msgid "Wacom Graphics Tablet"
18424
msgstr ""
18425
18426
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18427
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:17
18428
msgid "Define the button functions and pressure feel of the Wacom stylus."
18429
msgstr ""
18430
18431
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18432
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:23
18433
msgid "Configure the stylus"
18434
msgstr ""
18435
18436
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18437
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:38
18438
msgid "The lower part of the panel contains details and settings specific to your stylus, with the device name (the stylus class) and diagram to the left. These settings can be adjusted:"
18439
msgstr ""
18440
18441
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18442
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:42
18443
msgid "<gui>Eraser Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" (how physical pressure is translated to digital values) between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
18444
msgstr ""
18445
18446
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18447
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:45
18448
msgid "<gui>Button/Scroll Wheel</gui> configuration (these change to reflect the stylus). Click the menu next to each label to select one of these functions: No Action, Left Mouse Button Click, Middle Mouse Button Click, Right Mouse Button Click, Scroll Up, Scroll Down, Scroll Left, Scroll Right, Back, Forward."
18449
msgstr ""
18450
18451
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18452
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:50
18453
msgid "<gui>Tip Pressure Feel:</gui> use the slider to adjust the \"feel\" between <gui>Soft</gui> and <gui>Firm</gui>."
18454
msgstr ""
18455
18456
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18457
#: C/wacom-stylus.page:56
18458
msgid "If you have more than one stylus, when the additional stylus gets close to the tablet, a pager will be displayed next to the stylus device name. Use the pager to choose which stylus to configured."
18459
msgstr ""
18460
18461
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18462
#: C/whats-new.page:9
18463
msgid "Improvements in the latest version of Ubuntu."
18464
msgstr ""
18465
18466
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18467
#: C/whats-new.page:24
18468
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 14.04 有哪些新特性？"
18469
msgstr ""
18470
18471
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18472
#: C/whats-new.page:26
18473
msgid "Ubuntu Kylin 是基于 Ubuntu 的中文开源操作系统，底层基于 Linux 和 X/Mir，上层共享 Ubuntu 众多特性，并针对中文用户需求，在 SDK、UI 以及生态应用软件等各方面进行增强。以下是 Ubuntu Kylin 14.04 LTS 的一些新特性："
18474
msgstr ""
18475
18476
#. (itstool) path: section/title
18477
#: C/whats-new.page:30
18478
msgid "New and improved features"
18479
msgstr ""
18480
18481
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18482
#: C/whats-new.page:34
18483
msgid "基于天河二号云平台建立 Ubuntu Kylin 软件仓库；并针对 14.04 发布了 Ubuntu Kylin 软件中心尝鲜版，界面简洁，同时支持 Ubuntu 和 Ubuntu Kylin 软件仓库，便于快速安装 Ubuntu Kylin 团队为您定制的中文特色软件。"
18484
msgstr ""
18485
18486
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18487
#: C/whats-new.page:38
18488
msgid "针对中文用户的系统需求，在中文化、裁剪优化和系统美化等方面做到贴心的系统定制，满足细腻的用户体验。"
18489
msgstr ""
18490
18491
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18492
#: C/whats-new.page:42
18493
msgid "开发<app>优客助手</app>、<app>小企鹅输入法面板</app>等特色软件，满足更多中文桌面用户的系统管理和使用需求；与商业公司联合开发<app>金山快盘</app>、<app>WPS</app>、<app>搜狗输入法</app>等 Linux 版本商业软件，打造更加完善的 Linux 生态链。"
18494
msgstr ""
18495
18496
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18497
#: C/whats-new.page:46
18498
msgid "更开创了 <link href=\"http://www.ubuntukylin.com/Community/\">Ubuntu Kylin 社区</link>，通过“最美中国”壁纸征集、Ubuntu SDK 全球系统公开课中国区活动、发布派对、在线知识库平台、积分商场等线上线下社区互动，以活动促进开源文化推广、促进开源技术交流。Ubuntu Kylin 社区随时欢迎您的参与，时刻准备着为您提供帮助。"
18499
msgstr ""
18500
18501
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18502
#: C/whats-new.page:50
18503
msgid "The menus of the currently focused application are by default available in Ubuntu's integrated <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro#app-menus\">menu bar</link>. However, if you want you can switch to the conventional style and show the app menus in the window title bar of respective application instead (this latter option is new since Ubuntu 13.10)."
18504
msgstr ""
18505
18506
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18507
#: C/whats-new.page:56
18508
msgid "Support added for scaling Unity on a per-monitor basis, which allows for a better experience on high-DPI displays. Similar scaling support is also available in LibreOffice and Chromium."
18509
msgstr ""
18510
18511
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18512
#: C/whats-new.page:60
18513
msgid "Improved look and style including rounded window decorations, a new interface for screen unlock, and other tweaks to the theme."
18514
msgstr ""
18515
18516
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18517
#: C/whats-new.page:63
18518
msgid "The <link xref=\"keyboard-layouts\">integrated <gui>Text Entry</gui> interface</link> and the related input source <link xref=\"unity-menubar-intro#status-menus\"> status menu</link> are designed to set both keyboard layout and IBus input methods."
18519
msgstr ""
18520
18521
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18522
#: C/whats-new.page:67
18523
msgid "A number of improvements have been made to the <gui>Dash</gui>:"
18524
msgstr ""
18525
18526
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18527
#: C/whats-new.page:69
18528
msgid "The <gui>Dash</gui> may now search dozens of different online sources simultaneously. The Internet-based searches <link xref=\"unity-shopping\">may be disabled</link>."
18529
msgstr ""
18530
18531
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18532
#: C/whats-new.page:72
18533
msgid "The <gui>Dash</gui> search results may be filtered by category and source.."
18534
msgstr ""
18535
18536
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18537
#: C/whats-new.page:74
18538
msgid "Right-clicking on a search result in the <gui>Dash</gui> will display a full-screen preview with more information."
18539
msgstr ""
18540
18541
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18542
#: C/whats-new.page:76
18543
msgid "Use the <link xref=\"unity-dash-photos\">photos lens</link> to view photos from your computer or from your social networks."
18544
msgstr ""
18545
18546
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18547
#: C/whats-new.page:79
18548
msgid "Add or remove scopes from the <gui>Dash</gui> to customize your experience."
18549
msgstr ""
18550
18551
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18552
#: C/whats-new.page:82
18553
msgid "Browse messages from your social networks with the new <link xref=\"unity-dash-friends\">Friends scope</link>."
18554
msgstr ""
18555
18556
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18557
#: C/whats-new.page:87
18558
msgid "Enter your credentials in <link xref=\"accounts\">Online Accounts</link> to easily set up online integration for the Dash, Empathy, and more."
18559
msgstr ""
18560
18561
#. (itstool) path: item/p
18562
#: C/whats-new.page:90
18563
msgid "Keep track of contact information for your friends and colleagues with <link xref=\"contacts\">Contacts</link>, your personal address book."
18564
msgstr ""
18565
18566
#. (itstool) path: info/desc
18567
#: C/windows-key.page:7
18568
msgid "The Super key provides access to the Dash and the Launcher."
18569
msgstr ""
18570
18571
#. (itstool) path: page/title
18572
#: C/windows-key.page:21
18573
msgid "What is the \"Super\" key?"
18574
msgstr ""
18575
18576
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18577
#: C/windows-key.page:23
18578
msgid "This key can usually be found on the bottom-left of your keyboard, next to the <key>Alt</key> key, and usually has a window/squares icon on it. It is sometimes called the Windows key, logo key, or system key."
18579
msgstr ""
18580
18581
#. (itstool) path: note/p
18582
#: C/windows-key.page:28
18583
msgid "If you have an Apple keyboard, there will not be a Windows key on your keyboard. The <key>⌘</key> (Command) key can be used instead."
18584
msgstr ""
18585
18586
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18587
#: C/windows-key.page:32
18588
msgid "The Super key serves a special function in <em>Unity</em>. If you press the Super key, the Dash is displayed. If you press <em>and hold</em> the Super key, an overlay showing many of Unity's keyboard shortcuts appears until you release the Super key."
18589
msgstr ""
18590
18591
#. (itstool) path: page/p
18592
#: C/windows-key.page:36
18593
msgid "The Super key can help you do even more than that, though. To learn about more uses for the <em>Super</em> key, see the <link xref=\"shell-keyboard-shortcuts\">keyboard shortcuts</link> page."
18594
msgstr ""
18595
Loggerhead is a web-based interface for Breezy
Version: 2.0.1